Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
EAST GATEWAY STORMWATER AND SANITARY IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT - 13-0043-EN
3,EA A` IIN7 (k)tevenson's ,Fr;, .,t to ,";'. 1 "i"H ' est A7,,e. i"I ka' ! u'uL to to CPeVefl dI' t.) a , 13Viia 7 . k", � Steyensou's Creek,' a * ty ` er, ontraCt .)ate: 0219/201 �'�Sotk-,, tq 1', ,k4.n', ?tate G PSE t"fad ,the ivo rk perf()rl1rIhhS , .,1"1ZraC:t ziiICui<iv ts's+.a"",, "I'dLe`pipe, sancta y se�,N'er tripe, e=ater main: installation of nutrient separatinla baffle boxes. and roadway,, resurfacing) has been inspected by authorized representatives of the Owner, Contractor, and Consultant, and the specified part of the project, as indicated above, is hereby declared to be substantially completed on the above date. Substantial completion is the stage in construction when a project or designated portion thereof'is sufficiently complete in accordance with contract documents so that the 01viler can use the work or portion thereof for its intended use. Items that affect operational inte .ty arra function, ofihe svor1,. I IP',--'st be capaote ofcontinuot,s use. A tentative list of Items to be completed or correcte6., in the substantially complete portio-ri 01" tll.e project e_.c :bed above, is appended hereto. '1 his list may not be exhaustive. and the failure to include an 1 !et°; `sal aI dk-os dr,-onolfir +i i!", ' Y i t:`ft alEfilrl;': o :he Contractors to completre:. all the work in accordance with D..a;;;.micnts. ry rF A of.vt "S.w,_h i n , inc.. Pim Na, bne qf AiiF,' or i--e ' epj'es2ntLalire ate,.. The t; G.-retractor accepts the above 11--'erti: cafe of'-Partial Substar:tial Completion of the outline,, project area and a-grecs to complete and correct fhe Merits on the ieriati,-e test w it ..hln the time indicate v: � � F l -1 _- ? Pi iiit.w6'C1i7te qfAirdiori-ed Reoresentaffi:e Date. The ti. tit7i4 . tu,,ei t y 1w, ,,''w-Zfied area of the DIN*I c! as Sui t <nrn,fl, e and `w i` l assume full p .,nlession o,, t;'ie, s .a.. (leclt area of the F,r-lea 01 x.' S + t rx list itN"vric ?teegy � rye under the 4`or,tract Cd7r11i7 s! . ' r T, e ..es, �7aa _ 7lli��,` �t dlt llt3Cs, seC� 1tv. and 1Tl�t]?�It� Document h,2, i fth to the C-onxract Docurn erts. cif, tai ,1 <' i" a�_ ebY71 Vome tf1887op'_ Lh' YeS'£r11C:1t1'Ltr* — _ Y Contractor: David Nelson Construction Project: East Gateway Stormwater&Sanitary Sewer Improvements(13-0043-EN) Walkthrouqh Date: 5/17/18 Engineering Department PUNCH LIST 100 S.Myrtle Avenue,#220 Punch List Completion Due Date: 6/17/18 Clearwater,FL 33756 Attendees: Jennifer Shannon(City PM), Richard Ross(City Inspector), Duane Barto(City SS), Patrick Zulla(City SWM), Todd Kuhnel(City Util Eng), Robert Dowling(SWFWMD),Brian Symanski(Nelson),John Lewis(Nelson),John Fusco(Nelson), John Loper(Taylor), Nestor Palma(Taylor). No. Description Date Inspected Photo(s) Signed Off By STORM 1 Franklin St-Clean out B-5 baffle box 2 B-5 Baffle Box-Mud seams and ring&covers 3 B-4 Baffle Box-Clean up concrete on internal parts #1026 4 SS#5111 inlet top-Cleaned up and needs concrete work #1001 s SS#5101 inlet top-Cleaned up and needs concrete work 6 SS#5071 inlet top-Cleaned up and needs concrete work 7 SS#5101 inlet top-Cleaned up and needs concrete work #1002 s SS#5092 inlet top-Cleaned up and needs concrete work #1004 9 SS#5082 inlet top-Needs concrete work #1005 10 S Hillcrest Ave SS#5147-Uncover and inspect 11 SS#4112-Clean dirt out of throat 12 Park St/S Evergreen Ave-Grout fill old storm line and sod ROW arid northwest corner of Park St I #1020 S Evergreen Ave 13 S Evergreen Ave between Franklin St&Pierce St-Grout fill old storm line #1027 14 S Evergreen SS#4131 -Sod around structure 15 SS#4042 Park St/S Evergreen Ave-Clean out structure from roadbase #1014 16 Sanitary Franklin St MH 435-yellow sealant peeling on the inside of manhole 17 Franklin St MH#430-Needs cone seam welded 18 S Hillcrest Ave MH#470-Re-asphalt around manhole/Adjust ring and cover? 19 1373 Franklin St-6"sanitary C/O cap will not open 20 Pierce St MH#466-Repair leak at cone at welded seam #1024 21 206 S Hillcrest Ave-TV to verify sanitary conection to 6"is in good shape 22 1370 Franklin St-Install concrete C/O pad 23 Pierce St MH#405-Clean,check and repour invert in MH 24 Park St/S Evergreen Ave MH#460-Clean out bench and adjust ring and cover to grade #1019 25 Sidewalks,Curbs, Road Striping,Other 26 De Leon St-Clean up roadbase between road and sidewalk 27 NE corner of S Hillcrest Ave/De Leon St-Install truncated dome on ADA ramp #1008 28 SE corner of S Hillcrest Ave/De Leon St-Install truncated dome on ADA ramp #1009 29 NE corner of S Evergreen Ave/Franklin St-Install 2 truncated domes on ADA ramps #1006 3o NW corner of S Evergreen Ave/Franklin St-Install 2 truncated domes on ADA ramps #1007 31 NW corner of S Hillcrest Ave/Franklin St-Re-install truncated dome on ADA ramp #1010 32 NW corner of S Hillcrest Ave/Park St-Install truncated dome on ADA ramp&clean up roadbase #1012 33 SW corner of S Hillcrest Ave/Park St-Install truncated dome on ADA ramp #1013 34 1384 Pierce St-Install St Augustine sod in ROW #1011 35 1340 Franklin St-Replace 2 concrete sidewalk panels #1003 36 1367 Park St-Replace broken sidewalk section #1015 37 SE corner of Park St/S Evergreen Ave-Needs truncated dome installed on ADA ramp #1016 38 SW corner of Park St/S Evergreen Ave-Needs truncated dome installed on ADA ramp #1017 39 NW corner of Park St I S Evergreen Ave-Needs truncated dome installed on ADA ramp #1018 40 1339 Park St-Clean up roadbase out of parking lot #.191 41 NW corner of Pierce St/S Evergreen Ave-Install 2 truncated domes on ADA ramps #1022 Y Contractor: David Nelson Construction Project: East Gateway Stormwater&Sanitary Sewer Improvements(13-0043-EN) Walkthrouqh Date: 5/17/18 Engineering Department PUNCH LIST 100 S.Myrtle Avenue,#220 Punch List Completion Due Date: 6/17/18 Clearwater,FL 33756 Attendees: Jennifer Shannon(City PM), Richard Ross(City Inspector), Duane Barto(City SS), Patrick Zulla(City SWM), Todd Kuhnel(City Util Eng), Robert Dowling(SWFWMD),Brian Symanski(Nelson),John Lewis(Nelson),John Fusco(Nelson), John Loper(Taylor), Nestor Palma(Taylor). No. Description Date Inspected Photo(s) Signed Off By 42 NE corner of Pierce St/S Evergreen Ave-Install 2 truncated domes on ADA ramps #1023 43 SE corner of Pierce St/S Evergreen Ave-Install truncated dome on ADA ramp 44 1344 Pierce St-Replace cracked up valley curb #1025 45 S Hillcrest Ave from Court St to Park St-Install double yellow line on centerline of road 46 S Hillcrest Ave/Court St-Install stop baron Southbound lane 47 S Hillcrest Ave/Gulf-to-bay-Install stop bar on Northbound lane 48 Park St./S Hillcrest Ave-Install stop bar on Eastbound lane 49 Pierce St./S Evergreen Ave-Install Stop bars on Northbound and Southbound lanes 50 S Hillcrest Ave/Gulf-to-Bay-Install traffic loop on Northbound lane st S Hillcrest Ave/Court St-Install traffic loop on Southbound lane Page 1 of 2 1 I AJ boo t= #1004 #1005 #1006 I g 1 E f�PtiY � ; S , #1010 #1011 #1012 , #1016 #1017 #1018 t #1022 #1023 #1024 City of Clearwater, Florida EAST GATEWAY STORMWATER AND SANITARY IMPROVEMENTS (13- 0043 -EN) TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION I ADVERTISEMENT OF BIDS & NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS SECTION II INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SECTION III GENERAL CONDITIONS • SECTION IV TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SECTION Na SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS APPENDIX ODP DOCUMENTS AND OTHER PROJECT DOCUMENTATION SECTION V CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Prepared in the Office of the City Engineer COVER Page II Updated 2/11/2016 • • • INVITATION TO BID NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS East Gateway Stormwater & Sewer Improvements Project Documents and plans for project #13- 0043 -EN are available at www .myclearwater.com /cityprolects. The work includes, replacement of 10,000 linear feet of stormwater pipe, 11,000 linear feet of sanitary sewer, 1,400 linear feet of water main, the installation of 5 nutrient separating baffle boxes and roadway resurfacing. MANDATORY Pre -Bid Conference: October 27, 2016 at 1:30 P.M. at Municipal Services Building, 100 S. Myrtle Ave. 1st Floor Conference Room #130, Clearwater, FL 33756 Pre - qualification DEADLINE: November 17, 2016 Categories: 1) Sanitary & Storm and 2) Water & Force Main Must be qualified in both categories for $11,000,000 Bids DUE: December 1, 2016, 1 P.M. City of Clearwater, Project #13- 0043 -EN Purchasing Office, 3rd Floor 100 S. Myrtle Ave, Clearwater, FL 33756 -5520 Alyce Benge, Purchasing Manager 727 - 562 -4633 • SECTION II INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Table of Contents SECTION II i INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 1 2. QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS 1 3. EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE 1 4. INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 2 5. BID SECURITY OR BID BOND 3 6. CONTRACT TIME 3 7. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 3 8. SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 3 9. SUBCONTRACTORS 3 . 10. BID/PROPOSAL FORM 4 11. SUBMISSION OF BIDS 4 12. MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 5 13. REJECTION OF BIDS 5 14. DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER 5 15. OPENING OF BIDS 5 16. LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES 5 17. IDENTICAL TIE BIDS/VENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE 6 18. AWARD OF CONTRACT 7 19. BID PROTEST 7 20. TRENCH SAFETY ACT 9 21. CONSTRUCTION SITE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MANAGEMENT MEASURES 9 • SECTION II i Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders 1. COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 1.1. Complete sets of the Bidding Documents are accessible through the City of Clearwater website at address: www .myclearwater.com/cityprojects. Price of Contract Documents and Plans, as indicated on the Jiffy Reprographics Plan Room, reflects reproduction costs only, which is non - refundable. Bidding Documents may include, but aren't limited to, plans, specifications, bond forms, contract form, affidavits, bid/proposal form and Addendums. 1.2. Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing bids. Neither the City nor the Engineer shall be liable for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents, by Bidders, sub - bidders or others. 2. QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS 2.1. Each prospective Bidder must pre - qualify to demonstrate, to the complete satisfaction of the City of Clearwater, that the Bidder has the necessary facilities, equipment, ability, financial resources and experience to perform the work in a satisfactory manner. An application package for pre - qualification may be obtained by contacting the City of Clearwater, Engineering Department, P.O. Box 4748, Clearwater, Florida 33758 -4748 (mailing address); 100 South Myrtle Avenue, Clearwater, Florida 33756 -5520 (street address) or by phone at (727) 562 -4750. Pre - Qualification requirement information is also available on the City of Clearwater Website at address: www. myclearwater. com/ gov/ depts/ pwa/ engin/Construction/prequal.asp. Contractors wanting to pre- qualify to bid on a project as a General Contractor must do so two weeks (ten work days) prior to the bid opening date. Bidders currently pre - qualified by the City do not have to make reapplication. It is the Contractor's responsibility to confirm pre - qualification status before a Bid Opening. 3. EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE 3.1. It is the responsibility of each Bidder, before submitting a Bid, to (a) examine the Contract Documents thoroughly; (b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may in any manner affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the work; (c) consider and abide by all applicable federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations; and (d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and notify Engineer in writing of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents. 3.2. For the purposes of bidding or construction, bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site which have been utilized by the Engineer in the preparation of the Contract Documents, but not upon non - technical data, interpretations or opinions contained therein or for the completeness thereof. Drawings relating to physical conditions of existing surface and subsurface conditions (except Underground Facilities) which are at or contiguous to the site and which have been utilized by the Engineer in preparation of the Contract Documents, may be relied upon by Bidder for accuracy of the technical data contained in such drawings but not upon the completeness thereof for the purposes of bidding or construction. 3.3. Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site are based upon information and data furnished to the SECTION II Page 1 of 9 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders City and Engineer by owners of such Underground Facilities or others, and the City does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof unless expressly provided in the Contract Documents. 3.4. Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders on subsurface conditions, Underground Facilities, other physical conditions, possible conditions, and possible changes in the Contract Documents due to differing conditions appear in the General Conditions. 3.5. Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder shall, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies and obtain any additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, subsurface and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing the work in accordance with the time, price and other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 3.6. On request in advance, City will provide each Bidder access to the site to conduct such explorations and tests at Bidder's own expense as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid. Bidder shall fill all holes and clean up and restore the site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations and tests. 3.7. The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights -of -way and easements for access thereto and other lands designated for use by the Contractor in performing the Work are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by the Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing structures are to be obtained and paid for by the City unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 3.8. The submission of a Bid will constitute an unequivocal representation by the Bidder that the Bidder has complied with every requirement of these Instructions to Bidders and that, without exception, the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents by such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction as may be indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions of performance and furnishing of the work. 4. INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 4.1. All questions as to the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed in writing to the Engineer. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by the Engineer in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda, via the Jiffy Reprographics Plan Room to all parties recorded by the Plan Room as plan holders having received the Bidding Documents. Questions received after the time frame specified on the pre -bid meeting agenda, prior to the date for opening of Bids, may not be answered. Only information provided by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations of clarifications will be without legal effect. 4.2. Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by the City or Engineer. SECTION II Page 2 of 9 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders 5. BID SECURITY OR BID BOND 5.1. Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to the City of Clearwater in an amount equal to ten percent (10 %) of the Bidder's maximum Bid price and in the form of a certified or cashier's check or a Proposal/Bid Bond (on form provided in Section V) issued by a surety meeting the requirements of the General Conditions. 5.2. The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed the Agreement and furnished the required Payment and Performance bonds, whereupon the Bid Security will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute, deliver the Agreement and furnish the required Bonds within ten (10) days after the award of contract by the City Council, the City may annul the bid and the Bid Security of the Bidder will be forfeited. The Bid Security of any Bidder whom the City believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award may be retained by the City until the successful execution of the agreement with the successful Bidder or for a period up to ninety (90) days following bid opening. Security of other Bidders will be returned approximately fourteen (14) days after the Bid Opening. 5.3. The Bid Bond shall be issued in the favor of the City of Clearwater by a surety company qualified to do business in, and having a registered agent in, the State of Florida. 6. CONTRACT TIME 6.1. The number of consecutive calendar days within which the work is to be completed is set forth in the Technical Specifications. 7. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 7.1. Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Contract Agreement, Section V. 8. SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 8.1. The contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of material and equipment described in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or "or equal" items. Whenever it is indicated in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications that a substitute or "or equal" item may be furnished or used, application for its acceptance will not be considered by the Engineer until after the effective date of the Contract Agreement. The procedure for submittal of any such application is described in the General Conditions and as supplemented in the Technical Specifications. 9. SUBCONTRACTORS 9.1. If requested by the City or Engineer, the Successful Bidder, and any other Bidder so requested, shall, within seven (7) days after the date of the request, submit to the Engineer an experience statement with pertinent information as to similar projects and other evidence of qualification for each Subcontractor, supplier, person and organization to be used by the Contractor in the completion of the Work. The amount of subcontract work shall not exceed fifty percent (50 %) of the Work except as may be specifically approved by the Engineer. If the Engineer, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any proposed Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization, he may, before recommending award of the Contract to the City Council, request the Successful Bidder to submit an acceptable substitute without an increase in Contract Price or Contract Time. If the Successful Bidder SECTION II Page 3 of 9 Updated 2/11/2016 • • SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders declines to make any such substitution, the City may award the contract to the next lowest and most responsive Bidder that proposes to use acceptable Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations. Declining to make requested substitutions will not constitute grounds for sacrificing the Bid Security to the City of any Bidder. Any Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization listed by the Contractor and to whom the Engineer does not make written objection prior to the recommendation of award to the City Council will be deemed acceptable to the City subject to revocation of such acceptance after the Effective Date of the Contract Agreement as provided in the General Conditions. 9.2. No Contractor shall be required to employ any Subcontractor, supplier, person or organization against whom he has reasonable objection. 10. BID /PROPOSAL FORM 10.1. The Bid/Proposal Form is included with the Contract Documents and shall be printed in ink or typewritten. All blanks on the Bid/Proposal Forms must be completed. Unit Prices shall be to no more than two decimal points in dollars and cents. The Bidder must state in the Bid/Proposal Form in words and numerals without delineation's, alterations or erasures, the price for which they will perform the work as required by the Contract Documents. Bidders are required to bid on all items in the Bid/Proposal form. The lump sum for each section or item shall be for furnishing all equipment, materials, and labor for completing the section or item as per the plans and contract specifications. Should it be found that quantities or amounts shown on the plans or in the proposal, for any part of the work, are exceeded or should they be found to be less after the actual construction of the work, the amount bid for each section or item will be increased or decreased in direct proportion to the unit prices bid for the listed individual items. 10.2. Bids by corporations shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice - president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal shall be affixed. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown below the Signature. If requested, the person signing a Bid for a corporation or partnership shall produce evidence satisfactory to the City of the person's authority to bind the corporation or partnership. 10.3. Bids by partnerships shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a general partner, whose title shall appear under the signature and the official address of the partnership shall be shown below the signature. 10.4. All names shall be typed or printed below the signature. 11. SUBMISSION OF BIDS 11.1. Sealed Bids shall be submitted at or before the time and at the place indicated in the Advertisement for Bids and shall be submitted in a sealed envelope with the project name and number on the bottom left hand corner. If forwarded by mail, the Bid shall be enclosed in another envelope with the notation "Bid Enclosed" on the face thereof and addressed to the City of Clearwater, attention Purchasing Manager. Bids will be received at the office indicated in the Advertisement until the time and date specified. Bids in any other form will not be accepted. 11.2. The sealed bid envelope shall contain, but not be limited to, the Proposal/Bid Bond and corresponding Power of Attorney, Affidavit, Non Collusion Affidavit, Proposal (pages one SECTION II Page 4 of 9 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders to three), Addendum Sheet, Bidder's Proposal, and Scrutinized Companies and Business Operations with Cuba and Syria Certification Form. 12. MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 12.1. Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in the manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered as described in the Advertisement of Bids. A request for withdrawal or a modification shall be in writing and signed by a person duly authorized to do so. Withdrawal of a Bid will not prejudice the rights of a Bidder to submit a new Bid prior to the Bid Date and Time. After expiration of the period for receiving Bids, no Bid may be withdrawn or modified. 12.2. After a bid is received by the City, the bidder may request to modify the bid for typographical or scrivener's errors only. The bidder must state in writing to the City that a typographical or scrivener's error has been made by the bidder, the nature of the error, the requested correction of the error, and what the adjusted bid amount will be if the correction is accepted by the City. The City reserves the right at its sole discretion to accept, reject, or modify any bid. 13. REJECTION OF BIDS 13.1. To the extent permitted by applicable State and Federal laws and regulations, the City reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, and to waive any and all informalities. Grounds for the rejection of a bid include but are not limited to a material omission, unauthorized alteration of form, unauthorized alternate bids, incomplete or unbalanced unit prices, or irregularities of any kind. Also, the City reserves the right to reject any Bid if the City believes that it would not be in the best interest of the public to make an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by the City. The City reserves the right to decide which bid is deemed to be the lowest and best in the interest of the public. 14. DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER 14.1. Any or all bids will be rejected if there is any reason for believing that collusion exists among the bidders, the participants in such collusion will not be considered in future proposals for the same work. Each bidder shall execute the Non - Collusion Affidavit contained in the Contract Documents. 15. OPENING OF BIDS 15.1. Bids will be opened and read publicly at the location and time stated in the Advertisement for Bids. Bidders are invited to be present at the opening of bids. 16. LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES 16.1. The Contractor shall secure all licenses and permits (and shall pay all permit fees) except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The Contractor shall comply with all Federal and State Laws, County and Municipal Ordinances and regulations, which in any manner effect the prosecution of the work. City of Clearwater building permit fees SECTION II Page 5 of 9 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders and impact fees will be waived except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. 16.2. The Contractor shall assume all liability for the payment of royalty fees due to the use of any construction or operation process, which is protected by patent rights except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The amount of royalty fee, if any, shall be stated by the Contractor. 16.3. The Contractor shall pay all applicable sales, consumer, use and other taxes required by law. The Contractor is responsible for reviewing the pertinent State Statutes involving the sales tax and sales tax exemptions and complying with all requirements. 16.4. The City of Clearwater is exempt from state sales tax on materials purchased by the City and incorporated into the WORK. The City of Clearwater reserves the right to implement the Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Option, as may be indicated in the Scope of Work Description in Section IV — Technical Specifications and as defined in Section III — General Conditions. 17. IDENTICAL TIE BIDSNENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE 17.1. In accordance with the requirements of Section 287.087 Florida Statutes regarding a Vendor Drug Free Workplace, in the event of identical tie bids, preference shall be given to bidders with drug -free workplace programs. Whenever two or more bids which are equal with respect to price, quality, and service are received by the City for the procurement of commodities or contractual services, a bid received from a business that certifies that it has implemented a drug -free workplace program shall be given preference in the award process. Established procedures for processing tie bids will be followed if none or all of the tied bidders have a drug -free workplace program. In order to have a drug -free workplace program, a contractor shall supply the City with a certificate containing the following six statements and the accompanying certification statement: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) Publish a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the workplace and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such prohibition. Inform employees as to the dangers of drug abuse in the workplace, the business's policy of maintaining a drug -free workplace, any available drug counseling, rehabilitation, and employee assistance programs, and the penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations. Give each employee engaged in providing the commodities or contractual services that are under bid a copy of the statement specified in subsection (1). In the statement specified in subsection (1), notify the employees that, as a condition of working on the commodities or contractual services that are under bid, the employee will abide by the terms of the statement and will notify the employer of any conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, any violation of chapter 893, or of any controlled substance law, of the United States, or of any state, for a violation occurring in the workplace no later than five (5) days after such conviction. Impose a sanction on, or require the satisfactory participation in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program if such is available in the employee's community, by any employee who is so convicted. SECTION II Page 6 of 9 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders (6) Make a good faith effort to continue to maintain a drug -free workplace through implementation of this section. I certify that this firm does /does not (select only one) fully comply with the above requirements. 18. AWARD OF CONTRACT 18.1. Discrepancies between words and figures will be resolved in favor of words. Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. 18.2. In evaluating the Bids, the City will consider the qualifications of the Bidders, whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, unit prices, and other data as may be requested in the Bid/Proposal form. The City may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed by the Contractor for the Work. The City may conduct such investigations as the City deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons, and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to the City's satisfaction within the prescribed time. 18.3. If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest responsible, responsive Bidder whose evaluation by the City indicates to the City that the award will be in the best interest of the City. 18.4. Award of contract will be made for that combination of base bid and alternate bid items in the best interest of the City, however, unless otherwise specified all work awarded will be awarded to only one Contractor. 18.5. The successful bidder /contractor will be required to comply with Section 119.0701, Florida Statutes (2014), specifically to: (a) Keep and maintain public records that ordinarily and necessarily would be required by the City of Clearwater in order to perform the service; (b) Provide the public with access to public records on the same terms and conditions that the City of Clearwater would provide the records and at a cost that does not exceed the cost provided in this chapter or as otherwise provided by law; (c) Ensure that public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements are not disclosed except as authorized by law; and (d) Meet all requirements for retaining public records and transfer, at no cost, to the City of Clearwater all public records in possession of the contractor upon termination of the contract and destroy any duplicate public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements. All records stored electronically must be provided to the public agency in a format that is compatible with the information technology systems of the City of Clearwater. 19. BID PROTEST 19.1. RIGHT TO PROTEST: SECTION II Page 7 of 9 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders Any actual bidder who is aggrieved in connection with the solicitation or award of a contract may seek resolution of his/her complaints initially with the Purchasing Manager, and if not satisfied, with the City Manager, in accordance with protest procedures set forth in this section. 19.2. PROTEST PROCEDURE: A. A protest with respect to the specifications of an invitation for bid or request for proposal shall be submitted in writing a minimum of five (5) work days prior to the opening of the bid or due date of the request for proposals, unless the aggrieved person could not have been reasonably expected to have knowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening or the closing date for proposals. Opening dates for bids or due dates for requests for proposal will be printed on the bid/request document itself. B. Protests in respect to award of contract shall be submitted in writing a maximum of five (5) work days after notice of intent to award is posted, or is mailed to each bidder, whichever is earlier. Notice of intent to award will be forwarded to bidders upon telephonic or written request. Protests of recommended award should cite specific portions of the City of Clearwater Code of Ordinances that have allegedly been violated. C. Exceptions to the five (5) day requirements noted in both A and B above may be granted if the aggrieved person could have not been reasonably expected to have knowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening, posting of intent to award, or due date for requests for proposals. Request for exceptions should be made in writing, stating reasons for the exception. D. The Purchasing Manager shall respond to the formal written protest within five (5) work days of receipt. The Purchasing Manager's response will be fully coordinated with the appropriate Department Director and the Assistant City Manager. E. If the protestor is not satisfied with the response from the Purchasing Manager, he /she may then submit in writing within five (5) work days of receipt of that response his/her reason for dissatisfaction, along with copies of his/her original formal protest letter and the response from the Purchasing Manager, to the City Manager. F. The City Manager as Purchasing Agent for the City has the final authority in the matter of protests. The City Manager will respond to the protestor within ten (10) work days of receipt of the appeal. 19.3. PROTEST FEE: When filing a formal protest, the protesting vendor must include a fee in the amount of 5% of the selected vendor's total bid to offset the City's additional expenses related to the protest. This fee shall not exceed $2,500 nor be less than $50. If either the Purchasing Manager or the City Manager upholds the protest, the City will refund 100% of the fee paid. 19.4. STAY OF PROCUREMENT DURING PROTEST: In the event of a timely protest, the Purchasing Manager shall not proceed with the solicitation or award of contract until all administrative remedies have been exhausted or until the City Manager makes written determination that the award of contract without delay is necessary to protect the best interest of the City. SECTION II Page 8 of 9 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders 20. TRENCH SAFETY ACT 20.1. The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the City of Clearwater's Ordinance related to trench digging (Ordinance No. 7918 -08) along with the Florida Trench Safety Act (Sections 553.60 - 553.64, Florida Statutes) and the provisions of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration's (OSHA) excavation safety standards, 29 C.F.R.s 1926.650 Subparagraph P, or current revisions of these laws. 21. CONSTRUCTION SITE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MANAGEMENT MEASURES 21.1. The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) stormwater permit and implement stormwater pollution prevention plans (SWPPP's) or stormwater management programs (both using best management practices (BMPs) that effectively reduce or prevent the discharge of pollutants into receiving waters. A. The control of construction- related sediment loadings is critical to maintaining water quality. The implementation of proper erosion and sediment control practices during the construction stage can significantly reduce sediment loadings to surface waters. B. Prior to land disturbance, prepare and implement an approved erosion and sediment control plan or similar administrative document that contains erosion and sediment control provisions. NPDES Management Measures available at City of Clearwater Engineering Environmental Division and EPA websites to help address construction- related Best Management Practices. SECTION I1 Page 9 of 9 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION III GENERAL CONDITIONS Table of Contents: 1. DEFINITIONS 1 2. PRELIMINARY MATTERS 5 2.1. DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE 5 2.2. COPIES OF DOCUMENTS 5 2.3. COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME/NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING THE PROJECT 5 2.4. BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION 6 2.5. PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE 6 2.6. PROGRESS MEETINGS 6 3. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT 6 3.1. INTENT 6 3.2. REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES 7 4. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 7 • 4.1. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS 7 4.2. INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS 8 4.3. PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES 8 4.4. REFERENCE POINTS 8 5. BONDS AND INSURANCE 9 5.1. PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND /CONTRACT BOND 9 5.2. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS 9 5.2.1. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE 9 5.2.2. COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE 10 5.2.3. WORKERS' COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE 10 5.2.4. PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY/MALPRACTICE /ERRORS OR OMISSIONS INSURANCE 10 5.2.5. CONTRACTOR'S EQUIPMENT /INLAND MARINE/PROPERTY INSURANCE10 5.2.6. BUILDER'S RISK INSURANCE 10 5.3. OTHER INSURANCE PROVISIONS 10 5.4. WAIVER OF RIGHTS 11 6. CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES 12 6.1. SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE 12 6.2. LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 12 6.3. SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS 13 6.4. SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS 14 SECTION III I Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 6.5. USE OF PREMISES 14 6.5.1. STAGING AREAS 15 6.5.2. RESTORATION TIME LIMITS 15 6.6. LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES 16 6.7. LAWS AND REGULATIONS 16 6.8. PERMITS 16 6.9. SAFETY AND PROTECTION 17 6.10. EMERGENCIES 17 6.11. DRAWINGS 18 6.11.1. SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFIs, AND SUBMITTAL REVIEW 18 6.11.2. AS -BUILT DRAWINGS 19 6.11.3. CAD STANDARDS 21 6.11.4. DELIVERABLES 23 6.12. CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE 23 6.13. CONTINUING THE WORK 23 6.14. INDEMNIFICATION 23 6.15. CHANGES IN COMPANY CONTACT INFORMATION 24 6.16. PUBLIC RECORDS 24 7. OTHER WORK 25 7.1. RELATED WORK AT SITE 25 7.2. COORDINATION 25 8. OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY 26 9. OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION26 9.1. OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE 26 9.2. CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 26 9.3. REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK 27 9.4. SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS 27 9.5. DECISIONS ON DISPUTES 27 9.6. LIMITATIONS ON OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S RESPONSIBILITIES 28 10. CHANGES IN THE WORK 28 11. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE 29 11.1 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE 29 11.2. ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT 30 11.3. UNIT PRICE WORK 31 12. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME 31 13. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 32 13.1. TESTS AND INSPECTION 32 13.2. UNCOVERING THE WORK 33 SECTION III ii Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 13.3. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE MAY STOP THE WORK 33 4111 13.4. CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK 33 13.5. WARRANTY /CORRECTION PERIOD 34 13.6. ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 34 13.7. OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK 34 14. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION 35 14.1. APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT 35 14.2. CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE 36 14.3. REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS 36 14.4. PARTIAL UTILIZATION 37 14.5. FINAL INSPECTION 37 14.6. FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT 38 14.7. FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE 38 14.8. WAIVER OF CLAIMS 39 15. SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 39 15.1. OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK 39 15.2. OWNER MAY TERMINATE 39 15.3. CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE 40 • 16. DISPUTE RESOLUTION 41 17. MISCELLANEOUS 41 17.1. SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS 41 17.2. GIVING NOTICE 41 17.3. NOTICE OF CLAIM 41 17.4. PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED 41 17.5. ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT 41 17.6. RENEWAL OPTION 42 17.7. ROLL -OFF CONTAINERS AND /OR DUMPSTERS 42 18. ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK 42 19. MATERIAL USED 42 20. CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS 42 21. OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) 42 21.1. SALES TAX SAVINGS 42 21.2. TITLE AND OWNER RISK 43 21.3. CONTRACTOR'S RECEIPT OF MATERIALS 43 21.4. ODP RECORDS, WARRANTIES AND INDEMNIFICATION 44 • 22. RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION 44 22.1. GENERAL 44 SECTION III iii Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 22.2. EXAMPLE 46 23. PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS 46 23.1. SCOPE AND PURPOSE 46 23.2. TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE 46 23.3. FIXED SIGN 47 23.4. PORTABLE SIGNS 47 23.5. SIGN COLORING 47 23.6. SIGN PLACEMENT 47 23.7. SIGN MAINTENANCE 47 23.8. TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN 48 24. AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE 48 25. SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM 49 SECTION III iv Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 1. DEFINITIONS • Addenda Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct or change the Bidding Requirements or the contract documents. • • Agent Architect, engineer or other outside agency, consultant or person acting on behalf of the City. Agreement The written contract between Owner and Contractor covering the Work to be performed; other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof as provided therein. Application for Payment The form accepted by Engineer which is to be used by Contractor in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. Approve The word approve is defined to mean satisfactory review of the material, equipment or methods for general compliance with the design concepts and with the information given in the Contract Documents. It does not imply a responsibility on the part of the Engineer to verify in every detail conformance with the Drawings and Specifications. Bid The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the work to be performed. Bidding Documents The advertisement or invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, the Bid form, and the proposed Contact Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids). Bonds Performance and payment bonds and other instruments of security. Change Order A written order to Contractor signed by Owner and Contractor authorizing an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time issued on or after the effective date of the Agreement. City The City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida. Construction Inspector A person who is the authorized representative of the Construction Manager and inspects City construction projects in order to insure the Contractor's work complies with the intent of the Contract Documents. Construction Manager The person who is typically in responsible charge of City construction projects. The Construction Manager assumes responsibility for the management of construction contracts at the Preconstruction Conference. The Construction Manager chairs the SECTION III Page 1 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions Preconstruction Conference and is the authority on any disputes or decisions regarding contract administration and performance. The Construction Manager typically acts as the Owner's Representative during construction. Contract Documents The Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents), Contractor's Bid (including documentation accompanying the bid and any post -Bid documentation submitted prior to the execution of the Agreement) when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement, the Bonds, Instructions to Bidders, these General Conditions, any Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the Drawings, any other exhibits identified in the Agreement, together with all Modifications issued after the execution of the Agreement. Contract Price The Contract price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable by Owner to Contractor for performing the Work. Contract Time The number of days or the date stated in the Agreement for the completion of the Work. Contractor The Person with whom the Owner has entered into the Agreement. For the purposes of this contract, the person, firm or corporation with whom this contract or agreement has been made by the City of Clearwater or its duly authorized representative. Critical Path Method Construction Schedule —CPM A graphic format construction schedule that displays construction activities as they relate to one another for the purpose of identifying the most efficient way to perform the work in a timely manner. The critical path identifies which activity is critical to the execution of the schedule. Day A calendar day of twenty -four (24) hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. Defective An adjective which when modifying the word Work refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty or deficient, or does not conform to the Contract Documents or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to Engineers recommendation of final payment. Drawings The drawings, which will be identified in Technical Specifications or the Agreement, which show the character and scope of the Work to be performed and which have been prepared or approved by Engineer and are referred to in the contract documents. Shop drawings are not Drawings as so defined. Engineer The duly appointed representative of the City Manager of the City of Clearwater. For the purposes of this contract, the City Engineer of the City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida, or his authorized representative. For certain projects, the Engineer may serve as the Owner's Representative during construction. SECTION III Page 2 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • SECTION III — General Conditions Engineer's Consultant A Person having a contract with Engineer to furnish services as Engineer's independent professional associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who is identified as such in the Supplementary Conditions. F. D. 0.T Specifications The Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction as issued by the Florida Department of Transportation (latest English edition). Furnish The words "furnish ", "furnish and install ", "install ", and "provide" or words of similar meaning shall be interpreted, unless otherwise specifically stated, to mean "furnish and install complete in place and ready for service ". Inspection The term "inspection" and the act of inspecting means examination of construction to ensure that it conforms to the design concept expressed in the Drawings and Specifications. These terms shall not be construed to mean supervision, superintending or overseeing. Laws and Regulations Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and orders of any kind of governmental bodies, agencies, authorities and courts having jurisdiction. Liens Liens, charges, security interests or encumbrances upon real property or personal property. Milestone A principal event specified in the contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion date or time prior to the final completion date. Notice to Proceed (NTP) A written notice given by the Owner to the Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract Time will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform his obligations under the Contract Documents. Owner The City of Clearwater, Florida. For the purposes of this contract, the person who is the City's authorized representative from the City's Department with whom will be responsible for the maintenance and operation of the Work once the Work is completed. For certain projects, a designee of the Owner may serve as the Owner's Representative during construction. Owner's Representative Designee of the Owner with authority to act on behalf of the Owner during construction. Person A natural person, or a corporation, partnership, firm, organization, or other artificial entity. Project The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. SECTION III Page 3 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions Partial Utilization Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Final Completion of all the Work. Representative of Contractor The Contractor shall assign a responsible person or persons, one of whom shall be at the construction site at all times that work is progressing. The names and positions of these persons shall be submitted to the City Engineer at the time of the pre - construction conference. This person or persons shall not be changed without written approval of City Engineer. Request for Information (RFI) An official written request for clarification of the intent of the contract documents from the Contractor to the Engineer. Shop Drawing All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data which are specifically prepared by or for Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work and all illustrations, brochures, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, diagrams and other information prepared by a supplier and submitted by Contractor to illustrate material or equipment for some portion of the Work. Specifications Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto. Subcontractor A person having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the site. Substantial Completion The Work (or a specified part thereof) which has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of Engineer, as evidenced by Engineer's definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract documents, so that the Work (or specified part) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended; or if no such certificate is issued, when the Work is complete and ready for final payment as evidenced by the Engineer's recommendation of final payment. The terms "substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. Supplementary Conditions The part of the Contract which amends or supplements these General Conditions. Supplier A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, material man or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by the Contractor. Surety Any person, firm or corporation which is bound with Contractor and which engages to be responsible for Contractor and his acceptable performance of the Work by a Bid, Performance or Payment Bond. SECTION III Page 4 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • SECTION III — General Conditions Underground Facilities All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities which have been installed underground to furnish any of the following services or materials: electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, sewage and drainage removal or treatment, traffic or other control systems or water. Unit Price Work Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. Work The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or furnishing labor and incorporating materials and equipment into the construction, and performing or furnishing services and furnishing documents, all as required by the Contract Documents. Work Change Directive A written directive to Contractor, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by the Engineer, ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen physical conditions under which the Work is to be performed or emergencies. Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or Contract Time, but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times. 2. PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.1. DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE When Contractor delivers the executed Agreements to the Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to the Owner such Bonds and Certificates of Insurance as Contractor may be required to furnish by this contract. 2.2. COPIES OF DOCUMENTS Engineer shall furnish to Contractor one (1) copy of Contract Documents for execution. Additional copies will be furnished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction. 2.3. COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME /NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING THE PROJECT The Contract Time will commence on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. Contractor shall start to perform the work on the date the Contract Time commences to run. No work shall be done at the site prior to the date that the Contract Time commences to run. Pursuant to Section 255.05(1)(b), Florida Statutes, the Notice to Proceed cannot be issued until Contractor provides City with a certified copy of the recorded bond issued by the Pinellas County Clerk of Court. SECTION III Page 5 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 2.4. BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable field measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict, error or discrepancy which Contractor may discover; and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from Engineer before proceeding with any work effected thereby; however, Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner for failure to report any conflict, error or discrepancy in the Drawings or Specifications, unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof or should reasonably have known thereof. No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, Agent or employee of the Owner or Engineer's Consultant, either before or after the execution of this Contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. Contractor shall not commence any work at any time without approved insurance required by these General Conditions. Failure to obtain this insurance will be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. 2.5. PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE After Contract has been fully executed and before the start of the Work, the Owner's Representative shall schedule a preconstruction conference to be attended by Contractor, Engineer, Owner and others as appropriate to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedule of the Work and general Contract procedures. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner's Representative prior to the Notice to Proceed, a color Critical Path Method (CPM) Construction Schedule. This is to be a sequence of events including submittal review and procurement. Notice to Proceed is usually established at the preconstruction conference and such date can be inserted into the schedule at that time. The Contractor shall also submit a Submittal Schedule for review by the Engineer. This is to make sure that the list is complete and this schedule shall be the basis of a Submittal Log. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner's Representative prior to the Notice to Proceed, a completed Emergency Call List, a completed Authorized Signature List, and Verification of Illegal Discharge Construction Site Training. 2.6. PROGRESS MEETINGS The Contractor is required to attend Progress Meetings. These meetings will be scheduled on a weekly, bi- weekly, or monthly basis depending on the needs of the project. The Contractor shall bring to each meeting an updated submittal log, an updated request for information (RFI) log, a look -ahead schedule to cover the project activity from the current meeting to the next meeting, and all material test reports generated in the same time period. 3. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT 3.1. INTENT The Contract Documents comprise the entire Agreement between Owner and the Contractor concerning the Work. They may be altered only by written agreement. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or part thereof) to be SECTION III Page 6 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work, materials or equipment ich may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be furnished and performed whether or not specifically called for. When words or phrases, which have a well - known technical or construction industry or trade meaning, are used to describe Work, materials or equipment, such words or phrases shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by the Owner's Representative. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or to the code, Laws or Regulation of any governmental authority, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard specification, manual or code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. However, no provision of any referenced standard specification, manual or code, whether or not specially incorporated by reference in the responsibilities of Owner or Contractor as set forth in the Contract Documents, shall change the duties and responsibilities of Owner, Contractor, Engineer or Owner's Representative, or any of their Agents or employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract shall be issued by the Owner's Representative. Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to be inserted in these Contract documents shall be deemed to be inserted herein, and they shall be read and enforced as through it were included herein, and if through mistake or otherwise, any such provision is not inserted, or if not correctly inserted, then upon the application of either party, the Contract Documents shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion. 2. REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES , during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provision of any such Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any such standard, specification, manual or code or of any instruction of any Supplier, Contractor shall report it to the Owner's Representative in writing at once, and Contractor shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency) until an amendment or supplement to Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods provided in these General Specifications, provided however, that Contractor shall not be liable to Owner, or Owner's Representative for failure to report any such conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy unless Contractor knew or reasonably should have known thereof. 4. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 4.1. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS The Owner shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the Work is to be Performed, rights -of -way, easements, rights of entry for access thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the use of contractor. The Owner shall identify any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of lands so furnished with which contractor will have to comply in performing the Work. Easements for Illtanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by wner, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. SECTION III Page 7 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 4.2. INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions and Technical Specifications for identification of those reports of investigations and tests of subsurface and latent physical conditions at the site or otherwise affecting cost, progress or performance of the Work which have been relied upon by Engineer in preparation of the Drawings and Specifications. Such reports are not guaranteed as to accuracy or completeness and are not part of the Contract Documents. Contractor shall promptly notify the Owner's Representative in writing of any subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site, or in an existing structure, differing materially from those indicated or referred to in the Contract Documents. Engineer will promptly review those conditions and advise if further investigation or tests are necessary. Owner or Engineer shall obtain the necessary additional investigations and tests and furnish copies to the Engineer and Contractor. If Engineer finds that the results of such investigations or tests indicate that there are subsurface or latent physical conditions, which differ materially from those, indicated in the contract Documents, and which could not reasonably have been anticipated by Contractor, a work change or Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions. 4.3. PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based on information and data furnished to Owner or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract Documents, Owner and Engineer shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and the cost of all the following will be included in the Contract Price and contractor shall have full responsibility for: (i) reviewing and checking all such information and data, (ii) locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, (iii) coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities during construction, and (iv) the safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. The Contractor is required to call the Sunshine State One Call of Florida prior to any excavation per State regulations and to notify any utility owners who are not a member of the Sunshine State One Call of Florida prior to any excavation. The Sunshine State One Call of Florida is an agency for the protection and location of utilities prior to any excavation and contact number is available in local telephone directory. 4.4. REFERENCE POINTS Engineer shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction, which in Engineer's judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for laying out the Work, unless otherwise noted in the Contract, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of the Owner and Engineer. Contractor shall report to Engineer whenever any reference point is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points by a surveyor licensed in the State of Florida. The Contractor is referred to the Technical Specifications for more specific information regarding the provision of construction surveys. If a City survey crew is assigned to the project and there is excessive stake replacement caused by negligence of Contractor's forces after initial line and grade have been set, as determined by the Engineer, the Contractor will be charged at the rate of $100.00 per SECTION III Page 8 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • SECTION III — General Conditions hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be computed in one- hour increments with a, minimum charge of one hour. 5. BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.1. PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND /CONTRACT BOND Contractor shall furnish a Performance and Payment Bond pursuant to Section 255.05, Florida Statutes in an amount equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. This bond shall remain in effect at least one year after the date when final payment becomes due, unless a longer period of time is prescribed by laws and regulations or by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall also furnish such other Bonds as are required by the Supplementary Conditions. All Bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents in Section V and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff, Bureau of Government Financial Operations, U.S. Treasury Department. All bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agents' authority to act. All bonds shall be deemed to contain all of the Conditions of Section 255.05, Florida Statutes, even if such language is not directly contained within the bond and the Surety shall be licensed and qualified to do business in the State of Florida. Owner reserves the right to reject any surety. If the Surety on any Bond furnished by the Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of these Contract Documents, the Contractor shall within five days after notice thereof substitute another Bond and surety, both of which must be acceptable to Owner. 5.2. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS The Contractor shall, at its own cost and expense, acquire and maintain (and cause any sub- contractors, representatives or agents to acquire and maintain) during the term with the City, sufficient insurance to adequately protect the respective interest of the parties. Coverage shall be obtained with a carrier having an AM Best Rating of A -VII or better. In addition, the City has the right to review the Contractor's deductible or self - insured retention and to require that it be reduced or eliminated. Specifically the Contractor must carry the following minimum types and amounts of insurance on an occurrence basis or in the case of coverage that cannot be obtained on an occurrence basis, then coverage can be obtained on a claims -made basis with a minimum four (4) year tail following the termination or expiration of this Agreement: The following insurance limits may be achieved by a combination of primary and umbrella/excess liability policies. 5.2.1. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE Commercial General Liability Insurance coverage, including but not limited to, premises operations, products /completed operations, products liability, contractual liability, advertising injury, personal injury, death, and property damage in the minimum amount of $1,000,000 (one million dollars) per occurrence and $2,000,000 (two million dollars) general aggregate. SECTION III Page 9 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 5.2.2. COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE Commercial Automobile Liability Insurance coverage for any owned, non- owned, hired or borrowed automobile is required in the minimum amount of $1,000,000 (one million dollars) combined single limit. 5.2.3. WORKERS' COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE Statutory Workers' Compensation Insurance coverage in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida, and Employer's Liability Insurance in the minimum amount of $100,000 (one hundred thousand dollars) each employee each accident, $100,000 (one hundred thousand dollars) each employee by disease and $500,000 (five hundred thousand dollars) aggregate by disease with benefits afforded under the laws of the State of Florida. Coverage should include Voluntary Compensation, Jones Act, and U.S. Longshoremen's and Harbor Worker's Act coverage where applicable. Coverage must be applicable to employees, contractors, subcontractors, and volunteers, if any. 5.2.4. PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY /MALPRACTICE /ERRORS OR OMISSIONS INSURANCE Professional Liability/Malpractice /Errors or Omissions Insurance coverage appropriate for the type of business engaged in by the Contractor with minimum limits of $1,000,000 (one million dollars) per occurrence. If a claims made form of coverage is provided, the retroactive date of coverage shall be no later than the inception date of claims made coverage, unless prior policy was extended indefinitely to cover prior acts. Coverage shall be extended beyond the policy year either by a supplemental extended reporting period (ERP) of as great a duration as available, and with no less coverage and with reinstated aggregate limits, or by requiring that any new policy provide a retroactive date no later than the inception date of claims made coverage. 5.2.5. CONTRACTOR'S EQUIPMENT /INLAND MARINE /PROPERTY INSURANCE If Contractor is using its own property in connection with the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, then Contractor's Equipment—Inland Marine Insurance and/or Property Insurance on an "All Risks" basis with replacement cost coverage for property and equipment in the care, custody and control of others is recommended. City is not responsible for Contractor's (or any sub - contractors, representatives, or agents) equipment or property. 5.2.6. BUILDER'S RISK INSURANCE The City will provide at its expense, Builder's Risk Insurance for the project to cover all risks of loss in the complete and full value of the project. Contractor agrees to cooperate in a timely manner with providing any information or documentation required for the application and by the carrier as the project proceeds. 5.3. OTHER INSURANCE PROVISIONS Upon approval of this Agreement by City Council, and then annually upon the anniversary date(s) of the insurance policy's renewal date(s) for as long as this Agreement remains in effect, the Contractor will furnish the City with a Certificate of Insurance(s) (using appropriate ACORD SECTION III Page 10 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions certificate, SIGNED by the Issuer, and with applicable endorsements) evidencing all of the coverage set forth above and naming the City as an "Additional Insured." In addition when requested in writing from the City, Contractor will provide the City with certified copies of all applicable policies. The address where such certificates and certified policies shall be sent or delivered is as follows: City of Clearwater Engineering Department Attn: Construction Office Specialist P.O. Box 4748 Clearwater, FL 33758 -4748 1. The Description (of Operations /Locations/Vehicles) should specify Project Name and Project Number. 2. Contractor shall provide thirty (30) days written notice of any cancellation, non - renewal, termination, material change or reduction in coverage. 3. Contractor's insurance as outlined above shall be primary and non - contributory coverage for Contractor's negligence. 4. Contractor reserves the right to appoint legal counsel to provide for the Contractor's defense, for any and all claims that may arise related to Agreement, work performed under this Agreement, or to Contractor's design, equipment, or service. Contractor agrees that the City shall not be liable to reimburse Contractor for any legal fees or costs as a result of Contractor providing its defense as contemplated herein. The stipulated limits of coverage above shall not be construed as a limitation of any potential liability to the City, and the City's failure to request evidence of this insurance shall not be construed as a waiver of Contractor's (or sub - contractors, representatives, or agents) obligation to provide the insurance coverage specified. 5.4. WAIVER OF RIGHTS The Owner and Contractor intend that all policies purchased in accordance with Article on Insurance will protect the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any of the insured or additional insured thereunder, the Owner and Contractor waive all rights against each other and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Sub - contractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance otherwise payable under any policy so issued. In addition, the Owner waives all rights against Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and the officers, directors, employees and agents of any of them for: (i) loss due to business interruption, loss of use or other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to the Owner property or the Work caused by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other peril, whether or not insured by the Owner and; (ii) loss or damage to the completed. Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of or resulting SECTION III Page 11 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions from fire or other insured peril covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by the Owner during partial utilization, after substantial completion or after final payment. 6. CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES 6.1. SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE Contractor shall supervise, inspect and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction. Contractor shall not be responsible for the negligence of others in the design or specification of a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be responsible to see that the completed work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall keep on the work at all times during its progress a competent resident superintendent, who shall not be replaced without notice to the Owner's Representative except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be Contractor's representative at the site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All communications to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to Contractor. The Contractor's superintendent shall keep a mobile cell phone on his person so he can be contacted whenever necessary. Contractor shall employ only competent persons to do the work and whenever the Owner's Representative shall notify Contractor, in writing, that any person on the work appears to be incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, disrespectful or otherwise unsatisfactory, such person shall be removed from the project and shall not again be employed on it except with the written consent of the Owner's Representative. Contractor represents the City of Clearwater and shall conduct themselves in a professional manner to the public at all times. Contractor shall reimburse Owner for additional engineering and inspection costs incurred as a result of overtime work in excess of the regular working hours or on the Owner normally approved holidays. At such times when Inspector overtime is required, the Contractor shall sign an overtime slip documenting such hours and the Contractor shall be provided a copy for his records. At the end of the project and prior to payment of withheld retainage funds, the Contractor shall deliver to the Owner a check made out to the Owner of Clearwater for full reimbursement of all Inspector overtime hours. Withheld retainage shall not be released until the Owner has received this check. Minimum number of chargeable hours for inspection costs on weekends or holidays shall be four hours. The cost of overtime inspection per hour shall be $80.00 per hour. Contractor shall provide and maintain in a neat and sanitary condition, such sanitary accommodations for the use of Contractor's employees as may be necessary to comply with the requirements of Laws and Regulations and the Engineer. 6.2. LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey, lay out and construct the work as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good SECTION III Page 12 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions discipline and order at the site. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, all work at the site shall be performed during regular working hours. Contractor shall adhere to the Community Development Code, Section 3 -1508 regarding noise restrictions from 6:00 p.m. to 7:00 a.m. any day and all day Sunday. Contractor will not permit overtime work or the performance of work on Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without Owner consent given after prior notice to Engineer. Unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements, Contractor shall furnish and assume full responsibility for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing, performance, testing, start-up and completion of the Work. All materials and equipment installed in the Work shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If required by Engineer, Contractors shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the quality of materials and equipment. The Contractor shall provide suitable and secure storage for all materials to be used in the Work so that their quality shall not be impaired or injured. Materials that are improperly stored, may be rejected by the Engineer without testing. All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, or distributor, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. The City of Clearwater, at its sole discretion, reserves the right to purchase major equipment or materials to be incorporated into the Work under the Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Option, per Section III, Article 21. In such event, the Contractor shall cooperate and assist the Owner of Clearwater, at no additional cost, to implement the ODP documents and procedures. 6.3. SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent or "or equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may be accepted by Engineer. If in Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by Engineer for approval. If in the Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an "or equal" item, it may be considered as a proposed substitute item. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as required by the Engineer to allow the Engineer to determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and is an acceptable substitute therefore. Request for review of proposed substitute and "or equal" will be not be accepted by Engineer from anyone other than Contractor. Request for substitute and "or equal" items by Contractor must be submitted in writing to Owner's Representative and will contain all information as Engineer deems necessary to make a determination. Request for substitute shall identify why a substitute is submitted and include advantages to the Owner. All data provided by Contractor in support of any proposed substitute SECTION III Page 13 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions or "or equal" item will be at Contractor's expense. Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time to evaluate each proposal or submittal made per this paragraph. Engineer will be sole judge of acceptability. 6.4. SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner's Representative before or at the preconstruction conference a list of all Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed by the Contractor for Work to be performed on the Project. The Contractor shall include with this list the qualifications and references for each Subcontractor, supplier or other person and organization for review and approval. Any changes to this list must be submitted to the Owner's Representative for approval prior to the substitution of any Subcontractors, suppliers or other persons and organizations before performing any Work on the Project for the Contractor. Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person any contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer and any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of Owner or Engineer to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor. Contractor shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers and such other persons performing or furnishing any of the work to communicate with the Engineer through Contractor. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control Contractor in dividing the work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the work to be performed by any specific trade. All work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of Owner and Engineer. Contractor shall not pay or employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization whether initially or as a substitute, against whom Owner or Engineer may have reasonable objection. Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization to furnish or perform any of the work against whom Contractor has reasonable obj ection. Owner or Engineer will not undertake to settle any differences between Contractor and his Subcontractors or between Subcontractors. 6.5. USE OF PREMISES Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the operations of works to the site and land areas identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents on other land areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, right -of -way, permits and easements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any SECTION III Page 14 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceed in or at law. Contractor shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and their officials, directors, employees and agents from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against Owner, Engineer or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon Contractor's performance of the Work. During the progress of the Work, Contractor shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. At the completion of the Work or at intervals established by the Engineer, Contractor shall remove all waste materials, rubbish and debris from and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery and surplus materials. Contractor shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. 6.5.1. STAGING AREAS The Contactor shall obtain and deliver to the City written permission for the use of all staging and storage areas outside of the Limits of Construction. Use of right of way within the limits of construction must be approved by the City. All applicable erosion control, tree barricade and restoration, including time limits, specifications, etc., must be followed. • 6.5.2. RESTORATION TIME LIMITS • The timely restoration of all impacted areas, especially right -of -ways, is very important to the Citizens of Clearwater; therefore these time limits are imposed: • Debris piles shall be removed within five (5) consecutive calendar days. • Concrete driveways and sidewalks shall be replaced, within ten (10) consecutive calendar days of removal. Resident access shall be maintained at all times. • All arterial and collector roadways shall be restored ASAP. • Local streets and asphalt driveways shall be restored as soon as a sufficient quantity is generated, however, this is never to exceed fifteen (15) consecutive calendar days. Local and resident access shall be maintained at all times. • Any irrigation systems or components damaged or impacted by construction activities shall be repaired or replaced "in- kind" within forty-eight (48) hours to minimize the loss of turfgrass or landscape plantings, particularly during periods of drought. • Sod must be restored "in- kind" within fourteen (14) consecutive calendar days of a successful pipe pressure test, removal of concrete forms, backfill of excavations, replacement of driveways or sidewalks or other project specific milestone. It must be watered for a period of thirty (30) days after it is placed. Erosion control and dust control of denuded areas must be maintained at all times. If the project or a portion of it does not involve right -of ways, then a different schedule of sod restoration may be considered. SECTION III Page 15 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 6.6. LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the work and if to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner or Engineer in the Contract Documents. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device not specified in the Contract Documents, and shall defend all such claims in connection with any alleged infringement of such rights. Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the State of Florida and other governmental agencies, which are applicable during the performance of the work. 6.7. LAWS AND REGULATIONS Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to furnishing and performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither Owner nor Owner's Representative shall be responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. If Contractor performs any work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or arising out of such work: however, it shall not be Contractor's primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor's obligations to the Owner to report and resolve discrepancies as described above. When City projects include Federal or State funding, the requirements of Executive Order 11 -02 shall be adhered to utilizing the Homeland Security E- Verify System to verify employment eligibility. 6.8. PERMITS Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. The Owner shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work, which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids. Contractor shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the work, and the Owner shall pay all charges of such utility owners for capital costs related thereto such as plant investment fees. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, Clearwater Building Permit Fees will be waived. SECTION III Page 16 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 6.9. SAFETY AND PROTECTION Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: (i) all persons on the work site or who may be affected by the work, (ii) all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site; and (iii) other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. In the event of temporary suspension of the work, or during inclement weather, or whenever Owner's Representative may direct; Contractor shall, and shall cause Subcontractors, to protect carefully the Work and materials against damage or injury from the weather. If, in the opinion of the Owner's Representative, any portion of Work or materials shall have been damaged or injured by reason of failure on the part of the Contractor or any Subcontractors to so protect the Work, such Work and materials shall be removed and replaced at the expense of Contractor. The Contractor shall initiate and maintain an accident prevention program which shall include, but shall not be limited to the establishment and supervision of programs for the education and training of employees in the recognition, avoidance and prevention of unsafe conditions and acts. Contractor shall provide first aid services and medical care to his employees. The Contractor shall develop and maintain an effective fire protection and prevention program and good housekeeping practices at the site of contract performance throughout all phases of construction, repair, alteration or demolition. Contractor shall require appropriate personal protective equipment in all operations where there is exposure to hazardous conditions. The Engineer may order that the work stop if a condition of • immediate danger to the Owner's employees, equipment or if property damage exists. This provision shall not shift responsibility or risk of loss for injuries of damage sustained from the Contractor to Owner, and the Contractor shall remain solely responsible for compliance with all safety requirements and for the safety of all persons and property at the site of Contract performance. The Contractor shall instruct his employees required to handle or use toxic materials or other harmful substances regarding their safe handling and use. The Contractor shall take the necessary precautions to protect pedestrians and motorists from harm, and to prevent disruptions of such traffic due to construction activity. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for safety of persons or property and to protect them from damage, injury or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility owners when execution of the work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation and replacement of their property. All damage, injury or loss to any property caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier or any other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has issued a notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable. 6.10. EMERGENCIES In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, Contractor, with or without special instruction or authorization from Owner or SECTION III Page 17 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions the Owner's Representative, is obligated to act to prevent damage, injury or loss. Contractor shall give Engineer prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If the Owner's Representative determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued to document the consequences of such action. 6.11. DRAWINGS 6.11.1. SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFIs, AND SUBMITTAL REVIEW Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings to Engineer for review and approval as called for in the Technical Specifications or required by the Engineer. The data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials and similar data to show Engineer the materials and equipment Contractor proposes to provide and to enable Engineer to review the information. Contractor shall also submit Samples to Engineer for review and approval. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample, Contractor shall have determined and verified: (i) all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers and similar information with respect thereto, (ii) all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work, and (iii) all information relative to Contractor's sole responsibilities in respect to means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. Contractor shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. Each submittal will have a transmittal cover sheet identifying the shop drawing name, number, and technical specification reference; will bear a stamp or specific written indication that Contractor has satisfied Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to Contractor's review and approval of that submittal. At the time of submission, Contractor shall give Engineer specific written notice of such variations, if any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample submitted may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice to be in a written communication separate from the submittal; and, in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on each Shop Drawing and Sample submitted to Engineer for review and approval of each such variation. The Contractor shall maintain a submittal log as mentioned in Article 2.5. The Engineer shall receive updated copies at each progress meeting, and the Engineer shall respond to each submittal within fourteen (14) consecutive calendar days. The Contractor shall maintain a request for information (RFI) log as mentioned in Article 2.5. The Engineer shall receive updated copies at each progress meeting, and the Engineer shall respond to each RFI within fourteen (14) consecutive calendar days. The untimely submission of Submittal or RFIs shall not be grounds for a delay claim from the Contractor. Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and Samples will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated the Contract Documents. Engineer's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction (except where a particular means method, technique, sequence or procedure of SECTION III Page 18 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • SECTION III — General Conditions construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. Contractor shall make corrections required by Engineer, and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit as required new Samples for review and approval. Contractor shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer on previous submittals. Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has in writing called Engineer's attention to each such variation at the time of submission and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample approval; nor will any approval by the Engineer relieve the Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of paragraph above discussing field measurements by the Contractor. Contractor shall furnish required submittals with complete information and accuracy in order to achieve required approval of an item within two (2) submittals. Owner's Representative reserves the right to backcharge Contractor, for Engineer's costs for resubmittals that account for a number greater than twenty percent (20 %) of the total number of first time submittals, per the approved initial submittal log. Owner's Representative reserves the right to backcharge Contractor for all third submittals. The number of first time submittals shall be equal to the number of submittals agreed to by Engineer and Contractor. All costs to Engineer involved with subsequent submittal of Shop Drawings, Samples or other items requiring approval will be backcharged to Contractor at the rate of 3.0 times direct technical labor cost by deducting such costs from payments due Contractor for Work completed. In the event that Contractor requests a substitution for a previously approved item, all of Engineer's costs in the reviewing and approval of the substitution will be backcharged to Contractor, unless the need for such substitution is beyond the control of Contractor. 6.11.2. AS -BUILT DRAWINGS The Contractor shall keep and maintain one set of blueprints, As -Built Drawings, in good order and legible condition to be continuously marked -up at the job site. The Contractor shall mark and annotate neatly and clearly all project conditions, locations, configurations and any other changes or deviations which may vary from the details represented on the original Contract Plans, including revisions made necessary by Addenda, Shop Drawings, and Change Orders during the construction process. The Contractor shall record the horizontal and vertical locations, in the plan and profile, of all buried utilities that differ from the locations indicated or which were not indicated on the Contract Plans and buried (or concealed), construction and utility features which are revealed during the construction period. The As -Built Drawings shall be available for inspection by the Engineer, Engineer's Consultant, and the Owner's Representative at all times during the progress of the Project. The As -Built Drawings shall be reviewed by the Owner's Representative, or his designee, for accuracy and compliance with the requirements of "As -Built Drawings" prior to submittal of the monthly pay requests. The pay requests shall be rejected if the marked -up redline prints do not conform to the "As -Built Drawings" requirements. As -Built Drawings shall be submitted to the Owner Inspector for approval upon completion of the project and prior to acceptance of final pay SECTION III Page 19 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions request. Final pay request shall not be processed until As -Built Drawings have been reviewed by the Engineer or the Engineer's Consultant for accuracy and completeness. Prior to placing new potable water mains in service, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer intersection drawings, as specified for the water mains. The Owner's acceptance of the "As -Built Drawings" does not relieve the Contractor of the sole responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the As -Built Drawings. 6.11.2.1. General The Contractor shall prepare an "AS -BUILT SURVEY" per chapter 5J- 17.052, Florida Administrative Code (see definition below), signed and sealed by a Florida registered land surveyor. The contractor will deliver to the Owner two hard copies of signed and sealed As -Built Drawings and an AutoCAD file. 5J- 17.050 Definition: (10)(a) As -Built Survey: a survey performed to obtain horizontal and/or vertical dimensional data so that constructed improvements may be located and delineated: also known as Record Survey. This survey shall be clearly titled "As -Built Survey" and shall be signed and sealed by a Florida registered land surveyor. The survey must be delivered to the Owner of Clearwater Construction Division upon substantial completion of the project. If this condition is not met, the Owner will procure the services of a Professional Surveyor and Mapper registered in the State of Florida and will back charge the contractor a fee of $1,800 per day or any portion thereof to provide the Owner with the required As -Built Survey. 6.11.2.2. Sanitary and Storm Sewer Piping Systems 1. Manholes and inlets shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation) based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the construction plans. New and replaced service connections shall be dimensioned to the nearest downstream manhole. All manholes, cleanouts and catch basin invert and rim elevations, manhole and catch basin dimensions, pipe sizes, and pipe material shall also be noted on the plan view and also on the profile if one exists. The terminal ends of all subdrains, inverts of all pipe in structures, and the flow line of inlets shall also be noted on the plan view and also on the profile if one exists. 2. Pipe materials and areas of special construction shall be noted. 6.11.2.3. Pressure Pipe construction (Water, Reclaimed Water, Forcemain) All pipes shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, Basting and elevation) based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the construction plans. Coordinates shall be at all pipe bends, tees, valves, reducers, and deflections. Also all new and replaced service connections for potable and reclaimed water will be located as described above. Additionally there must be survey coordinates no further than 100 feet apart on linear type construction and shall denote top of pipe elevation at those points. 6.11.2.4. Electrical and Control Wiring The as-built drawings shall include all changes to the original Contract Plans. The as -built drawings shall also include the size, color, and number of wires and conduit. For projects where this information is too voluminous to be contained on the blueline prints, the Contractor shall SECTION III Page 20 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • SECTION III — General Conditions prepare supplemental drawings, on same size sheets as the blueline prints, showing the additional conduit runs, 1 -line diagrams, ladder diagrams, and other information. The wiring schematic diagrams shall show termination location and wiring identification at each point on the ladder diagram. 6.11.2.5. Horizontal and Vertical Control The As -Built survey shall be based on the original datum used for the construction design plans or if required by the Owner the datum shall be referenced to the North American Datum of 1983/90 (horizontal) and the North American Vertical Datum of 1988. The unit of measurement shall be the United States Foot. Any deviation or use of any other datum, (horizontal and or vertical), must be approved by the Owner of Clearwater Engineering Department. 6.11.2.6. Standards The As -Built survey shall meet the Minimum Technical Standards per Chapter 5J -17 and the Clearwater CAD STANDARDS set forth below. In addition to locating all improvements that pertain to the as -built survey it is the requirement of the Owner to have minimum location points at every change in direction and no more than 100 feet apart on all pressure pipes. 6.11.2.7. Other The As -Built drawings shall reflect any differences from the original Contract Plans, in the same level of detail and units of dimensions as the Plans. 6.11.3. CAD STANDARDS 6.11.3.1. Layer Naming 6.11.3.1.1. Prefixes and Suffixes DI prefix denotes digitized or scanned entities EP prefix denotes existing points - field collected EX prefix denotes existing entities - line work and symbols PR prefix denotes proposed entities - line work and symbols FU prefix denotes future entities (proposed but not part of this contract) - line work and symbols TX suffix denotes text — use for all text, no matter the prefix 6.11.3.1.2. Laver Naming Definitions: GAS gas lines and appurtenances ELEC power lines and appurtenances PHONE telephone lines and appurtenances CABLE cable TV lines and appurtenances BOC curbs WALK sidewalk SECTION III Page 21 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions WATER water lines and appurtenances, sprinklers STORM storm lines and appurtenances TREES trees, bushes, planters SANITARY sanitary lines and appurtenances FENCE all fences BLDG buildings, sheds, finished floor elevation DRIVE driveways EOP edge of pavement without curbs TRAFFIC signal poles, control boxes TOPBANK top of bank TOESLOPE toe of slope TOPBERM top of berm TOEBERM toe of berm SEAWALL seawall CONCSLAB concrete slabs WALL walls, except seawall SHORE shoreline, water elevation CL centerline of road CLD centerline of ditch CLS centerline of swale CORNER property corners, monumentation BENCH benchmark, temporary benchmarks Other layers may be created as required, using above format. 6.11.3.2. Layer Properties All layers will use standard AutoCAD linetypes, bylayer. All layers will use standard AutoCAD colors, bylayer. All text will use standard AutoCAD fonts. 6.11.3.3. Text Styles Text style for EX layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 0 °, and a text times the plot scale. Text style for PR and FU layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 22 height of .010 times the plot scale. height of .008 .5 °, and a text SECTION III Page 22 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 6.11.4. DELIVERABLES • The as -built survey shall be produced on bond material, 24" x 36" at a scale of 1"=20' unless approved otherwise. The consultant shall deliver two hard copies and one digital copy of all drawings. Requested file formats are: Autodesk DWG and Adobe PDF files. Please address any questions regarding format to Mr. Tom Mahony, at (727) 562 -4762 or e -mail address Thomas.Mahony myClearwater.com. 6.12. CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner, Engineer and Engineer's Consultants that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder includes defects or damage caused by abuse, vandalism, modification or operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors or Suppliers. Until the acceptance of the Work by the Owner, the Work shall be under the charge and care of the Contractor, and he shall take every necessary precaution against injury or damage to any part thereof by action of the elements, or from any other cause whatsoever, arising from the execution or non - execution of the Work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair and make good, at his own expense, all injuries or damages to any portion of the Work occasioned by any cause before its completion and final acceptance by the Owner. In addition, "the Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one year from the date of final acceptance ". Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes improper maintenance and operation by Owner's employees and normal wear and tear under normal usage for any portion of the Work, which has been partially accepted by the Owner for operation prior to final acceptance by the Owner. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: (i) observations by Owner's Representative, (ii) recommendation of any progress or final payment by Owner's Representative, (iii) the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion or any payment by the Owner to contractor under the Contract Documents, (iv) use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner, (v) any acceptance by Owner or any failure to do so, (vi) any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of Acceptance by the Engineer. 6.13. CONTINUING THE WORK Contractor shall carry on the work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements with the Owner. No work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as the Owner or Contractor may otherwise agree in writing. 6.14. INDEMNIFICATION To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor agrees to defend, indemnify, and hold the City, its officers, agents, and employees, harmless from and against any and all liabilities, demands, claims, suits, losses, damages, causes of action, fines or judgments, including costs, attorneys', witnesses', and expert witnesses' fees, and expenses incident thereto, relating to, arising out of, SECTION III Page 23 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions or resulting from: (i) the services provided by Contractor personnel under this Agreement; (ii) any negligent acts, errors, mistakes or omissions by Contractor or Contractor personnel; and (iii) Contractor or Contractor personnel's failure to comply with or fulfill the obligations established by this Agreement. Contractor will update the City during the course of the litigation to timely notify the City of any issues that may involve the independent negligence of the City that is not covered by this indemnification. The City assumes no liability for actions of Contractor and will not indemnify or hold Contractor or any third party harmless for claims based on this Agreement or use of Contractor- provided supplies or services. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, this indemnification provision shall not be construed as a waiver of any immunity to which Owner is entitled or the extent of any limitation of liability pursuant to § 768.28, Florida Statutes. Furthermore, this provision is not intended to nor shall be interpreted as limiting or in any way affecting any defense Owner may have under § 768.28, Florida Statutes or as consent to be sued by third parties. 6.15. CHANGES IN COMPANY CONTACT INFORMATION Contractor shall notify Owner by US mail addressed to the City Engineer of any changes in company contact information. This includes: contact phone, address, project manager, email addresses, etc. 6.16. PUBLIC RECORDS The ENGINEER will be required to comply with Section 119.0701, Florida Statutes (2014), specifically to: a) Keep and maintain public records required by the city of Clearwater (hereinafter "public agency ") to perform the service being provided by the contractor hereunder. b) Upon request from the public agency's custodian of public records, provide the public agency with a copy of the requested records or allow the records to be inspected or copied within a reasonable time at a cost that does not exceed the cost provided for in Chapter 119, Florida Statutes, as many be amended from time to time, or as otherwise provided by law. c) Ensure that public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements are not disclosed except as authorized by law for the duration of the contract term and following completion of the contract if the contractor does not transfer the records to the public agency. d) Upon completion of the contract, transfer, at no cost, to the public agency all public records in possession of the contractor or keep and maintain public records required by the public agency to perform the service. If the contractor transfers all public records to the public agency upon completion of the contract, the contractor shall destroy any public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements. If the contractor keeps and maintains public records upon completion of the contract, the contractor shall meet all applicable requirements for the retaining public records. All records stored electronically must be provided to the public agency, upon request from the public agency's custodian of public records in a format that is compatible with the information technology systems of the public agency. SECTION III Page 24 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions e) A request to inspect or copy public records relating to a public agency's contract for services must be made directly to the public agency. If the public agency does not possess the requested records, the public agency shall immediately notify the contractor of the request and the contractor must provide the records to the public agency or allow the records to be inspected or copied within a reasonable time. f) The Contractor hereby acknowledges and agrees that if the contractor does not comply with the public agency's request for records, the public agency shall enforce the contract provisions in accordance with the contract. g) A Contractor who fails to provide the public records to the public agency within a reasonable time may be subject to penalties under Section 119.10, Florida Statutes. h) If a civil action is filed against a contractor to compel production of public records relating to a public agency's contract for services, the court shall assess and award against the contractor the reasonable costs of enforcement, including reasonable attorney fees, if: 1. The court determines that the contractor unlawfully refused to comply with the public records request within a reasonable time; and 2. At least 8 business days before filing the action, the plaintiff provided written notice of the public request, including a statement that the contractor has not complied with the request, to the public agency and to the contractor. i) A notice complies with subparagraph (h)2. if it is sent to the public agency's custodian of public records and to the contractor at the contractor's address listed on its contract with the public agency or to the contractor's registered agent. Global Express Guaranteed, or certified mail, with postage or shipping paid by the sender and with evidence of delivery, which may be in an electronic format. j) A contractor who complies with a public records request within 8 business days after the notice is sent is not liable for the reasonable costs of enforcement. 7. OTHER WORK 7.1. RELATED WORK AT SITE The City reserves the right to have its own forces enter the construction site at any time and perform work as necessary in order to perform infrastructure repair or maintenance, whether related to the project or not. The Contractor will allow complete access to all utility owners for these purposes. The City may have its own forces perform new work related to the project, however, this work will be identified in the Contract Scope of Work and coordination will be such that this activity is denoted in the Contractor's CPM Schedule so as not to cause any delays or interference with the Contractor's work or schedule. 7.2. COORDINATION If the Owner contracts with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the site, the following will be set forth in the Scope of Work: (i) the person who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various prime contractors will be identified; (ii) the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and (iii) the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, the Owner shall have sole authority and responsibility in respect of such coordination. SECTION III Page 25 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 8. OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, the Owner shall issue all communications from the Owner to the Contractor through Owner's Representative. The Owner shall furnish the data required of the Owner under the Contract Documents promptly and shall make payments to Contractor promptly when they are due as provided in these General Conditions. The Owner is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in the Article on Changes In The Work. The Owner's responsibility in respect of certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in the Article on Tests and Inspections. In connection with the Owner's right to stop work or suspend work, see the Article on Engineer may Stop the Work. The Article on Suspension of Work and Termination deals with the Owner's right to terminate services of Contractor under certain circumstances. Owner shall not supervise, direct or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. The Owner will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9. OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 9.1. OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE Dependent of the project type, the Owner's Representative during the construction period will either be the Construction Manager, the Engineer, or a designee of the Project's Owner. The duties, responsibilities and the limitations of authority of Owner's Representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written consent of Owner and Engineer. 9.2. CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS Engineer will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of the requirements of the Contract Documents regarding design issues only, in the form of Submittal responses, RFI responses, Drawings or otherwise, as Engineer may determine necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from Contract Documents. All other clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued form the Owner's Representative. Such written clarifications and interpretations will be binding on the Owner and Contractor. If Contractor believes that a written clarification or interpretation justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time and the parties are unable to agree to the amount or extent thereof, if any, Contractor may make a written claim therefore as provided in the Articles for Change of Work and Change of Contract Time. SECTION III Page 26 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 9.3. REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK • The Owner's Representative or the Engineer will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which Owner's Representative or the Engineer believes to be defective, or that Owner's Representative or the Engineer believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. The Owner's Representative or the Engineer will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed. 9.4. SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS In connection with Engineer's authority as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see articles on Shop Drawings and Samples. In connection with Owner's Representative authority as to Change Orders, see the articles on Changes of Work, Contract Price and Contract Time. In connection with Owner's Representative authority as to Applications for Payment, see the articles on Payments to Contractor and Completion. • • 9.5. DECISIONS ON DISPUTES The Owner's Representative will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the work thereunder. Claims, disputes and other matters relating to the acceptability of the work or the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance and furnishing of the work and Claims under the Articles for Changes of Work, Changes of Contract Time and Changes of Contract Price will be referred initially to Owner's Representative in writing with a request for a formal decision in accordance with this paragraph. Written notice of each such claim, dispute or other matter will be delivered by the claimant to Owner's Representative and the other party to the Agreement promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days, after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise thereto, and written supporting data will be submitted to Owner's Representative and the other party within sixty (60) days after the start of such occurrence or event unless Owner's Representative allows an additional period of time for the submission of additional or more accurate data in support of such claim, dispute or other matter. The opposing party shall submit any response to Owner's Representative and the claimant within thirty (30) days after receipt of the claimant's last submittal, unless Owner's Representative allows additional time. Owner's Representative will render a formal decision in writing within thirty (30) days after receipt of the opposing party's submittal, if any, in accordance with this paragraph. Owner Representative's written decision on such claim, dispute or other matter will be final and binding upon the Owner and Contractor unless (i) an appeal from Owner Representative's decision is taken within thirty (30) days of the Owner Representative's decision, or the appeal time which may be stated in a Dispute Resolution Agreement between Owner and Contractor for the settlement of disputes or (ii) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into, a written notice of intention to appeal from Owner Representative's written decision is delivered by the Owner or Contractor to the other and to Owner's Representative within thirty (30) days after the date of such decision and a formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to such claim, dispute or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations within sixty (60) days of the date of such decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Owner and Contractor. SECTION III Page 27 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 ' SECTION III — General Conditions When functioning as interpreter and judge, Owner's Representative will not show partiality to the Owner or Contractor and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by Owner's Representative with respect to any such claim, dispute or other matter will be a condition precedent to any exercise by the Owner or Contractor of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such claim, dispute or other matter pursuant the Article on Dispute Resolution. 9.6. LIMITATIONS ON OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S RESPONSIBILITIES Neither Owner Representative's authority or responsibility under this paragraph or under any other provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by Owner's Representative in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise or performance of any authority or responsibility by Owner's Representative shall create, impose or give rise to any duty owed by Owner's Representative to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person or organization or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them. Owner's Representative will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the work. Owner's Representative will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Owner's Representative will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the work. Owner Representative's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds and certificates of inspection, tests and approvals and other documentation required to be delivered by the Contractor will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements of the Contract Documents and, in the case of certificates of inspections, tests and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with the Contract Documents. The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph shall also apply to Owner Representative's CEI, the Engineer's Consultants, and assistants. 10. CHANGES IN THE WORK Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, the Owner may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work. Such additions, deletions or revisions will be authorized by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as may otherwise be specifically provided). If the Owner and Contractor are unable to agree as to the extent, if any, of an adjustment in the Contract Price or an adjustment of the Contract Time that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive, a claim may be made therefore as provided in these General Conditions. SECTION III Page 28 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time with respect to any Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified and supplemented as provided in these General Conditions except in the case of an emergency as provided or in the case of uncovering work as provided in article for Uncovering Work. The Owner and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders or Written Amendments recommended by Owner's Representative covering: • changes in the work which are (i) ordered by the Owner (ii) required because of acceptance of defective work under the article for Acceptance of Defective Work or correcting defective Work under the article for Owner May Correct Defective Work or (iii) agreed to by the parties; • changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which are agreed to by the parties; and • changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which embody the substance of any written decision rendered by Owner's Representative pursuant to the article for Decisions on Disputes; • provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule as provided in the article for Continuing the Work. If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Time) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be Contractor's responsibility, and the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly. 11. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE 11.1. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable to Contractor for performing the Work. All duties, responsibilities and obligations assigned to or undertaken by Contractor shall be at Contractor's expense without change in the Contract Price. The Contract Price may only be adjusted by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on a written notice of claim stating the general nature of the claim, to be delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Owner's Representative or promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the claim. Notice of the amount of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty (60) days after the start of such occurrence or event, unless Owner's Representative allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of the claim, and shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the claimed adjustment covers all known amounts to which the claimant is entitled as a result of said occurrence or event. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this paragraph. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: (i) where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (ii) where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by SECTION III Page 29 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit), (iii) where the Work is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement is reached to establish unit prices for the Work. Where the work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and where the Owner' s Representative, the Owner, the Engineer, the Engineer's Consultant, and Contractor cannot mutually agree on a lump sum price, the City of Clearwater shall pay for directed changes in the Work, on "COST REIMBURSEMENT" basis. The Contractor shall apply for compensation, detailing Contractors forces, materials, equipment, subcontractors, and other items of direct costs required for the directed work. The application for Cost Reimbursement shall be limited to the following items: 1. Labor, including foremen, for those hours associated with the direct work (actual payroll cost, including wages, fringe benefits, labor insurance and labor taxes established by law). Expressly excluded from this item are all costs associated with negotiating the subject change. 2. Materials associated with the change, including sales tax. The costs of materials shall be substantiated through vendors' invoices. 3. Rental or equivalent rental costs of equipment, including necessary transportation costs if specifically used for the Work. The rental rates shall not exceed the current rental rates prevailing in the locality or as defined in the rental Rate Blue Book for Construction Equipment (a.k.a. DataQuest Blue Book). The rental rate is defined as the full- unadjusted base rental rate for the appropriate item of construction equipment and shall cover the costs of all fuel, supplies, repairs, insurance, and other costs associated with supplying the equipment for work ordered. Contractor -owned equipment will be paid for the duration of time required to complete the work. Utilize lowest cost combination of hourly, daily, weekly, or monthly rates. Do not exceed estimated operating costs given in Blue Book. Operating costs will not be allowed for equipment on stand -by. 4. Additional costs for Bonds, Insurance if required by the City of Clearwater. The following fixed fees shall be added to the costs of the directed work performed by the Contractor or Subcontractor. A. A fixed fee of fifteen percent (15 %) shall be added to the costs of Item 1 above. If work is performed by a subcontractor, the Contractor's fee shall not exceed five percent (5 %), and the subcontractor's fee shall not exceed ten percent (10 %). B. A fixed fee of ten percent (10 %) shall be added to the costs of Item 2 above. C. No markup shall be added to the costs of Items 3 and 4. The fixed fees shall be considered the full compensation for all cost of general supervision, overhead, profit, and other general expense. 11.2. ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be furnished and performed for such sums as may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer. Contractor agrees that: (i) the allowances SECTION III Page 30 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and (ii) Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by Owner's Representative to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by allowances and all the Work actually performed by the Contractor, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 11.3. UNIT PRICE WORK Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the established unit price for each separately identified item of unit price work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor will be made by Owner's Representative. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. The Owner or Contractor may make a claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price if: (i) the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Contract Documents; and (ii) there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and (iii) if Contractor believes that Contractor is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or the Owner believes that the Owner is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. On unit price contracts, Owner endeavors to provide adequate unit quantities to satisfactorily complete the construction of the project. It is expected that in the normal course of project construction and completion that not all unit quantities will be used in their entirety and that a finalizing change order which adjusts contract unit quantities to those unit quantities actually used in the construction of the project will result in a net decrease from the original Contract Price. Such reasonable deduction of final Contract Price should be anticipated by the Contractor in his original bid. 12. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME The Contract Time (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Owner's Representative promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days, after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the extent of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty (60) days after such occurrence, unless Owner's Representative allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim, and shall be accompanied by the claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract SECTION III Page 31 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions Time (or Milestones) shall be determined by Owner's Representative. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Time (or Milestones) will be valid if not submitted in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph. All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Agreement. Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the work within the Contract Time (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Contract Time (or Milestones) may be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a claim is made therefore as provided in the article for Changes in the Work. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, acts by the Owner, acts of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by the article for Other Work, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions or acts of God. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of Contractor. Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both the Owner and Contractor, an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay shall be Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. In no event shall the Owner be liable to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them, for damages arising out of or resulting from (i) delays caused by or within the control of Contractor, or (ii) delays beyond the control of both parties including but not limited to fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God or acts by utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by paragraph for Other Work. 13. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.1. TESTS AND INSPECTION Contractor shall give Owner's Representative and Engineer timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents. The costs for these inspections, tests or approvals shall be borne by the Contractor except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body including all Owner Building Departments and Owner Utility Departments, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish Owner's Representative the required certificates of inspection or approval. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, Owner permit and impact fees will be waived. Contractor shall also be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests or approvals required for Owner's and Engineer's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work, SECTION III Page 32 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions or of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation of the Work. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected tested or approved is covered by Contractor without written concurrence of Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by Owner's Representative, be uncovered for observation. Uncovering Work as provided in this paragraph shall be at Contractor's expense unless Contractor has given Owner's Representative and Engineer timely notice of Contractor's intention to cover the same and Owner's Representative has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. 13.2. UNCOVERING THE WORK If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by Owner's Representative, be uncovered for Owner Representative's observation and replaced at Contractor's expense. If Owner's Representative considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Owner's Representative or inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at Owner Representative's request, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as Engineer or Owner's Representative may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price for the costs of the investigation, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, may make a claim therefore as provided in the article for Change in Contract Price. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement and reconstruction; and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, Contractor may make a claim therefore as provided the article for Change in Contract Price and Change of Contract Time. 13.3. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE MAY STOP THE WORK If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, Engineer or Owner's Representative may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of Owner's Representative to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of Owner's Representative or Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor or any surety or other party. If the Owner's Representative stops Work under this paragraph, Contractor shall be entitled to no extension of Contract Time or increase in Contract Price. 13.4. CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK If required by Engineer or Owner's Representative, Contractor shall promptly, as directed, either correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by Engineer or Owner's Representative, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by SECTION III Page 33 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions or resulting from such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). 13.5. WARRANTY /CORRECTION PERIOD If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to the Owner and in accordance with the Owner's written instructions; (i) correct such defective Work, or, if it has been rejected by the Owner, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective and (ii) satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of others resulting therefrom. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, the Owner may have the defective Work corrected or the rejected. Work removed and replaced, and all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by Contractor. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Final Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if specifically and expressly so provided in the Specifications or by Written Amendment. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected, removed or replaced under this paragraph the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. 13.6. ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, the Owner prefers to accept it, the Owner may do so. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages attributable to the Owner's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work such costs to be approved by Owner's Representative as to reasonableness. If any such acceptance occurs prior to Owner Representative's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, the Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in article for Change of Contract Price. If the acceptance occurs after the Owner Representative's recommendation for final payment an appropriate amount will be paid by Contractor to the Owner. 13.7. OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Owner's Representative to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Owner's Representative in accordance with the article for Correction and Removal of Defective Work or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if SECTION III Page 34 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • SECTION III — General Conditions Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, the Owner may, after seven days' written notice to Contractor, correct and remedy any such deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph the Owner shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective and remedial action, the Owner may exclude Contractor from all or part of the site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and suspend Contractor's services related thereto, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner's Representatives, Agents and employees, the Owner's other contractors, and Owner's Representative, Engineer, and Engineer's Consultants access to the site to enable the Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All claims, costs, losses and damages incurred or sustained by the Owner in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against Contractor and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, the Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in the article for Change of Contract Price. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or replacement of Contractor's defective Work. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones) because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by the Owner of the Owner's rights and remedies hereunder. 14. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION Requests for payment shall be processed in accordance with F.S. 218.735 and as described herein. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. 14.1. APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT Contractor shall submit (not more often than once a month) to Owner's Representative for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed once each month and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Owner's Representative and the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, payment will not be made for materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work. Payment will only be made for that portion of the Work, which is fully installed including all materials, labor and equipment. A retainage of not less than five (5 %) of the amount of each Application for Payment for the total of all Work, including as -built survey and Inspector overtime reimbursement, completed to date will be held until final completion and acceptance of the Work covered in the Contract Documents. No progress payment shall be construed to be acceptance of any portion of the Work under contract. The Contractor shall review with the Engineer or the Construction Inspector all quantities and work for which payment is being applied for and reach agreement prior to submittal of an Official Pay Request. The Engineer or the Construction Inspector will verify that the on -site marked up as -built drawings are up to date with the work and are in compliance with the Contract Documents, In addition to all other payment provisions set out in this contract, the Owner's Representative may require the Contractor to produce for Owner, within fifteen (15) days of the approval of any progress payment, evidence and/or payment affidavit that all subcontractors and suppliers have SECTION III Page 35 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions been paid any sum or sums then due. A failure on the part of the contractor to provide the report as required herein shall result in further progress or partial payments being withheld until the report is provided. 14.2. CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to the Owner no later than the time of payment, free and clear of liens. No materials or supplies for the Work shall be purchased by Contractor or Subcontractor subject to any chattel mortgage or under a conditional sale contact or other agreement by which an interest is retained by the seller. Contractor warrants that he has good title to all materials and supplies used by him in the Work, free from all liens, claims or encumbrances. Contractor shall indemnify and save the Owner harmless from all claims growing out of the lawful demands of Subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, materialmen, and furnisher's of machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power tools, and all supplies incurred in the furtherance of the performance of this Contract. Contractor shall at the Owner's request, furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged, or waived. If Contractor fails to do so, then the Owner may, after having served written notice on said Contractor either pay unpaid bills, of which the Owner has written notice, or withhold from the Contractor's unpaid compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably sufficient to pay any and all such lawful claims until satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged, whereupon payment to Contractor shall be resumed in accordance with the terms of this Contract, but in no event shall the provisions of this sentence be construed to impose any obligations upon the Owner to the Contractor or the Surety. In paying any unpaid bills of the Contractor, the Owner shall be deemed the agent of Contractor and any payment so made by the Owner shall be considered as payment made under the Contract by the Owner to Contractor, and the Owner shall not be liable to Contractor for any such payment made in good faith. 14.3. REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS The Owner's Representative will within twenty (20) business days after receipt authorize and process payment by the Owner a properly submitted and documented Application for payment, unless the application requires review by an Agent. If the Application for payment requires review and approval by an Agent, properly submitted and documented Applications for payment will be paid by the Owner within twenty -five (25) business days. If an Application for payment is rejected, notice shall be given within twenty (20) business days of receipt indicating the reasons for refusing payment. The reasons for rejecting an Application will be submitted in writing, specifying deficiencies and identifying actions that would make the Application proper. In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. The Owner's Representative or Agent may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment to Owner. Owner's Representative or Agent may also refuse to recommend any such payment, or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or test, nullify any such payment previously recommended, to such extent as may be necessary in Owner Representative's or Agent's opinion to protect the Owner from loss because: (i) the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged requiring correction or replacement, (ii) the Contract Price has been reduced by amendment or Change Order, (iii) the Owner has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work, or (iv) Owner's SECTION III Page 36 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • SECTION III — General Conditions Representative or Agent has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in the article on Suspension of Work and Termination. The Owner may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by the Owner's Representative or Agent because: (i) claims have been made against the Owner on account of Contractor's performance or furnishing of the Work, (ii) Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to the Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens, (iii) there are other items entitling the Owner to a set -off against the amount recommended, or (iv) the Owner has actual knowledge of any of the events described in this paragraph. The Owner shall give Contractor notice of refusal to pay in accordance with the time constraints of this section with a copy to the Owner's Representative or Agent, stating the reasons for such actions, and Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by the Owner and Contractor, when Contractor corrects to the Owner's satisfaction the reasons for such action. 14.4. PARTIAL UTILIZATION Use by the Owner at the Owner's option of any substantially completed part of the Work which (i) has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or (ii) Owner, Engineer, Owner's Representative, and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by the Owner for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Final Completion of all the Work subject to the following: The Owner at any time may request Contractor in writing to permit the Owner to use any such part of the Work which the Owner believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor will certify to Owner, Owner's Representative, and Engineer that such part of the Work is substantially complete and request Owner's Representative to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Contractor at any time may notify Owner, Owner's Representative, and Engineer in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request Owner's Representative to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either such request, Owner, Contractor, Owner's Representative, and Engineer shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If Engineer does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, Engineer will notify Owner, Owner's Representative, and Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefore. If Engineer considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of the articles for Substantial Completion and Partial Utilization will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. 14.5. FINAL INSPECTION Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, Owner's Representative will make a final inspection with Engineer, Owner and Contractor and will within thirty (30) days notify Contractor in writing of particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. The Owner's Representative will produce a final punch list, deliver it to the Contractor within five (5) days of completion and assign a date for this work to be completed not less than thirty (30) days from delivery of the list. SECTION III Page 37 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions Failure to include any corrective work or pending items does not alter the responsibility of the contractor to complete all the construction services purchased pursuant to the contract. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. 14.6. FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT After Contractor has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of Owner's Representative and has delivered in accordance with the Contract Documents all maintenance and operating instructions, As- built/Record Drawings, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance required by the paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, certificates of inspection, Inspector overtime reimbursement as required in the Contract Documents and other documents, Contractor may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: (i) all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, and (ii) executed consent of the surety to final payment using the form contained in Section V of the Contract Documents. Prior to application for final payment, Contractor shall clean and remove from the premises all surplus and discarded materials, rubbish, and temporary structures, and shall restore in an acceptable manner all property, both public and private, which has been damaged during the prosecution of the Work, and shall leave the Work in a neat and presentable condition. 14.7. FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE If through no fault of Contractor, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed and if Owner's Representative so confirms, the Owner shall, upon receipt of Contractor's final Application for payment and recommendation of Owner's Representative, and without terminating the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by the Owner for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been furnished as required in paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to Owner's Representative with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that such payment shall not constitute a waiver of claims. If on the basis of Owner Representative's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and Owner Representative's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation, all as required by the Contract Documents, Owner's Representative is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, Owner's Representative will indicate in writing his recommendation of payment and present the Application to Owner for payment. Thereupon, Owner's Representative will give written notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of this article. Otherwise, Owner's Representative will return the Application to Contractor, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. If the Application and accompanying documentation are appropriate as SECTION III Page 38 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • SECTION III — General Conditions to form and substance, the Owner shall, within twenty (20) days after receipt thereof pay contractor the amount recommended by Owner's Representative. 14.8. WAIVER OF CLAIMS The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: a waiver of all claims by the Owner against Contractor, except claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after final inspection, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or from Contractor's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and a waiver of all claims by Contractor against the Owner other than those previously made in writing and still unsettled. 15. SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 15.1. OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK At any time and without cause, Owner's Representative may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety (90) days by notice in writing to Contractor, which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. Contractor shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if Contractor makes an approved claim therefore as provided in the articles for Change of Contract Price and Change of Contract Time. • 15.2. OWNER MAY TERMINATE Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events; if Contractor persistently fails to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the progress schedule as adjusted from time to time); if Contractor disregards Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; if Contractor disregards the authority of Owner's Representative; if Contractor otherwise violates in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract Documents; or if the Work to be done under this Contract is abandoned, or if this Contract or any part thereof is sublet, without the previous written consent of the Owner, or if the Contract or any claim thereunder is assigned by Contractor otherwise than as herein specified, or at any time Owner's Representative certifies in writing to the Owner that the rate of progress of the Work or any part thereof is unsatisfactory or that the work or any part thereof is unnecessarily or unreasonably delayed. The Owner may, after giving Contractor (and the surety, if any), seven days' written notice and, to the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services of Contractor, exclude Contractor from the site and take possession of the Work and of all Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to the full extent they could be used by Contractor (without liability to Contractor for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as the Owner may deem expedient. In such case Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses and SECTION III Page 39 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions damages sustained by the Owner arising out of or resulting from completing the Work such excess will be paid to Contractor. If such claims, costs, losses and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurred by the Owner will be reviewed by Owner's Representative as to their reasonableness and when so approved by Owner's Representative incorporated in a Change Order, provided that when exercising any rights or remedies under this paragraph the Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. Where Contractor's services have been so terminated by the Owner, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of the Owner against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by the Owner will not release Contractor from liability. Upon seven (7) days' written notice to Contractor and Owner's Representative, the Owner may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of the Owner, elect to terminate the Agreement. In such case, Contractor shall be paid (without duplication of any items): for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; for expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; for all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors, Suppliers and others; and for reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. 15.3. CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE If, through no act or fault of Contractor, the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety (90) days by the Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or the Owner's Representative fails to act on any Application for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is submitted or the Owner fails for thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, then Contractor may, upon seven (7) days' written notice to the Owner and Owner's Representative, and provided the Owner or Owner's Representative does not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Agreement and recover from the Owner payment on the same terms as provided in the article for the Owner May Terminate. However, if the Work is suspended under an order of court through no fault of Owner, the Contractor shall not be entitled to payment except as the Court may direct. In lieu of terminating the Agreement and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Owner's Representative has failed to act on an Application for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is submitted, or the Owner has failed for thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, Contractor may upon seven (7) days' written notice to the Owner and Owner's Representative stop the Work until payment of all such amounts due Contractor. The provisions of this article are not intended to preclude Contractor from making claim under paragraphs for Change of Contract SECTION III Page 40 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • • SECTION III — General Conditions Price or Change of Contract Time or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to Contractor's stopping Work as permitted by this article. 16. DISPUTE RESOLUTION If and to the extent that the Owner and Contractor have agreed on the method and procedure for resolving disputes between them that may arise under this Agreement, such dispute resolution method and procedure will proceed. If no such agreement on the method and procedure for resolving such disputes has been reached, subject to the provisions of the article for Decisions on Disputes, the Owner and Contractor may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute provided, however, that nothing herein shall require a dispute to be submitted to binding arbitration. 17. MISCELLANEOUS 17.1. SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS The form of all submittals, notices, change orders, pay applications, logs, schedules and other documents permitted or required to be used or transmitted under the Contract Documents shall be determined by the Owner's Representative subject to the approval of Owner. 17.2. GIVING NOTICE Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, notice will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. 17.3. NOTICE OF CLAIM Should the Owner or Contractor suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error, omission or any act of the other party or of any of the other party's officers, employees or agents or others for whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim will be made in writing to the other party within a reasonable time of the first observance of such injury or damage. The provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or repose. 17.4. PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED Whenever reference is made to "claims, costs, losses and damages," the phrase shall include in each case, but not be limited to, all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs. 17.5. ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT The Contractor shall not assign this contract or any part thereof or any rights thereunder without the approval of Owner, nor without the consent of surety unless the surety has waived its rights to notice of assignment. SECTION III Page 41 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 17.6. RENEWAL OPTION Annual Contracts issued through the Engineering Department may be renewed for up to two (2) years, upon mutual consent of both the Owner and the Contractor/Vendor. All terms, conditions and unit prices shall remain constant unless otherwise specified in the contract specifications or in the Invitation to bid. Renewals shall be made at the sole discretion of the Owner, and must be agreed to in writing by both parties. All renewals are contingent upon the availability of funds, and the satisfactory performance of the Contractor as determined by the Construction Department. 17.7. ROLL -OFF CONTAINERS AND /OR DUMPSTERS All City construction projects shall utilize City of Clearwater Solid Waste roll -off containers and /or dumpsters for their disposal and hauling needs. For availability or pricing contact Mike Pryor at the City of Clearwater, Solid Waste Department, by phone: (727) 562 -4923 or email: Michael.Pryor@myClearwater.com. 18. ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK The City reserves the right to accept and use any portion of the work whenever it is considered to the public interest to do so. The Engineer shall have the power to direct on what line or street the Contractor shall work and order thereof. 19. MATERIAL USED All material incorporated into the final work shall be new material unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. If requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish purchase receipts of all materials. 20. CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS The various Contract Documents shall be given precedence, in case of conflict, error or discrepancy, as follows: Modifications, Contract Agreement, Addenda, Supplementary General Conditions, General Conditions, Supplementary Technical Specifications and Technical Specifications. In a series of Modifications or Addenda the latest will govern. In the case of an inconsistency between Drawings and Specifications or within either Document not clarified by addendum, the better quality, more stringent or greater quantity of Work shall be provided in accordance with the Engineer /Architect's interpretation. 21. OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) 21.1. SALES TAX SAVINGS The Owner reserves the right to purchase certain portions of the materials or equipment for the Project directly in order to save applicable sales tax in compliance with Florida Law since owner is exempt from the payment of sales tax. The contract price includes Florida sales and other applicable taxes for materials, supplies, and equipment which will be a part of the Contractor's Work. Owner - purchasing of construction materials or equipment, if selected, will be administered on a deductive Change Order basis. The contract price shall be reduced by the actual cost of the materials or equipment purchased by owner plus the normally applicable sales SECTION III Page 42 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • • SECTION III — General Conditions tax, even if the actual cost is in excess of the cost for the materials or equipment as -bid by the Contractor. For purposes of calculating engineering fees, contractor fees, architects fees, and any other amounts that are based on the contract amount, however, the original, as -bid contract amount shall be used. Direct purchase shall be considered for single items or materials that exceed $10,000 in value and/or items identified in Section V, Bidders Proposal. The Contractor shall provide the Owner an ODP Summary of all intended suppliers, vendors, equipment and materials for consideration as ODP materials or equipment (refer to ODP Instructions in Contract Appendix). 21.2. TITLE AND OWNER RISK Owner will issue Purchase Orders and provide a copy of Owner's Florida Consumer Certification of Tax Exemption and Certificate of Entitlement directly to the Vendor for ODP materials or equipment. Invoices for ODP materials or equipment shall be issued to the Owner, and a copy sent to the Contractor. Notwithstanding the transfer of ODP materials or equipment by the Owner to the Contractor's possession, the Owner shall retain legal and equitable title to any and all ODP materials or equipment; therefore, the owner assumes the risk of damage or loss at the time of purchase or delivery of items, unless material is damaged as the result of negligence by the Contractor. 21.3. CONTRACTOR'S RECEIPT OF MATERIALS The Contractor shall be fully responsible for all matters relating to the receipt of materials or equipment furnished to the Owner including, but not limited to, verifying correct quantities, verifying documents of orders in a timely manner, coordinating purchases, providing and obtaining all warranties and guarantees required by the Contract Documents, and inspection and acceptance of the goods at the time of delivery. The Owner shall coordinate with Contractor and Vendor delivery schedules, sequence of delivery, loading orientation, and other arrangements normally required by the Contractor for the particular materials or equipment furnished. The Contractor shall provide all services required for the unloading and handling of materials or equipment. The Contractor agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from any and all claims of whatever nature resulting from non - payment of goods to suppliers arising from the action of the Contractor. As ODP materials or equipment are delivered to the job site, the Contractor shall visually inspect all shipments from the suppliers, and approve the vendor's invoice for items delivered. The Contractor shall assure that each delivery of ODP materials or equipment is accompanied by documentation adequate to identify the Purchase Order against which the purchase is made. This documentation may consist of a delivery ticket and/or an invoice from the supplier conforming to the Purchase Order together with such additional information as the Owner may require. The Contractor will then forward an electronic copy of the invoice and supporting documentation to the Owner for payment within fourteen (14) calendar days of receipt of said goods or materials. Such payment shall be directly from public funds, from Owner to Vendor. The Contractor shall insure that ODP materials or equipment conform to the Specifications and determine prior to acceptance of goods at time of delivery if such materials or equipment are patently defective, and whether such materials or equipment are identical to the materials or equipment ordered and match the description on the bill of lading. If the Contractor discovers defective or non - conformities in ODP materials or equipment upon such visual inspection, the SECTION III Page 43 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions Contractor shall not utilize such nonconforming or defective materials or equipment in the Contractor's Work and instead shall properly notify the Owner of the defective or nonconforming condition so that repair or replacement of those materials or equipment can occur without undue delay or interruption to the Project. If the Contractor fails to perform such inspection and otherwise incorporates into the Contractor's Work such defective or nonconforming ODP materials or equipment, the condition of which it either knew or should have known by performance of an inspection, Contractor shall be responsible for all damages to the Owner, resulting from Contractor's incorporation of such materials or equipment into the Project, including liquidated damages. 21.4. ODP RECORDS, WARRANTIES AND INDEMNIFICATION The Contractor shall maintain records of all ODP materials or equipment it incorporates into Contractor's Work from the stock of ODP materials or equipment in its possession. The Contractor shall account monthly to the Owner for any ODP materials or equipment delivered into the Contractor's possession, indicating portions of all such materials or equipment which have been incorporated in the Contractor's Work. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining and managing all warranties and guarantees for all materials, equipment and products as required by the Contract Documents. All repair, maintenance, or damage- repair calls shall be forwarded to the Contractor for resolution with the appropriate supplier, vendor, or subcontractor. The Owner shall indemnify and hold Contractor harmless from any sales tax (and interest and penalties incurred in connection therewith) in the event there is a final determination that purchases made by Owner, which Owner treats as being exempt from sales tax, are subject to sales tax. "Final determination" shall mean an assessment by the Department of Revenue that is no longer subject to protest, or a determination of a court having jurisdiction over such matters that is final and not subject to appeal. Contractor agrees to promptly notify owner of any audit, assessment, proposed assessment or notice of deficiency issued with regard to the Project and relating to ODP materials or equipment. ODP Purchase Orders must be closed out prior to closing out the contract/Contractor Purchase Order. If material costs needed for project exceed the ODP Purchase Order amount, the ODP Purchase Order will not be increased. Amounts in excess of the ODP Purchase Order will be paid for by the Contractor. 22. RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION 22.1. GENERAL The Contractor shall notify all residents along the construction route or within a 500 -foot radius, unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, with a printed door hanger notice indicating the following information about the proposed construction work and the Contractor performing the work: City seal or logo; the scheduled date for the start of construction; the type of construction; general sequence and scheduling of construction events; possibility of water service disruption and/or colored water due to construction efforts; Contractor's name, the Superintendent's name, Contractor address and telephone number; Contractor's company logo (optional); requirement for residents to remove landscaping and/or other private appurtenances which are in conflict with the proposed construction; and other language as appropriate to the scope of Contract work. Sample door hanger including proposed language shall be approved by SECTION III Page 44 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • SECTION III — General Conditions the City prior to the start of construction. Notification shall be printed on brightly colored and durable card stock and shall be a minimum of 4 -1/4 by 11 inches in size. Notification (door hanger) shall be posted to residences and businesses directly affected by the Contractor's activities no later than seven (7) days prior to the start of construction activity. Directly affected by the Contractor's activities shall mean all Contractor operations including staging areas, equipment and material storage, principal access routes across private property, etc. Contractor cannot start without proper seven (7) day notice period to residents. Contractor is required to maintain sufficient staff to answer citizen inquiries during normal business hours and to maintain appropriate message recording equipment to receive citizen inquires after business hours. Resident notification by the Contractor is a non - specific pay item to be included in the bid items provided in the contract proposal. SECTION III Page 45 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 22.2. EXAMPLE CITY LOGO of CITY OF CLEARWATER NOTICE OF CONSTRUCTION TODAY'S DATE: / / PLEASE EXCUSE US FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE We are the construction contractor performing the (state project name) for the City of Clearwater in your area. The work will be performed in the public right -of -way adjacent to your property. This notice is placed a minimum of seven (7) days in advance of construction to notify property owners of the pending start of construction. (Brief description of the construction process to be expected by the property owners) The construction process may necessitate the removal of certain items from the right -of -way. Typical items such as sprinklers, grass, and postal approved mailboxes will be replaced by the contractor within a reasonably short period of time. The replacement of driveways and sidewalks will be made using standard asphalt or concrete materials. The property owner is responsible for the expense and coordination to replace driveways and sidewalks which have customized colors, textures and/or materials. Small trees, shrubs, landscaping materials, unauthorized mailboxes or structures within the right -of -way which must be removed due to the construction process will not be replaced. The property owner is responsible to relocate any such items which the property owner wishes to save prior to the start of construction. Vehicles parked on the streets or within the right -of -way may be required to be placed elsewhere. We are available to answer any questions you may have regarding the construction process or any particular item that must be relocated. Please contact our Construction Manager at (727) . We will be more than happy to assist you. Construction is anticipated to begin on: Company Name Company Address Contractor Phone Number 23. PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS 23.1. SCOPE AND PURPOSE The Owner desires to inform the general public on the Owner's use and expenditure of public funding for general capital improvement and maintenance projects. To help accomplish this purpose, the Contractor is required to prepare and display public project information signs during the full course of the contract period. These signs will be displayed at all location(s) of active work. Payment to Contractor for the preparation, installation and management of project sign(s) shall be included in the cost of the work. The number of and type of signs will be stated in SECTION IV, SCOPE OF WORK. 23.2. TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE Sign type shall be "fixed" on stationary projects and "portable" on projects which have extended locations or various locations. The particular wording to be used on the signs will be determined SECTION III Page 46 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • SECTION III — General Conditions after contract award has been approved. Contractor will be provided the wording to be used on sign at the preconstruction conference. 23.3. FIXED SIGN Fixed sign shall be 4 -foot by 6 -foot (4'x6') in size and painted on a sheet of exterior grade plywood of the same size and a minimum thickness of 1/2- inches. Sign shall be attached to a minimum of two (2) 4 -inch by 4 -inch (4 "x4 ") below grade pressure treated (P.T.) wooden posts and braced as necessary for high winds. Posts shall be long enough to provide secure anchoring in the ground. Bottom of sign must be a minimum of 24- inches above the ground. Alternate mounting system or attachment to fencing or other fixed structure can be considered for approval. Sign shall be painted white on both sides with exterior rated paint. 23.4. PORTABLE SIGNS Portable sign shall be a minimum of 24- inches by 30- inches (24 "x30 ") in size and will be attached to a standard sized portable traffic barricade. Sign material shall be aluminum, 0.080 - inches or thicker, background of white reflective sheeting, and shall be silkscreen or vinyl lettering. Portable sign shall be two signs located and attached to each side of the traffic barricade. 23.5. SIGN COLORING Background shall be white. Project Descriptive Name shall be in blue lettering. All other lettering shall be black. Basic lettering on sign shall be in all capital letters, of size proportional to the sign itself. Each sign shall depict the City's logo. The Project Manager /City Representative shall provide the appropriate electronic logo file(s) to the Contractor. 23.6. SIGN PLACEMENT Signs shall be placed where they are readily visible by the general public which pass by the project site. Signs are not to be placed where they may become a hazard or impediment to either pedestrian or vehicular traffic. For construction projects outside of the Owner's right -of -way, the signs will be placed on the project site. For projects constructed inside of the Owner's right -of- way, the signs will be placed in the right -of -way. Portable signs are to be moved to the locations of active work on the project. Multiple portable signs will be necessary where work is ongoing in several locations at the same time. Fixed signs are to be placed at the start of construction and will remain in place until the request for final payment. 23.7. SIGN MAINTENANCE The Contractor is responsible for preparation, installation, movement, maintenance, replacement, removal and disposal of all project signs during the full course of the contract period. The Contractor will place and secure portable signs from dislocation by wind or other actions. Signs are to be cleaned as necessary to maintain legibility and immediately replaced if defaced. SECTION III Page 47 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 23.8. TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN 6' <PROJECT NAME> <CONTRACT NUMBER> <DEPARTMENT NAME> PROJECT N CONTRACTOR: COMPLETION DATE. FUNDING: OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE- BRIGHT AND BEAt.TIFUI. • MY TO BEACH -z r E E c E r 3' 61 4 "x4" P.T. —' Post (Typ.) 24. AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE It will be required that the work will commence not later than five (5) calendar days after the Engineer gives written Notice to Proceed (NTP), which notice shall be given as outlined in Article 2 of these General Conditions. It is further required that all work within this contract be completed within the indicated number of consecutive calendar days as determined in Section IV, Scope of Work. Contract Time to commence at start date noted on the Notice to Proceed. If the Contractor fails to complete the work within the stipulated time, the City will retain the amount stated in the Contract, per calendar day, for each day that the contract remains incomplete. The work shall be discontinued on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved Holidays. If it becomes necessary for the Contractor to perform work on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved City of Clearwater Employee Holidays, that in the opinion of the Engineer, will require the presence of Inspectors, the Contractor shall pay SECTION III Page 48 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • SECTION III — General Conditions the City of Clearwater, Florida, the amount of Four Hundred Eighty Dollars ($480.00) per each eight -hour (8) day for each Inspector given such assignment. The Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one (1) year from the date of final acceptance. 25. SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM Any company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, or is engaged in business operations in Cuba or Syria, is ineligible for, and may not bid on, submit a proposal for, or enter into or renew a contract with the City of Clearwater for goods or services for an amount equal to or greater than one million ($1,000,000.00) dollars. Therefore, if applicable, each entity submitting a bid, proposal, or response to a solicitation must certify to the City of Clearwater that it is not on either list or engaged in business operations in Cuba or Syria at the time of submitting a bid, proposal or response, in accordance with section 287.135, Florida Statutes. Business Operations means, for purposes specifically related to Cuba or Syria, engaging in commerce in any form in Cuba or Syria, including, but not limited to, acquiring, developing, maintaining, owning, selling, possessing, leasing, or operating equipment, facilities, personnel, products, services, personal property, real property, military equipment, or any other apparatus of business or commerce. The certification form (the Certification) is attached hereto, and it must be submitted, along with all other relevant contract documents, at the time of submitting a bid, proposal, or response. Failure to provide the Certification may deem the entity's submittal non - responsive. If the City of Clearwater determines that an entity has submitted a false certification form, been placed either on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List or the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, (for contracts entered into or renewed on or after July 1, 2011 through June 30, 2012), or submitted a false certification form, has been placed either on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List or the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List or been engaged in business operations in Cuba or Syria, (for contracts entered into or renewed on or after July 1, 2012) then the contract may be terminated at the option of the City of Clearwater. Other than the submission of a false certification, the option to waive the aforementioned deficiencies mentioned in the previous sentence may be asserted on a case -by -case basis, at the sole discretion of the City of Clearwater, if to the following conditions are found to exist: A. For Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List or the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, (all of the following must occur): 1. The scrutinized business operations were made before July 1, 2011. 2. The scrutinized business operations have not been expanded or renewed after July 1, 2011. 3. The City of Clearwater determines that it is in the best interest of the City to contract with the company or entity. SECTION III Page 49 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 4. The company or entity has adopted, has publicized and is implementing a formal plan to cease scrutinized business operations and to refrain from engaging in any new scrutinized business operations. B. For Companies Engaged in Business Operations in Cuba or Syria: 1. The business operations were made before July 1, 2012. 2. The business operations have not been expanded or renewed after July 1, 2012. 3. The City of Clearwater determines that it is in the best interest of the City to contract with the company or entity. 4. The company or entity has adopted, has publicized, and is implementing a formal plan to cease business operations and to refrain from engaging in any new business operations in Cuba or Syria. Further, the City may allow a company to bid on, submit a proposal for, or enter into or renew a contract with the City of Clearwater for goods or services for an amount equal to or greater than one million ($1,000,000.00) dollars, if the City makes a public finding that, absent one of the above exemptions, the City would otherwise be unable to obtain goods or services for which the contract is offered. The City retains the right to pursue civil penalties and any other applicable rights and remedies as provided by law for the false submission of the attached certification form. See Section V of the Contract for Certification Form to be executed and submitted with the Bid/Proposal Form. SECTION III Page 50 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION IV TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Table of Content: 100 SERIES: GENERAL 1 101. SCOPE OF WORK 1 102. FIELD ENGINEERING 2 102 -1. LINE AND GRADE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR 2 102 -2. LINE AND GRADE PERFORMED BY THE CITY 2 103. DEFINITION OF TERMS 2 103 -1. REFERENCE STANDARDS 3 104. STREET CROSSINGS, ETC 3 105. AUDIONIDEO RECORDING OF WORK AREAS 3 105 -1. CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING 3 105 -2. SCHEDULING OF AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING 3 105 -3. PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS 3 105 -4. EQUIPMENT 4 105 -5. RECORDED AUDIO INFORMATION 4 • 105 -6. RECORDED VIDEO INFORMATION 4 105 -7. VIEWER ORIENTATION 4 105 -8. LIGHTING 4 105 -9. SPEED OF TRAVEL 5 105 -10. VIDEO LOG/INDEX 5 105 -11. AREA OF COVERAGE 5 105 -12. COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES 5 106. STREET SIGNS 5 107. WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 5 107 -1. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 5 107 -2. WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN 6 107 -3. ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES 6 107 -4. APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN 7 107 -5. INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION 8 107 -6. PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 8 107 -7. CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR 8 108. OVERHEAD ELECTRIC LINE CLEARANCE 8 108 -1. CLEARANCE OPTIONS 8 108 -2. REQUIRED MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCES 9 109. PROJECT WEB PAGES 9 109 -1. WEB PAGES DESIGN 9 109 -2. WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES 9 109 -3. THE SUN AND WAVES LOGO AND ITS USE 10 SECTION IV i Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV - Technical Specifications 109 -4. MAPS AND GRAPHICS 10 109 -5. INTERACTIVE FORMS 10 41101 109 -6. POSTING 10 109 -7. WEB PAGES UPDATES 10 200 SERIES: SITEWORK 11 201. EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK 11 202. OBSTRUCTIONS 12 203. DEWATERING 12 203 -1. GENERAL 12 203 -2. PERMIT REQUIREMENTS 12 204. UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL 13 204 -1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 13 204 -2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 13 205. UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING 13 206. CLEARING AND GRUBBING 14 206 -1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 14 206 -2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 14 207. EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 14 207 -1. GENERAL 14 207 -2. TRAINING OF PERSONNEL 14 • 207 -3. STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS 15 207 -4. PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL STOCKPILES 15 207 -5. PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS 15 207 -6. SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS 15 207 -7. UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION 15 207 -8. MAINTENANCE 15 207 -9. COMPLIANCE 16 208. CONSTRUCTION AND REPAIR OF SEAWALLS AND OTHER BEACH EROSION CONTROL STRUCTURES. 16 208 -1. EXISTING SEAWALLS AND REVETMENTS 16 208 -2. TOP OF CAP ELEVATION 16 208 -3. SEAWALLS AND REVETMENTS LOCATED SEAWARD OF THE CCL 16 208 -4. PLACEMENT OF NEW SEAWALL 16 208 -5. POST CONSTRUCTION SURVEY 17 208 -6. RIP -RAP 17 208 -7. RETAINING WALL IN LIEU OF VERTICAL SEAWALL 17 300 SERIES: MATERIALS 18 301. CONCRETE 18 302. EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK 18 302 -1. EXCAVATION 18 302 -2. FORMS 18 303. REINFORCEMENT 18 SECTION IV ii Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV - Technical Specifications • 303 -1. BASIS OF PAYMENT 19 304. BACKFILL 19 304 -1. MATERIALS AND GENERAL 19 304 -2. TESTING AND INSPECTION 19 305. RIPRAP 20 305 -1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 20 305 -2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 21 400 SERIES: SANITARY SEWER 22 401. SANITARY MANHOLES 22 401 -1. BUILT UP TYPE 22 401 -2. PRECAST TYPE 22 401 -3. DROP MANHOLES 23 401 -4. FRAMES AND COVERS 23 401 -5. MANHOLE COATINGS 23 401 -6. CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES 23 402. RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES 23 402 -1. BASIS OF PAYMENT 23 403. SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS 24 403 -1. MATERIALS 24 403 -2. INSTALLATION 24 III 403 -3. TESTING 25 403 -4. BASIS OF PAYMENT 26 404. HDPE DEFORMED - REFORMED PIPE LINING 26 404 -1. INTENT 26 404 -2. PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY 26 404 -3. MATERIALS 26 404 -4. CLEANING /SURFACE PREPARATION 27 404 -5. TELEVISION INSPECTION 28 404 -6. LINER INSTALLATION 29 404 -7. LATERAL RECONNECTION 29 404 -8. TIME OF CONSTRUCTION 29 404 -9. PAYMENT 29 405. SANITARY MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION 30 405 -1. SCOPE AND INTENT 30 405 -2. PAYMENT 30 405 -3. FIBERGLASS LINER PRODUCTS 30 405 -4. STRONG SEAL MS -2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM 31 405 -5. INFILTRATION CONTROL 32 405 -6. GROUTING MIX 32 405 -7. LINER MIX 32 405 -8. WATER 33 • 405 -9. OTHER MATERIALS 33 405 -10. EQUIPMENT 33 405 -11. INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 34 SECTION IV iii Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV - Technical Specifications 405 -12. INNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM 35 500 SERIES: POTABLE AND RECLAIMED WATER MAINS, FIRE LINES AND APPURTENANCES 41 501. SCOPE 41 502. MATERIALS 41 502 -1. GENERAL 41 502 -2. PIPE MATERIALS AND FITTINGS 41 502 -3. GATE VALVES 43 502 -4. VALVE BOXES 44 502 -5. HYDRANTS 44 502 -6. SERVICE SADDLES 45 502 -7. TESTS, INSPECTION AND REPAIRS 45 502 -8. BACKFLOW PREVENTERS 46 502 -9. TAPPING SLEEVES 46 502 -10. BLOW OFF HYDRANTS 46 503. CONSTRUCTION 47 503 -1. MATERIAL HANDLING 47 503 -2. PIPE LAYING 47 503 -3. SETTING OF VALVES, HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS 48 503 -4. CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES 49 504. TESTS 50 504 -1. HYDROSTATIC TESTS 50 504 -2. NOTICE OF TEST 50 505. STERILIZATION 50 505 -1. STERILIZING AGENT 50 505 -2. FLUSHING SYSTEM 50 505 -3. STERILIZATION PROCEDURE 50 505 -4. RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS 51 505 -5. BACTERIAL TESTS 51 506. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 51 506 -1. GENERAL 51 506 -2. FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER MAINS 52 506 -3. FURNISH AND INSTALL FITTINGS 52 506 -4. FURNISH AND INSTALL GATE VALVES COMPLETE WITH BOXES AND COVERS 52 506 -5. FURNISH AND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS 52 600 SERIES: STORMWATER 54 601. RAISING OR LOWERING OF STORM DRAINAGE STRUCTURES 54 601 -1. BASIS OF PAYMENT 54 602. UNDERDRAINS 54 602 -1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 54 602 -2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 55 SECTION IV iv Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV - Technical Specifications • 603. STORM SEWERS 55 603 -1. TESTING AND INSPECTION 55 603 -2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 56 604. STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS OR OTHER STORM STRUCTURES 56 604 -1. BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES 56 604 -2. PRECAST TYPE 57 604 -3. BASIS OF PAYMENT 57 605. GABIONS AND MATTRESSES 57 605 -1. MATERIAL 57 605 -2. PERFORMANCE 58 700 SERIES: STREETS AND SIDEWALKS 60 701. RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS, CURBS, SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT 60 702. ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE 60 702 -1. BASE 60 702 -2. SUBGRADE 62 703. ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS 63 703 -1. ASPHALTIC CONCRETE 63 703 -2. HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES - PLANT, METHODS, EQUIPMENT & QUALITY ASSURANCE 63 703 -3. ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES 64 703 -4. ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS 64 703 -5. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 64 703 -6. CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION 64 703 -7. ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES 65 703 -8. ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS 65 703 -9. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 66 703 -10. BASIS OF PAYMENT 66 704. ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT 66 705. ASPHALT DRIVEWAYS 67 705 -1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 67 705 -2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 67 706. CONCRETE CURBS 67 706 -1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 67 706 -2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 68 707. CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS 68 707 -1. CONCRETE SIDEWALKS 68 707 -2. CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS 68 707 -3. CONCRETE CURB RAMPS 68 707 -4. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 68 707 -5. BASIS OF PAYMENT 69 708. MILLING OPERATIONS 69 SECTION IV v Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV - Technical Specifications 708 -1. EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MILLED SURFACE 69 708 -2. ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS 69 708 -3. SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS 70 708 -4. DISPOSABLE MATERIALS 70 708 -5. ADJUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES 70 708 -6. ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES 70 708 -7. TYPES OF MILLING 70 708 -8. MILLING OF INTERSECTIONS 70 708 -9. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 71 708 -10. BASIS OF PAYMENT 71 800 SERIES: TRAFFIC SIGNALS, SIGNS AND MARKINGS 72 801. TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 72 801 -1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 72 802. SIGNING AND MARKING 72 802 -1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 73 803. ROADWAY LIGHTING 73 803 -1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 73 900 SERIES: LANDSCAPING/RESTORATION 74 901. WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS 74 902. GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS 74 902 -1. IRRIGATION 74 902 -2. LANDSCAPE 84 903. SODDING 99 904. SEEDING 99 905. LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS 99 905 -1. SCOPE 99 905 -2. SCHEDULING OF WORK 100 905 -3. WORK METHODS 100 906. LEVEL OF SERVICE 102 907. COMPLETION OF WORK 103 908. INSPECTION AND APPROVAL 103 909. SPECIAL CONDITIONS 103 910. TREE PROTECTION 103 910 -1. TREE BARRICADES 103 910 -2. ROOT PRUNING 104 910 -3. PROPER TREE PRUNING 105 SECTION IV vi Updated 2/11/2016 • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 100 SERIES: GENERAL 101. SCOPE OF WORK Project Name: East Gateway Stormwater and Sanitary Improvements Project Number: 13- 0043 -EN Scope of Work: The East Gateway Stormwater and Sanitary Improvements Project includes improvements to the stormwater, sanitary, and potable water utilities in the East Gateway area (west of Gulf -to -Bay, east of Missouri, north of Court, and south of Cleveland). There are stormwater quality improvements through construction of baffle boxes located near Stevenson Creek. The Contractor shall provide 2 Portable project signs as described in SECTION III, ARTICLE 23 of the Contract Documents. The final number of project signs will be determined at the beginning of the project based on the Contractor's schedule of work submitted for approval. Additional project signs may be required at no additional cost to the Owner due to the Contractor's schedule of work. Contract Period: 334 Consecutive Calendar Days SECTION IV Page 1 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 102. FIELD ENGINEERING 102 -1. LINE AND GRADE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall provide and pay for field engineering service required for the project. Such work shall include survey work to establish lines and levels and to locate and lay out site improvements, structures, and controlling lines and levels required for the construction of the work. Also included are such Engineering services as are specified or required to execute the Contractor's construction methods. Engineers and Surveyors shall be licensed professionals under the laws of the State of Florida. The Contractor shall provide three (3) complete sets of As -built Surveys to the Engineer prior to final payment being made as outlined in Section III (General Conditions), Article 6.11.2 of these Contract Documents. 102 -1.1. GRADES, LINES AND LEVELS Existing basic horizontal and vertical control points for the project are those designated on the Drawings or provided by the City. Control points (for alignment only) shall be established by the Engineer. The Contractor shall locate and protect control points prior to starting site work and shall preserve all permanent reference points during construction. In working near any permanent property corners or reference markers, the Contractor shall use care not to remove or disturb any such markers. In the event that markers must be removed or are disturbed due to the proximity of construction work, the Contractor shall have them referenced and reset by a Professional Land Surveyor licensed in the State of Florida. 102 -1.2. LAYOUT DATA The Contractor shall layout the work at the location and to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings. Survey notes indicating the information and measurements used in establishing locations and grades shall be kept in notebooks and furnished to the Engineer with the record drawings for the project. 102 -2. LINE AND GRADE PERFORMED BY THE CITY If line and grade is supplied by the City, at the completion of all work the Contractor shall be responsible to have furnished to the project inspector a replacement of the wooden lath and stakes used in the construction of this project. Excessive stake replacement caused by negligence of Contractor's forces, after initial line and grade have been set, as determined by the City Engineer, will be charged to the Contractor at the rate of $100.00 per hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be computed in one -hour increments. Minimum charge is $100.00. The Contractor shall provide three (3) complete sets of As -built Surveys to the Engineer prior to final payment being made as outlined in Section III (General Conditions), Article 6.11.2 of these Contract Documents. 103. DEFINITION OF TERMS For the Purpose of these Technical Specifications, the Definition of Terms from Section III, Article 1 - Definitions of these Contract Documents shall apply. SECTION IV Page 2 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications For the purpose of the Estimated Quantities, the Contractor's attention is called to the fact that the estimate of quantities as shown on the Proposal is approximate and is given only as a basis of calculation upon which the award of the contract is to be made. The City does not assume any responsibility that the final quantities will remain in strict accordance with estimated quantities nor shall the Contractor plead misunderstandings or deception because of such estimate of quantities or of the character or location of the work or of other conditions or situations pertaining thereto. 103 -1. REFERENCE STANDARDS Reference to the standards of any technical society, organization, or associate, or to codes of local or state authorities, shall mean the latest standard, code, specification, or tentative standard adopted and published at the date of receipt of bids, unless specifically stated otherwise. The most stringent specification prevails in the case where more than one specification is referenced for the same task. Contractor shall utilize applicable FDOT Standards and Specifications for tasks that are not covered by City's Standards and Specifications. 104. STREET CROSSINGS, ETC. At such crossings, and other points as may be directed by the Engineer, trenches shall be bridged in an open and secure manner, so as to prevent any serious interruption of travel upon the roadway or sidewalk, and also to afford necessary access to public or private premises. The material used, and the mode of constructing said bridges, and the approaches, thereto, must be satisfactory to the Engineer. The cost of all such work must be included in the cost of the trench excavation. 105. AUDIONIDEO RECORDING OF WORK AREAS 105 -1. CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIONIDEO RECORDING Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall have a continuous color audio /video recording taken along the entire length of the Project including all affected project areas. Streets, easements, rights -of -way, lots or construction sites within the Project must be recorded to serve as a record of pre - construction conditions. 105 -2. SCHEDULING OF AUDIONIDEO RECORDING The video recordings shall not be made more than twenty -one (21) days prior to construction in any area. 105 -3. PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS The Contractor shall engage the services of a professional videographer. The color audio /video recording shall be prepared by a responsible commercial firm known to be skilled and regularly engaged in the business of pre - construction color audio /video recording documentation. SECTION IV Page 3 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 105-4. EQUIPMENT All equipment, accessories, materials and labor to perform this service shall be furnished by the Contractor. The total audio /video system shall reproduce bright, sharp, clear pictures with accurate colors and shall be free from distortion, tearing, rolls or any other form of imperfection. The audio portion of the recording shall reproduce the commentary of the camera operator with proper volume, clarity and be free from distortion and interruptions. In some instances, audio /video coverage may be required in areas not accessible by conventional wheeled vehicles. Such coverage shall be obtained by walking. 105 -5. RECORDED AUDIO INFORMATION Each recording shall begin with the current date, project name and be followed by the general location, i.e., viewing side and direction of progress. Accompanying the video recording of each video shall be a corresponding and simultaneously recorded audio recording. This audio recording, exclusively containing the commentary of the camera operator or aide, shall assist in viewer orientation and in any needed identification, differentiation, clarification, or objective description of the features being shown in the video portion of the recording. The audio recording shall also be free from any conversations. 105 -6. RECORDED VIDEO INFORMATION All video recordings must continuously display transparent digital information to include the date and time of recording. The date information shall contain the month, day and year. The time information shall contain the hour, minutes and seconds. Additional information shall be displayed periodically. Such information shall include, but not be limited to, project name, contract number, direction of travel and the viewing side. This transparent information shall appear on the extreme upper left hand third of the screen. Camera pan, tilt, zoom -in and zoom out rates shall be sufficiently controlled such that recorded objects will be clearly viewed during video playback. In addition, all other camera and recording system controls, such as lens focus and aperture, video level, pedestal, chrome, white balance, and electrical focus shall be properly controlled or adjusted to maximize picture quality. 105 -7. VIEWER ORIENTATION The audio and video portions of the recording shall maintain viewer orientation. To this end, overall establishing views of all visible house and business addresses shall be utilized. In areas where the proposed construction location will not be readily apparent to the video viewer, highly visible yellow flags shall be placed by the Contractor in such a fashion as to clearly indicate the proposed centerline of construction. When conventional wheeled vehicles are used as conveyances for the recording system, the vertical distance between the camera lens and the ground shall not exceed ten feet (10'). The camera shall be firmly mounted such that transport of the camera during the recording process will not cause an unsteady picture. 105 -8. LIGHTING All recording shall be done during time of good visibility. No videoing shall be done during precipitation, mist or fog. The recording shall only be done when sufficient sunlight is present to SECTION IV Page 4 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications • properly illuminate the subjects of recording and to produce bright, sharp video recordings of those subjects. • 105 -9. SPEED OF TRAVEL The average rate of travel during a particular segment of coverage shall be directly proportional to the number, size and value of the surface features within the construction area's zone of influence. The rate of speed in the general direction of travel of the vehicle used during videoing shall not exceed forty -four (44) feet per minute. 105 -10. VIDEO LOG /INDEX All videos shall be permanently labeled and shall be properly identified by video number and project title. Each video shall have a log of that video's contents. The log shall describe the various segments of coverage contained on the video in terms of the names of the streets or location of easements, coverage beginning and end, directions of coverage, video unit counter numbers, engineering survey or coordinate values (if reasonably available) and the date. 105 -11. AREA OF COVERAGE Video coverage shall include all surface features located within the zone of influence of construction supported by appropriate audio coverage. Such coverage shall include, but not be limited to, existing driveways, sidewalks, curbs, pavements, drainage system features, mailboxes, landscaping, culverts, fences, signs, Contractor staging areas, adjacent structures, etc., within the area covered by the project. Of particular concern shall be the existence of any faults, fractures, or defects. Taped coverage shall be limited to one side of the Site, street, easement or right of way at any one time. 105 -12. COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES The cost to complete the requirements under this section shall be included in the contract items provided in the proposal sheet. There is no separate pay item for this work. 106. STREET SIGNS The removal, covering or relocation of street signs by the Contractor is prohibited. All street signs shall be removed, covered or relocated by the City's Traffic Engineering Division in accordance with Sections 700, 994, 995, and 996 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall notify the City's Traffic Engineering Division a minimum of twenty -four (24) hours in advance of the proposed sign relocation, covering or removal. 107. WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 107 -1. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL • The Contractor shall be responsible to furnish, operate, maintain and remove all work zone traffic control associated with the Project, including detours, advance warnings, channelization, SECTION IV Page 5 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications hazard warnings and any other necessary features, both at the immediate work site and as may be necessary at outlying points. 107 -2. WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN The Contractor shall prepare a detailed traffic control plan designed to accomplish the level of performance outlined in the Scope of the Work and/or as may be required by construction permits issued by Pinellas County and/or the Florida Department of Transportation for the Project, incorporating the methods and criteria contained in Part VI, Standards and Guides for Traffic Controls for Street and Highway Construction, Maintenance, Utility and Incident Management Operations in the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices published by the U.S. Department of Transportation and adopted as amended by the Florida Department of Transportation, or most recent addition. This plan shall be reviewed and approved by City Traffic Operations personnel regardless if MOT plan details are included in the contract plans. 107 -2.1. WORK ZONE SAFETY The general objectives of a program of work zone safety are to protect workers, pedestrians, bicyclists and motorists during construction and maintenance operations. This general objective may be achieved by meeting the following specific objectives: • Provide adequate advance warning and information regarding upcoming work zones. • Provide the driver clear directions to understanding the situation they will be facing as the driver proceeds through or around the work zone. • Reduce the consequences of an out of control vehicle. • Provide safe access and storage for equipment and material. • Promote speedy completion of projects (including thorough cleanup of the site). • Promote use of the appropriate traffic control and protection devices. • Provide safe passageways for pedestrians through, in, and/or around construction or maintenance work zones. Per the 2014 Design Standards (DS), Index 600 or latest revision: "When an existing pedestrian way or bicycle way is located within a traffic control work zone, accommodation must be maintained and provision for the disabled must be provided. Only approved pedestrian longitudinal channelizing devices may be used to delineate a temporary traffic control zone pedestrian walkway. Advanced notification of sidewalk closures and marked detours shall be provided by appropriate signs." Per the 2014 Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction or latest revision FDOT Design Standards (DS): 102 -5 Traffic Control, 102 -5.1 Standards, are the minimum standards for the use in the development of all traffic control plans. 107 -3. ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES Roadway types: Major Arterials, Minor Arterials, Local Collectors, and Local Following are typical requirements to be accomplished prior to closure. The number of requirements increases with traffic volume and the importance of access. Road closures affecting business or sole access routes will increase in process requirements as appropriate. For all but SECTION IV Page 6 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications local streets, no road or lane closures are allowed during the Christmas holiday season and the designated "Spring Break" season without prior approval by the City Engineer. 107 -3.1. ALL ROADWAYS Obtain permits for Pinellas County or Florida Department of Transportation roadways. Traffic control devises conform to national and state standards. 107 - 3.1.1. PUBLIC NOTIFICATION Standard property owner notification prior to start of construction for properties directly affected by the construction process. 107 -3.2. MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS, LOCAL COLLECTORS Consult with City Traffic Division staff for preliminary traffic control options. Develop Formal Traffic Control Plan for Permit Submittal to Regulatory Agency as necessary. 107- 3.2.1. PUBLIC NOTIFICATION Message Board Display, Minimum of seven (7) day notice period prior to road closure and potentially longer for larger highway. The message board is to be provided by the Contractor. 107 -3.3. MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS 107 - 3.3.1. PUBLIC NOTIFICATION C -View Release 107 -3.4. MAJOR ARTERIALS 107- 3.4.1. PUBLIC NOTIFICATION News Release The Message Board may need to be displayed for a period longer than seven (7) days. 107-4. APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN The Contractor is invited and encouraged to confer in advance of bidding, and is required, as a specification of the work, to confer in advance of beginning any work on the Project, with the Traffic Operations Division, Municipal Services Building, 100 South Myrtle Avenue, telephone (727) 562 -4747, for the purpose of approval of the Contractor's proposed detailed traffic control plan. All maintenance of traffic (MOT) plans shall be signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer or an individual who is certified in the preparation of MOT plans in the State of Florida. SECTION IV Page 7 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 107 -5. INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION The Traffic Operations Division may inspect and monitor the traffic control plan and traffic control devices of the Contractor. The City's Construction Inspector assigned to the project, may make known requirements for any alterations or adjustments to the traffic control devices. The Contractor shall take direction from the Project Engineer or Project Inspector. 107 -6. PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL Payment for work zone traffic control is a non - specific pay item to be included in the construction costs associated with other specific pay items unless specifically stated otherwise. 107 -7. CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR The City may require that the Supervisor or Foreman controlling the work for the Contractor on the Project have a current International Municipal Signal Association, Work Zone Traffic Control Safety Certification or Worksite Traffic Supervisor Certification from the American Traffic Safety Association with additional current Certification from the Florida Department of Transportation. This requirement for Certification will be noted in the Scope of Work and/or sections of these Technical Specifications. When the certified supervisor is required for the Project, the supervisor will be on the Project site at all times while work is being conducted. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on a twenty -four (24) hour per day basis and shall review the project on a day -to -day basis as well as being involved in all changes to traffic control. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall have access to all equipment and materials needed to maintain traffic control and handle traffic related situations. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall ensure that routine deficiencies are corrected within a twenty -four (24) hour period. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on the site within 45 minutes after notification of an emergency situation, prepared to positively respond to repair the work zone traffic control or to provide alternate traffic arrangements. Failure of the Worksite Traffic Supervisor to comply with the provisions of this Subarticle may be grounds for decertification or removal from the project or both. Failure to maintain a designated Worksite Traffic Supervisor or failure to comply with these provisions will result in temporary suspension of all activities except traffic and erosion control and such other activities deemed to be necessary for project maintenance and safety. 108. OVERHEAD ELECTRIC LINE CLEARANCE 108 -1. CLEARANCE OPTIONS When working in the vicinity of overhead power lines, the Contractor shall utilize one of the following options: Option 1 - Having the power lines de- energized and visibly grounded. SECTION IV Page 8 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications Option 2 - Maintaining a minimum distance of twenty feet (20') of clearance for voltages up to 350 kV and fifty feet (50') of clearance for voltages more than 350 kV. Option 3 - Determine the line voltage and provide clearance in accordance with the following table. 108 -2. REQUIRED MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCES VOLTAGE (nominal, kV, alternating current) MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCE (feet) Up to 50 10 Over 50 to 200 15 Over 200 to 350 20 Over 350 to 500 25 Over 500 to 750 35 Over 750 to 1,000 45 Over 1,000 (as established by the utility owner /operator or registered professional engineer who is a qualified person with respect to electric power transmission and distribution) Note: The value that follows "to" is up to and includes that value. For example, over 50 to 200 means up to and including 200kV. 109. PROJECT WEB PAGES 109 -1. WEB PAGES DESIGN If requested by the City, Engineer shall design the Project Web Site in accordance with the current City Web Site standards and styles. Project Web Site should include general project information as: Project Name & Number, Scope description, Location, Schedule, and Project Contacts. Note: Occasionally City modifies the general design of the City's Web Site, and the Engineer shall consult the City Webmaster for the current requirements, before designing or updating the Project Web Pages. 109 -2. WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES Project Web Pages should conform to the W3C Web Accessibility Guidelines and US Section 508 guidelines whenever possible: http://www.w3.org/TR/1999/WAI-WEBCONTENT-19990505/ SECTION IV Page 9 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications http://www.section5 08.gov/ In particular, use of variable -width tables, user - adjustable /relative font sizes, ALT text for images, CSS whenever possible, etc. Accessibility should be a priority over design/aesthetics. 109 -3. THE SUN AND WAVES LOGO AND ITS USE The City's Sun and Waves logo should be used for everyday business, on all print and electronic material. It should be used on all internal correspondence, brochures, advertising, vehicles, apparel and signage. It should be used only in the manner presented here, in the proportion shown here, with no alterations. It should not be condensed, lengthened, or otherwise distorted to fit a space. The logo is approved for use by City departments, and is not to be used by outside vendors without the permission of the City Manager, Assistant City Manager or Public Communications office. Electronic versions of the logo should be obtained from Public Communications. 109-4. MAPS AND GRAPHICS Use of maps and graphics is recommended to illustrate the project; only approved graphics should be posted to the Project Web Pages. 109 -5. INTERACTIVE FORMS The site should also include an interactive form or other options to allow the Public's input sent back to the City regarding the Project. 109 -6. POSTING The site should be presented to the City's Webmaster for review and posting to the City's Web Server. Posting of the Project Web Pages to a different server than City's Web server, if approved, should be coordinated with the City's Webmaster for resolving all accessibility and conformity issues. 109 -7. WEB PAGES UPDATES Unless otherwise specified and agreed, Engineer is responsible for keeping the posted Web Pages up -to -date, by sending revisions and updates through the City Project Manager to the City's Webmaster for posting. SECTION IV Page 10 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 200 SERIES: SITEWORK 201. EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK The Contractor is responsible to take all necessary steps to conduct all excavation in a manner which provides for the successful completion of the proposed work while at all times maintaining the safety of the workmen, the general public and both public and private property. The Contractor's methods of work will be consistent with the standard practices and requirements of all appropriate Safety Regulatory Agencies, particularly the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) requirements for excavation. Unless otherwise specifically stated in these plans and specifications, the methods of safety control and compliance with regulatory agency safety requirements are the full and complete responsibility of the Contractor. For the purposes of the Contractor's safety planning in the bidding process, the contractor is to consider all excavation to be done in the performance of this contract to be in soil classified as OSHA "Type C ". The Contractor's attention is called to specific requirements of OSHA for excavation shoring, employee entry, location of excavated material adjacent to excavation, the removal of water from the excavation, surface encumbrances and in particular the requirement of a "Competent Person" to control safety operations. The Contractor will identify their Competent Person to City staff at the start of construction. City staff is required from time to time to perform inspections, tests, survey location work, or other similar activity in an excavation prepared by the Contractor. City staff, in conformance with the OSHA Excavation Safety Requirements, is to only enter an excavation in compliance with these OSHA standards. The City's staff reserve the option to refuse entry into the Contractor's excavation if, in the opinion of the City's staff, the entry into the Contractor's excavation is unsafe or does not conform to OSHA requirements. If this circumstance occurs, the Contractor must either provide the necessary safety requirements or provide alternate means for the accomplishment of the City's work at the Contractor's expense. The construction quantities, if any, contained in the bid proposal for this contract do not contain sufficient quantities to allow the Contractor to perform excavation work using strictly the "open cut" method whereby no shoring systems are used and trench side slopes are cut to conform to OSHA safety requirements without a shoring system. In addition to safety reasons, the Contractor is required to use excavation and trench - shoring methods in compliance with all safety requirements which allow the Contractor to control the amount of restoration work necessary to complete the project. Not more than four hundred feet (400') of trench shall be opened at one time in advance of the completed work unless written permission is received from the Engineer for the distance specified. For pipe installation projects, the trench shall be a minimum of six inches (6 ") wider on each side than the greatest external horizontal width of the pipe or conduit, including hubs, intended to be laid in them. The bottom of the trench under each pipe joint shall be slightly hollowed, to allow the body of the pipe to rest throughout its length. In case a trench is excavated at any place, excepting at joints, below the grade of its bottom as given, or directed by the Engineer, the filling and compaction to grade shall be done in such manner as the Engineer shall direct, without compensation. SECTION IV Page 11 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 202. OBSTRUCTIONS Any pipes, conduits, wires, mains, footings, driveways, or other structures encountered shall be carefully protected from injury or displacement. Any damage thereto shall be fully, promptly, and properly repaired by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the owner thereof. Any survey monument or benchmark which must be disturbed shall be carefully referenced before removal, and unless otherwise provided for, shall be replaced upon completion of the work by a registered land surveyor. Any concrete removed due to construction requirements shall be removed to the nearest expansion joint or by saw cut. Contractor shall consult Inspector for the approved means. 203. DEWATERING 203 -1. GENERAL Unless specifically authorized by the Engineer, all pipe, except subdrains, shall be laid "in the dry ". The Contractor shall dewater trench excavation as required for the proper execution of the work, using one or more of the following approved methods: well point system, trenched gravity underdrain system, or sumps with pumps. Well point systems must be efficient enough to lower the water level in advance of the excavation and maintain it continuously in order that the trench bottom and sides shall remain firm and reasonably dry. The well points shall be designed especially for this type of service, and the pumping unit used shall be capable of maintaining a high vacuum, and at the same time, of handling large volumes of air as well as of water. The Contractor shall be responsible for disposing of all water resulting from trench dewatering operations, and shall dispose of the water without damage or undue inconvenience to the work, the surrounding area, or the general public. Contractor shall not dam, divert, or cause water to flow in excess in existing gutters, pavements or other structures: and to do this Contractor may be required to divert the water to a suitable place of discharge as may be determined by the Engineer. Where possible, Contractor may contain produced groundwater on the project site, a dewatering plan must be submitted to the City for approval if a discharge permit is not obtained or required. The cost of dewatering shall be included in the unit price bid per linear foot of pipe, or, in the case of other underground structures, in the cost of such structures. 203 -2. PERMIT REQUIREMENTS 203 -2.1. DEWATERING DISCHARGE The Contractor shall be responsible for submitting the Notice of Intent to use the Generic Permit for the Discharge of Groundwater from Dewatering Operations and associated fee in accordance with Florida DEP Requirements, F.A.C. 62- 621.300(2)(b) prior to discharging of produced groundwater into the City's streets, storm sewers or waterways. Prior to construction, a dewatering plan must be prepared and submitted to the City for review. It shall include site - specific notes and details presenting the Contractor's proposed dewatering and disposal methods. The City will field- inspect the dewatering operation throughout construction. SECTION IV Page 12 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications . 204. UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL All unsuitable material, such as muck, clay, rock, etc., shall be excavated from under pipes, structures and roadways and removed from the site. All material removed is property of the Contractor, who shall dispose of said material off -site at their expense. The limits and depths of the excavation shall be determined in the field by the Engineer. 204 -1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be the amount of cubic yards of clean fill placed as determined by either cross sections of the excavation, truck measure, or lump sum as specified in the Scope of Work and Contract Proposal. Included in the cost of cubic yards of suitable material placed is the removal, hauling and disposal of unsuitable material. • • 204 -2. BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for the removal of unsuitable material shall include: all materials, equipment, tools, labor, disposal, hauling, excavating, dredging, placing, compaction, dressing surface and incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, the removal of unsuitable material shall be included in the most appropriate bid item. 205. UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING The tie in locations for utility laterals of water, sanitary sewer, and gas shall be plainly marked on the back of the curb. Marking placed on the curb shall be perpendicular with respect to the curb of the tie in location on the utility lateral. Marks shall not be placed on the curb where laterals cross diagonally under the curb. The tie in location shall be the end of the utility lateral prior to service connection. Markings shall be uniform in size and shape and colors in conformance with the code adopted by the American Public Works Association as follows: SAFETY RED Electric power, distribution & transmission Municipal Electric Systems HIGH VISIBILITY SAFETY YELLOW Gas Distribution and Transmission Oil Distribution and Transmission Dangerous Materials, Produce Lines, Steam Lines SAFETY ALERT ORANGE Telephone and Telegraph Systems Police and Fire Communications Cable Television SAFETY PRECAUTION BLUE Water Systems, Slurry Pipe Lines and Potable Water SAFETY GREEN Sewer Systems LAVENDER Reclaimed Water, Irrigation and Slurry Lines SECTION IV Page 13 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications WHITE Proposed Excavation PINK Temporary Survey Markings Marks placed on curbs shall be rectangular in shape and placed with the long dimension perpendicular to the flow line of the curb. Marks placed on valley gutter and modified curb shall be six inch (6 ") x three inch (3 ") and placed at the back of the curb. Marks placed on State Road and vertical curb shall be four inch (4 ") x two inch (2 ") and be placed on the curb face. 206. CLEARING AND GRUBBING The work included in this specification includes the removal and disposal of all structures, appurtenances, asphalt, concrete, curbs, walls, trees, roots, vegetation, boulders, conduits, poles, posts, pipes, inlets, brush, stumps, debris and other obstructions resting on or protruding through the ground surface necessary to prepare the area for construction. Clearing and grubbing shall be performed in accordance with Section 110 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Unless otherwise specified in the contract documents, the Contractor shall take ownership of all removed material and dispose of them off -site in accordance with all Local, State and Federal Requirements. 206 -1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be either a lump sum quantity or the number of acres cleared and grubbed as specified on the plans or directed by the Engineer. 206 -2. BASIS OF PAYMENT The pay item for clearing and grubbing shall include: all removal and disposal of materials and structures as well as all materials, hauling, equipment, tools, labor, leveling of terrain, landscape trimming and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. 207. EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 207 -1. GENERAL Erosion and sediment control shall conform to the requirements of the FDOT Standard Specifications for Prevention, Control, and Abatement of Erosion and Water Pollution. Contractor shall use temporary erosion and sediment control features found in the State of Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Designer and Reviewer Manual (E &SC Manual) or the City of Clearwater Standard Indices. 207 -2. TRAINING OF PERSONNEL The City may require that the Supervisor or Foreman controlling the work for the Contractor on the Project have a current Florida Department of Environmental Protection (FDEP) Florida Stormwater, Erosion, and Sedimentation Control Inspector Training & Certification. All personnel working on the Project shall complete illicit discharge training once per calendar year. Contractor shall provide documentation to the City prior to Notice To Proceed. Example of SECTION IV Page 14 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications • training and training sign -in sheet will be provided by the City to the Contractor at the Pre - Construction Meeting. 207 -3. STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS No disturbed area may be denuded for more than thirty (30) calendar days unless otherwise authorized by the City Engineer. During construction, denuded areas shall be covered by mulches such as straw, hay, filter fabric, seed and mulch, sod, or some other temporary vegetation. Within sixty (60) calendar days after final grade is established on any portion of a project site, that portion of the site shall be provided with established permanent soil stabilization measures per the original site plan, whether by impervious surface or landscaping. 207-4. PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL STOCKPILES Fill material stockpiles shall be protected at all times by on -site drainage controls which prevent erosion of the stockpiled material. Control of dust from such stockpiles may be required, depending upon their location and the expected length of time the stockpiles will be present. In no case shall an unstabilized stockpile remain after thirty (30) calendar days. 207 -5. PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS During construction, all storm sewer inlets in the vicinity of the project shall be protected by temporary erosion and sediment control features found in the State of Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Designer and Reviewer Manual (E &SC Manual) or the City of Clearwater Standard Indices, or equals approved by the City Engineer before installation. • 207 -6. SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS All swales, ditches and channels leading from the site shall be sodded within three (3) days of excavation. All other interior swales, etc., including detention areas will be sodded prior to issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy. 207 -7. UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION The construction of underground utility lines and other structures shall be done in accordance with the following standards: no more than 400 linear feet of trench shall be open at any one time; and, wherever consistent with safety and space consideration, excavated material shall be cast to the uphill side of trenches. Trench material shall not be cast into or onto the slope of any stream, channel, road ditch or waterway. 207 -8. MAINTENANCE All erosion and siltation control devices shall be checked regularly, especially after each rainfall and will be cleaned out and/or repaired as required. SECTION IV Page 15 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 207 -9. COMPLIANCE Failure to comply with the aforementioned requirements may result in a fine and/or more stringent enforcement procedures such as (but not limited to) issuance of a "Stop Work Order ". 208. CONSTRUCTION AND REPAIR OF SEAWALLS AND OTHER BEACH EROSION CONTROL STRUCTURES. Other beach erosion control structures, accompanied by a certified survey showing the location of the groin or other beach erosion control structure and adjoining groins or other beach erosion control structures, shall be presented to the city council for final approval. Where steps are necessary to provide access along the beach to the public, then such steps shall be shown as part of the plan for groin construction prior to issuance of the permit, and such steps shall be constructed and maintained in a safe condition at all times. 208 -1. EXISTING SEAWALLS AND REVETMENTS Existing seawalls and revetments on natural waterbodies may be replaced with a revetment or with a vertical seawall with the provision of rip rap placed at the base of the wall up to the mean high water line for the entire length of the seawall. Revetments and seawalls may be replaced with a vertical seawall in manmade waterbodies, provided that the seawall is within the property line and maintains the established shoreline. 208 -2. TOP OF CAP ELEVATION The top of cap elevation for all replacement and new seawalls and seawall caps shall not exceed 4.8 feet N.A.V.D. If the top of a seawall cap is constructed at an elevation differing from the adjacent property owner top of cap elevation by greater than one foot, then a return wall is required to sufficiently provide for the break in grade at the property line. Seawalls exceeding 4.8 feet N.A.V.D. in height prior to the effective date of this article may be maintained, repaired and replaced to their current height. 208 -3. SEAWALLS AND REVETMENTS LOCATED SEAWARD OF THE CCL Seawalls and revetments located seaward of the coastal construction setback line are controlled by regulations of the Division of Beaches and Shores of the Florida Department of Environmental Protection. Replacement of a seawall or revetment that is located seaward of the coastal construction setback line necessitates submission of a permit application to the state department of environmental protection. 208-4. PLACEMENT OF NEW SEAWALL The placement of a new seawall waterward of an existing seawall is permitted, subject to the following conditions: (a) A Florida registered professional engineer must certify the new seawall design. (b) The new seawall shall not extend more than 18 inches from the waterward face of the original alignment of the existing vertical seawall location. SECTION IV Page 16 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications (c) The new seawall shall be placed vertically plumb. (d) Placing a seawall in front of an existing seawall shall only be permitted once unless the seawall behind the new seawall is removed. (e) Existing seawall sections that interfere with new seawall location shall be removed. (f) The new seawall shall include an adequate closure of gaps at each property line. (g) For zoning purposes, the setbacks for the property will be measured from either the property line or the waterside of the original seawall slab, whichever is more restrictive, and will not be adjusted to accommodate the new seawall addition. For purposes of pier construction, the shore normal dimensions will be measured from the waterside of the original seawall slab. 208 -5. POST CONSTRUCTION SURVEY Prior to final inspection and approval of a new or replacement seawall or seawall cap, a post - construction survey shall be required. Repairs of existing seawalls and seawall caps which do not alter the height or location shall not be subject to this requirement. 208 -6. RIP -RAP On all natural waterways, an apron of rip -rap shall be placed at the base of all new and repaired seawalls up to the mean high water line for the entire length of the seawall to absorb the wave energy and protect the underlying soft earth or sand from being carried away, as well as to provide habitat for desirable marine species. This rip -rap shall be required at the base of all new seawalls and at the time that an existing seawall is repaired where the replacement constitutes greater than 50 percent of the entire length of the seawall or includes the replacement of a panel. 208 -7. RETAINING WALL IN LIEU OF VERTICAL SEAWALL A retaining wall may be built as an alternative to a vertical seawall, provided that all activities, including dredging, filling, slope grading, or equipment access and similar activities and all portions of the wall are located landward of the mean high water line. SECTION IV Page 17 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 300 SERIES: MATERIALS 301. CONCRETE The Contractor shall notify the Construction Inspector or City a minimum of twenty -four (24) hours in advance of all concrete placement. Unless otherwise noted elsewhere or directed, the following requirements shall be adhered to: All concrete work shall be performed in accordance with the latest editions of the Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures by the Portland Cement Association, the American Concrete Institute, and FDOT's Standard Specifications. Unless otherwise specified, all concrete shall have fiber mesh reinforcing and have a minimum compressive strength of 3000 p.s.i. at twenty - eight (28) days. The cement type shall be Type I and shall conform to AASHTO M -85. The aggregate shall conform to ASTM C -33. All ready mix concrete shall conform to ASTM C -94. The slump for all concrete shall be in the range of three inches (3 ") to five inches (5 "), except when admixtures or special placement considerations are required. All concrete shall be tested in the following manner: Placement of less than five cubic yards (5 cy) shall be tested at the Engineer's discretion. Otherwise, for each class, for each day, for every 50 cy or part thereof exceeding five cubic yards (5 cy), one set of three (3) compressive strength cylinders will be required (1 at 7 days and 2 at 28 days). At the discretion of the Engineer, unacceptable test results may require the Contractor to provide further tests, as determined by the Engineer, to determine product acceptability, or need for removal, and compensation or denial thereof. 302. EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK 302 -1. EXCAVATION Excavating for concrete work shall be made to the required depth of the subgrade or base upon which the concrete is to be placed. The base or subgrade shall be thoroughly compacted to a point six inches (6 ") outside said concrete work before the forms are placed. 302 -2. FORMS Forms for concrete work shall be either wood or metal, except curbs. Curb forms shall be metal only, unless at radius, intermittent sections less than ten (10) linear feet or by written permission from Engineer. They shall be free from warps or bends, shall have a depth equal to the dimensions required for the depth of the concrete deposited against them and shall be of sufficient strength when staked to resist the pressure of concrete without moving or springing. 303. REINFORCEMENT When required, reinforcement shall be placed in the concrete work. Bar reinforcement shall be deformed: ASTMA -A 615, steel shall be billet Intermediate or Hard Grade: Rail Steel A.A.S.H.T.O. M42. Twisted Bars shall not be used, Fabric Reinforcement shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M55 (ASTM A185). Welded deformed steel wire fabric for Concrete SECTION IV Page 18 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications reinforcement shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 221 (ASTM A497). Welded wires shall be elevated by the use of chairs. Epoxy coated reinforcing Steel Bars shall meet ASTM A775/A77 requirements. 303 -1. BASIS OF PAYMENT Reinforcement shall not be paid for separately. The cost of such work shall be included in the contract unit price for the item of work specified. 304. BACKFILL 304 -1. MATERIALS AND GENERAL Material for backfill other than under Gabion mattress shall be carefully selected from the excavated material or from other sources as may be required by the Engineer. Such material shall be granular, free from clay, muck, organic matter or debris, contain no rocks or other hard fragments greater than three inches (3") in the largest dimension and all fill shall be similar material. Material for backfill under Gabion mattress shall be an A -1 soil meeting AASHTO M145. Backfill shall be carried up evenly in layer not exceeding eight inches (8 ") in thickness and shall be compacted into place by mechanical tamping before the next layer is applied. A hydro - hammer shall not be used for compaction. Backfill placed around pipes shall be carefully placed around the sides and top of pipe by hand shovels and thoroughly compacted to twelve inches (12 ") above the pipe by tamping or other suitable means. For backfill in small areas that do not permit any type of tamping, Contractor may use flowable fill to achieve required density. Flowable fill shall adhere to Section 121 of FDOT specifications. Where wet conditions are such that dewatering by normal pumping methods would not be effective, as determined by the Engineer, Contractor may use #57 stone (meeting FDOT's specifications) and hand tamping until backfill has reached an elevation and condition such as to make the use of the mechanical tampers practical. Fully wrap the stones with a layer of Type D filter fabric of FDOT Index 199. Do not place stones within four feet (4') of the ends of trench or ditch; use normally accepted backfill material at the ends. Where new cast -in -place concrete work is performed, do not place backfill until the specified twenty -eight (28) days compressive strength occurs. Do not allow heavy construction equipment to cross over pipes or culverts until placing and compacting backfill material to the finished earthwork grade or to an elevation of at least four feet (4') above the top of the pipe or culvert. The cost of backfill, flowable fill, alternative approved material for wet conditions, and extra dewatering effort to achieve required density, etc., shall be included in the contract unit price or lump sum price for the item of the work specified. 304 -2. TESTING AND INSPECTION • Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory, approved by the Owner, to perform density testing on backfilled material. All testing shall be witnessed by SECTION IV Page 19 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications the Owner's Representative. The test shall be repeated until satisfactory results are obtained. The Contractor shall be charged for all retests and re- inspection services. Backfill under all type of impervious areas and around structures: Backfill in these areas shall be compacted to a minimum of 98% Modified Proctor Test in accordance with ASTM D 1557 or ASSHTO T 180. Tests shall be performed up to the proposed bottom of pavement elevation. Backfill outside of impervious areas: Backfill in these areas shall be compacted to a minimum of 95% Standard Proctor Test in accordance with ASTM D -698 or AASHTO T-99. Tests shall be performed up to the proposed finished grade. Backfill Testing: The Contractor shall demonstrate the adequacy of backfill compaction by performing density testing. For each test location, density testing shall be performed at eight inch (8 ") lifts. The character of the backfill material will be observed during the excavation for density testing to determine conformance with the specifications. Density testing shall be performed using nuclear field density equipment or conventional weight - volume methods. If the weight - volume method is used, volume shall be determined by using the sand replacement test (ASTM D 1556) or liquid displacement methods (ASTM D 2167). If nuclear methods are used, the trench correction effect shall be accounted for by recalibrating the nuclear gauge on its calibration block at the location of each test prior to taking the density measurement. The Contractor shall furnish all equipment, tools, and labor to prepare the test site for testing. Normal Testing Frequency: One test shall be performed for each one hundred feet (100') of backfill or fraction thereof or for each single run of pipe /culvert connecting two (2) successive structures whichever is less. The location of the test within each section shall be selected by the Owner's Representative. Testing shall progress as each one hundred foot (100') section is completed. Four (4) tests equally spaced around each structure shall be performed on each eight inch (8 ") lift. Testing which indicates that unacceptable material has been incorporated into the backfill, or that insufficient compaction is being obtained shall be followed by expanded testing to determine the limits of the unacceptable backfill. Expanded Testing Requirements: If normal testing within a testing section indicates unacceptable backfill, the Owner's Representative may require additional testing within the same test section to determine the limits of unacceptable backfill. Additional testing required by the Owner's Representative shall be paid for by the Contractor and shall not exceed testing of four (4) additional locations within the test section. Unacceptable backfill within the limits established by the testing shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. Additional testing beyond that required may be performed by the Contractor at his expense to further delineate limits of unacceptable backfill. 305. RIPRAP The work included in this specification includes the construction of riprap as shown on the plans. The riprap shall be constructed per Section 530 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. 305 -1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement for riprap shall be the dry weight in tons. SECTION IV Page 20 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications • 305 -2. BASIS OF PAYMENT The pay item for sand- cement riprap shall include: all materials, testing, labor, grout, hauling, equipment, excavation, backfill, dressing and shaping for placement of sand - cement and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. The pay item for rubble riprap shall include: all materials, required bedding stone, dressing and shaping for placement of bedding stone, filter fabric, testing, hauling, excavating, backfill, dressing and shaping for placement of rubble, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. No payment will be granted if concrete or stone that exists on -site is used as rubble riprap. • • SECTION IV Page 21 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 400 SERIES: SANITARY SEWER 401. SANITARY MANHOLES 401 -1. BUILT UP TYPE Manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on the drawings. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semicircular in shape conforming to inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smooth curve of as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be made gradually and evenly. Invert channels shall be formed by one of the following methods: form directly into concrete manhole base, build up with brick and mortar, lay half tile in concrete, or lay full section of sewer pipe through manhole and break out top half of pipe. The manhole floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels. Free drop in manholes from inlet pipe invert to top of floor outside the channels shall not exceed twenty four inches (24 "). Standard Drop Manholes shall be constructed wherever free drop exceeds twenty four inches (24 "). Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be smoothed from inside of manholes. The entire interior and exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with one half inch (1/2") of mortar. Brick used may be solid only. Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a stretcher course. 401 -2. PRECAST TYPE Precast Sanitary Manholes shall conform to this specification unless otherwise approved by the City Engineer. AASHTO M 85 Type II cement shall be used throughout with a minimum wall thickness of five inches (5 "). The precast sections shall conform to ASTM C 478 latest revision. Section joints shall be a tongue and groove with "ram neck" gasket or "0" ring to provide a watertight joint. Minimum concrete strength shall be 4000 psi at 28 days. Three sets of shop drawings and location inventory shall be submitted to the City Engineer for approval. Approval of shop drawings does not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance to these specifications unless letter from Contractor requesting specific variance is approved by the City Engineer. Location inventory submitted with shop drawing shall detail parts of manhole per manhole as numbered on the construction plans. All manhole parts shall be numbered or lettered before being sent to the job site to permit proper construction placement. A plan or list of the numbering system shall be present on the job site when manhole components are delivered. SECTION IV Page 22 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications Precast manhole dimensions, drop entry, grout flow of channel, etc., shall be as shown on City of Clearwater Engineering Index #302 Sheets 1 and 2 of 2. Manhole sections shall be rejected if abused during shipping or placement and if pipe openings are not properly aligned. The "break in" to precast manholes for pipe entry will not be allowed. The manhole base shall be set on a pad of A 1 or A 2 Classification soil approximately five inches (5 ") thick to secure proper seating and bearing. 401 -2.1. MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT RINGS (GRADE RINGS) Between the top of the manhole cone and the manhole cover frame, a manhole adjustment ring shall be installed. The intent of the manhole adjustment ring is to accommodate future grade changes without disturbing the manhole. See Section IV, Article 703 -7, Asphaltic Concrete — Adjustment of Manholes. 401 -3. DROP MANHOLES Standard drop inlets to manholes shall be constructed of commercial pipe, fittings and specials as detailed on the drawings. 401-4. FRAMES AND COVERS Manhole frames and covers shall be set in a full bed of mortar with the top of the cover flush with or higher than finished grade as directed. Refer to Index 301. 401 -5. MANHOLE COATINGS The exterior and interior of all built up manholes shall be coated with two (2) coats of Type II Asphalt emulsion, moisture and damp proof (Specification ASTM D 1227 Type II Class I) as manufactured by W.R. Meadows Sealtite or approved equal. The exterior of all precast manholes shall have a 15 mil dry thickness of Sherwin Williams Targuard® Coal Tar Epoxy or approved equal. The interior shall be AGRU SUREGRIP HDPE or PP -R Liner with a minimum thickness of two millimeters (2 mm). 401 -6. CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES Connections to existing sanitary manholes using approved PVC sewer main shall be made with a manhole adapter coupling by NPC Kor -N -Seal® or approved water stop coupling. 402. RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Sanitary Sewer Structures shall be raised or lowered as indicated on the plans or as indicated by the Engineer. 402 -1. BASIS OF PAYMENT • Payment, unless covered by a bid item, shall be included in the cost of the work. SECTION IV Page 23 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 403. SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS 403 -1. MATERIALS 403 -1.1. GRAVITY SEWER PIPE GRAVITY SEWER PIPE SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON. Polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings shall conform to ASTM specification D 3034 for S.D.R. 35. Sewer pipe with more than ten feet (10') of cover shall be SDR 26. The pipe shall be plainly marked with the above ASTM designation. The bell end of joints and fittings shall have a rubber sealing ring to provide a tight flexible seal in conformance with ASTM D 3212. The laying length of pipe joints shall be a maximum of twenty feet (20'). Unless otherwise noted in these specifications or construction plans, Ductile Iron pipe and fittings for gravity sewer shall conform to Article 501 of these Technical Specifications for DIP water main except pipe shall be interior Protecto 401 ceramic epoxy lined in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Where sanitary sewer main is to be placed between building lots in a sideline easement, the sewer main shall, insofar as possible, be constructed without manholes or lateral connections within the side easement. The pipe material in the side easement between streets shall be C 900, SDR 18 polyvinyl chloride water main pipe as described in these Technical Specifications Article 501. A two -way cleanout shall be installed on each lateral at the property line. 403 -1.2. FORCE MAIN PIPE FORCE MAIN PIPE SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON. Unless otherwise noted in the specifications or construction plans, both polyvinyl chloride and ductile iron force main pipe and fittings shall conform to Article 501 of these Technical Specifications for water main pipe except that DIP shall be Protecto 401 ceramic epoxy lined in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. All polyvinyl chloride pipe which has become deteriorated due to exposure to ultra violet radiation shall be rejected. 403 -2. INSTALLATION 403 -2.1. GRAVITY SEWER PIPE Installation of Thermoplastic gravity sewer pipe shall be in conformance with recommended practices contained in ASTM D 2321. The bottom trench width in an unsupported trench shall be limited to the minimum practicable width (typically pipe OD plus eight inches (8 ") to twelve inches (12 ") on each side) allowing working space to place and compact the haunching material. The use of trench boxes and movable sheeting shall be performed in such a manner that removal, backfill and compaction will not disturb compacted haunching material or pipe alignment. Dewatering of the trench bottom shall be accomplished using adequate means to allow preparation of bedding, placement of the haunching material and pipe in the trench without SECTION IV Page 24 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications standing water. Dewatering shall continue until sufficient backfill is placed above the pipe to prevent flotation or misalignment. Where pipe bedding is insufficient to adequately support pipe, the Contractor will be required to remove unsuitable material and bed pipe in Class I material (one half inch (1/2 ") diameter aggregate) to provide firm support of pipe. Connections to manholes with sanitary pipe shall use a joint two (2) feet in length and shall use an approved water stop around pipe joint entry. The laterals shown on the plans do not necessarily reflect exact locations. The Contractor is required to locate all existing laterals for reconnection and to coordinate with the construction inspector the location of all new laterals. 403 -2.2. FORCE MAIN PIPE Installation of force main pipe shall be in conformance with Article 501 of these Technical Specifications for water main pipe. 403 -3. TESTING 403 -3.1. TESTING OF GRAVITY SEWERS The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a perfectly water tight sewer under all conditions. The water tightness of a sewer which has a crown lying below groundwater level may be tested by measuring infiltration. The water tightness of sewers having crowns lying above groundwater level may be tested by filling the pipe with water so as to produce a hydrostatic head of two feet or more above the crown of the sewer at the upper end of the test section or the water table outside of the sewer, whichever is higher, and then measuring the exfiltration. In no case shall the infiltration or exfiltration exceed fifty (50) gallons per inch of diameter per mile per day. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment to test the amount of infiltration or exfiltration under the Engineer's direction. Where the infiltration or exfiltration is excessive, the Contractor at their own expense shall take the necessary steps to remedy such conditions by uncovering the sewer, remaking the joints or by replacing the entire length of sewer as required by the Engineer. No such repaired joints may be backfilled until after they have been tested and found to be acceptable. Care shall be taken to avoid flotation. The Contractor shall TV inspect all mains to verify the true and uniform grade and the absence of bellies or dropped joints prior to acceptance. Any dips or sags of more than five percent (5 %) of the inside pipe diameter dimension shall be cause for rejection. The above tests shall be performed at the discretion of the Engineer on any or all sections of the line. 403 -3.2. TESTING OF FORCE MAINS Force mains shall be tested under a hydrostatic pressure of 150 P.S.I. for two (2) hours, as described in Article 501 of these Technical Specifications for the testing of water mains. SECTION IV Page 25 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 403-4. BASIS OF PAYMENT 403 -4.1. GRAVITY SEWER PIPE Payment for in place sanitary sewer gravity main pipe shall be the unit price per linear foot per appropriate range of depth of cut as contained in the contract proposal. Measurement for payment shall be along the centerline of the sewer main from center to center of manholes. Payment for laterals shall be the unit price per linear foot of pipe as measured from the centerline of the sewer main pipe to the terminal end of the lateral pipe including a two -way cleanout at the property line. Payment for sewer pipe shall include all labor, equipment and materials necessary to complete the installation. This shall include clearing and grubbing, excavation, shoring and dewatering, backfill and grading. 403 -4.2. FORCE MAIN PIPE Payment and measurement of force main pipe shall be the same as described in Article 501 of these Technical Specifications for water main pipe. 404. HDPE DEFORMED - REFORMED PIPE LINING 404 -1. INTENT It is the intention of this specification to provide for the trenchless restoration of eight inch (8 ") to twelve inch (12 ") sanitary sewers by the installation of a high density polyethylene, jointless, continuous, fold and form pipe liner which is watertight and chemically resistant to withstand exposure to domestic sewage including all labor, materials and equipment to provide for a complete, fully restored and functioning installation. 404 -2. PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY The City requires that all contractors be prequalified. See General Conditions regarding contractor prequalification. In addition, the City requires a proven extensive track record for the fold and form liner system to be used in this project. All contractors submitting for prequalification approval for this project must exhibit extensive satisfactory experience in the installation of the proposed liner system and satisfactory evidence that the proposed liner system has been extensively and successfully installed in the Unites States and the State of Florida. The installer must be certified by the liner system manufacturer for installation of the liner system. The City reserves full and complete authority to approve the satisfactory nature of the both the liner system and the installer. 404 -3. MATERIALS Pipe shall be made from P. E. 3408 polyethylene resins complying with ASTM D 3350, cell classification: P.E. 345434 D for High Density. It shall be Type 3, Grade 4, Class D, according to ASTM D 1248. The Contractor shall provide certified test results for review by the Engineer, SECTION IV Page 26 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications from the manufacturer, that the material conforms with the applicable requirements. Material shall have a minimum thickness of SDR 32.5. Pipe specimens shall comply with the minimum property values shown below with the applicable ASTM requirements: Material Property ASTM Method Value HDPE HDPE Tensile Strength D 638 3,300 psi Elasticity Modulus E= 113,000 psi Impact Strength D 256 A 3.0 ft -lb /in Flexure Modulus E= 136,000 psi Expansion Coeff. c =0.009 in/in/deg F At the time of manufacture, each lot of liner shall be reviewed for defects and tested in accordance with ASTM D 2837 and D 1693. At the time of delivery, the liner shall be homogeneous throughout, uniform in color, free of cracks, holes, foreign materials, blisters, or deleterious faults. The Contractor shall provide, as requested, certified test results for review by the Engineer, from the manufacturer, that the material conforms with the applicable requirements. The Engineer may at any time request the Contractor provide test results from field samples to the above requirements. Liner shall be marked at five (5) foot intervals or less with a coded number, which identifies the manufacturer, SDR, size, material, date, and shift on which the liner was extruded. Lining manufacturer shall submit to the Engineer for approval as requested, complete design calculations for the liner thickness. The criteria for liner design shall be HS -20 traffic loading, water table to the ground surface, minimum expected lifetime of fifty (50) years, and no structural strength retained from the existing pipe. Any liner system must be approved by the Engineer prior to receiving bids. Request for contractor prequalification and/or liner system approval must be received by the Engineer no later than fourteen (14) days prior to the date for receiving bids. 404-4. CLEANING /SURFACE PREPARATION It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to clean and prepare the existing pipes for rehabilitation. The Contractor will thoroughly clean the interior of the sewers to produce a clean interior surface free of all coatings, sand, rock, roots, sludge, or other deleterious materials prior to liner insertion. Bypass pumping will be provided by the Contractor as part of the unit cost of restoration. Bypass operations are to be so arranged as to cause minimum disruptions to local traffic, residents and particularly to commercial facilities. During the cleaning and preparation operations all necessary precautions shall be taken to protect the public, all property and the sewer from damage. All material removed from the sewers shall be the Contractor's responsibility for prompt disposal in accordance with all regulatory agency requirements. The Contractor may be required to SECTION IV Page 27 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications control the rate of sewer cleaning in the sanitary system to avoid heavy pollution loads at the City's treatment plants. 404 -5. TELEVISION INSPECTION After cleaning, and again after the rehabilitation work on each section of the project is completed, all pipe sections shall be visually inspected with a digital camera and recorded in DVD format as specified below. 404 -5.1. VIDEO, PHOTO CAPTURE AND DATA COLLECTION REQUIREMENTS FOR MANHOLE AND PIPELINE INSPECTION This section describes the requirements of the Contractor in providing the following minimum requirements for Video, Photo Capture and Database structure to the City. The City is currently using CUES Granite XP video and data collection software. The Contractor shall provide the TV Inspections in the same Granite XP database, photo and video capture format. The Contractor - provided TV Inspections, Database, DVDs, Photos and related files shall have the ability to direct synchronize to the City's existing Granite XP database. 404 -5.2. IMAGE (PHOTOS) CAPTURE FORMAT AND REQUIREMENTS The Inspection image files (pictures) shall have the ability to export to Industry Standard Formats to include JPEG, BMP, and TIFF formats and be transferable by disk, DVD and/or external hard drive to an external personal computer utilizing standard viewers and printers. 404 -5.3. DIGITAL VIDEO FORMAT AND REQUIREMENTS Digital video files (Inspection Videos) shall be captured and/or recorded in the MPEG 1, 2 or 4 format or as specified by the City. The Video capture files shall be in MPEG format with data linking (Inspection Observations) to the database file(s). The "Link" of the video capture file to the database observation file is required. The inspection observation(s) shall link to the video record in real -time. The accompanying database shall support the following code systems: WRc, PACP, CUES standard, or current code system being utilized by the City. The Database and Software program (Granite XP V2.X) shall be able to import asset data from an ArcGIS (City current version) geo- database file utilizing the network features to associate Sewer Mains with corresponding Sewer Nodes. The database structure shall retain information on the various structures found within a sewer or storm system. It is important that the structures, nodes, manholes and pipe identifiers and related attribute information be retained as separate tables from the Inspection allowing import of existing data from multiple sources. The data structure allows different projects to reside within a single database. Information gathered in projects shall be available to view by project or by system. Data gathered during project inspection shall be available to view by the selected structure. Therefore, all inspections can be viewed on a structure even if gathered in different proj ects. SECTION IV Page 28 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications S 404 -5.4. SYNCHRONIZATION The database shall have the ability to synch assets and inspections from replicated databases. The synch process should have built -in error checking for duplicates, updates and any modifications to the data being synched. This allows for multiple sources of data to be effectively consolidated into a single unitary database for analysis and evaluation. 404 -6. LINER INSTALLATION Liner shall be sized to field measurements obtained by the Contractor to provide a tight fit to the full interior circumference of the existing sanitary sewer and shall be a continuous, jointless liner product from inside of manhole to inside of manhole. Contractor shall use installation methods approved by the liner manufacturer including liner placement, reforming to fit existing pipe, pressure and heat requirements and reconnection of laterals. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer of any construction delays taking place during the insertion operation. Contractor shall maintain a reasonable backup system for bypass pumping should delays or problems with pumping systems develop. Liner entries at manholes shall be smooth, free of irregularities, and watertight. No pinholes, tears, cracks, thin spots, or other defects in the liner shall be permitted. Such defects shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at their expense. OSHA requirements for installation procedures, in particular, confined spaces are to be met. • 404 -7. LATERAL RECONNECTION • Sanitary laterals shall be reconnected as soon as possible to renew service. Laterals are to be reconnected by means of robotics, by internally cutting out the liner to 100% of the area of the original opening. All lateral reconnections are to be grouted to prevent leakage. Grouting method and material is to be approved by the Engineer. Any reconnections to laterals and connections to manholes which are observed to leak shall be resealed by the Contractor. All laterals discovered during the lining process are to be reconnected unless specifically directed otherwise by the City. Contractor shall notify all local system users when the sanitary system will not be available for normal usage by the delivery of door hangers with appropriate information regarding the construction project. 404 -8. TIME OF CONSTRUCTION Construction schedules will be submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. At no time will any sanitary sewer service connection remain inoperative for more than an eight (8) hour period without a service bypass being operated by the Contractor. In the event that sewage backup occurs and enters buildings, the Contractor shall be responsible for cleanup, repair and property damage costs and claims. 404 -9. PAYMENT Payment for sanitary sewer restoration shall be made per linear foot including all preparation, bypass pumping, equipment, labor, materials, operations, restoration, etc., to provide a fully SECTION IV Page 29 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications completed and operational sewer. Payment shall be measured from center of manhole to center of manhole for the sanitary systems and from end of pipe to end of pipe for storm systems. 405. SANITARY MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION 405 -1. SCOPE AND INTENT It is the intent of this portion of the specification to provide for the structural rehabilitation of manhole walls and bases with solid preformed liners and made -in -place liner systems used in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and these specifications. In addition to these specifications, the Contractor shall comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for work. Purpose of work is to eliminate infiltration, provide corrosion protection, repair voids and to restore the structural integrity of the manhole. For any particular system the Contractor will submit manufacturer's technical data and application instructions. All OSHA regulations shall be met. 405 -2. PAYMENT Payment for liners shall be per vertical foot of liner installed from the base to the top of the installed liner. Liners will generally be installed to the top of existing or new corbels. No separate payment will be made for the following items: Bypass pumping; Traffic Control; Debris Disposal; Excavation, including necessary pavement removal; Shoring and/or dewatering; Structural fill; Backfill and compaction; Grout and mortar; Brick; Resetting of the manhole ring and cover; Pipe extensions and connectors necessary to the installation; Replacement of unpaved roadway and grass or shrubbery plot; Replacement of roadway base and asphalt surface; and Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable system. The cost of such work shall be included in the pay item, per linear foot of liner. 405 -3. FIBERGLASS LINER PRODUCTS 405 -3.1. MATERIALS 405 - 3.1.1. LINERS Liners shall be fiberglass engineered to meet or exceed AASHTO H 20 loading of 16,000 pound vertical wheel load. Manhole liners are to be of the integral corbel design unless otherwise stipulated. Manhole liners are to be as large in diameter as will fit into the existing manhole. The Contractor shall measure the existing manhole immediately prior to ordering materials and is solely responsible for the fitting of the liner. Contractor will be required to submit factory certification for fiberglass liners. The manhole liner shall meet all requirements of ASTM D 3753. 405- 3.1.2. MORTAR Mortar shall be composed of one part Portland Cement Type I and between two (2) and three (3) parts clean, well graded sand, 100% of which shall pass a No. 8 sieve. SECTION IV Page 30 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications • 405 - 3.1.3. GROUTING Grouting shall be a concrete slurry of four (4) bags of Portland Cement Type II per cubic yard of clean, well graded sand. • • 405 -3.2. INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION Excavate an area around the top of the existing manhole sufficiently wide and deep for the removal of the manhole ring and corbel section. Remove the frame and cover and corbel section without damaging the existing manhole walls. Care is to be taken not to allow brick or soil to fall into the existing manhole. Remove or reinsert loose brick which protrude more than one inch from the interior wall of the manhole and which could interfere with the insertion of the fiberglass liner. If the shelf of the manhole invert is not level around the perimeter, form a flat shelf with mortar. Cut the liner to the proper length. Cutouts in the manhole shall be made to accommodate existing inlet and outlet pipes, drops and cleanouts. Lower the liner into the existing manhole and set the bottom of the liner into quick setting grout. Obtain a good bottom seal to prevent the loss of grout from the annular space between the outside of the liner and the inside wall of the existing manhole. Set the liner as nearly vertical as possible. Pour six inches (6 ") of quick setting grout above the initial bottom seal in the annular void to insure an adequate bottom seal. Bridge the gap from drops, laterals, force mains, cleanouts and all existing piping between the existing manhole wall and the new manhole liner with P.V.C. pipe. Use quick setting mortar to seal the area around the manhole liner and piping. Fill the annular space between the manhole liner and the existing manhole interior walls with grout. Care must be taken not to deflect the manhole liner due to head pressure. Set the existing manhole ring and cover using brick to make elevation adjustments as needed. Observe water tightness and repair any visible leakage. Backfill around the new liner and compact the backfill. Sod the disturbed area. Match existing sod. Where manholes fall in paved areas, refer to Standard Detail Index 104, "Street and Driveway Replacement for Concrete and Asphaltic Concrete Surfaces ". 405-4. STRONG SEAL MS -2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM This specification shall govern all work to spray apply a monolithic fiber reinforced cementitious liner to the wall and bench surfaces of brick, concrete or any other construction material; Strong Seal MS 2 product. Described are procedures for manhole preparation, cleaning, application and testing. The applicator must be approved, trained and certified as having successfully completed factory training. The applicator /contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment and materials for applying the Strong Seal MS 2 product directly to the contour of the manhole to form a structural cementitious liner of a minimum one half inch (1/2 ") thickness using a machine specially SECTION IV Page 31 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications designed for the application. All aspects of the installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and with the following specifications which includes: 1. The elimination of active infiltration prior to making the application. 2. The removal of any loose and unsound material. 3. The spray application of a pre blended cementitious mix to form a monolithic liner in a two (2) coat application. 405 -4.1. MATERIALS 405 - 4.1.1. PATCHING MIX Strong Seal shall be used as a patching mix according to the manufacturer's recommendations and shall have the following minimum requirements: 1. Compressive Strength (ASTM C -109) 15 min., 200 psi 6 hrs., 1,400 psi 2. Shrinkage (ASTM C -596) 28 days, 150 psi 3. Bond (ASTM C -952) 28 days, 150 psi 4. Cement Sulfate resistant 5. Density, when applied 105 +/- 5 pcf 405 -5. INFILTRATION CONTROL Strong Plug shall be used to stop minor water infiltration according to the manufacturer's recommendations and shall have the following minimum requirements: 1. Compressive strength (ASTM C -109) - 600 psi, 1 hr.; 1000 psi 24 hrs. 2. Bond (ASTM C -952) - 30 psi, 1 hr.; 80 psi, 24 hrs. 405 -6. GROUTING MIX Strong -Seal Grout shall be used for stopping very active infiltration and filling voids according to the manufacturer's recommendations. The grout shall be volume stable, and have a minimum twenty -eight (28) day compressive strength of 250 psi and a one (1) day strength of 50 psi. 405 -7. LINER MIX Strong Seal MS 2 shall be used to form the monolithic liner covering all interior manhole surfaces and shall have the following minimum requirements at twenty -eight (28) days: 1. Compressive strength (ASTM C 109) 3,000 psi 2. Tensile strength (ASTM C 496) 300 psi 3. Flexural strength (ASTM C 78) 600 psi 4. Shrinkage (ASTM C 596) 0% at 90% R.H. 5. Bond (ASTM C 952) 130 psi SECTION IV Page 32 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications • 6. Density, when applied 105 + pcf Product must be factory blended requiring only the addition of water at the Project site. Bag weight shall be 50 to 51 pounds and contents shall have dry bulk density of 54 to 56 pounds per cubic foot. Fiberglass rods which are contained in the product shall be alkaline resistant and shall be one -half inch (1/2 ") to five- eighths inch (5/8 ") long with a diameter of 635 to 640 microns. Products shall, in the unmixed state, have a lead content not greater than two percent (2 %) by weight. Strong Seal MS 2C shall be made with Calcium Aluminate Cement and shall be used according to the manufacturer's recommendations in applications where there is evidence of severe sulfide conditions. • • Product must be factory blended requiring only the addition of water at job site. Bag weight shall be 50 to 51 pounds and contents must have a dry bulk density of 50 to 56 pounds per cubic foot. Cement content must be 65% to 75% of total weight of bag. One bag of product when mixed with correct amount of water must have a wet density of 95 to 108 pounds per cubic foot and must yield a minimum of 0.67 cubic foot of volume. Fiberglass rods must be alkaline resistant with rod lengths not less than one -half inch (1/2 ") in length nor greater than five - eighths inch (5/8 ") in height. Product shall not include any basic ingredient that exceeds maximum allowable EPA limit for any heavy metal. Manufacturer must provide MSDS sheets for product(s) to be used in reconstruction process. A two (2) coat application of liner material will be required (no exceptions) with the first coat rough troweled to force materials into cracks and crevices to set the bond. The second coat to be spray applied to assure a minimum of one -half inch (1/2 ") thickness after troweling or brush finishing to a relatively smooth finish. 405 -8. WATER Shall be clean and potable. 405 -9. OTHER MATERIALS No other material shall be used with the mixes previously described without prior approval or recommendation from the manufacturer. 405 -10. EQUIPMENT A specially designed machine consisting of an optimized progressive cavity pump capable of producing a minimum of 250 psi pumping pressure, contra blend mixer with twin ribbon paddles with discharge, and an air system for spray application of product. Equipment must be complete with water storage and metering system. Mixer and pump is to be hydraulically powered. Equipment is to be mounted to heavy duty construction tandem axle road worthy trailer complete SECTION IV Page 33 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications with electric brakes and running lights. Internal combustion engine must be included to power the hydraulic system and air compressor. 405 -11. INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 405 -11.1. PREPARATION 1. Place boards over inverts to prevent extraneous material from entering the sewer lines and to prevent up stream line from flooding the manhole. 2. All foreign material shall be removed from the manhole wall and bench using a high pressure water spray (minimum 1,200 psi). Loose and protruding brick, mortar and concrete shall be removed using a mason's hammer and chisel and/or scraper. Fill any large voids with quick setting patching mix. 3. Active leaks shall be stopped using quick setting specially formulated mixes according to the manufacturer's recommendations. Some leaks may require weep holes to localize the infiltration during the application after which the weep holes shall be plugged with the quick setting mix prior to the final liner application. When severe infiltration is present, drilling may be required in order to pressure grout using a cementitious grout. Manufacturer's recommendations shall be followed when pressure grouting is required. 4. Any bench, invert or service line repairs shall be made at this time using the quick setting mix and following the manufacturer's recommendations. 5. After all preparation has been completed, remove all loose material. 405 -11.2. MIXING For each bag of product, use the amount of water specified by the manufacturer and mix using the Spray Mate Model 35C or 35D equipment for thirty (30) seconds to one (1) minute after all materials have been placed in the mixing hopper. Place the mix into the holding hopper and prepare another batch with timing such that the nozzleman can spray in a continuous manner without interruption until each application is complete. 405 -11.3. SPRAYING The surface, prior to spraying, shall be damp without noticeable free water droplets or running water. Materials shall be sprayed, applied to a minimum uniform thickness to insure that all cracks, crevices and voids are filled and a somewhat smooth surface remains after light troweling. The light troweling is performed to compact the material into voids and to set the bond. Not before the first application has begun to take an initial set (disappearance of surface sheen which could be fifteen (15) minutes to one (1) hour depending upon ambient conditions) is the second application made to assure a minimum total finished thickness of one -half inch (1/2 "). The surface is then troweled to a smooth finish being careful not to over trowel so as to bring additional water to the surface and weaken it. A brush finish may be applied to the finished coat to remove trowel marks. Manufacturer's recommendation shall be followed whenever more than twenty -four (24) hours have elapsed between applications. The wooden bench covers shall be removed and the bench is sprayed such that a gradual slope is produced from the walls to the invert with the thickness at the edge of the invert being no less than one -half inch (1/2 "). The SECTION IV Page 34 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications wall bench intersection shall be rounded to a uniform radius, the full circumference of the intersection. The final application shall have a minimum of four (4) hours cure time before being subjected to active flow. 405 -11.4. PRODUCT TESTING At some point during the application, at least four (4) two inch (2 ") cubes may be prepared each day or from every fifty (50) bags of product used, identified and sent, in accordance with the Owner's or Manufacturer's directions, for compression strength testing as described in ASTM C 109. 405 -11.5. CURING Ambient manhole conditions are adequate for curing so long as the manhole is covered. It is imperative that the manhole be covered as soon as possible after the application has been completed. 405 -11.6. MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE Manhole may be vacuum tested from the top of manhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes entering the manhole shall be plugged, taking care to securely place the plug from being drawn into the manhole. The test head shall be placed and the seal inflated in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations. A vacuum pump of ten inches (10 ") of mercury shall be drawn and the vacuum pump shut off. With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the vacuum to drop to nine inches (9 "). The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (60) seconds for forty -eight inch (48 ") diameter, seventy five (75) seconds for sixty inch diameter (60 "), and ninety (90) seconds for seventy -two inch (72 ") diameter manholes. If the manhole fails the initial test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained. Tests shall be performed by the Contractor under the direction of the Project Engineer. 405 -12. INNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM 405 -12.1. SCOPE Materials and application procedures for manhole rehabilitation for the purpose of restoring structural integrity, providing corrosion resistance, and stopping infiltration by means of: 1. Hydraulic grouting, where required, as a preliminary measure to stop high volume infiltration. 2. Hydrophilic grouting (positive side waterproofing), where required, as follows: a. Hydrophilic foam- injected through wall of manhole to fill voids, and/or b. Hydrophilic gel - injected through wall of manhole to stop active leaks 3. Cementitious waterproofing with crystallization (negative side waterproofing) 4. Calcium aluminate cement lining, minimum of one -half inch (1/2") SECTION IV Page 35 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 5. Epoxy coating, minimum of thirty (30) dry mils 405 -12.2. MATERIALS 405 - 12.2.1. REPAIRING CEMENT A quick setting hydraulic cement compound shall be used to plug all visible minor leaks and to instantly stop major leaks, so that further waterproofing processes may proceed unhindered. The repairing cement shall be nonshrinking, nonmetallic, and noncorrosive. The compound . shall have the following properties: Set Time Tensile Strength ASTM C 307 Compressive Strength ASTM -C 109 Flexural Strength ASTM C 78 1 -3 minutes 1 day 510 psi 3 days 745 psi 28 days 855 psi 1 day 3,125 psi 7 days 7,808 psi 28 days 9,543 psi 1 day 410 psi 3 days 855 psi 28 days 1,245 psi 405 - 12.2.2. HYDROPHILIC GROUTING Based on conditions found in and around the manhole, the applicator shall pressure inject either one or both of the following materials: 1. An expansive foam grout shall be used to stop major intrusion of water and fill cracks and voids behind the structure's surface. Physical properties are as follows: Tensile Strength 380 psi ASTM D 3574 -86 Elongation 400% ASTM D 3574 -86 Bonding Strength 250 -300 psi 2. A hydrophilic gel grout shall be used for soil stabilization behind the manhole to prevent seepage, to provide a damming effect, and to place a hydrostatic barrier around exterior of manhole. Physical properties are as follows: Density 8.75 -9.17 lbs /gal ASTM D -3574 Tensile Strength 150 psi ASTM D- 412 Elongation 250% ASTM D -3574 Shrinkage Less than 4% ASTM D -1042 Toxicity Non Toxic 405 - 12.2.3. WATERPROOFING A waterproofing component based on the crystallization process shall be applied. The system combines cementitious and silicate based materials that are applied to negative side surfaces to seal and stop leakage caused by hydrostatic pressure. A combination of five coats (using three components -two powders and a special liquid) react with moisture and the constituents of the SECTION IV Page 36 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications substrate to form the crystalline structure. It becomes an integral part of the structure and blocks the passage of water. With moisture present, the crystallization process will continue for approximately six (6) months. Upon completion, the color will be light grey. Physical properties are as follows: Slant/Shear bond Strength to Calcium Aluminate Cement ASTM C882 Modified 1,200 1,800 psi Tensile Strength (7 day cure) ASTM C 190 Permeability (3 day cure) CRD 48 55 380 psi (2.62 MPa) 325 psi (2.24 MPa) 8.1x10 A- 1 cm/sec to 7.6x10 " -11 cm/sec at 100% RH at 50% RH 405 - 12.2.4. CEMENT LINING A self - bonding calcium aluminate cement shall be applied to restore structural integrity and provide corrosion resistance qualities. The cement (before adding fibers) shall have the following properties: Calcium Aluminate Cement 12 Hrs 24 Hrs 7 Days 28 Days Astm C 495 Compressive Strength, Psi 7000 11000 12000 13000 Astm C 293 Flexural Strength, Psi 1000 1500 1800 2000 Astm C 596 Shrinkage At 90% Humidity -- <0.04 <0.06 <0.08 Astm C 666 Freeze -Thaw Aft 300 Cycle No Damage Astm C 990 Pull - Out Strength 200 - 230 Psi Tensile Astm C 457 Air Void Content (7 Days) 3% Astm C 497 Porosity /Adsorption Test 4 - 5% Modules of Elasticity: 7.10 X 10 PSI after twenty -four (24) hours moist curing at 68 degrees Fahrenheit. The calcium aluminate cement shall be reinforced with inert fibers which comply with ASTM C 1116 and ASTM C 1018, added at the rate of one (1) pound per cubic yard of concrete. The mixture shall be applied to a thickness of at least one half inch (1/2 "), but no greater than two inches (2 "). It will have a dark grey color. 405 - 12.2.5. EPDXY COATING A high build, flexible waterproofing epoxy shall be applied to a minimum of thirty (30) dry mils. This epoxy will seal structure from moisture and provide protective qualities to the surface, including excellent resistance to chemical attack and abrasion. The epoxy shall be 100% solids, can be applied to damp surfaces, cures to a tile like finish, is easy to clean, and has no toxic fumes. Its uses include sewage treatment plants and other sewer structures. The epoxy shall have the following properties at 75 degrees Fahrenheit: SECTION IV Page 37 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications Mixing Ratio (Parts A:B), by volume 1:1 Color (other colors available on request) Light Gray Pot Life, firs 1 Tensile Strength, psi, min 2,000 Tensile Elongation, % 10 —20 Water Extractable Substances, mg. /sq. in., max 5 Bond Strength to Cement (ASTM 882) psi 1,800 405 - 12.2.6. CHEMICAL RESISTANCE The sanitary sewer liner shall be resistant to: Alcohols, Trichloroethylene, Nitric Acid (3 %), Jet Fuels, Water, Sulfuric Acid (3% 10 %), MEK, Wine, Butyl Acetate, Beer, Lactic Acid (3 %), Gasoline, Corn Oil, Aluminum Sulfate, Paraffin Oil, Vegetable Juice, Sodium Chloride, Motor Oil, Hydrochloric Acid (3 %), and many others. 405 -12.3. INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 405 - 12.3.1. PROCEDURAL OVERVIEW Work shall proceed as follows: 1. Remove rungs (steps), if desired by client. 2. Clean manhole and remove debris. a. Plug lines and/or screen out displaced debris. b. Apply acid wash, if necessary, to clean and degrease. c. Hydroblast and/or sand blast structure. d. Remove debris from work area. 3. Repair minor defects in walls, benches, and inverts, as required, with repairing cement. (Note: Major structural repairs, such as rebuilding of benches, will also be made as required by client.) 4. Inject hydrophilic grout through all surfaces, as needed, to eliminate infiltration. 5. Apply cementitious /crystallization waterproofing agents to all surfaces, repeating steps as needed. 6. Spray and/or hand apply calcium aluminate cement lining to all surfaces. 7. Spray apply epoxy coating to all surfaces. NOTE: Steps 1 -5 shall be executed consecutively with minimal delays; calcium aluminate (Step 6) shall require a cure time of at least twenty -four (24) hours for needed adhesion of epoxy (Step 7) to cement lining. 405 - 12.3.2. PREPARATION An acid wash shall be used (if needed) to clean and degrease. Then, if the client desires, the rungs shall be removed. Next, the entire structure is thoroughly water and/or sand blasted to remove any loose or deteriorated material. Care shall be taken to prevent any loose material from SECTION IV Page 38 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications • entering lines and other areas by either plugging the lines (where feasible) or inserting protective screens. • 405 - 12.3.3. STRUCTURAL REPAIR Hand place or spray apply hydraulic cement material as necessary to prepared surface to fill cracks and voids in structure. Allow twenty (20) minutes before applying waterproofing/crystallization. 405 - 12.3.4. INFILTRATION CONTROL Pressure injection of hydrophilic gel and hydrophilic foam. 1. Drill five- eighths inch (5/8 ") holes through active leaking surface. 2. Install all zert fittings, as recommended by manufacturer. 3. Inject material until water flow stops. 4. Remove fittings (if necessary). 405 - 12.3.5. WATERPROOFING /CRYSTALLIZATION PROCESS 1. Apply a slurry coat of powder #1 to moist wall using a stiff brush, forming an undercoat. 2. Apply dry powder #2 to slurry coat by hand. 3. Brush or spray on sealing liquid during the application to penetrate and initiate the crystal forming process. 4. Repeat steps 2 and 3, until there are no visible leaks. 5. Apply powder #1 as an overcoat. 6. Allow one (1) hour to cure before applying cement lining. 405 - 12.3.6. CEMENT LINING 1. Dampen surface. 2. Mix material in mixer as recommended for spray or hand trowel application. 3. Apply cement until required build up of at least one half inch (1/2 ") (and no more than two inches (2 ")) has been achieved. 4. Trowel to smooth finish, restoring contours of manhole. 5. Texture brush surface to prepare for epoxy finish. 6. Allow for a twenty -four (24) hour cure time prior to epoxy coating. NOTE: If conditions of heavy humidity prevail, a dry air blower shall be used to facilitate curing times. SECTION IV Page 39 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 405 - 12.3.7. EPDXY COATING Spray apply epoxy coating using airless spraying equipment until surface is visibly covered and a thickness of at least thirty (30) mils has been achieved. Manhole may be safely entered after six (6) hours, as epoxy will be hardened. Full cure strength will be achieved at forty eight (48) hours. 405 - 12.3.8. CLEAN UP The work crew shall remove all debris and clean work area. 405 - 12.3.9. MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE Manhole may be vacuum tested from the top of manhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes entering the manhole shall be plugged, taking care to securely place the plug from being drawn into the manhole. The test head shall be placed and the seal inflated in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. A vacuum pump of ten inches (10 ") of mercury shall be drawn and the vacuum pump shut off. With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the vacuum to drop to nine inches (9 "). The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (60) seconds for a forty eight inch (48 ") diameter, seventy five (75) seconds for sixty (60) inches, and ninety (90) seconds for seventy -two inch (72 ") diameter manholes. If the manhole fails the initial test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained. Tests shall be performed by the Contractor under the direction of the Project Engineer. 405 - 12.3.10. WARRANTY All materials and workmanship shall be warranted to the Owner for a period of five (5) years, provided that all the above mentioned repair steps are used. SECTION IV Page 40 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications (1) 500 SERIES: POTABLE AND RECLAIMED WATER MAINS, FIRE LINES AND APPURTENANCES • • 501. SCOPE The Contractor shall furnish all plant, labor, materials and equipment to perform all operations in connection with the construction of potable water mains, fire lines, reclaimed water mains and appurtenances including clearing, excavation, trenching, backfilling and clean up. 502. MATERIALS 502 -1. GENERAL Materials, equipment and supplies furnished and permanently incorporated into the project shall be of first quality in every respect and shall be constructed and finished to high standards of workmanship. Materials shall be suitable for service intended, shall reflect modern design and engineering and shall be fabricated in a first class workmanlike manner. All materials, equipment and supplies shall be new and shall have not been in service at any time previous to installation, except as required in tests or incident to installation. Machined metal surfaces, exposed bearings and glands shall be protected against grit, dirt, chemical corrosion and other damaging effects during shipment and construction. 502 -2. PIPE MATERIALS AND FITTINGS 502 -2.1. DUCTILE IRON PIPE Ductile Iron Pipe shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51 81 or latest revision. Pipe thickness class, wall thickness and working pressure shall conform to the following table: Size Class Thickness (In.) Rated Water Working Pressure (PSI) 4" 51 0.26 350 6" 50 0.25 350 8" 50 0.27 350 12" 50 0.31 350 The trench laying condition shall be Type 2, Flat bottom trench backfill lightly consolidated to centerline of pipe. Pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51 81 or latest revision. SECTION IV Page 41 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications Pipe shall be asphalt coated on the outside and standard cement lined and sealed coated with approved bituminous seal coat in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4 80 or latest revision. Ductile iron pipe shall be used for all hydrant installations and for fire line installations from the main to the backflow preventer. 502 -2.2. POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe four inch (4 ") through eight inch (8 ") shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C900 or latest revision and the American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) Standard D 2241 and PVC Resin Compound conforming to ASTM Specification D 1784. Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe shall have the same O.D. as Cast and Ductile Iron Pipe and be compatible for use without special adapters with Cast Iron Fittings. Pipe dimension ratio, working pressure and laying length shall conform to the following table: Size Dimension Ratio (OD/Thick.) Rated Water Working Pressure (PSI) Laying Length (Ft) 4 18 150 20 6 18 150 20 8 18 150 20 Pipe larger than eight inch (8 ") shall be ductile iron. The City Engineer reserves the right to require the use of ductile iron in sizes four inch (4 ") through eight inch (8 ") when needed due to laying conditions or usage. The bell of four inch (4 ") and larger PVC pipe shall consist of an integral wall section with a solid cross section elastomeric ring which meets the requirements of ASTM D 1869. Each length of pipe shall bear identification that will remain legible during normal handling, storage and installation and so designate the testing agency that verified the suitability of the pipe material for potable water service. All polyvinyl chloride pipe shall be laid with two (2) strands of insulated twelve (12) gauge A.W.G. solid strand copper wire taped to the top of each joint of pipe with about eighteen inches (18 ") between each piece of tape. It is to be installed at every valve box through a two inch (2 ") PVC pipe to twelve inches (12 ") minimum above the top of the concrete slab. The two inch (2 ") PVC pipe shall be the same length as the adjustable valve box, and the two inch (2 ") PVC pipe shall be plugged with a two inch (2 ") removable brass plug with recessed nut. This wire is to be continuous with splices made only by direct bury 3M brand splice kit approved by the Engineer. This wire is to be secured to all valves, tees and elbows. 502 -2.3. FITTINGS AND JOINTS Fitting from four inch (4 ") through sixteen inch (16 ") in size will be compact ductile iron cast in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C153/A 21.53 with mechanical joint bells. Bolts, nuts and gaskets shall be in accordance with requirements of ANSI /AWWA C153 /A 21.53. The working pressure rating shall be 350 P.S.I. Ductile iron fittings shall be coated and lined in accordance with SECTION IV Page 42 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications . requirements of ANSUAWWA C104/A21.4. Mechanical joint glands shall be ductile iron in accordance with ANSI /AWWA C111 /A 21.11. When reference is made to ANSI /AWWA Standards, the latest revisions apply. Only those fittings and accessories that are of domestic (USA) manufacture will be acceptable. 502 -2.4. RESTRAINT Restraint of plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., shall be accomplished by the use of approved mechanical restraining rings or glands installed per manufacturer's recommendations. Hydrants shall be restrained by the use of swivel connecting joints. Restraining mechanical joint glands on hydrants shall be used only where hydrant runout length precludes the use of swivel joint connectors. 502 -2.5. PIPE WITHIN CASING All pipe placed within casings shall be slip joint ductile iron restrained by the use of restraining gaskets designed for use with the particular joint being installed and have properly sized casing spacers (Cascade Series) installed on the pipe so that the pipe will be centered within the casing. Each end of the casing shall be properly sealed to prevent the intrusion of soil, water, or debris within the casing itself. It shall be sealed by brick and mortar, cement or any approved method by the Engineer. 502 -3. GATE VALVES • Discs of valves shall be operated by methods which will allow operation in any position with respect to the vertical. Gate valves for interior piping or exposed above grade outside structures, shall be hand wheel operated with rising stems. Valves four inches (4 ") and larger, buried in earth shall be equipped with two inch (2 ") square operating nuts, valve boxes and covers. Valves shall be fitted with joints suitable for the pipe with which they are to be used. The direction of opening for all valves shall be to the left (counter clockwise). Unless otherwise shown or specified, valves for high pressure service shall be rated at not less than 150 psi cold water, non - shock. The manufacturer's name and pressure rating shall be cast in raised letters on the valve body. Installation shall be in accordance with good standard practice. Exposed pipelines shall be so supported that their weight is not carried through valves. Two Inch (2 ") diameter and smaller are not allowed. These should be approved ball valves. Three Inch (3 ") diameter are not allowed. Gate Valves, four inch (4 ") to sixteen inch (16 ") diameter, inclusive, shall be resilient seated gate valves encapsulated with EPDM Rubber in conformance with ANSI /A.W.W.A. Standard Specification C509 -515 latest revision. These valves shall include the following features consistent with C509 -515, full opening unobstructed waterway, zero leakage at 200 p.s.i. differential pressure, all internal parts removable from bonnet without removing body from pressure main, corrosion resistant bronze or stainless steel nonrising stem with 0-ring bonnet seal with epoxy coated inside and outside cast iron or ductile iron valve body. • SECTION IV Page 43 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications Gate valves larger than sixteen inches (16 ") shall be suitable for the service intended and shall be resilient seated gate valves encapsulated with EPDM rubber in conformance with ANSI /AWWA. These valves shall include the following features consistent with C509 -80, full opening unobstructed waterway, zero leakage at 200 psi differential pressure. All valves shall be equipped with steel cut bevel gears, extended type gear case and rollers, bronze or babbitt tracks and scrapers and valved by -pass. 502-4. VALVE BOXES Valve boxes shall be of standard extension design and manufacture and shall be made of cast iron. No PVC Risers or Derisers are allowed as part of a valve box assembly. They are to be three -piece valve box assemblies. The lower part of the assembly can be ordered in various heights to accommodate different depths. Suitable sizes of valve boxes and extension pieces shall be provided where shown. The valve box cover shall be of cast iron. Valve boxes and their installation shall be included in the bid price for valves. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 1 of 5 & Sheet 2 of 5 for potable water valve pad detail, and City Index No. 502; Sheet 1 of 2 & Sheet 2 of 2 for reclaimed water valve boxes and pad detail. 502 -5. HYDRANTS No other hydrants, other than those listed below, may be used in extension to or replacement of the City of Clearwater potable water system: • Kennedy Guardian #K 81D Fire Hydrant, • Mueller Super Centurion 25 Fire Hydrant • AVK Nostalgic 2780. • American Darling B -84 -B. No substitutions shall be allowed without the approval of the City of Clearwater. Above hydrants shall be in accordance with the latest revision of the AWWA Specification C 502 and include the following modifications: 1. All shipments to be palletized and tailgate delivery. 2. Hydrants shall conform to A.W.W.A. Standard C-502 latest revision and must be UL /FM listed. 3. Hydrants shall be of the compression type, closing with line pressure. 4. The operating threads will be contained in an operating chamber sealed at the top and bottom with an 0-ring seal. The chamber will contain a lubricating grease or oil. 5. Hydrants shall be of the traffic model breakaway type, with the barrel made in two sections with the break flange located approximately two inches (2 ") above the ground line. Breakaway bolts are not allowed. 6. Operating nut shall be of one -piece bronze or ductile iron construction. 7. A dirt shield shall be provided to protect the operating mechanism from grit buildup and corrosion due to moisture. SECTION IV Page 44 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 8. A thrust washer shall be supplied between the operating nut and stem lock nut to facilitate operation. 9. Operating nut shall be a #7 one and a half inch (1-1/2") pentagon nut. 10. Nozzles shall be of the tamper resistant, one quarter (1/4) turn type with 0-ring seals or threaded into upper barrel. Nozzles shall be retained with a stainless steel locking device. 11. The main valve shall be of EPDM solid rubber. 12. The seat shall be of a bronze ring threaded to a bronze insert in the hydrant shoe, with 0- rings to seal the barrel from leakage of water in the shoe. 13. The main valve stem will be 304 or higher grade stainless steel and made in two sections with a breakable coupling. 14. Hydrant shall have a six inch (6 ") Mechanical Joint epoxy lined elbow, less accessories. 15. Hydrant shall have a five and one quarter inch (5 -1/4 ") valve opening, and shall be a left hand operation to open. 16. Hydrant shall be without drains. 17. Hydrant shall have two (2) two and one half inch (2 -1/2 ") hose nozzles and one (1) four and one half inch (4 -1/2 ") pumper nozzle. Threads shall be in accordance with the National Standard Hose Coupling Thread Specifications. 18. Hydrant body shall have a factory finish of yellow paint. All paints shall comply with AWWA standard C- 502 -85 or latest revision. All hydrants will be shop tested in accordance with the latest AWWA Specification C 502. Restrained joint assemblies shall be used which have bolted mechanical and swivel joints from the hydrant tee through to the hydrant. Restrained joints shall absorb all thrust and prevent movement of the hydrant. All hydrants shall be provided with an auxiliary gate valve so that the water to the hydrant may be shut off without the necessity of closing any other valve in the distribution system. No hydrants shall be installed on the reclaimed water system unless approved by the City of Clearwater's Engineering Department. 502 -6. SERVICE SADDLES Service saddles shall be used on all service taps to four inch (4 ") P.V.C. water main. The largest service connection allowable on four inch (4 ") main shall be one and one half inch (1- 1/2 "). Service saddles shall be used on all two inch (2 ") service connections to six inch (6 ") and larger mains. Service saddles (JCM 406 series or Ford FC 202 series) shall be wide bodied ductile iron with epoxy or nylon coating and shall have stainless steel straps. 502 -7. TESTS, INSPECTION AND REPAIRS 1. All materials shall be tested in accordance with the applicable Federal, ASTM or AWWA Specification and basis of rejection shall be as specified therein. Certified copies of the tests shall be submitted with each shipment of materials. SECTION IV Page 45 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 2. All materials will be subject to inspection and approved by the Engineer after delivery; and no broken, cracked, misshapen, imperfectly coated or otherwise damaged or unsatisfactory material shall be used. 3. All material found during the progress of the work to have cracks, flaws, or other defects shall be rejected and promptly removed from the site. 4. If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or water main accessories in handling, the damage shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. The Engineer shall prescribe corrective repairs or rejection of the damaged items. 502 -8. BACKFLOW PREVENTERS The City of Clearwater owns and maintains all backflow prevention devices that are installed within their system. Therefore, any and all devices must be purchased from the City and installed by City work forces. Backflow prevention devices installed on customer's service lines at the point of delivery (service connection) shall be of a type in accordance with AWWA specification C506 or latest revision. Two (2) different types of backflow prevention devices are allowed. Type of device, and when required, is determined by the degree of hazard presented to the municipal water system from possible backflow of water within the customer's private system. The types of devices allowed are: 1. Double Check Valve Assembly - a device composed of two (2) single, independently acting, approved check valves, including tightly closing shutoff valves located at each end of the assembly and suitable connections for testing the water tightness of each check valve. 2. Reduced pressure principle backflow prevention device - a device containing a minimum of two (2) independently acting, approved check valves, together with an automatically operated pressure differential relief valve located between the two check valves. The unit must include tightly closing shutoff valves located at each end of the device, and each device shall be fitted with properly located test cocks. 502 -9. TAPPING SLEEVES Steel body tapping sleeves shall be JCM Industries Inc., JCM 412 or Smith -Blair 622. All steel body tapping sleeves shall have heavy welded ASTM A 285, Grade C steel body, stainless steel bolts, manufacturer's epoxy coated body, and three- quarter inch (3/4 ") bronze test plug. 502 -10. BLOW OFF HYDRANTS • Blow offs are not allowed. SECTION IV Page 46 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • 503. CONSTRUCTION • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 503 -1. MATERIAL HANDLING 1. Pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants and accessories shall be loaded and unloaded by lifting with hoists or skidding so as to avoid shock or damage. Under no circumstances shall such materials be dropped. Pipe handled on skidways shall not be skidded or rolled against pipe already on the ground. 2. Pipe shall be so handled that the coating and lining will not be damaged. If, however, any part of the coating or lining is damaged, the repair shall be made by the Contractor at their expense in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. 3. In distributing the material at the site of the work, each piece shall be unloaded opposite or near the place where it is to be laid in the trench. 503 -2. PIPE LAYING 503 -2.1. ALIGNMENT AND GRADE The pipe shall be laid and maintained to the required lines and grades with fittings, valves and hydrants at the required locations, spigots centered in bells; and all valves and hydrant stems plumb. All pipe installed shall be pigged and properly blown off before any pressure testing and sterilization of the pipe can be completed. The depth of cover over the water main shall be a minimum of thirty inches (30 ") and a maximum of forty -two inches (42 ") below finished grade, except where approved by the Engineer to avoid conflicts and obstructions. Whenever obstructions not shown on the plans are encountered during the progress of the work and interfere to such an extent that an alteration of the plans is required, the Engineer shall have the authority to change the plans and order a deviation from the line and grade or arrange with the Owners of the structures for the removal, relocation, or reconstruction of the obstructions. 503 -2.2. INSTALLATION Proper implements, tools, and facilities satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided and used by the Contractor for the safe and convenient performance of the work. All pipe, fittings, valves and hydrants shall be carefully lowered into the trench piece by piece by means of a derrick, ropes, or other suitable tools or equipment in such a manner as to prevent damage to materials and protective coatings and linings. Under no circumstances shall materials be dropped or dumped in the trench. If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or accessories in handling, the damage shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. The Engineer shall prescribe corrective repairs or rejection of the damaged items. All pipe and fittings shall be carefully examined for cracks and other defects while suspended above the trench immediately before installation in final position. Spigot ends shall be examined with particular care as this area is the most vulnerable to damage from handling. Defective pipe SECTION IV Page 47 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications or fittings shall be laid aside for inspection by the Engineer who will prescribe corrective repairs or rejection. All lumps, blisters, and excess coating shall be removed from the bell and spigot end of each pipe, and the outside of the spigot and the inside of the bell shall be wire brushed and wiped clean and dry and free from oil and grease before the pipe is laid. Pipe joints shall be made up in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Every precaution shall be taken to prevent foreign material from entering the pipe while it is being placed in the line. If the pipe laying crew cannot put the pipe into the trench and in place without getting earth into the pipe, the Engineer may require that, before lowering the pipe into the trench, a heavy, woven canvas bag of suitable size shall be placed over each end and left there until the connection is to be made to the adjacent pipe. During laying operation, no debris, tools, clothing or other materials shall be placed in the pipe. As each length of pipe is placed in the trench, the spigot end shall be centered in the bell and the pipe forced home and brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place with approved backfill material tamped under it except at the bells. Precautions shall be taken to prevent dirt from entering the joint space. At times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of pipe shall be closed by a watertight plug or other means approved by the Engineer. The cutting of pipe for inserting valves, fittings, or closure pieces shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe or cement lining and so as to leave a smooth end at right angles to the axis of the pipe. Pipe shall be laid with bell ends facing in the direction of laying unless directed otherwise by the Engineer. Where pipe is laid on the grade of ten percent (10 %) or greater, the laying shall start at bottom and shall proceed upward with the bell ends of the pipe upgrade. Wherever it is necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line, either in the vertical or horizontal plane to avoid obstructions or to plumb stems, or where long radius curves are permitted, the amount of deflection allowed shall not exceed that allowed under the latest edition of ANSUAWWA C600 -82 and C900 81 or latest revisions. No pipe shall be laid when, in the opinion of the Engineer, trench conditions are unsuitable. 503 -3. SETTING OF VALVES, HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS 503 -3.1. GENERAL Valves, hydrants, fittings, plugs and caps shall be set and joined to pipe in the manner specified above for installation of pipe. 503 -3.2. VALVES Valves in water mains shall, where possible, be located on the street property lines extended unless shown otherwise on the plans. All valves shall be installed at the tee in all cases, not to exceed eighteen inches (18 ") from the main line. SECTION IV Page 48 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications The valve box shall not transmit any shock or stress to the valve and shall be centered and plumb over the wrench nut of the valve, with the box cover flush with the surface of the finished pavement or such other level as may be directed. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 1 of 5 & Sheet 2 of 5 for potable water valve pad detail, and City Index No. 502; Sheet 1 of 2 & Sheet 2 of 2 for reclaimed water valve box and pad detail. 503-3.3. HYDRANTS Hydrants shall be located as shown or as directed so as to provide complete accessibility and minimize the possibility of damage from vehicles or injury to pedestrians. All hydrants located ten feet (10') of more from the main shall have a gate valve at the main and another gate valve at the hydrant location. No valve can be located anywhere in the hydrant run to circumvent the use of two valves. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 5 of 5 for potable water hydrants. No hydrants shall be installed on the reclaimed water system unless approved by the City of Clearwater's Engineering Department. All hydrants shall stand plumb and shall have their nozzles parallel with, or at right angles to, the curb, with the pumper nozzle facing the curb. Hydrants shall be set to the established grade, with nozzles as shown or as directed by the Engineer. Each hydrant shall be connected to the main with a six inch (6 ") ductile iron branch controlled by an independent six inch (6 ") gate valve. If hydrant is placed greater than ten feet (10') from the main, an additional valve shall be installed at the hydrant and shall be included in the hydrant assembly cost. 503 -3.4. ANCHORAGE Movement of all plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., unless otherwise specified shall be prevented by attaching approved mechanical restraining rings or glands and installed per manufacturer's recommendations. Hydrants shall be held in place with restrained swivel joints. Restraining mechanical joint glands on hydrants may be used where hydrant run out length precludes the use of hydrant connecting swivel joints. Where special anchorage is required, such anchorage shall be in accordance with details shown on the plans. 503-4. CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES Where shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer, the water lines constructed under this contract shall be connected to the existing lines now in place. No such connection shall be made until all requirements of the specifications as to tests, flushing, and sterilization have been met and the plan of the cut in to the existing line has been approved by the Engineer. Where connections are made between new work and existing work, the connections shall be made in a thorough and workmanlike manner using proper materials and fittings to suit the actual conditions. All fittings shall be properly sterilized and pipe will be properly swabbed before connections to existing facilities. All connections to existing facilities will be completed under the supervision of the City of Clearwater. SECTION IV Page 49 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 504. TESTS 504 -1. HYDROSTATIC TESTS After installation of water mains, complete with all associated appurtenances including service taps, all sections of newly laid main shall be subject to a hydrostatic pressure test of 150 pounds per square inch for a period of two (2) hours and shall conform to AWWA C600 latest revision. All mains shall be pigged and flushed to remove all sand and other foreign matter before any hydrostatic test can or will be performed. The pressure test shall be applied by means of a pump connected to the pipe in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. The pump, pipe connection and all necessary apparatus, together with operating personnel, shall be furnished by the Contractor at their expense. The Contractor shall make all necessary taps into the pipe line. The Owner will furnish the water for the test. Before applying the test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipe line. 504 -2. NOTICE OF TEST The Contractor shall give the City of Clearwater's Owner Representative forty -eight (48) hours advance notice of the time when the installation is ready for hydrostatic testing. 505. STERILIZATION Before the system is put into operation, all water mains and appurtenances and any item of new construction with which the water comes in contact, shall be thoroughly sterilized in accordance with AWWA C651. 505 -1. STERILIZING AGENT The sterilizing agent shall be liquid chlorine, sodium hypochlorite solution conforming to Federal Specification O- S -602B, Grade D, or dry hypochlorite, commonly known as "HTH" or "Perchloron ". 505 -2. FLUSHING SYSTEM Prior to the application of the sterilization agent, all mains shall be thoroughly flushed. Flushing shall continue until a clean, clear stream of water flows from the hydrants. Where hydrants are not available for flushing, such flushing shall be accomplished at the installed blow off devices generally at the ends of the lines. 505 -3. STERILIZATION PROCEDURE All piping, valves, fittings and all other appurtenances shall be sterilized with water containing a minimum chlorine concentration of 75 ppm at any point in the system. This solution shall then remain in the distribution system for a minimum contact period of eight (8) hours and never more than twenty -four (24) hours before it is flushed out. All valves in the lines being sterilized shall be opened and closed several times during the contact period. SECTION IV Page 50 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 505-4. RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS After the sterilization outlined above has been accomplished, flushing shall continue until free residual chlorine tests not less than 0.2 ppm nor more than 3.0 ppm. Residual chlorine test shall be in accordance with standard methods using a standard DPD test set. 505 -5. BACTERIAL TESTS After the water system has been sterilized and thoroughly flushed as specified herein, City of Clearwater Water Division or the Owner's Representative personnel shall take samples of water from remote points of the distribution system in suitable sterilized containers. The City shall forward the samples to a laboratory certified by the Florida State Board of Health for bacterial examination in accordance with AWWA C651. If tests of such samples indicate the presence of coliform organisms, the sterilization as outlined above shall be repeated until tests indicate the absence of such pollution. The bacterial tests shall be satisfactorily completed before the system is placed in operation and it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to perform the sterilization as outlined above. If methods of sterilization differ materially from those outlined above, such methods shall be in accordance with directives of the Florida State Board of Health and all methods employed shall have the approval of that agency. Definite instructions as to the collection and shipment of samples shall be secured from the laboratory prior to sterilization and shall be followed in all respects. The City of Clearwater shall secure clearance of the water main from the Florida Department of Environmental Protection before the water distribution system is put into operation. 506. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 506 -1. GENERAL Bids must include all sections and items as specified herein and as listed on the Bid Form. Payment for the work of constructing the project will be made at the unit price or lump sum payment for the items of work as set forth in the Bid, which payment will constitute full compensation for all labor, equipment, and materials required to complete the work. No separate payment will be made for the following items and the cost of such work shall be included in the applicable pay items of work: • Clearing and grubbing • Excavation, including necessary pavement removal • Shoring and/or dewatering • Structural fill • Backfill • Grading • Tracer wire • Refill materials • Joint materials • Tests and sterilization • Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable system. SECTION IV Page 51 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 506 -2. FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER MAINS 506 -2.1. MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the actual number of feet of pipe of each size and type satisfactorily furnished and laid, as measured along the centerline of the completed pipe line, including the length of valves and fittings. 506 -2.2. PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, materials and equipment, and constructing the water mains completely and ready for operation. 506 -3. FURNISH AND INSTALL FITTINGS 506 -3.1. MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment will be the number of tons, or decimal part thereof, of ductile iron fittings satisfactorily furnished and installed. Fitting weights shall be based on weights stamped on the body of the fitting, provided such weights do not exceed the theoretical weights by more than the tolerances permitted in ANSIIAW WA C 110 /A 21.10 82, latest revision, in which case, the weight will be based upon the theoretical weight plus the maximum tolerance. 506 -3.2. PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, materials, and equipment required to furnish and install ductile iron fittings. 506-4. FURNISH AND INSTALL GATE VALVES COMPLETE WITH BOXES AND COVERS 506 -4.1. MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the number of gate valves of each size satisfactorily furnished and installed. 506 -4.2. PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price for each size shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, material and equipment and installing the valve complete with box and cover. 506 -5. FURNISH AND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS 506 -5.1. MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the number of fire hydrants satisfactorily furnished and installed. The only hydrants allowed to be installed in the City of Clearwater utilities system are listed in Article 501 -2.5 of these Technical Specifications. No exceptions. SECTION IV Page 52 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications • 506 -5.2. PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, material and equipment and installing the fire hydrant completely including necessary thrust anchorage, six inch (6 ") pipe between the main and the hydrant and gate valve and valve box on the hydrant lead. SECTION IV Page 53 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 600 SERIES: STORMWATER 601. RAISING OR LOWERING OF STORM DRAINAGE STRUCTURES Storm Drainage Structures shall be raised or lowered as indicated on the plans or as indicated by the Engineer. 601 -1. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment, unless covered by a bid item, shall be included in the cost of the work. 602. UNDERDRAINS The Contractor shall construct sub - surface drainage pipe as directed in the Scope of Work and detail drawings contained in the Project construction plans. In general, underdrain pipe shall be embedded in a bed of #6 FDOT aggregate, located behind the back of curb and aggregate surface covered with a non - degradable fibrous type filter material. A #57 aggregate may be used in lieu of #6 if it is washed and screened to remove fines. The aggregate may be stone, slag or crushed gravel. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, underdrain pipe shall be eight inches (8 ") in diameter, polyvinyl chloride pipe, in conformance with ASTM F- 758 "Standard Specification For Smooth Wall PVC Underdrain Systems for Highways" latest revision, minimum stiffness of 46 in conformance with ASTM D2412, perforations in conformance with AASHTO M -189 described in FDOT Section 948 -1.5 or latest revision and in conformance with ASTM D3034 - SDR 35. Alternate acceptable underdrain pipe material is Contech A -2000 which is a rigid PVC pipe that exceeds ASTM Specifications D1784, minimum cell classification of 12454B or 12454C, manufactured per ASTM F949 -93a, minimum pipe stiffness of 50 psi, with no evidence of splitting, cracking or breaking when pipe is tested in accordance with ASTM D2412 at 60% flatting and with a double gasket joint. Underdrain pipe placed beneath existing driveways and roadways shall be non - perforated pipe with compacted backfill. All poly- chloride pipe which has become deteriorated due to exposure to ultra violet radiation shall be rejected. Where ductile iron pipe is specified, pipe material shall be the same as specified for potable water pipe in these technical specifications. All underdrain aggregate shall be fully encased in a polyester filter fabric "sock" (Mirafi 140 -N or approved equal) per the construction detail drawings. Filter aggregate for underdrains shall be as specified in the FDOT Standard Specifications, Section 901 — Course Aggregate, and shall be either #6 or #57. If #57 is used, it must be washed and screened to remove fines. The aggregate may be stone, slag, or crushed gravel. 602 -1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Measurement shall be the number of linear feet of eight inch (8 ") Sub -drain in place and accepted. SECTION IV Page 54 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications • 602 -2. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be based upon the unit price per linear foot for underdrain as measured above, which shall be full compensation for all work described in this section of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, and labor necessary to construct the underdrain (specifically underdrain pipe, aggregate and filter fabric). Underdrain clean -outs, sod, driveway, road and sidewalk restoration shall be paid by a separate bid item. 603. STORM SEWERS All storm drain pipe installed within the City of Clearwater shall be steel reinforced concrete unless otherwise approved by the City Engineer. Said pipe shall comply with Section 430 of FDOT Standard Specifications. All reinforced concrete pipe joints shall be wrapped with Mirafi 140N filter fabric or equivalent (as approved by the City Engineer). The cost for all pipe joint wraps shall be included in the unit price for the pipe. All pipe, just before being lowered into a trench, is to be inspected and cleaned. If any difficulty is found in fitting the pieces together, this fitting is to be done on the surface of the street before laying the pipe, and the tops plainly marked in the order in which they are to be laid. No pipe is to be trimmed or chipped to fit. Each piece of pipe is to be solidly and evenly bedded, and not simply wedged up. Before finishing each joint, some suitable device is to be used to find that the inverts coincide and pipe is clear throughout. • 603 -1. TESTING AND INSPECTION The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a watertight sewer under all conditions. The work under this Article shall include the internal video recording of new stormwater drainage pipes and drainage structures. The Contractor shall provide the City with a video of the completed stormwater drainage system, and a written report. The Contractor shall pump down and clean the pipes and drainage structures, to the satisfaction of the City, prior to video recording. The video shall be of the standard DVD format, in color, with all the pertinent data and observations recorded as audio on the DVD. The data should include: 1) An accurate recorded footage of the pipe lengths. 2) The drainage structure number and pipe size. 3) The run of the pipe and direction of flow (i.e. from S -1 to S -2). 4) Details of structural defects, broken pipes, sags, dips, misalignments, obstructions and infiltration. The written report shall include the four (4) items listed previously. All visual and video recording inspections shall be completed by the Contractor and be in accordance with Section 430 -4.8 of FDOT Standard Specifications. Any deficient or damaged pipe discovered during the video recording process shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to repair or replace at their own expense within the contractual duration. SECTION IV Page 55 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications As a complement to the video report, the Contractor shall also provide digital photos of areas of concern in electronic (computer CD/DVD) and hard copy form (in color). All known pipe breaks or those breaks discovered after the video inspection shall be repaired by the Contractor regardless of the test allowances. Faulty sections of drainage pipes or drainage structures rejected by the Engineer shall be removed and re -laid by the Contractor. Sections of pipe that are repaired, re -laid or replaced shall be accompanied with a corresponding post construction video inspection at the Contractor's expense. In all cases that a leakk is found, re- inspection shall be required at the Contractor's expense, to confirm that the problem has been resolved. 603 -2. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per linear foot for storm sewer pipe in place and accepted, measured along the centerline of the storm sewer pipe to the inside face of exterior walls of storm manholes or drainage structures and to the outside face of endwalls. Said unit price includes all work required to install the pipe (i.e. all materials, equipment, filter fabric wrap, gravel bedding if needed for stabilization, labor and incidentals, etc.). 604. STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS OR OTHER STORM STRUCTURES For details on specific design of a type of storm structure refer to Index Numbers 201 to 231. When required, inlets, catch basins or other structures shall be constructed according to the plans and applicable parts of the specifications, Articles 301, 302, 303 and 202, and as approved by the Engineer. Said structures shall be protected from damage by the elements or other causes until acceptance of the work. 604 -1. BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES Built up type manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on Index Numbers 201. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semi circular in shape conforming to inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smooth curve of as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be made gradually and evenly. Invert channels shall be built up with grout. The storm structure floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels. Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be smoothed from inside of the manholes. The entire exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with a skim coat of one half inch (1/2 ") of mortar. Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a stretcher course. In cases where a storm pipe extends inside a structure, the excess pipe will be cut off with a concrete saw and shall not be removed with a sledge hammer. SECTION IV Page 56 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications • 604 -2. PRECAST TYPE Precast manholes shall be constructed as shown on Index 202. The manhole base shall be set on a pad of dry native sand approximately five inches (5 ") thick to secure proper seating and bearing. Precast Manholes and Junction Boxes: The Contractor may substitute precast manholes and junction boxes in lieu of cast in place units unless otherwise shown on the plans. Precast Inlets will not be acceptable. When precast units are substituted, the construction of such units must be in accordance with ASTM C 478, or the standard specifications at the manufacturer's option. Precast structures must also meet the requirement that on the lateral faces, either inside or outside, the distance between precast openings for pipe or precast opening and top edge of precast structure be no less than wall thickness. A minimum of four courses of brick will be provided under manhole ring so that future adjustment of manhole lid can be accommodated. Manhole steps shall not be provided. 604 -3. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment for Junction Boxes, Manholes or other structures shall be on a unit basis. 605. GABIONS AND MATTRESSES 605 -1. MATERIAL • 605 -1.1. PVC COATED WIRE MESH GABIONS & MATTRESSES 605 - 1.1.1. GABION & MATTRESS BASKETS Gabion and mattress baskets units shall conform to ASTM A975, be of non - raveling construction and fabricated from a double twist by twisting each pair of wires through three half turns developing the appearance of a triple twist. The galvanized wire core shall have a diameter of 0.106 inches. 605 - 1.1.2. PVC (POLYVINYL CHLORIDE) COATING The coating shall be gray in color and shall have a nominal thickness of 0.0216 inches but not less than 0.015 inches in thickness. The protective PVC plastic shall be suitable to resist deleterious effects from exposure to light, immersion in salt or polluted water and shall not show any material difference in its initial compound properties. The PVC compound is also resistant to attack from acids and resistant to abrasion. The PVC coating shall be extruded and adhere to the wire core prior to weaving. The PVC coated wire shall be woven into a double twisted hexagonal mesh having uniform openings of 3 1/4 inches by 4 %2 inches. The overall diameter of the mesh wire (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) shall be 0.146 inches. Selvedge and reinforcing wire shall be of heavily galvanized wire core, 0.134 inches in diameter, coated with PVC and having an overall diameter (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) of 0.174 inches. Lacing and connecting wire shall be of soft tensile strength (75,000 PSI max), heavily galvanized wire core, 0.087 inches in diameter, coated with PVC and having an overall diameter (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) of 0.127 inches. SECTION IV Page 57 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications The use of alternate wire fasteners shall be permitted in lieu of tie wire providing the alternate fastener produces a four (4) wire selvedge joint with a strength of 1200 lbs. per linear foot while remaining in a locked and closed condition. Properly formed interlocking fasteners shall be spaced from 4 to 6 inches and have a minimum 3/4 square inch inside area to properly confine the required selvedge wires. 605 - 1.1.3. GABION AND MATTRESS FILLER MATERIAL: The filler stone shall be from a source approved by the Engineer before delivery is started. Representative preliminary samples of the stone shall be submitted by the contractor or supplier for examination and testing by the Engineer. The stone shall have a minimum specific gravity of 2.3 and be of a quality and durability sufficient to insure permanency in the structure. The individual stones shall be free of cracks, seams, and other defects that would tend to promote deterioration from natural causes, or which might reduce the stones to sizes that could not be retained in the gabion or mattress baskets. All filler material shall be uniformly graded between 4 inch and 8 inch (equivalent spherical diameter) and shall be angular in form. Rounded stones shall not exceed 10% of the stone, by weight and 70% of the stone, by weight, shall exceed the largest dimension of the mesh opening. Crushed concrete shall not be used for filler material. 605 - 1.1.4. GEOTEXTILE FABRIC Fabric shall conform to FDOT Standard Specifications, Section 985. 605 -2. PERFORMANCE Gabions and Reno Mattresses shall be installed according to the manufacturer's recommendations and as shown on the Drawings. Fabrication of gabion baskets shall be in such a manner that the sides, ends, lid and diaphragms can be assembled at the construction site into rectangular baskets of the sizes specified and shown on the Drawings. Gabions and mattresses shall be of single unit construction; the base, lid ends and sides shall be either woven into a single unit or one edge of these members connected to the base section of the gabion in such a manner that the strength and flexibility at the connecting point is at least equal to that of the mesh. Where the length of the gabion and mattress exceeds one and one -half its horizontal width, they shall be equally divided by diaphragms of the same mesh and gauge as the mattresses shall be furnished with the necessary diaphragms secured in proper position on the base so that no additional tying is required at this juncture. The wire mesh is to be fabricated so that it will not ravel. This is defined as the ability to resist pulling apart at any of the twists or connections forming the mesh when a single wire strand in a section of mesh is cut. Each gabion or mattress shall be assembled by tying all untied edges with binding wire. The binding wire shall be tightly looped around every other mesh opening along seams so that single and double loops are alternated. A line of empty gabions shall be placed into position according to the contract drawings and binding wire shall be used to securely tie each unit to the adjoining one along the vertical SECTION IV Page 58 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications reinforced edges and the top selvedges. The base of the empty gabions placed on top of a filled line of gabions shall be tightly wire to the latter at front and back. To achieve better alignment and finish in retaining walls, gabion stretching is recommended. Connecting wires shall be inserted during the filling operation in the following manner: Gabions shall be filled to one third full and one connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to opposite faces of each cell at one third height. The gabion shall then be filled to two thirds full and one connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to opposite face of each cell at one two third height. The cell shall then be filled to the top. Filler stone shall not be dropped more than twelve inches (12 ") into the gabions and mattresses. Geotextile fabric shall be installed at locations shown in the Drawings. The surface to receive the cloth shall be prepared to a relatively smooth condition free of obstructions which may tear or cut the cloth. The panel shall be overlapped a minimum of 30 inches and secured against movement. Cloth damaged or displaced during installation, gabion work, or backfill shall be replaced or repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer at the contractor's expense. The work shall be scheduled so that the fabric is not exposed to ultraviolet light more than the manufacturer's recommendations or five days, whichever is less. In wet conditions, a base shall be established by spreading and compacting #57 stone prior to placement of geotextile fabric and gabions or mattresses. SECTION IV Page 59 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 700 SERIES: STREETS AND SIDEWALKS 701. RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS, CURBS, SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT Driveways, sidewalks, and curbs destroyed or damaged during construction shall be replaced and shall be the same type of material as destroyed or damaged, or to existing City Standards, whichever provides the stronger repair. All street pavement destroyed or damaged shall be replaced with the same type of material, to existing City Standards, unless the existing base is unsuitable as determined by the Engineer, then the base shall be replaced with City approved material. All replaced base shall be a minimum eight inches (8 ") compacted thickness, or same thickness as base destroyed plus two inches (2 "), if over six inches (6 "), and compacted to 98% of maximum density per AASHTO T-180. Unless called for in the proposal as separate bid items, cost of the above work including labor, materials and equipment required shall be included in the bid price per linear foot of main or square yard of base. The bid price for street pavement, restoration or replacement when called for in the proposals, shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work, and shall be paid for on a square yard basis. When replacement is over a trench for utilities, the area of replacement shall be limited to twice the depth of the cut plus twice the inside diameter of the pipe. All necessary restoration exceeding this footprint will be at the Contractor's expense. The bid price for restoration or placement of driveways, curbs and sidewalks, when called for in the proposals, shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work and shall be paid for on the basis of the following units: Driveways, plant mix - per square yard: concrete - per square foot; curbs - per linear foot; sidewalk four inches (4 ") or six inches (6 ") thick - per square foot. Concrete walks at drives shall be a minimum of six inches (6 ") thick and be reinforced with 6/6 X 10 /10 welded wire mesh (also see Articles 303 and 707). The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of twenty -four (24) hours in advance of all driveway, curb, sidewalk and street restoration and replacement work. 702. ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE 702 -1. BASE This specification describes the construction of roadway base and subgrade. The Contractor shall refer to Section IV, Article 101 "Scope of Work" of the City's Contract Specifications for additional roadway base and subgrade items. Roadway base shall be eight inches (8 ") compacted minimum thickness unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The subgrade shall be twelve inches (12 ") compacted minimum thickness with a minimum Limerock Bearing Ratio (LBR) of 40 unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory a Proctor and an LBR for each type material. The Contractor shall also have an independent testing laboratory perform all required density testing. Where unsuitable material is SECTION IV Page 60 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications found within the limits of the base, Section IV, Article 204 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the City's Technical Specifications will apply. Once the roadway base is completed, it shall be primed that same day (unless otherwise directed by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Repairs required to the base that result from a failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done to the City's satisfaction, and at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until the City approves the repaired base. The cost for placement of prime material shall be included in the bid item for base. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of twenty -four (24) hours in advance of all base and subgrade placement or reworking. The following base materials are acceptable: 1. Shell Base: Shell base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 200 and 913 of FDOT's Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The shell shall be FDOT approved. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 2. Limerock Base: Limerock base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 200 and 911 of FDOT's Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The limerock shall be from a FDOT approved certified pit. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 3. Crushed Concrete Base: Crushed concrete base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 204 and 901 of FDOT's Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The crushed concrete material shall be FDOT approved. The Contractor shall provide certified laboratory tests on gradation to confirm that the crushed concrete base material conforms to the above specifications. The LBR shall be a minimum of 100. LBR and gradation tests shall be provided to the City by the Contractor once a week for continuous operations, or every 1000 tons of material, unless requested more frequently by the City Engineer or designee. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 4. Superpave Asphalt Base: Full depth asphalt base shall be constructed in accordance with Section 234 of FDOT's Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The cost for preparation, placement, and compaction shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. The cost of the tack coat shall be included in the bid item price for asphalt or base. 5. Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement Base: Reclaimed asphalt pavement base shall be constructed in accordance with Section 283 of FDOT's Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. As per FDOT Section 283, RAP material shall be used as a base course only on non - limited access paved shoulders, shared use paths, or other non - traffic bearing applications. The cost for preparation, placement, and compaction shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. The cost of the tack coat shall be included in the bid item price for asphalt or base. SECTION IV Page 61 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 702 -1.1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE The basis of measurement shall be the number of square yards of base in place and accepted as called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency shall be a half -inch (1/2 "). Areas deficient in thickness shall either be fixed by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if so approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be made for such deficient areas that are left in place. 702 -1.2. BASIS OF PAYMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE The unit price for base shall include: all materials, roadbed preparation, placement, spreading, compaction, finishing, prime, base, subgrade (unless the plans specify a separate pay item), stabilization, mixing, testing, equipment, tools, hauling, labor, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment for asphalt base shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 702 -2. SUBGRADE All subgrade shall be stabilized and constructed in accordance with Sections 160 and 914 of FDOT's Standard Specifications unless otherwise noted herein. All subgrade shall have a minimum compacted thickness of 12" unless otherwise shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer. If limerock is used, it shall also meet the requirements of Section 911 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Where unsuitable material is found within the limits of the subgrade, Section IV, Article 204 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the City's Contract Specifications will apply. The extent of said removal shall be determined by the Engineer in accordance with accepted construction practices. The Contractor is responsible for clearing, grading, filling, and removing any trees or vegetation in the roadbed below the subgrade to prepare it per the plans. The cost of this work shall be included in the unit price for base or subgrade. The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory the bearing value of the subgrade after the materials are mixed for the stabilized subgrade. 702 -2.1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be the number of square yards of stabilized subgrade in place and accepted as called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency for mixing depth shall be per Section 161 -6.4 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Acceptable bearing values shall be per Section 160 -7.2 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Areas deficient in thickness or bearing values shall either be corrected by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if so approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be made for such deficient areas that are left in place. 702 -2.2. BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for subgrade shall include: roadbed preparation, placement, spreading, compaction, finishing, testing, stabilizing, mixing, materials, hauling, labor, equipment and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, subgrade shall be included in the bid item for base. SECTION IV Page 62 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications • 703. ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS This specification is for the preparation and application of all asphaltic concrete materials on roadway surfaces unless otherwise noted. • 703 -1. ASPHALTIC CONCRETE 703 -1.1. AGGREGATE All aggregates shall be obtained from an approved FDOT source and shall conform to Sections 901 through 915 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. 703 -1.2. BITUMINOUS MATERIALS All bituminous materials shall conform to Section 916 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. 703 -2. HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES - PLANT, METHODS, EQUIPMENT & QUALITY ASSURANCE The plant and methods of operation used to prepare all asphaltic concrete and bituminous materials shall conform to the requirements of Section 320 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Unless otherwise noted, all acceptance procedures and quality controllassurance procedures shall conform to the requirements of Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. The City shall have the right to have an independent testing laboratory select, test, and analyze, at the expense of the City, test specimens of any or all materials to be used. The results of such tests and analyses shall be considered, along with the tests or analyses made by the Contractor, to determine compliance with the applicable specifications for the materials so tested or analyzed. The Contractor hereby understands and accepts that wherever any portion of the work is discovered, as a result of such independent testing or investigation by the City, which fails to meet the requirements of the Contract documents, all costs of such independent inspection and investigation as well as all costs of removal, correction, reconstruction, or repair of any such work shall be borne solely by the Contractor. Payment reductions for asphalt related items shall be determined by the following: 1. Density per FDOT's Standard Specifications. 2. Final surface or friction course tolerances per FDOT's Standard Specifications. 3. Thickness will be determined from core borings. Deficiencies of 1/4" or greater shall be corrected by the Contractor, without compensation, by either replacing the full thickness for a length extending at least twenty -five feet (25') from each end of the deficient area, or when the Engineer allows for an overlay per FDOT's Standard Specifications. In addition, for excesses of one - quarter inch (1/4") or greater, the Engineer will determine if the excess area shall be removed and replaced at no compensation, or if the pavement in question can remain with payment to be made based on the thickness specified in the contract. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of twenty -four (24) hours in advance of the placement of all asphalt. SECTION IV Page 63 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 703 -3. ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES All asphalt mix designs, acceptance procedures and quality control /assurance procedures shall conform to the requirements of Sections 330 and 334 of FDOT Standard Specifications. All asphalt mix designs shall be approved by the Engineer prior to the commencement of the paving operation. Reclaimed asphalt pavement (RAP) material may be substituted for aggregate in the asphaltic concrete mixes up to 25% by weight. 703-4. ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS All asphalt pavement designs shall conform to the following requirements: Type SP /Spec 334 -1 Type FC /Spec 337 -8 Type B /Spec 234 -8 ATPB /287 -8 703 -5. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The general construction requirements for all hot bituminous pavements (including limitations of operations, preparation of mixture, preparation of surface, placement and compaction of mixture, surface requirements, correction of unacceptable pavement, Quality Control Testing, etc.) shall be in accordance with Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. 703 -6. CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION 703 -6.1. CRACKS Cracks in roadway pavement shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by the following steps: 1. All debris to be removed from cracks by compressed air or other suitable method. 2. Apply a multiple layered application of bituminous binder and fine aggregate, as appropriate to the depth of the crack until the void of the crack is completely filled to the level of the surrounding roadway surface. 3. If application of asphaltic concrete is not to begin immediately after crack repair, cracks are to be sanded to prevent vehicular tracking. 4. Payment for crack filling shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete. 703 -6.2. POTHOLES Potholes shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by the following steps: 1. All debris is to be removed from potholes by hand, sweeping, or other suitable method. 2. A tack coat is to be applied to the interior surface of the pothole. 3. The pothole is to be completely filled with asphaltic concrete, and thoroughly compacted. SECTION IV Page 64 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 4. Payment for pothole preparation shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete. 703 -7. ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and storm drain manholes and appurtenances shall be accomplished by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be paid on a per unit basis for each item. The use of manhole adjustment risers is acceptable under the following conditions: The riser shall meet or exceed all FDOT material, weld, and construction requirements. The riser shall consist of an A -36 hot rolled steel meeting or exceeding the minimum requirements of A.S.T.M. A -36. The riser shall be a single piece with a stainless steel adjustment stud and shall have a rust resistant finish. The use of cast iron, plastic, or fiberglass risers is not permitted. In addition, the installation of each riser shall be per manufacturer's specifications. Each manhole shall be individually measured, and each riser shall be physically marked to ensure that the proper riser is used. Also, the ring section shall be cleaned, and a bead of chemically resistant epoxy applied to the original casting, prior to installation of the riser. It is the Contractor's responsibility to ensure that the manholes are measured, the risers are physically marked, the ring sections are thoroughly cleaned, and that the epoxy is properly applied prior to installation of each riser. If risers are not used, the adjustment of manholes shall be accomplished by the removal of pavement around manhole, grade adjustment of ring and cover, and acceptable replacement and compaction of roadway materials prior to paving. A full depth backfill using asphalt is acceptable. The use of Portland cement for backfill is not acceptable. All manhole and valve adjustments shall be accomplished prior to the application of final asphaltic concrete surface. Unless otherwise noted in the specs or on the plans, the paving operation shall occur within seven (7) calendar days from the completion of the adjustment. On arterial roadways, the manholes are to be ramped with asphalt during the time period between initial adjustment and final resurfacing. Water and gas valves, sewer cleanouts, valve boxes, tree aeration vents, etc., will be adjusted by the Contractor with the cost for this work to be included in the unit cost of the asphalt. Care must be taken around said appurtenances to ensure that they are not paved over. It is the Contractor's responsibility to inform the owners of all utilities of impending work and coordinate their adjustments so they are completed prior to the scheduled paving. 703 -8. ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS 1. All impacted radius returns within project limits shall be paved unless otherwise directed by the Construction Inspector or Engineer, with payment to be included in the per ton bid item for asphalt. 2. All pavement markings impacted by placement of asphalt shall be replaced prior to the road being open to traffic unless otherwise noted in the contract scope and plans. 3. All project related debris shall be hauled off the job site by the Contractor in a timely manner and at their own expense in conformance with all regulatory requirements. SECTION IV Page 65 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 4. The Contractor shall pay particular attention to sweeping when paving. Prior to paving, all construction areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper (either vacuum or mechanical type) that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt. The sweeper must be equipped with its own water supply for pre- wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, the Contractor shall sweep debris off of sidewalks, driveways, curbs and roadways each day before leaving the job site. 5. The application of tack and prime coats (either required or placed at the Engineer's discretion) shall be placed per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Tack shall also be applied to the face of all curbs and driveways. The cost (including heating, hauling and applying) shall be included in the per ton bid item for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 6. Leveling course and spot patching shall be applied to sections of the road as noted on the plans, or as directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 7. If an asphalt rubber binder is required, it shall conform to the requirements of Section 336 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. 8. On all streets with curb and gutter, the final compacted asphalt shall be one - quarter inch CA") above the lip or face of said curb per City Index 101. 703 -9. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Basis of measurement will be the number of tons of asphaltic concrete completed, in place and accepted. Truck scale weights will be required for all asphaltic concrete used. 703 -10. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be made at the contract unit price for asphaltic concrete surface as specified and measured above. This price shall include all materials, preparation, hauling, placement, tack and/or prime coat either required or placed at Engineer's discretion, leveling, spot patching, filling of cracks, pothole repair, sweeping, debris removal, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the asphalt work in accordance with the plans and specifications. 704. ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT When this Article applies to the contract, the unit bid price for asphalt will be adjusted in accordance with the following provisions: 1. Price adjustment for asphalt shall only be made when the current FDOT Asphalt Price Index varies more than ten percent (10 %) from the bid price at the time of the bid opening. 2. The Bituminous Material Payment Adjustment Index published monthly by the FDOT shall be used for the adjustment of unit prices. This report is available on FDOT's internet site. The address is: http: / /www. dot. state.fl.us /construction/fuel &bit /fuel &bit.shtm. For additional information, call FDOT at (850) 414 -4252. SECTION IV Page 66 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications • 3. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at the time of the bid opening will be used for the initial determination of the asphalt price. • 4. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at the time of placement of the asphalt will be used for payment calculation. 5. The monthly billing period for contract payment will be the same as the monthly period for the FDOT Payment Adjustment Index. 6. No adjustment in bid prices will be made for either tack coat or prime coat. 7. No price adjustment reflecting any further increases in the cost of asphalt will be made for any month after the expiration of the allowable contract time. 8. The City reserves the right to make adjustments for decreases in the cost of asphalt. 705. ASPHALT DRIVEWAYS New driveways or existing asphalt driveways that must be altered for project construction shall be constructed or replaced in accordance with the specifications for paving the street with the exception that the base shall be six inches (6 "). Remove only enough to allow adequate grade for access to the street. Use Article 703 Asphaltic Concrete, of these Technical Specifications, as specified for the street paving. When the finished surface of the existing drive is gravel, replacement shall be of like material. Payment shall be the same as Asphalt Driveways. 705 -1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Measurement shall be the number of square yard of Asphalt Driveways in place and accepted. 705 -2. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per square yard for Asphalt Driveways as measured above, which price shall be full compensation for all work described in this section of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 706. CONCRETE CURBS Concrete Curbs shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans. Unless otherwise noted, all concrete curbs shall have fiber mesh reinforcement and have a minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals not to exceed 100 feet, and scored joints shall be placed at intervals not to exceed ten feet (10'). In addition, all the requirements of City Articles 301, 302 and 303 shall also apply. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of twenty -four (24) hours in advance of the placement of all concrete curbs. 706 -1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT • The basis of measurement shall be linear feet of curb in place and accepted. SECTION IV Page 67 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 706 -2. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per linear foot of curb, which price shall be full compensation for all work described in this and other applicable parts of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 707. CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS 707 -1. CONCRETE SIDEWALKS Concrete sidewalks shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans or herein specified. Unless otherwise noted, all concrete sidewalks shall have fiber mesh reinforcement and have a minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Unless otherwise specified, all concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum width of four feet (4'). Concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum thickness of four inches (4 "), except at driveway crossings where a minimum thickness of six inches (6 ") is required. Also, 6/6 X 10/10 welded wire mesh reinforcement is required for all sidewalk that crosses driveways. The welded wire mesh shall be positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No compensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals of not more than 100 hundred feet, and scoring marks shall be made every five feet (5'). Concrete shall be poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of Articles 301, 302 and 303 of these Technical Specifications shall also apply. 707 -2. CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS Concrete driveways, whether new construction or replacement, shall be a minimum of six inches (6') in thickness with 6/6 x 10/10 welded wire mesh reinforcement and a minimum horizontal distance between expansion joints of no less than four feet (4') measured in any direction. The welded wire mesh shall be positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No compensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Concrete shall be poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of Articles 301, 302 and 303 of these Technical Specifications shall also apply. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of twenty -four (24) hours in advance of the placement of all concrete sidewalks and driveways. 707 -3. CONCRETE CURB RAMPS The contractor is responsible for constructing ADA compliant concrete curb ramps per the plans and installing detectable warning surfaces on said ramps as called for in the plan set. Concrete curb ramps and detectable warning surfaces are to be constructed per FDOT Standards and Specifications. 707-4. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be the number of square feet of four inch (4 ") concrete sidewalk, six inch (6 ") concrete sidewalk, and six inch (6 ") concrete driveways in place and accepted. SECTION IV Page 68 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications • 707 -5. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per square foot for each item as measured above, which shall be full compensation for all work described in this section and other applicable parts of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, welded wire mesh where required, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. • • 708. MILLING OPERATIONS 708 -1. EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MILLED SURFACE Unless otherwise noted in the specs, plans or this Article, the milling operation shall be performed in accordance with Section 327 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall notify the City of Clearwater Project Representative a minimum of twenty -four (24) hours in advance of all milling. 708 -2. ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS 1. If the milling machine is equipped with preheating devices, the Contractor is responsible to secure any necessary permits, and for complying with all local, state and federal environmental regulations governing operation of this type of equipment. 2. All milled surfaces must be repaved within seven (7) days from the time it was milled, unless otherwise noted in the contract documents. 3. Prior to paving, all milled areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper either of the vacuum or the mechanical type that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt. The sweeper must be equipped with its own water supply for pre- wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, the Contractor shall sweep debris off of sidewalks, driveways and curbs in addition to the roadways before leaving the job site. 4. In cases where concrete valley swales are present, the adjoining pavement shall be milled to allow for the new asphalt grade to be flush with the concrete surface. 5. The Contractor shall be responsible for removing any asphalt that remains in the curb line and/or median curbs after the milling operation of a street is complete. The cost of this removal shall be included in the bid item for milling. 6. All radius returns on streets to be milled shall also be milled unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, with payment to be included in the bid item for milling. 7. Any leveling or base replacement required after milling shall be applied to sections of the road as noted on the plans, or directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 8. Any roadway base material exposed as a result of the milling operation shall be primed that same day (unless otherwise directed by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Repairs required to said base that result from a failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done to the City's satisfaction, and at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until the City SECTION IV Page 69 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications approves the repaired base. The cost of said prime shall be included in the bid item for milling. 9. Prior to the placement of asphalt, the face of all curbs and driveways shall be tacked after the milling operation is complete. 708 -3. SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS Unless otherwise specified, all salvageable materials resulting from milling operations shall remain the property of the City. The transporting and stockpiling of salvageable materials shall be performed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall contact the City Project Representative to schedule delivery of material at least 48 hours prior to starting work. 708-4. DISPOSABLE MATERIALS All surplus materials not claimed by the City shall become the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall dispose of the material in a timely manner and in accordance with all regulatory requirements in areas provided by the Contractor at no additional expense to the City. 708 -5. ADJUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES All private utilities and related structures requiring adjustment shall be located and adjusted by their owners at the owner's expense. City -owned utilities and structures shall be located by the Owner /City and adjusted by the contractor. The Contractor shall arrange their schedule to allow utility owners the time required for such adjustments (minimum 48 hours notice per State Statute). All utility adjustments shall be completed prior to the commencement of milling and resurfacing operations. 708 -6. ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and stormwater utility manholes and appurtenances shall be accomplished by the Contractor in accordance with Section IV, Article 703 -7 of the City's Technical Specifications. 708 -7. TYPES OF MILLING There are two types of milling used by the City: A. Wedge — This will consist of milling a six foot (6') wide strip along the curb line of the pavement adjacent to the curb so the new asphalt will align with the original curb height and pavement cross section. B. Full Width — This will consist of milling the entire roadway (i.e. curb line /edge of pavement to curb line /edge of pavement). All existing horizontal and vertical geometry shall remain unless otherwise indicated or approved by the Engineer. 708 -8. MILLING OF INTERSECTIONS Intersections, as well as other areas (including radius returns) are to be milled and repaved to restore and/or improve the original drainage characteristics. Said work should extend SECTION IV Page 70 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications • approximately fifty (50) to one hundred (100) feet in both directions from the low point of the existing swale. • • 708 -9. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The quantity to be paid for will be the area milled, in square yards, completed and accepted. 708 -10. BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for milling shall include: all materials, preparation, hauling, transporting and stockpiling of salvageable materials, disposal of all surplus material, any required milling of radius returns and intersections, prime and/or tack coat either required or placed at Engineer's discretion, removal of asphalt from curbs, sweeping, labor, equipment, and all incidentals necessary to complete the milling in accordance with the plans and specifications. SECTION IV Page 71 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 800 SERIES: TRAFFIC SIGNALS, SIGNS AND MARKINGS 801. TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS All traffic signal work shall be performed per FDOT's Standard Specifications (Sections 603 through 699), unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. This specification includes, but is not limited to, the following items: all necessary equipment, materials, guaranties, acceptance procedures, signal timings, field tests, grounding, conduit, signal and interconnect cable, span wire assemblies, pull and junction boxes, electrical power service assemblies, poles, signal assemblies, pedestrian assemblies, inductive loop detectors, pedestrian detectors, traffic controller assemblies, controller cabinets and accessories, removal of existing traffic signal equipment, and internally illuminated signs. All traffic signal installations shall be mast arms and conform to the requirements of FDOT's Mast Ann Assembly standard, and shall be signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the State of Florida. All mast arm calculations, as well as the geotechnical report, shall also be signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the State of Florida. All mast arm colors shall be determined and approved by the City prior to ordering from the manufacturer. All traffic signal indicators for vehicles and pedestrians shall be LEDs and, approved by both the City and FDOT. In addition to this, all pedestrian signal indicators shall utilize countdown features. Contractor changes to the operation of an existing signal is prohibited unless directed by the City's Traffic Engineering Division. All damaged inductive loop detectors shall be restored by the contractor per FDOT Index 17781. 801 -1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials, testing and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. 802. SIGNING AND MARKING All signing and marking work shall be performed per FDOT's Standard Specifications, unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. This specification includes the following work: RPM's (Section 706), painted traffic stripes and markings (Section 710), thermoplastic stripes and markings (Section 711) and tubular delineators /flex posts (Sections 705 and 972). The Contractor is responsible to ensure that striping is correctly placed. Errors in striping or markings shall be "blacked -out" with paint, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. No payment will be made for these incorrect or "blacked -out" areas. Omissions in striping or markings shall be corrected to the City's satisfaction prior to any payment being made. SECTION IV Page 72 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications The Contractor is responsible for restoring all striping in paint and reflective beading per the FDOT indices mentioned above. The City's Traffic Engineering department shall follow up with thermoplastic striping at a later date unless otherwise specified. 802 -1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. 803. ROADWAY LIGHTING All roadway lighting shall be constructed per Sections 715 and 992 of FDOT's Standard Specifications, unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. 803 -1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans and shall include all equipment, materials, testing and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. SECTION IV Page 73 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 900 SERIES: LANDSCAPING /RESTORATION 901. WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS Restoration is an important phase of construction, particularly to residents affected by the construction progress. The Contractor will be expected to complete restoration activities within a reasonable time following primary construction activity. Failure by the Contractor to accomplish restoration within a reasonable time shall be justification for a temporary stop on primary construction activity or a delay in approval of partial payment requests. Reasonable care shall be taken for existing shrubbery. Contractor shall replace all shrubbery removed or disturbed during construction. No separate payment shall be made for this work. The Contractor shall make provision and be responsible for the supply of all water, if needed, on any and all phases of the contract work. The Contractor shall not obtain water from local residents or businesses except as the Contractor shall obtain written permission. Reuse water is available for the Contractor's use without charge from the City's Water Reclamation Facilities, provided the water is used on City of Clearwater contractual work. Details for Contractor to obtain and reuse water from the Water Reclamation Facilities will be coordinated at the pre - construction conference. The Contractor's use of reuse water must conform to all regulatory requirements. 902. GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS 902 -1. IRRIGATION 902 -1.1. DESCRIPTION A. The work specified in this Section consists of the installation of an automatic underground irrigation system as shown or noted in the plans. Provide all labor, materials, equipment, services and facilities required to perform all work in connection with the underground sprinkler irrigation system, complete, as indicated on the drawings and/or specified. Work noted as "NIC ", "existing ", or "by others" is not included in this pay item. B. The irrigation plans are schematic in nature. Valves and pipes shall be located in the turf/landscape areas except at road/paving crossings. All piping under paving shall be sleeved. Changes in the irrigation system layout shall be modified with the approval of the Engineer. 902 - 1.1.1. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The irrigation work shall be installed by qualified personnel or a qualified irrigation subcontracting company that has experience in irrigation systems of similar size, scope, mainline, system pressure, controls, etc. SECTION IV Page 74 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications B. All applicable ANSI, ASTM, FED.SPEC. Standards and Specifications, and all applicable building codes and other public agencies having jurisdiction upon the work shall apply. C. Workmanship: All work shall be installed in a neat, orderly and responsible manner with the recognized standards of workmanship. The Engineer reserves the right to reject material or work which does not conform to the contract documents. Rejected work shall be removed or corrected at the earliest possible time at the Contractor's expense. D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: The Contractor shall prepare and deliver to the Engineer within ten (10) calendar days prior to completion of construction a minimum of three (3) hard cover binders, with three rings, containing the following information: 1. Index sheet stating the Contractor's address and business telephone number, twenty- four (24) hour emergency phone number, person to contact, list of equipment with name(s) and address(es) of local manufacturer's representative(s) and local supplier where replacement equipment can be purchased. 2. Catalog and part sheet on every material and equipment installed under this contract. 3. Complete operating and maintenance instructions on all major equipment. 4. Provide the Engineer and the City of Clearwater maintenance star with written and "hands on" instructions for major equipment and show evidence in writing to the Engineer at the conclusion of the project that this service has been rendered. a. Four -hour instruction (minimum) for the Drip Emitter equipment operation and maintenance. b. Two -hour instruction (minimum) for automatic control valve operation and maintenance. 902 - 1.1.2. PROJECT CONDITIONS A. The Contractor shall coordinate the work with all other trades, all underground improvements, the location and planting of trees and all other planting. Verify planting requiring excavation of twenty -four inch (24 ") diameter and larger with the Engineer prior to installation of main lines. B. Provide temporary irrigation at all times to maintain plant materials. C. The Contractor is responsible to maintain the work area and equipment until final acceptance by the Engineer. Repairs and replacement of equipment broken, stolen, or missing as well as regular maintenance operations shall be the obligation of the Contractor. D. The Contractor shall submit a traffic control plan (per FDOT specifications) to the Engineer prior to initiating construction on the site. The Contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance of traffic signs, barriers, and any additional equipment to comply with the FDOT standards and to ensure the safety of its employees and the public. SECTION IV Page 75 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 902 - 1.1.3. WARRANTY A. The Manufacturer(s) shall warrant the irrigation system components to give satisfactory service for one (1) year period from the date of acceptance by the Engineer and the City of Clearwater. Should any problems develop within the warranty period due to inferior or faulty materials, they shall be corrected at no expense to the City of Clearwater. 902 -1.2. PRODUCTS 902 - 1.2.1. GENERAL A. All materials throughout the system shall be new and in perfect condition. No deviations from the specifications shall be allowed except as noted. 902 - 1.2.2. PIPING A. The irrigation system pipe shall be as stated herein and shall be furnished, installed and tested in accordance with these specifications. B. All pipe is herein specified to be Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, 1120, Schedule 40, conforming to ASTM D2665 and D1785. C. All nipples, pipe connections, bushings, swing joints, connecting equipment to the mainline is required to be threaded Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, Schedule 80. 902 - 1.2.3. PIPE FITTINGS A. All pipe fittings for Schedule 40 PVC pipe shall be as follows: Fittings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D2466, Standard Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. All fittings shall bear the manufacturer's name or trademark, material designation, size, applicable IPS schedule and NSF seal of approval. The connection of mainline pipe to the automatic control valve shall be assembled with threaded Schedule 80 fittings and threaded Schedule 80 nipples. 902 - 1.2.4. PVC PIPE CEMENT AND PRIMER A. Provide solvent cement and primer for PVC solvent weld pipe and fittings as recommended by the manufacturer. Pipe joints for solvent weld pipe to be belled end. B. Purple primer shall be applied after the pipe and fittings has been cut and cleaned. The Primer shall be of contrasting color and be easily recognizable against PVC pipe. 902 - 1.2.5. THREADED CONNECTIONS A. Threaded PVC connections shall be made using Teflon tape or Teflon pipe sealant. 902 - 1.2.6. GATE VALVES 902 - 1.2.6.1. MANUAL GATE VALVES TWO INCHES (2 ") AND SMALLER A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings: 1. 200 -250 psi Ball Valve SECTION IV Page 76 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 2. PVC body - with Teflon Ball Seals 3. Threaded -Dual end Union Connectors 4. Non -Shock Safe -T Shear Stem 5. Safe -T Shear True Union Ball Valve as manufactured by Spears Manufacturing Company, Sylmer, California, or approved equal. 902 - 1.2.6.2. GATE VALVES TWO AND A HALF INCHES (21/2") AND LARGER A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings: 1. AWWA -C -509 2. 2001b. O.W.G. 3. Cast Iron body - ASTM A 126 Class B 4. Deep socket joints 5. Rising stem 6. Bolted bonnet 7. Double disc 8. Equipped with two inch (2 ") square operating key with tee handle B. Provide two (2) operating keys for gate valve three inches (3") and larger. The "street • key" shall be five feet (5') long with a two inch (2 ") square operating nut. 902 - 1.2.7. SLEEVES A. Sleeves: (Existing by City of Clearwater) 902 - 1.2.8. REMOTE CONTROL VALVES A. The remote control valve shall be a solenoid actuated, balance - pressure across -the diaphragm type capable of having a flow rate of 25 -30 gallons per minute (GPM) with a pressure loss not to exceed 6.1 pounds per square inch (PSI). The valve pressure rating shall not be less than 150 psi. B. The valve body and bonnet shall be constructed of high impact weather resistant plastic, stainless steel and other chemical/UV resistant materials. The valve's one -piece diaphragm shall be of durable santoprene material with a clog resistant metering orifice. C. The valve body shall have a one inch (1") (FNPT) inlet and outlet or a one inch (1") slip by slip inlet and outlet for solvent weld pipe connections. D. The valve construction shall be as such to provide for all internal parts to be removable from the top of the valve without disturbing the valve installation. E. The valve shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California, or approved equal. • F. Identify all control valves using metal I.D. tags numbered to match drawings. SECTION IV Page 77 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 902 - 1.2.9. VALVE BOXES A. For remote control drip valve assembly and UNIK control timer use a Brooks #36 concrete value box with #36 -T cast iron traffic bearing cover, or approved equal. B. For flush valve assembly use an Ametek #181014 ten inch (10 ") circular valve box with #181015 cover comparable to Brooks, or approved equal. C. For air relief assembly use an Ametek #182001 (6 ") economy turf box with #182002 cover comparable to Brooks, or approved equal. 902 - 1.2.10. DRIP IRRIGATION 902 - 1.2.10.1. CONSTRUCTION A. Techline shall consist of nominal sized one -half inch (1/2 ") low - density linear polyethylene tubing with internal pressure compensating, continuously self - cleaning, integral drippers at a specified spacing (12 ", 18 ", or 24" centers). The tubing shall be brown in color and conform to an outside diameter (O.D.) of 0.67 inches and an inside diameter (I.D.) of 0.57 inches. Individual pressure compensating drippers shall be welded to the inside wall of the tubing as an integral part of the tubing assembly. These drippers shall be constructed of plastic with a hard plastic diaphragm retainer and a self - flushing/cleaning elastomer diaphragm extending the full length of the dripper. 902-1.2.10.2. OPERATION A. The drippers shall have the ability to independently regulate discharge rates, with an inlet pressure of seven to seventy (7 -70) pounds per square inch (PSI), at a constant flow and with a manufacturer's coefficient of variability (Cv) of 0.03. Recommended operating pressure shall be between 15 -45 PSI. The dripper discharge rate shall be 0.4, 0.6, or 0.9 gallons per hour (GPH) utilizing a combination turbulent flow /reduced pressure compensation cell mechanism and a diaphragm to maintain uniform discharge rates. The drippers shall continuously clean themselves while in operation. The dripperline shall be available in 12 ", 18" and 24" spacing between drippers unless otherwise specified. Techline pipe depth shall be under mulch unless otherwise specified on Plans. Maximum system pressure shall be 45 PSC. Filtration shall be 120 mesh or finer. Bending radius shall be seven inch (7 "). B. For on- surface or under mulch installations, six inch (6 ") metal wire staples (TLS6) shall be installed three feet (3') to five feet (5') on center, and two staples installed at every change of direction. 902 - 1.2.10.3. LINE FLUSHING VALVES A. The sub - surface system shall utilize Automatic Line Flush Valves at the end of each independent zone area. This valve shall be capable of flushing one gallon at the beginning of each irrigation cycle. The valves shall match the dripline manufacturer and connect directly to the dripline. 902- 1.2.10.4.AIRNACUUM RELIEF VALVE SECTION IV Page 78 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications • A. Each independent irrigation zone shall utilize an Air/Vacuum Relief Valve at its high point(s). The air and vacuum relief valve shall seal effectively from 2 to 110 psi. 902 - 1.2.10.5. PRESSURE REGULATORS A. The pressure regulator shall be designed to handle steady inlet pressures over 150 pounds per square inch (psi) and maintain a constant outlet pressure of 25 psi. Regulating accuracy shall be within +/ -6 %. The pressure regulator shall be manufactured from high - impact engineering grade thermoplastics. Regulation shall be accomplished by a fixed stainless steel compression spring which shall be enclosed in a chamber separate from the water passage. 902 - 1.2.10.6. FILTERS A. The filter shall be a multiple disc type filter with notation indicating the minimum partial size to travel through or the mesh size of the element being used. The discs shall be constructed of chemical resistant thermoplastic for corrosion resistance. 902 - 1.2.10.7. FITTINGS A. All connections shall be made with barb or compression type fitting connections. Fittings and dripline shall be as manufactured by the manufacturer of the dripline to ensure the integrity of the subsurface irrigation system. • 902 - 1.2.11. AUTOMATIC CONTROL TIMER A. The irrigation controller (control module) shall be programmable by a separate transmitter device only. The program shall be communicated to the Control Module from the Field Transmitter via an infrared connection. The controller shall be of a module type which may be installed in a valve box underground. The controller shall function normally if submerged in water and the communication from the transmitter shall function if submerged in water. B. The control module shall be housed in an ABS plastic cabinet and shall be potted to insure waterproof operation. The control module shall have two mounting slots for screws allowing the module to be securely mounted inside a valve box. C. The controller shall operate on one nine volt (9V) alkaline battery for one full year regardless of the number of stations utilized. The controller shall operate 1, 2, or 4 stations either sequentially or independently. D. The controller shall have three (3) independent programs with eight (8) start times each, station run time capability from one (1) minute to twelve (12) hours in one (1) minute increments, and a seven (7) day calendar. The controller shall turn on stations via latching solenoids installed on the valves. Manual operations shall be initiated by attaching the Field Transmitter to the Control Module and programming a manual start. The controller shall be capable of manual single station or manual program operation. E. The controller shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. • SECTION IV Page 79 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 902 - 1.2.12. FIELD TRANSMITTER A. The irrigation controller shall be programmable by a separate transmitter device (Field Transmitter) only. The Field Transmitter shall communicate to the Control Module via an infrared connection. The Field Transmitter shall be water resistant and housed in ABS plastic and have a removable, reversible protective sheath. The Field Transmitter shall operate on one nine volt (9V) alkaline battery. B. The Field Transmitter shall have a large LCD screen and a seven -key programming pad. A beep sound shall confirm every key stroke. The screen shall automatically turn off after one minute when not in use. C. The Field Transmitter shall be capable of programming an unlimited number of UNIK Control Modules. D. The Field Transmitter shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. 902 - 1.2.13. LATCHING SOLENOID A. The Latching Solenoid shall be supplied with an installed, filtered adapter allowing installation of the solenoid onto any Rain Bird DV, PGA, PEB, PES -B, GB, of EFB series valve. B. The Latching Solenoid shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. 902 -1.3. EXECUTION 902 - 1.3.1. GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Before work is commenced, hold a conference with the Engineer to discuss general details of the work. B. Verify dimensions and grades at job site before work is commenced. C. During the progress of the work, a competent superintendent and any assistants necessary shall be on site, all satisfactory to the Engineer. This superintendent shall not be changed, except with the consent of the Engineer. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor in Contractor's absence and all directions given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. D. Obtain and pay for all irrigation and plumbing permits and all inspections required by outside authorities. E. All work indicated or notes on the Drawings shall be provided whether or not specifically mentioned in these Technical Specifications. F. If there are ambiguities between the Drawings and Specifications, and specific interpretation or clarification is not issued prior to bidding, the interpretation or clarification will be made only by the Engineer, and the Contractor shall comply with the decisions. In the event the installation contradicts the directions given, the installation shall be corrected by the Contractor at no additional cost. SECTION IV Page 80 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications G. Layout of sprinkler lines shown on the Drawing is diagrammatic only. Location of sprinkler equipment is contingent upon and subject to integration with all other underground utilities. Contractor shall employ all data contained in the contract Documents and shall verify this information at the construction site to confirm the manner by which it relates to the installation. H. Do not proceed with the installation of the sprinkler system when it is apparent that obstructions or grade differences exist or if conflicts in construction details, legend, or specific notes are discovered. All such obstructions, conflicts, or discrepancies shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer. I. The disturbance of existing paving will not be permitted. Install all required sleeving prior to roadway base. 902 - 1.3.2. EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING 902 - 1.3.2.1. TRENCHING - GENERAL A. Dig sides of trenches straight. Provide continuous support for pipe on bottom of trenches. Lay pipe to uniform grade. Trenching excavation shall follow layout indicated on Drawings. B. Maintain six inch (6 ") horizontal and minimum clearance between sprinkler lines and between all lines of other trades. C. Do not install sprinkler lines directly above another line of any kind. D. Maintain six inch (6 ") vertical minimum between sprinkler lines which cross at angles of 45 degrees to 90 degrees. E. Exercise care when excavating, trenching and working near existing utilities. 902 - 1.3.2.2. BACKFILLING A. All pressure supply lines (mainline) shall have eighteen inches (18 ") of fill placed over the pipe. B. Initial backfill on all lines shall be of a fine granular material with no foreign matter larger than one half inch ('A "). C. Compact backfill according to Section 125 of FDOT Standard Specifications. D. Do not, under any circumstances, use equipment or vehicle wheels for compacting soil. E. Restore grades and repair damages where settling occurs. F. Compact each layer of fill with approved equipment to achieve a maximum density per AASHTO T 180. Under landscaped area, compaction shall not exceed 95% of maximum density. G. Compaction shall be obtained by the use of mechanical tampers or approved hand tampers. When hand tampers are used, the materials shall be deposited in layers not more than six inches (6 ") thick. The hand tampers shall be suitable for this purpose and shall have a face area of not more than 100 square inches. Special precautions shall be taken to prevent damage to the irrigation system piping and adjacent utilities. SECTION IV Page 81 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 902 - 1.3.2.3. ROUTING OF PIPING: A. Routing of pressure and non - pressure piping lines are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. B. Coordinate specimen trees and shrubs with routing of lines. 1. Planting locations shall take precedence over sprinkler and piping locations. 2. Report to Owner any major deviation from routing indicated. C. Conform to Drawings layout without offsetting the various assemblies from the pressure supply line. D. Layout drip tube and make any minor adjustments required due to differences between site and Drawings. Any such deviations in layout shall be within the intent of the original Drawings, and without additional cost. E. Layout all systems using an approved staking method, and maintain the staking of approved layout. 902 - 1.3.3. INSTALLATION 902 - 1.3.3.1. WATER SUPPLY A. Connections to the water sources shall be at the approximate locations indicated on the Drawings. Make minor changes caused by actual site conditions without additional cost to the Owner. 902 - 1.3.3.2. ASSEMBLIES A. Routing or pressure supply lines as indicated on Drawings is diagrammatic only. Install lines and required assemblies in accordance with details on Drawings. B. Do not install multiple assemblies on plastic lines. Provide each assembly with its own outlet. When used, the pressure relief valve shall be the last assembly. C. Install all assemblies in accord with the respective detail Drawings and these Technical Specifications. D. Plastic pipe and threaded fittings shall be assembled using Teflon tape, applied to the male threads only. 902 - 1.3.3.3. SLEEVES: (EXISTING BY CITY OF CLEARWATER) A. The Contractor shall verify the location of all existing sleeves as shown on the roadway, utility and/or irrigation plans and notify the Engineer of any discrepancies. 902 - 1.3.3.4. PLASTIC PIPE A. Install plastic pipe in accord with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Prepare all welded joints with manufacturer's cleaner prior to applying solvent. 1. Allow welded joints as least fifteen (15) minutes setup /curing time before moving or handling. SECTION IV Page 82 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 2. Partially center load pipe in trenches to prevent arching and shifting when water pressure is on. 3. Do not permit water in pipe until a period of at least four (4) hours has elapsed for solvent weld setting and curing, unless recommended otherwise by solvent manufacturer. C. Curing 1. When the temperature is above 80 degrees F., allow soluble weld joints at least twenty -four (24) hours curing time before water is introduced under pressure. D. Flushing the system: 1. After all sprinkler pipe lines and risers are in place and connected, open the control valves and flush out the system with a full head of water. E. Installing piping under existing pavement: 1. Piping under existing pavement may be installed by jacking & boring. 2. Secure permission from the Engineer before cutting or breaking any existing pavement. All repairs and replacements shall be approved by Engineer and shall be accomplished at no additional cost. 902 - 1.3.3.5. CONTROLLERS A. Install all automatic controllers as shown in the plans. 1. The location of all controllers shall be approved by the Engineer's representative prior to installation. 902 - 1.3.3.6. REMOTE CONTROL VALVES A. Install at sufficient depth to provide not more than six inches (6 "), nor less than four inches (4 ") cover from the top of the valve to finish grade. B. Install valves in a plumb position with twenty -four inch (24 ") minimum maintenance clearance from other equipment, three feet (3') minimum from edges of sidewalks, buildings, and walls, and no closer than seven feet (7') from the back of curb or edge of pavement along roadways. C. Contractor shall adjust the valve to provide the proper flow rate or operating pressure for each sprinkler zone. 902 - 1.3.3.7. GATE VALVES A. Install where indicated and with sufficient clearance from other materials for proper maintenance. B. Check and tighten valve bonnet packing before backf ll. SECTION IV Page 83 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 902 -2. LANDSCAPE 902 -2.1. GENERAL 902 - 2.1.1. REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Comply with Federal, State, Local, and other duly constituted authorities and regulatory agencies, without additional cost to the Owner in matters pertaining to codes, safety, and environmental matters. B. Any permits for the installation or construction of any of the work included under the contract, which are required by any of the legally constituted authorities having jurisdiction, shall be arranged for by the Contractor and paid for directly by the Contractor, unless otherwise agreed upon in writing. 902 - 2.1.2. SCOPE OF WORK A. All provisions of Contract, including General and Special Provisions and Plans, apply to the work specified in this Article. The Scope of Work includes everything for and incidental to executing and completing all landscape work shown on the Plans, Schedules, Notes and as specified herein. B. Furnish and provide all labor, plants and materials tools and equipment necessary to prepare the soil for plantings, to install and care for all plant materials (including finish grading if necessary); to remove and/or transplant existing plants if indicated; to furnish, plant, fertilize, guy and brace, water, mulch and prune all new plant materials; and to execute all other Work as described herein or indicated on the Plans. C. Work under this Article shall include labor and materials for final grading and raking to prepare the site for sodding, sprigging, or seeding, so finished lawn or playing field will appear even and uniform, will drain adequately, and will comply with the intent of the landscape drawings. D. Initial maintenance of landscape materials as specified in this document. 902 - 2.1.3. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Landscape work shall be contracted to a single firm specializing in landscape work, who shall in turn subcontract no more than 40% of the work specified. All subcontractors under the control of the Contractor involved in the completion of the landscape work, shall be made known to the Owner and the Landscape Architect prior to their commencement of work on the project. B. All work of this Article shall conform to the highest standard of landscape practices. C. The Plant Material Schedule included with these Plans is provided only for the Contractor's convenience; it shall not be construed as to conflict or predominate over the Plans. If conflict between the Plans and Specifications exists, the Plans shall predominate and be considered the controlling document. D. During this work, the Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining safety among persons in their employ in accordance with the standards set by The Occupational Safety SECTION IV Page 84 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications and Health Act of 1970 (and all subsequent amendments). Owner and Landscape Architect shall be held harmless from any accident, injury or any other incident resulting from compliance or non - compliance with these standards. E. The Contractor shall cooperate with and coordinate with all other trades whose work is built into or affects the work in this Article. F. All appropriate utility companies and agencies shall be contacted 72 hours prior to excavation. Call "One Call " / "Sunshine 811" at 8 -1 -1; "Sunshine 811" administrative offices may be reached at (800) 638 -4097. G. The Contractor shall carefully examine the site and all existing conditions affecting the work, such as: soil, obstructions, existing trees, utilities, etc. Report any conditions in conflict with the work to the Landscape Architect. 902 - 2.1.4. SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor is required to submit prior to the expiration of the required maintenance period, two (2) copies of typewritten instructions recommending procedures to be established by the Owner for maintenance of landscape work for a period of one (1) year. B. Furnish unit prices for all plant materials and inert materials, including labor for all specified work. 902 - 2.1.5. ALTERNATES, ADDITIONS, DELETIONS, SUBSTITUTIONS A. If there are additions /alternates included in these Plans and Specifications, the Contractor must propose prices to accomplish the work stated as additions /alternates at the time of bidding. B. The Owner, through their Project Representative, reserves the right to add or deduct any of the work stated herein without rendering the Contract void. C. The Contractor must have written approval by the Project Representative for any substitutions not previously agreed to in the purchase agreement: installation without approval is entirely at the Contractor's risk. D. All material acquired through additions or substitutions shall be subject to all conditions and warranties stated herein. 902- 2.1.6. ABBREVIATIONS /DEFINITIONS O.A. or HT: The over -all height of the plant measured from the ground to the natural, untied state of the majority of the foliage, not including extreme leaves, branches or fronds. C. T: Clear trunk is measured from the ground to the bottom of the first leaf or frond stem with no foliage from ground to specified height. For example, on Canary Island Date Palms or similar, the clear trunk measurement includes the "nut" at the base of the fronds. C. W: Clear wood is measured from the ground to the bottom of the base of the lowest leaf sheath or boot, trimmed in a natural manner. For example, on Canary Island Date Palms or similar, the clear wood measurement does not include the "nut" at the base of the fronds. SECTION IV Page 85 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications SPR.: Spread, branches measured in natural untied position to the average crown diameter, not including extreme leaves, branches or fronds. ST. TR.: Straight trunk. MIN.: Minimum. GAL.: Gallon container size, i.e., 1 gallon, 3 gallon, 7 gallon, etc. O.C.: On center, distance between plant centers. DIA.: Diameter. LVS.: Leaves. D.B.H: Diameter or caliper of main trunk of tree as measured at breast height at 4 -1/2 feet above grade. CAL.: Caliper, the outside diameter of up to a four inch tree is measured six inches above grade, larger trees are measured at 12 inches above grade. B &B: Balled and burlapped in accordance with horticultural standards of the American Association of Nurserymen. PPP: Plants per pot. FG: Field grown. STD.: Standard, single, straight trunk. Owner: To be known as that entity which holds title or control to the premises on which the work is performed. Owners Representative: Owner's on -site representative shall be responsible for approval of quantity and quality of materials specified and execution of installation. Contractor: Shall refer to that person or enterprise commonly known as the Landscape Contractor. Landscape Architect: This person or firm is the responsible representative of the Owner who produces the landscape Plans and Specifications. 902 - 2.1.7. PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 902 - 2.1.7.1. PLANT MATERIALS A. Provide container -grown or, if appropriate, freshly dug trees and shrubs. Do not prune prior to delivery. Do not bend or bind trees or shrubs in such a manner as to damage bark, break branches or destroy natural shape. Provide protective covering during delivery. If plant delivery is made in open vehicles, the entire load shall be suitably covered. B. All plants are to be handled at all times so that roots or root balls are adequately protected from sun, cold, or drying winds. No root balls for trees and container plants that have been cracked or broken shall be planted except upon special approval. Plants shall not be pulled by the tops or stems, nor handled in a rough or careless manner at any time. SECTION IV Page 86 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications • C. Balled and burlapped ("B & B ") plants shall be moved with firm, natural, balls of soil, not less than one foot (1') diameter of ball to every one inch (1") caliper of trunk; root ball depth shall not be less than two- thirds (2/3) of root ball diameter. B & B plants which cannot be planted upon delivery shall have their root balls covered with moist soil or mulch. D. Trees shall be dug with adequate balls, burlapped, and wire bound if needed. Root pruning to be done a minimum of four (4) weeks before removal from the field and planting at the site. Root balls may not be encased in "grow bags" or other synthetic material, except plastic shrink wrap for transport only. E. Remove all fronds form sabal palms prior to planting, but leave a minimum of twelve inches (12 ") of new frond growth above the bud. Do not damage bud. On all other palms, only a minimum of palm fronds shall be removed from crown to facilitate moving and handling. Clear trunk shall be determined after minimum fronds have been removed. Boots shall be removed from trunk unless otherwise specified. Palms shall be planted within twenty -four (24) hours of delivery. F. Deliver trees and shrubs after preparations for planting have been completed and plant immediately. If planting is delayed more than 6 hours after delivery, set trees and shrubs in shade, protect from weather and mechanical damage, and cover to keep the roots moist. • • G. Label at least one tree and one shrub of each variety with a securely attached waterproof tag bearing legible designation of botanical and common name. H. Time delivery so that sod will be placed within twenty -four (24) hours after stripping. Protect sod against drying and breaking by covering palettes of sod or placing in a shaded area. 902 - 2.1.8. JOB CONDITIONS 902 - 2.1.8.1. ACCEPTANCE OF JOB CONDITIONS. A. The Contractor shall examine the sub - grade, verify elevations, observe the conditions under which work is to be performed and notify the Landscape Architect or Project Representative in writing of unsatisfactory conditions prior to beginning work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Landscape Architect. Start of work shall indicate acceptance of conditions and full responsibility for the completed work. B. Proceed with and complete the landscape work as rapidly as portions of the site become available, working within the seasonal limitations for each kind of landscape work and following the approved schedule. If seasonal limitations apply, notify the Landscape Architect for adjustments to the Schedule. C. Determine locations of all underground utilities and review for conflicts with planting procedures. D. When adverse conditions to plant growth are encountered, such as rubble fill, drainage conditions or obstruction, the Contractor shall notify the Landscape Architect in writing prior to planting. SECTION IV Page 87 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications E. Plant trees and shrubs after final grades are established and prior to sod installation or seeding lawns. Protect existing lawn, trees, and promptly repair damages from planting operations. 902 - 2.1.8.2. SCHEDULING OF WORK A. The work shall be carried out to completion with the utmost speed. Immediately upon award of contract, the Contractor shall prepare a construction schedule and furnish a copy to the Owner's Representative and/or the Landscape Architect for approval. The Contractor shall carry out the work in accordance with the approved schedule. B. If the Contractor incurs unforeseen costs, such as overtime hours, holidays, etc., in order to complete the work within the time stated in the Contract, and/or to maintain the progress schedule, all said costs shall be borne by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. C. The Owner's Representatives may request work stoppage in writing. Upon written request from the Owner's Representative, the Landscape Contractor shall suspend delivery of material and stop all work for such a period as deemed necessary by the Owner, the Owner's Representative, or the General Contractor, with respect to any additional costs which may result from work stoppage. 902 - 2.1.8.3. UTILITIES A. The Contractor shall perform work in a manner which will avoid conflicts with utilities. Hand excavate, as required, to minimize possibility of damage to underground utilities. Maintain grade stakes set by others until removal is mutually agreed upon by all parties concerned. 902 -2.2. PRODUCTS 902 - 2.2.1. MATERIALS 902 - 2.2.1.1. PLANT MATERIALS: NOMENCLATURE A. Plant species, sizes, etc., shall be per Plans and Specifications on Plant Material Schedule. Nomenclature is per Manual of Cultivated Plant, Standard Encyclopedia of Horticulture, L.H. Bailey, or Standardized Plant Names Dictionary, American Joint Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature (latest editions), or conforms with names accepted in the nursery trade. 902 - 2.2.1.2. PLANT MATERIALS: QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide healthy, vigorous stock grown under climatic conditions similar to conditions in the locality of the project. Plants shall have a habit of growth that is normal for the species and be sound, healthy, vigorous and free from insects, pests or their eggs, plant diseases, defects and injuries. Plants shall be well branched and densely foliated when in leaf and shall have healthy, well - developed root systems. B. Trees shall be heavily branched or, in the case of palms, be heavily leafed. Some plant materials may be collected stock with the approval of the Landscape Architect. Provided SECTION IV Page 88 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications tree species that have a single main trunk (central leader), unless otherwise stated. Trees that have the main trunk forming a "Y" shape or parallel branching are not acceptable. C. Plant materials shall be specified and shall be Florida #1 or better as to shape and quality for the species as outlined in Grades and Standards for Nursery Plants Part I and II, Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services (latest edition). D. The Owner or Landscape Architect reserves the right to inspect plant materials either at the place of growth or at the project site prior to planting for compliance with requirements for name, variety, size, quality, or designated area. E. Landscape materials shall be shipped with certificates of inspection as required by governmental authorities. The Contractor shall comply with all governing regulations that are applicable to landscape materials. F. Do not make substitutions. If specified landscape material is not available, submit to the Landscape Architect proof of it being non - available. In such event, if the Landscape Architect designates an available source, such shall be acquired from designated source. When authorized, a written change order for substitute material will be made by adjustment to Contract amount. G. Height and/or width of trees shall be measured from ground up; width measurement shall be normal crown spread of branches with plants in the normal position. This measurement shall not include immediate terminal growth. All measurements shall be taken after pruning for specified sizes. All trees and shrubs shall conform to measurements specified in the plant material schedule, except that plant material larger than specified may be used with the approval of the Owner or Landscape Architect, with no increase to the Contract price. Plant materials shall not be pruned prior to delivery. H. Plant Material shall be symmetrical, typical for variety and species. Plants used where symmetry is required shall be matched as nearly as possible. I. Balled and burlapped plants shall have firm, natural balls of earth of sufficient diameter and depth to encompass the feeding root system necessary for full development of the plant and to conform with the standards of the American Association of Nurserymen. Root balls and tree trunks shall not be damaged by improper binding and B & B procedures. J. Container -grown plants may be substituted for balled and burlapped plants or vice -versa provided the quality is equal or better than specified and the Landscape Architect approves the substitution. K. Container -grown stock shall have been grown in containers for at least four months, but not over two years. If requested, samples must be shown to prove no root bound condition exists. 902 - 2.2.1.3. GRASSES: SOD OR SEED A. Sod or seed (as/if specified) shall be a species as stated on the Plan. Solid sod shall be of even thickness and with a good root structure, 95% free of noxious weed, freshly mowed before cutting, and in healthy condition when laid. It must not be stacked more than SECTION IV Page 89 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications twenty -four (24) hours before laying and it must be grown in soil compatible to that in which it will be installed. Sod must be kept moist prior to and after installation. B. Seed shall be delivered to the site in unopened bags with certification tags in place. Purity, germination and weed content shall be as certification requirements. 902 - 2.2.1.4. MULCH A. Mulch shall be as specified in the plans or by the project manager. B. Install mulch to an even depth of three inches (3 ") before compaction, as shown in the PLANTING DETAILS in the plans. 902 - 2.2.1.5. FERTILIZER A. Granular fertilizer shall be uniform in composition; free flowing and suitable for application with approved equipment; received at the site in full, labeled, unopened bags bearing the name, trade name or trademark and warranty of the producer; fully conforming to State of Florida fertilizer laws. B. All fertilizer shall bear the manufacturer's statement of analysis and shall contain the appropriate minimum amounts of elements for the type of use specified herein. C. Agriform 20 -10 -5 fertilizer tablets or approved equal, shall be placed in planting pit for all plant materials at time of installation and prior to completion of pit backfilling. D. Ground cover and annual areas shall receive fertilization with Osmocote Time Release Fertilizer according to product instructions and rate. E. For sod and seeded areas, fertilize with a complete granular fertilizer on Bahia and St. Augustine grasses at the rate of one pound (1 lb.) of nitrogen per one thousand square feet (1000 sq ft). Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, mixed granules, with 30% to 50% of the nitrogen being in slow or controlled release form. The ratio of nitrogen to potash will be 1:1 or 2:1 for complete fertilizer formulations. Phosphorus shall be no more than one -fourth ('/4) the nitrogen level. They shall also contain magnesium and micronutrients (i.e. manganese, iron, zinc, copper, etc.). 902 - 2.2.1.6. STAKES AND GUYS A. For trees, approved plastic or rubber guys shall be used between the stakes and the tree trunk. Galvanized steel guy wire shall not be used. B. Stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock for trees over two inch (2 ") caliper. Stakes shall be 2" x 2" pressure treated (p.t.) stock for trees two inch (2 ") caliper and under. A minimum of two (2) stakes per tree or an optional three (3) stakes per tree shall be used. C. For single trunk palms, stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock, with a minimum of three (3) stakes per palm. Batten consisting of 5 layers of burlap and 5 - 2" x 4" by 16" wood connected with two — three - quarter inch (3/4 ") steel bands shall be used around the palm trunk. D. Other tree staking systems may be acceptable if approved. SECTION IV Page 90 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications S 902 - 2.2.1.7. PLANTING SOIL A. Unless stated on the plans or in the specifications, install plant material in tilled and loosened native soil backfill. It is the responsibility of the Landscape Contractor to test, prior to planting and at no additional cost to the City, any soils which may be unsuitable for the vigorous growth of plants. Unsuitable conditions shall be reported to the Landscape Architect immediately in writing. B. When required, planting soil media shall be provided by the Contractor and shall consist of one -third (1/3) peat and two- thirds (2/3) sandy loam, with no lumps over one inch (1 "). C. Backfill and clean fill dirt provided by the Contractor shall be in a loose, friable soil. There must be slight acid reaction to the soil (about 6.0 — 6.5 pH) with no excess of calcium or carbonate, and it shall be free from excess weeds, clay lumps, stones, stumps, roots and toxic substances or any other materials that might be harmful to plant growth or a hindrance to grading, planting, and maintenance procedures and operations. No heavily organic soil, such as muck or peat shall be used as fill dirt. D. Bed preparation for annual beds under one (1) gallon container size shall consist of three inches (3 ") of Florida peat or other approved organic soil amendment spread over full length and width of planting area. Rototil organic layer six inches (6 ") to eight inches (8 ") into native soil. 902 - 2.2.1.8. SOIL AMENDMENTS A. Terra -Sorb AG or approved equal, soil amendment shall be mixed with native or planting soil for all trees, shrubs, ground cover, and annuals according to manufacturer's recommended application rates and methods, if specified on the Plans. 902 - 2.2.1.9. TREE PROTECTION A. Wood fencing shall be 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock with flagging on horizontal members. Space vertical members six feet (6') to eight feet (8') on center. The barricade shall be placed so as to protect the critical protection zone area, which is the area surrounding a tree within a circle described by a radius of one foot (1') for each inch of the tree's diameter at breast height DBH (four and one half feet)') above grade. 902 - 2.2.1.10. ROOT BARRIER SYSTEM A. Root barrier fabric shall be installed when specified in the plans and/or specifications for protection of adjacent paved surfaces according to specific product name or equal. Install as directed by the manufacturer. 902 - 2.2.1.11. PACKAGED MATERIALS A. Deliver packaged materials in containers showing weight, analysis and name of manufacturer. Protect materials from deterioration during delivery and while stored at the site. 902 - 2.2.1.12. PESTICIDES SECTION IV Page 91 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications A. Pesticides shall be only approved, safe brands applied according to manufacturer's directions. 902 -2.3. EXECUTION 902 - 2.3.1. PREPARATION 902 - 2.3.1.1. OBSTRUCTIONS BELOW GROUND A. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to locate and mark all underground utilities, irrigation lines and wiring prior to commencement of the work. B. If underground construction, utilities or other obstructions are encountered in excavation of planting areas or pits, the Landscape Architect shall be immediately notified to select a relocated position for any materials necessary. 902 - 2.3.1.2. GRADING AND PREPARATION FOR PLANT MATERIALS A. All proposed landscape areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with Monsanto's "Round -Up" per manufacturer's specifications. All proposed landscape areas adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Rodeo" per the manufacturer's specifications. B. New plant materials will not be installed until a 98% weed/turf eradication has been achieved. More than one application may be required to produce an acceptable planting bed. C. Pre - emergent herbicides are not a substitute for spray treatment of "Round -Up" or "Rodeo ", and may be used only with the written approval of the Landscape Architect. D. Should any plant material in the same or adjacent beds be damaged by these chemicals, the same size, quantity and quality of plants shall be immediately replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. E. Any necessary corrections or repairs to the finish grades shall be accomplished by the Contractor. All planting areas shall be carefully graded and raked to smooth, even finish grade, free from depressions, lumps, stones, sticks or other debris and such that they will conform to the required finish grades and provide uniform and satisfactory surface drainage without puddling. F. The Contractor shall remove debris (sticks, stones, rubbish) over one and one half inches (1%2") in any dimension from individual tree, shrub and hedge pits and dispose of the excavated material off the site. 902 - 2.3.1.3. PREPARATION FOR ANNUAL BED PLANTING A. Prepare native subgrade by rototilling or loosening by hand methods. Spread three inches (3 ") of one -third (1/3) Florida peat and two- thirds (2/3) sandy, or other approved organic soil amendment over the full length and width of planting area for annuals. Rototill organic layer six inches (6 ") to eight inches (8 ") into the native soil. Grade the planting bed by "crowning' to insure that surface drainage, percolation, and aeration occur at rapid rates. Add Osmocote time release fertilizer according to product instructions and rate. SECTION IV Page 92 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications • 902 - 2.3.1.4. PREPARATION FOR SEEDING AND SOD AREAS A. All proposed sod areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with Monsanto's "Round -Up" per manufacturer's specifications. All proposed sod areas adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Rodeo" per the Manufacturer's Specifications. B. Limit preparation to areas which will be planted promptly after preparation. Loosen sub - grade of seed and sod areas to a minimum depth of four inches (4 "). C. Immediately prior to any turf work, the Contractor shall finish grade the soil to a smooth, even surface assuring positive drainage away from buildings and the subsequent turf flush to the tops of adjacent curbs and sidewalks. The surface shall be sloped to existing yard drains. D. A complete fertilizer shall be applied to St. Augustine or Bahia grass at a rate of one pound (1 lb.) of nitrogen per one thousand square feet (1000 sq ft). Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, mixed granules, with 30% to 50% of the nitrogen being in slow or controlled release form. Thoroughly work fertilizer into the top four inches (4 ") of soil. E. Moisten prepared seed and sod areas before planting if soil is dry. Water thoroughly and allow surface moisture to dry before planting lawns. Do not create a muddy soil condition. 902 - 2.3.2. INSTALLATION 11111 902- 2.3.2.1. BERM CONSTRUCTION (IF SPECIFIED) • A. Install berms at location and design shown on Plans and at the height and slope indicated. Height stated is for finished berm with soil at natural compaction. B. Exact location and configuration of berms may require modification to allow proper drainage; such changes will be coordinated with the Landscape Architect. C. If shown on the Plan, construct berms using clean sandy loam fill dirt which is well - drained, free of rocks, roots, or other debris, with a soil pH of an acid Nature (about 6.0 - 6.5). No heavily organic soil, such as muck or peat shall be used in berm construction. 902 - 2.3.2.2. LAYOUT OF PLANT MATERIALS A. Unless otherwise stipulated, plant materials shall be approximately located per the plans by scale measurements using established building, columns, curbs, screen walls, etc., as the measuring reference point. Slight shifting may be required to clear wires, prevent blockage of signage, etc. B. Shrubs and ground covers shall be located and spaced as noted on the plant material schedule (if provided), otherwise plants will be placed in the planting beds at the normally accepted spacing for each species. C. Leave an eighteen inch (18 ") (450 millimeters) border of mulched space between outer leaves of installed plant material and the bed line, curb, or building foundation wall for all plant sizes. SECTION IV Page 93 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications D. Any necessary "minor" adjustments in the layout of planting shall be made by the Contractor with the approval of the Landscape Architect in order to conform as nearly as possible to the intent of the Plans. 902 - 2.3.2.3. PLANTING PROCEDURES A. All shrubs, trees and ground covers or vines shall be planted in pits having vertical sides and being circular in outline. Planting pit shall be three (3) to five (5) times the width of the root ball. B. Plants shall be set straight or plumb, in the locations shown, at such level that after settlement normal or natural relationship of the top of the root ball with the ground surface will be established. With regards to proper nursery practices, plants under certain conditions (i.e. low and wet areas) will benefit from being planted "high" with the root ball about one inch (1") higher than the surrounding grade. C. All plant materials shall be fertilized with Agriform 20 -10 -5 planting tablets, or approved equal, at time of installation and prior to completion of pit backfilling. Agriform planting tablets shall be placed uniformly around the root mass at a depth that is between the middle and the bottom of the root mass. Application rate: 1 gallon 1 - 21 gram tablet 3 gallon 2 - 21 gram tablet 5 gallon 3 - 21 gram tablet 7 gallon 4 - 21 gram tablet Trees 3 tablets each %2" (12 millimeters) caliper Palms 7 - 21 gram tablets D. Native soil shall be used in back - filling plant pits or as specified. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing additional soil for building tree saucers. E. When balled and burlapped plants are set, undisturbed native soil shall be left under the base of the root ball to prevent voids. Backfill tilled and loosened native soil around the sides of the root ball. Remove the top 4 four inches (4 ") (100 millimeters) of burlap wire, and all tie -down material from the root ball. Do not remove these materials from the bottom of the root ball. Thoroughly water -in before bringing the back -fill up to the proper grade. Roots of bare plants shall be properly spread out, and planting soil carefully worked in among them. Failure to comply is cause for rejection. F. Containerized plants shall be installed with undisturbed native soil left under the base of the root ball to prevent voids. Planting pit shall be three (3) to five (5) times the width of the root ball. Backfill tilled and loosened native soil around the sides of the root ball. Thoroughly water -in before bringing the backfill up to the proper grade. G. Plant spacing shall be "on center" and varies with the different plant species. Space each variety of plant equally in the planting areas. Shrubs and ground covers adjacent to straight or curved edges shall be triangular - spaced in rows parallel to those edges. Plant a minimum of eighteen inches (18 ") from the back of the curb to the outside edge of the plant. SECTION IV Page 94 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications H. All azaleas shall be placed into a prepared bed of amended soil containing 50% weed -free Florida peat or approved equivalent. Root balls shall be scarified vertically at 120 degree angles in a triangular pattern. I. Sabal palms may be planted deeper than normal if conditions warrant and if approved. 902 - 2.3.2.4. SODDING A. During periods of drought, sod shall be watered sufficiently at its origin to moisten the soil adequately to the depth to which it is to be cut. B. An application of 6 -6 -6, 40% organic, slow or controlled release fertilizer shall be made to all lawn areas just prior to the laying of the sod at a rate of one pound (1 lb.) of nitrogen per one thousand square feet (1000 sq ft). The ground shall be moistened before the sod is laid in place. C. Solid sod shall be laid tightly with closely abutting staggered joints with an even surface edge and sod edge, in a neat and clean manner to the edge of all the paving and shrub areas. Cut down soil level to one inch (1") to one and one half inches (1-1/2") below top of walks prior to laying sod. D. Within two (2) hours after installing sod and prior to rolling, irrigate the sod. Sufficient water shall be applied to wet the sod thoroughly and to wet the sod to a depth of two inches (2 ") (50 millimeters). Watering shall be done in a manner that will avoid erosion due to the application of excessive quantities, and the watering equipment shall be a type that will prevent damage to the finished sod surface. Watering shall be repeated as necessary to keep sod moist until rooted to subgrade. E. The sod shall be pressed firmly into contact with the sod bed using a turf roller or other approved equipment so as to eliminate air pockets, provide a true and even surface and insure knitting without any displacement of the sod or deformation of the surfaces of sodded areas. After the sodding operation has been completed, the edges of the area shall be smooth and shall conform to the grades indicated. F. If, in the opinion of the Landscape Architect, top dressing is necessary after rolling, clean silica sand shall be used to fill voids. Evenly apply sand over the entire surface to be leveled, filling -in dips and voids and thoroughly washing into the sod areas. G. On slopes 3:1 or steeper, and as required, a geotextile fabric shall be installed per manufacturer's specifications prior to placing sod. The sod shall be fastened in place with suitable wooden pins or by other approved method. 902 - 2.3.2.5. SEEDING A. Seed shall be installed per the specifications of the State of Florida Department of Transportation. See plan for type of seed. 902 - 2.3.2.6. TREE GUYING, BRACING AND STAKING A. Tree guying, staking and bracing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor per sound nursery practices, and shall be done per details shown on the Plans. For trees, a minimum of two (2) stakes per tree or an optional three (3) stakes per tree at 120 degree spacing shall be used. Stakes shall be driven in at an angle, then tightened to vertical supported by SECTION IV Page 95 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV— Technical Specifications approved plastic or rubber guys. Trees shall be staked with a minimum of four feet (4') height of stake above grade and a minimum of thirty inches (30 ") of stake below grade. B. For single trunk palms, a minimum of three (3) stakes per palm at 120 degree spacing shall be used. Toenail the stakes to batten consisting of five (5) layers of burlap and five (5) - 2 inch x 4 inch x 16 inch wood connected with two (2) three - quarter inch (3/4 ") steel bands. Palms shall be staked with a minimum of five feet (5') of stake above grade. C. Contractor shall remove all tree guying, staking, and bracing from trees six (6) months after the date of final acceptance of the landscape work. D. Stake only trees that require support to maintain a plumb position or are in potentially hazardous areas. 902 - 2.3.2.7. MULCHING A. All planting beds shall be weed -free prior to mulching. B. All curb, roadway, and bed line edges will be "trenched" to help contain the applied mulch. Mulch should be below top of curb and resistant to washout from stormwater run- off. C. All plant beds and tree rings shall be mulched evenly with a three inch (3 ") layer (before compaction) of 100% Grade B recycled cypress bark mulch, or other mulch as specified on the Plans or General Notes. D. Mulch shall not be placed against the trunks of plant materials or foundations of buildings. Maintain a minimum three inch (3 ") clearance for trees and shrub trunks and a minimum six inch (6 ") clearance for the walls of buildings. E. For beds of annual flowers, a 12 inch wide x 3 inch deep band of mulch shall be installed in front of the first row of annuals. Maintain a minimum six inches (6 ") of non - mulched clearance from the outside edge of annuals. 902 - 2.3.2.8. PRUNING A. Pruning shall be done by an experienced certified Arborist to maintain the natural shape and form of the plant. B. Upon acceptance by the Owner, prune any broken branches, remove crossed branches, and branches hanging below the clear trunk of the tree. 902 - 2.3.2.9. CLEAN -UP A. During landscape work, store materials and equipment where directed by the Owner. B. The Contractor shall promptly remove any materials and equipment used on the job, keeping the area neat at all times. Upon completion of all planting, dispose of all excess soil and debris leaving pavements and work areas in safe and orderly condition. C. The clean -up of the site shall include the removal and proper disposal of the tree guying, staking, and bracing materials as described in specifications. 902 - 2.3.2.10. PROTECTION SECTION IV Page 96 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications A. The Contractor shall provide safeguards for the protection of workmen and others on, about, or adjacent to the work, as required under the parameters of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (O.S.H.A.) standards. B. The Contractor shall protect the Owner's and adjacent property from damage. C. The Contractor shall protect the landscape work and materials from damage due to landscape operations. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance periods. D. The Contractor shall provide protection (tree barricades) for all existing trees and palms as specified. 902 - 2.3.2.11. REPAIR OF DAMAGES E. The Contractor shall repair all damage caused by their operations to other materials, property, or trades to a level equal in quality to the existing condition prior to damage. F. The Contractor shall be held responsible for all damage done by their work or employees to other materials or trades' work. Patching and replacement of damaged work may be done by others, at the Owner's direction, but the cost of same shall be paid by the Contractor who is responsible for the damage. 902 - 2.3.3. MAINTENANCE A. The Contractor shall maintain all plant materials in a first class condition from the beginning of landscape construction until Final Acceptance. B. Operations: 1. Maintenance shall include, but not be limited to, watering of turf and planting beds, mowing, fertilizing, cultivation, weeding, pruning, disease and pest control, replacement of dead materials, straightening, turf or planter settlement corrections, replacement of rejected materials, staking and guying repair and tightening, wash -out repairs and regrading, and any other procedures consistent with the good horticultural practice necessary to insure normal, vigorous and healthy growth of all work under the Contract. Mowing shall be consistent with the recommended height per the University of Florida Cooperative Extension Service. 2. Within the warranty period, the Contractor shall notify the Owner of any maintenance practices being followed or omitted which would be detrimental to the healthy, vigorous growth of the landscape. 3. The Contractor shall be responsible for the final watering of not less than one inch (1") of water for all planted materials before leaving the site. 902 - 2.3.4. INSPECTION, REJECTION, AND ACCEPTANCE 902 - 2.3.4.1. INSPECTION A. Upon completion of the installation, the Contractor will notify the Owner or the Owner's Representative that the job is ready for inspection. Within fifteen (15) days of notifications, the installation will be inspected by the Landscape Architect. A written and/or graphic inspection report will be sent to the Owner and/or Landscape Contractor. SECTION IV Page 97 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 902 - 2.3.4.2. REJECTION AND REPLACEMENT A. The Landscape Architect shall be final judge as to the suitability and acceptability of any part of the work. Plant material will be rejected if it does not meet the requirements set forth in the Plans and Specifications. B. Replace any rejected materials immediately or within fifteen (15) days and notify the Landscape Architect that the correction has been made. 902 - 2.3.4.3. ACCEPTANCE A. After replacement of rejected plant material, if any, have been made, and completion of all other correction items, the Owner or Project Representative will accept the project in writing. B. Upon Final Acceptance, the Owner assumes responsibility for maintenance within the terms of the Contract. Acceptance will in no way invalidate the Contractor's warranty period. C. The Contractor's warranty period will begin after final acceptance of the project by the Owner. 1. If evidence exists of any lien or claim arising out of or in connection with default in performance of this Contract, the Owner shall have the right to retain any payment sufficient to discharge such claim and all costs in connection with discharging such claim. 2. Where the Specifications call for any stipulated item or an "approved equivalent ", or in words to that effect, the Contractor shall indicate the price of the type and species specified in the proposal, giving the price to be added or deducted from their Contract price. The final selection rests with the Owner or their representative. 3. Where plants installed do not meet specifications, the Owner reserves the right to request plant replacement or an appropriate deduction from the Contract amount to compensate for the value not received from the under- specified plant materials. No additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for plants installed that exceed specifications. 902 - 2.3.5. WARRANTY A. The Contractor shall warranty all palms and trees furnished under this contract for a period of one (1) year and all shrubs for a period of six (6) months. Material which is either dead or in poor health during this period or at completion will be replaced at no charge to the Owner. Should any of the plant materials show 50% or more defoliation during the warranty period, due to the Contractor's use of poor quality or improper materials or workmanship, the Contractor upon notice, shall replace without delay same with no additional cost to the Owner. Should any plant require replacing, the new plant shall be given the equal amount of warranty. SECTION IV Page 98 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • 903. SODDING Unless otherwise noted herein, the Contractor shall place all sod, either shown on the plans or at the direction of the Engineer, in conformance with Sections 575, 981, 982 and 983 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. The area for sod application shall be loosened and excavated to a suitable depth and finished to a grade compatible with existing grass and structures. Sod shall be placed with edges in close contact and shall be compacted to uniform finished grade with a sod roller immediately after placement. In sloped areas, the sod shall be graded and placed so as to prohibit erosion and undermining of the adjacent sidewalk. No sod that has been cut for more than seventy -two (72) hours can be used unless authorized by the Engineer in advance. The sod shall be thoroughly watered immediately after placement. The Contractor shall continue to water sod as needed and/or directed by the Engineer as indicated by sun exposure, soil, heat and rain conditions, to establish and assure growth, until termination of the contract. Dead sod, or sod not acceptable to the Engineer, shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at no additional compensation. Any questions concerning the type of existing sod shall be determined by the Engineer. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, payment for sod (including labor, equipment, materials, placement, rolling, watering, etc.) shall be included in other bid items. Payment for these associated bid items may be withheld until the Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly placed stand of grass. When this work is given as a separate bid item, it shall cover all labor, equipment and materials, (including water) required for this work and shall be paid for on the basis of each square foot in place and accepted. No payment for sod shall be made until the Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly placed stand of grass. • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 904. SEEDING Seed, or seed and mulch, shall only be used when specified for certain demolition projects. The seed and/or mulch shall be placed as called for on the plans in the following manner. The area to be seeded shall be brought to the required line and grade, fertilized and seeded in basic conformance with FDOT's Standard Specifications Sections 570, 981, 982 and 983. However, no wildflower seed shall be used, and Argentine Bahia Seed shall be used instead of Pensacola Bahia. No sprigging will be required. Also, the addition of 20 lb. of Rye Seed (to total 60 lb. of seed per acre) will be required during the stated periods. It is also required that the Contractor maintain said seed until growth is assured. When this work is given as a bid item, the item shall cover all labor, material, equipment (including water), required for this work, and shall be paid for on the basis of each square yard in place and accepted. If called for on the plans, but not shown as a bid item, then the cost of such work as stated above shall be included in the cost of other work. 905. LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS 905 -1. SCOPE To remove trash and debris from landscape and paved area; maintenance and fertilization of plant beds and landscape materials; maintenance, repair, and operation of irrigation systems; ornamental pest control; palm pruning; maintenance of traffic; and the cleaning of hard surfaces SECTION IV Page 99 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications at designated areas. The Contractor is to work with the City in coordinating maintenance activities and reporting irregularities in the work zone. The Contractor(s) will provide the labor and materials required to maintain the specified landscaped street areas including: • Traffic safety and Maintenance of Traffic; • Trash and debris removal from the job site; • Removal of weeds in landscaped areas and hard surfaces; • Proper trimming and pruning of landscape plants and palms; • Proper fertilization and pest control of landscape and palms (may be subcontracted); • Irrigation service and repair; • Mulch replacement; • Cleaning of hard surfaces; and the • Reporting of irregularities at the job site. 905 -2. SCHEDULING OF WORK The Contractor(s) shall accomplish all landscape maintenance required under the contract between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. Monday through Saturday, excluding observed holidays. The City may grant, on an individual basis, permission to perform contract maintenance at other hours. All work shall be completed in a continuous manner, such as cleanup, weeding, trimming, etc., be completed before leaving the job site. 905 -3. WORK METHODS 905 -3.1. MAINTENANCE SCHEDULING The Contractor(s) will adhere to a work schedule provided by the City (see Level of Service). Any variations to that schedule, requested by either party, must be approved, either verbally or in writing by an authorized representative of the other party. 905 -3.2. DUTIES PER SERVICE VISIT The Contractor(s) shall provide the following service at each scheduled visit to the designated location: 905 - 3.2.1. LITTER AND DEBRIS Remove trash and debris from the project site. Proper disposal of collected trash and debris is the Contractor's responsibility. Extraordinary amounts of debris caused by hurricanes, tornadoes, vandalism, etc., would be the responsibility of the City to clean up. The Contractor should report such accumulations of debris when they are encountered. Bids for the extraordinary cleanup from the Contractor would be considered. Work sites should be left in a clean and neat appearance upon completion. All debris from pruning process is to be removed from the job site and disposed of by the Contractor. SECTION IV Page 100 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications S 905- 3.2.2. VISUAL CHECK The site should be checked for irregularities, such as irrigation leaks, vehicle damage, dead or damaged plant material, vandalism, etc., which should be reported to the City within twenty -four (24) hours after providing the service. 905 - 3.2.3. PLANT TRIMMING AND PALM PRUNING All plant material should be trimmed in a manner that promotes the natural shape and mature size of the particular species. Trimming should be performed at intervals that will maintain plants in a neat appearance. Trimming should be performed to promote fullness of the plants, while maintaining height restrictions in Clear Sight Zones as established on the landscape plans. Plants shall be kept trimmed to the back of curb. Brown foliage shall be removed from Liriope. Palm pruning to be performed at least once per year, preferably in late June or July following flower formation, consistent with the following specification: 905 - 3.2.3.1. PHOENIX SPECIES (CANARY DATE, INDIA DATE, PYGMY DATE, ETC.) Remove all descending fronds, to the base of the frond; all parallel and ascending fronds are to remain in order to leave a full, rounded head; seed heads may remain, but remove old faded heads that are encountered in the pruning process; and remove loose frond boots; remove vegetation, such as strangler figs, Brazilian Pepper, Asparagus fern, etc., growing in the frond boots or on the trunk. Provide the rounded, classic cut on all Medjool palm boots. No climbing spikes allowed on palms. 905 - 3.2.3.2. TRAFFIC CONTROL Proper and safe work zones in vehicular traffic areas are to be set up and maintained by the Contractor, according to the approved Maintenance of Traffic specifications. 905 - 3.2.3.3. PEDESTRIAN SAFETY Contractor is responsible for maintaining safe work zones in areas where pedestrian and park users are present. The City reserves the right to limit the hours of operation in certain high pedestrian use areas. 905 - 3.2.4. PLANT FERTILIZATION All tree and plant material should be fertilized with the appropriate amount of 20 -6 -12 sulfur coated, slow release, ornamental fertilizer, three times per year. Applications should be made in mid - February, early June, and mid - September, for the first two years. Fertilizer types and amounts will change with requirements of maturing landscape materials. 905 - 3.2.5. WEED REMOVAL IN LANDSCAPED AREA Weeds should be removed on a regular basis in order to keep them from being visibly noticeable. Weed control with the use of appropriate herbicides is allowable, given they are properly applied by a certified applicator. Herbicide damage to landscape material will be remedied by Contractor at their expense. SECTION IV Page 101 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 905 - 3.2.6. MULCH CONDITION Should be maintained at a thickness that will discourage weed growth as well as help retain soil moisture, usually three inches (3 "). 905 - 3.2.7. IRRIGATION SERVICE AND REPAIR Should be performed at each visit to assure the system's proper operation and timing. Drip tubing should be kept covered with mulch. Timer should be checked for proper time of day and operating schedule. Leaks or breaks in the system should be repaired before the next scheduled system running time. 905 - 3.2.8. LAWN AND ORNAMENTAL PEST CONTROL Should be performed by a properly licensed and certified applicator to keep pest populations at a less than damaging level. Landscape materials lost to or extensively damaged by pests will be replaced by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense. Diazinon products are not to be used on City properties. 905 - 3.2.9. PALM FERTILIZATION Apply three (3) pounds of Magnesium sulfate and one pound of Potassium evenly, per tree, across the root zone (typically within the dripline), annually in early February. 905 - 3.2.10. FREEZE PROTECTION The City will provide a freeze /frost protection fabric for the Contractor to install over freeze /frost sensitive plants (Lantana and Pentas). The covering material will be stored at a City facility. Contractor will remove the covering material from storage and install over the sensitive plants, securely fastening edges of the material to the ground per manufacturer's directions. The City will furnish metal pins needed for securing fabric to the ground. The City will notify the Contractor one (1) day or twenty -four (24) hours minimum prior to the need to protect plant material. After uses, the Contractor will prepare the fabric for storage and return it to the designated City facility. Protective covering shall be removed the following afternoon or remain in place as directed by the City. The City shall notify the Contractor by 11:00 a.m. about removing the cover or keeping it in place due to continued freezing temperatures. The City may cancel the freeze protection event at any time prior to the end of the scheduled installation day (5:00 p.m.) The Contractor will be compensated for the number of hours mobilization or on -site work at the contracted rate per man-hour unit price. The Contractor shall provide a unit price for the installation and removal of the covering fabric on a per event basis, as well as an hourly rate per employee required. The City and Contractor will coordinate appropriate irrigation operations with weather conditions. Should freeze /frost damage occur, the Contractor shall perform remedial work as per unit basis, as directed by the City. 906. LEVEL OF SERVICE The Project Site is to be serviced weekly. Repairs to damage or vandalism to be made within seven (7) working days of reported irregularity. Weekly visits should occur no closer than six (6) and no further than ten (10) calendar days apart. SECTION IV Page 102 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications • 907. COMPLETION OF WORK Within twenty -four (24) hours of completing work the City either in person or by phone of said completion. It is acceptable to leave a phone message. 908. INSPECTION AND APPROVAL Upon receiving notification from the Contractor, the City shall inspect the serviced location the following business day. If, upon inspection, the work specified has not been completed, the City shall contact the Contractor to indicate the necessary corrective measures. The Contractor will be given forty -eight (48) hours from this notification to make appropriate corrections. If the work has been completed successfully then the City will pay for services billed. • • 909. SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1. This location will be newly installed and under warranty by the installer for a twelve (12) month period on plants, trees and palms. Landscape installer will coordinate irrigation operation with the Maintenance contractor to assure adequate irrigation to the landscape materials. Installer will also be responsible for the untying of palm heads /fronds as they feel appropriate. 2. All listed acreage or square footage figures are estimates. 3. All work shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner, consistent with trade practices and standards which prevail in the industry. 4. The Contractor shall be responsible for damage to any plant material or site feature caused by the Contractor or their employees. The Contractor shall be notified in writing of the specific nature of the damage and cost of repair. The City shall, at its option, invoice the Contractor for the payment, or reduce by the amount of the repairs on the next regular payment to the Contractor. 5. Occasionally circumstances (standing water, prolonged inclement weather, parked vehicles, etc.) may make all or portions of a location unserviceable during the regular schedule. The Contractor shall notify the City Supervisor of such occurrences, and shall schedule to perform the required work to the location as soon as the pertaining circumstances are relieved. 910. TREE PROTECTION 910 -1. TREE BARRICADES A. A protective barrier shall be placed around all protected trees and palms prior to land preparation or construction activities within or adjacent to the work zone, including all staging and/or lay down areas. Protective barriers shall be installed as follows: 1. At or greater than the full dripline of all species of Mangroves and Cabbage Palms. 2. At or greater than the full dripline or all protected native pine trees and other conifer species. 3. At or greater than two- thirds (2/3) of the dripline of all other protected species SECTION IV Page 103 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 4. At or greater than the full dripline of trees within a specimen tree stand. B. Protective barriers are to be constructed using no less than two inch (2 ") lumber for upright posts. Upright posts are to be at least four feet (4') in length with a minimum of one foot (1') anchored in the ground. Upright posts are to be placed at a maximum distance of eight feet (8') apart. Horizontal rails are to be constructed using no less than one inch (1 ") by four -inch (4 ") lumber and shall be securely attached to the top of the upright post. The City's representative must approve any variation from the above requirements. C. Whenever a protective barrier is required, it shall be in place until all construction activity is terminated. The area within the barrier limits shall remain undisturbed by any activity during construction. Native ground cover and understory vegetation existing within the barriers shall remain throughout construction. Exotic plant species may only be removed by manual labor utilizing hand tools or by other means if authorized in writing by the City's representative. D. Prior to the erection of any required protective barrier, all surface foreign material, trash or debris shall be removed from the area enclosed by the barrier, and after erection of the barrier no such material or litter shall be permitted to remain within the protected area. No equipment, chemicals, soil deposits or construction materials shall be placed within such protective barriers. E. No signs, building permits, wires, or other attachments of any kind shall be attached to any protected tree or palm. F. At all times, due care shall be taken to protect the critical root zone of trees protected by this section, and root pruning requirements shall apply to such trees. 910 -2. ROOT PRUNING A. Where proposed construction improvements involve excavation and/or impacts to the critical root zone of protected trees, the Contractor shall be required to have an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist perform, or directly supervise root pruning to reduce the impacts of construction. The critical root zone is equivalent to the tree's dripline. Prior to any clearing, grubbing or excavation activities, the affected roots must be severed by clean pruning cuts at the point where grubbing or excavation impacts the root system. Roots can be pruned utilizing specified root pruning equipment designed for that purpose or by hand digging a trench and pruning roots with a pruning saw, chain saw or other equipment designed for tree pruning. Root pruning by trenching equipment or excavation equipment is strictly prohibited. Roots located in the critical root zone that will be impacted by construction activities shall be pruned to a minimum depth of eighteen inches (18 ") below existing grade or to the depth of the proposed impact if less than eighteen inches (18 ") from existing grade. The City's Representative on Engineering Department projects for Root Pruning issues is the Senior Landscape Architect and can be reached at (727) 562 -4747, or through the construction inspector assigned to the project. B. Root pruning shall only be performed by or under the direct supervision of an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist. C. Any proposed root pruning trenches shall be identified on site (i.e. staked or painted) inspected and approved by the City's representative prior to actual root pruning. SECTION IV Page 104 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications • D. Root pruning shall be performed as far in advance of other construction activities as is feasible, but at a minimum shall be performed prior to ANY impacts to the soil. Associated tree protection measures should be implemented upon completion of said root pruning. E. If there is a likelihood of excessive wind and/or rain exceptional care shall be taken on any root pruning activities. F. Root pruning shall be limited to a minimum of ten inches (10 ") per one inch (1 ") of the trunk diameter from the tree base. Any exception must be approved by the City's representative prior to said root pruning. G. Roots shall be cut cleanly, as far from the trunk of the tree as possible. Root pruning shall be done to a minimum depth of eighteen inches (18 ") from existing grade, or to the depth of the disturbance if less than eighteen inches (18 "). H. Root pruning shall be performed using a root cutting machine specifically designed for this purpose. Alternate equipment or techniques must be approved by the City's representative, prior to any work adjacent to trees to be preserved. I. Root pruning shall be completed, inspected and accepted prior to the commencement of any excavation or other impacts to the critical root zones of trees to be protected. J. Excavations in an area where root are present shall not cause the tearing or ripping of tree roots. Roots must first be cleanly severed prior to continuing with the excavation, or tunneled around to prevent damage to the root. • K. Tree roots shall not be exposed to drying out. Root ends shall be covered with native soil or burlap and kept moist until final backfill or final grades has been established. L. When deemed appropriate (e.g., during periods of drought) the City representative may require a temporary irrigation system be utilized in the remaining critical root zones of root pruned trees. M. When underground utility lines are to be installed within the critical root zone, the root pruning requirement may be waived if the lines are installed via tunneling or directional boring as opposed to open trenching. 910 -3. PROPER TREE PRUNING A. All tree pruning and/or root pruning on existing trees to remain shall only be performed by or under the direct supervision of an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist. Furthermore, all tree work shall conform to the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 2001, American National Standard for tree care operations — Tree, Shrub and other Woody Plant Maintenance — Standard practices (pruning) ANSI A -300. B. Proper pruning techniques for all lateral branches of protected trees are required. Flush cuts (pruning cuts that remove the branch collar) and stub cuts (cuts that leave a stub on the tree) are improper techniques. Any protected tree that has been improperly pruned will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Code of Ordinances and Community Development Code. 110 C. No protected tree shall have more than thirty percent (30 %) of its foliage removed. SECTION IV Page 105 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications D. No protected tree shall be topped, hat racked or lion - tailed. Any protected tree that has been improperly pruned will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Code of Ordinances and Community Development Code. E. Tree Trunks and limbs shall be protected. The use of tree spikes or other devices that damage trunk and bark tissue on protected trees shall be prohibited. Any protected tree that has been damaged in such a manner will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Code of Ordinances and Community Development Code. SECTION IV Page 106 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • SECTION IVa TABLE OF CONTENTS City of Clearwater Project No. 13-0043-EN EAST GATEWAY STORMWATER AND SANITARY IMPROVEMENTS Supplemental Technical Specifications (STS) These Supplemental Conditions amend or supplement the General Conditions Section III and Technical Specifications Section IV of the Constitution Contract and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. All provisions that are not so amended or supplemented remain in full force and effect. The terms used in these Supplemental Conditions will have the meaning indicated in the General Conditions. Additional terms used in these Supplemental Conditions have the meaning indicated below, which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof. STS -01 includes amendments to the referenced conditions found in Section III General Conditions STS -01 REVISIONS TO ARTICLE 23 — PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS STS -02 through STS -04 includes amendments to the referenced conditions found in Section IV Technical Specifications STS -02 REVISIONS TO ARTICLE 204 - UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL STS -03 REVISIONS TO ARTICLE 603 - STORM SEWERS STS -04 REVISIONS TO ARTICLE 500 - POTABLE WATERMAINS, RECLAIMED WATERMAINS AND APPURTENANCES STS -05 through STS -18 includes additional conditions that supplement or supersede conditions found in Section IV Technical Specifications STS -06 0122 00 BASIS OF PAYMENT STS -07 01 51 39 SEWER BYPASS PUMPING STS -08 0155 26 SUPPLEMENTAL MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC STS -09 0171 13 MOBILIZATION STS -10 02 4100 DEMOLITION STS -11 02 82 13.33 ASBESTOS ABATEMENT FOR UTILITIES STS -12 03 24 00 FIBER MESH REINFORCEMENT STS -13 31 13 13 TREE REMOVAL STS -14 3123 23.33 FLOWABLE FILL STS -15 33 01 10.01 HYDROSTATIC TESTING FOR TRANSMISSION MAINS STS -16 33 01 10.61 LINE STOP STS -18 33 44 19.13 BAFFLE BOX Section IVa TOC -1 Section IVa — Supplemental Technical Specifications Not valid unless stamped or embossed with Engineer's Seal, signed and dated in contrasting color ink. The following specifications, see below, have been prepared under the responsible charge of Colin Miller, P.E., and is based on the professional engineer's knowledge, experience, and belief, in accordance with commonly accepted procedures consistent with applicable standards of practice. Specifications List: 1. STS -02 REVISIONS TO ARTICLE 204 - UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL 2. STS -03 REVISIONS TO ARTICLE 603 - STORM SEWERS 3. STS -04 REVISIONS TO ARTICLE 500 - POTABLE 4. STS -05 0122 00 BASIS OF PAYMENT 5. STS -06 01 51 39 SEWER BYPASS PUMPING 6. STS -07 0155 26 SUPPLEMENTAL MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC 7. STS -08 0171 13 MOBILIZATION 8. STS -09 02 4100 DEMOLITION 9. STS -10 02 82 13.33 ASBESTOS ABATEMENT FOR UTILITIES 10. STS -11 03 24 00 FIBER MESH REINFORCEMENT 11. STS -12 31 13 13 TREE REMOVAL 12. STS -13 3123 23.33 FLOWABLE FILL 13. STS -14 33 01 10.01 HYDROSTATIC TESTING FOR TRANSMISSION MAINS 14. STS -15 33 01 10.61 LINE STOP 15. STS -16 33 44 19.13 BAFFLE BOX Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. 14499 N. Dale Mabry Hwy Suite 290 Tampa, FL 33618 P: (813) 963 -6469 W: www.interfloweng.com Certificate of Authorization No. 26901 e®% ` 11 S ®N M 1i,, �.` N ®,.• �G E N S. �� ,.,` va�0 y ‘� •' ( , No 61 75 = * ° it a-ta: .0t: Z. ,�- # tl /1( ff . ' y` • 'n i 4 ? 6IT7 ; ,v'', %Q 3 f I alt 1plltr•�' °�� Date Section Iva East Gateway • Section IVa — Supplemental Technical Specifications STS -01 Revisions to Section III Article 23 - Project Information Signs A. Add the following to the end of Article 23.2 A reference on the sign shall be made that the project is cooperatively funded with the Southwest Florida Water Management District. STS -02 Revisions to Section IV Article 204 — Unsuitable Material A. Add the following to the end of Article 204: Unsuitable Material Removal & Replacement Should unsuitable material, as specified in Article 204 of the City of Clearwater specifications, be encountered at the project site, it shall be excavated in accordance with Article 204 and removed from the project site. Measurement of this item will be the actual volume in cubic yards of unsuitable materials removed, and acceptable soils replaced, compacted and accepted by the Engineer. Payment will be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard for the work. The payment will be full compensation for all labor, equipment and materials to complete all work, which includes hauling of any material from the project site, obtaining replacement backfill, compaction and testing. STS -03 Revisions to Section IV Article 603 — Storm Sewers A. Revise Article 603 As follows: Contractor shall perform density tests on pipe foundation materials in accordance with Geotechnical Engineer's recommendations (Refer to Appendix). Loose soils within the foundation shall be properly compacted to Geotechnical Engineer's specifications; unsuitable materials shall be removed and replaced with clean compacted backfill. B. Revise Article 603 -2 Basis of Payment as follows: Payment shall be the unit price per lineal foot for storm sewer pipe in place and accepted, measured along the centerline of the storm sewer pipe to the inside face of exterior walls of storm manholes or drainage structures and to the outside face of endwalls. Said unit price includes all work required to install the pipe (i.e. all materials, equipment, filter fabric wrap, labor, tree root pruning, excavation, sheeting for trenching and installation of the main storm sewer line, removal of unsuitable material, and incidentals, etc.). Additional root pruning required to install storm sewer pipe other than within the main storm sewer trench shall be paid for separately. Payment shall be per lineal foot of root pruning along proposed Section Iva East Gateway Section IVa — Supplemental Technical Specifications lateral structures and storm pipelines in conflict with tree root zones. STS -04 Revisions to Section IV Article 500 - Potable Watermains, Reclaimed Watermains And Appurtenances A. Revise Article 502 -2.1 Ductile Iron Pipe as follows: Ductile Iron Pipe shall be in accordance with ANSI /AWWA C151/A21.51 latest revision. Pipe thickness class, wall thickness and working pressure shall conform to the following table: Size Class Thickness (In.) Rated Water Working Pressure (PSI) 4" 51 0.26 350 6" 50 0.25 350 8" 50 0.27 350 12" 50 0.31 350 16" 50 0.34 350 20" 51 0.39 350 24" 52 0.44 350 The trench laying condition shall be Type 4; Pipe bedded in sand, gravel, or crushed stone to depth of, to depth of 1/8 pipe diameter, 4 -inch minimum. Backfill compacted to top of pipe to a minimum of 80% Standard Proctor. Pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSI /AWWA C151/A21.51 latest revision. Pipe shall be asphalt coated on the outside and standard cement lined and sealed coated with approved bituminous seal coat in accordance with ANSI /AWWA C104/A21.4 latest revision. Ductile iron pipe shall be used for all hydrant installations and for fire line installations from the main to the backflow preventer. B. Revise Article 506 -1 General as follows: Bids must include all sections and items as specified herein and as listed on the Bid Form. Payment for the work of constructing the project will be made at the unit price or lump sum payment for the items of work as set forth in the Bid, which payment will constitute full compensation for all labor, equipment, and materials required to complete the work. No separate payment will be made for the following items and the cost of such work shall be included in the applicable pay items of work: • Advance dig up and verification of water main elevations, • Coordination of shutdown with City of Clearwater utility officials, • Excavation, including necessary pavement removal Section Iva East Gateway • • • Section IVa — Supplemental Technical Specifications • Shoring and /or dewatering • Structural fill • Backfill • Grading • Tracer wire • Refill materials • Joints materials • Testing, sampling, and sterilization • Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable system. Section Iva East Gateway 13- 0043 -EN (STS -05) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 1 October 2016 Clearwater, Florida SECTION 0122 00 Basis of Measurement and Payment PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY The Contractor shall receive and accept the compensation as provided in the Bidder's Proposal and the Contract in full payment for furnishing all materials, labor, tools, equipment, and for performing all operations necessary to complete the work under the contract, and also in full payment for all loss or damages arising from the nature of the work, or in any discrepancy between the actual quantities of work and quantities herein estimated by the Engineer, or from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen difficulties which may be encountered during the prosecution of the work until the final acceptance by the City. Work not shown or called out in either the Drawings or the Specifications, but necessary in carrying out the intent of the Project or in the complete and proper execution of the Work, is required and shall be performed by the Contractor as though it were specifically delineated or described. No additional compensation will be considered for this associated and necessary work. The prices stated in the Bidder's Proposal include all costs and expenses for taxes, labor, equipment, materials, commissions, transportation charges and expenses, patent fees and royalties, labor for handling materials during inspection, together with any and all other costs and expenses for performing and completing the work as shown on the plans and specified herein. The Basis for Payment for an item at the unit price shown in the Bidder's Proposal shall be in accordance with the description of the item in this Section. The Contractor's attention is again called to the fact that the quotations for the various items of work are intended to establish a total price for completing the work in its entirety. Should the Contractor feel that the costs for any item of work has not been established by the Bidder's Proposal or Measurement and Payment, he shall include the costs for that work in some other applicable bid item, so that his proposal for the project does reflect his total price for completing the work in its entirety. 1.2 LUMP SUM QUANTITIES Contractor shall be solely responsible for determining the quantities of each lump sum pay item necessary to complete the Work as required by the Contract Documents. When lump sum items are broken into components, the sum of the components shall be the total Contract Price for the Work. The lump sum price stated on the Bidder's Proposal shall constitute full compensation for each lump sum pay item completed in accordance with the drawings and specifications. No other payments will be made to the Contractor except as specifically authorized by change order. The City reserves the right to request a schedule of values for all lump sum items. 1.3 UNIT PRICE QUANTITIES All estimated quantities stipulated in the Unit Price portion of the Bidder's Proposal or other Contract Documents are approximate and are to be used only (a) as a basis for estimating the probable cost of the Work and (b) for the purpose of comparing the bids submitted for the Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Basis of Measurement and Payment 13- 0043 -EN 4a 0122 00 Basis of Payment 20161001a.docx 01 22 00 - 1 13- 0043 -EN (STS -05) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 1 October 2016 Clearwater, Florida Work. The actual amounts of work done and materials furnished under unit price items may differ from the estimated quantities. The basis of payment for unit price work and materials shall be the actual amount of work done and materials furnished. Contractor agrees that he shall make no claim for damages, anticipated profits, or otherwise on account of any difference between the amounts of work actually performed and materials actually furnished and the estimated amounts thereof. 1.4 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Payment for all work done in compliance with the Contract Documents, inclusive of furnishing all manpower, equipment, materials and performance of all operations relative to construction of this project, will be made under the pay items listed herein and in accordance with the accepted Bid. B. Methods of Measurement: 1. Units of Measurement shall be defined in general terms as follows: a. Lump Sum (LS) b. Linear Feet (LF) c. Cubic Yards (CY) d. Square Yards (SY) e. Each (EA) f. Square Foot (SF) g. Ton (TN) 1.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT Measurement and payment for each bid item shall include all labor, materials and equipment required to perform the work included for that respective item to provide a complete and operable installation whether specifically described, mentioned or implied. Payment for all sheeting, shoring, bracing, cofferdams, and other items necessary for a safe and workable excavation shall be included in those Items requiring same for a complete and operable installation whether specifically described, mentioned or implied. 1.6 ITEMS INCLUDED BUT NOT SPECIFIED The unit or lump sum prices designated in the proposal shall include all profit, taxes, labor, overhead, material, equipment, tools, survey staking, utility notification and coordination, resident notification (preparation and distribution of door hangers), towing of vehicles, clearing of right -of -way, supporting/protection of existing utilities, shoring and trench safety precautions, sheeting, removal of pavement, backfill, dewatering, extra backfill material as required (not including flowable fill), restoration of irrigation systems, transportation /trucking, stone bedding for storm structures, plugging of existing pipe and structures, excavation materials, replacement of storm piping, protection and resetting of decorative tree rings, Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Basis of Measurement and Payment 13- 0043 -EN 4a 0122 00 Basis of Payment 20161001a.docx 0122 00 - 2 13- 0043 -EN (STS -05) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 1 October 2016 Clearwater, Florida removal and resetting of traffic control signs and devices in accordance with City requirements, removal and remounting of benches and garbage cans, concrete encasement, concrete thrust blocking, concrete slabs under new backflow devices, record drawing and "As -Built Survey" preparation and other work incidental thereto and specified in these specifications and on the Drawings, all as applicable to the item described unless designated otherwise in the Unit Price Bid Schedule and hereafter specified. 1.7 PAY ITEMS Pay Item 101 MOBILIZATION Basis of Measurement: amount earned as a percentage of the total contract price as described in Section 01 71 13. Basis of Payment includes: mobilization as described in Section 01 17 13. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section 01 71 13. Pay Item 102 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC Basis of Measurement: percent based on the amount earned of the total contract as percentage. Basis of Payment includes: preparation of General Use Permit (FDOT), preparation of maintenance traffic plan(s), installation and removal of traffic control devices, personnel and equipment for restricting traffic from the work area(s). Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Sections IV Article 107, FDOT Design Standards Index Series 600, and 0155 26 Supplemental Maintenance of Traffic. Pay Item 103 CLEARING & GRUBBING Basis of Measurement: percent based on the amount earned of the total contract as percentage. Basis of Payment includes: removal and disposal of all asphalt, concrete, curbs, walls, vegetation, boulders, conduits, poles, posts, brush, stumps, debris and other obstructions resting on or protruding through the ground surface necessary to prepare the area for construction. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section IV Article 206. Pay Item 104 REMOVAL & REPLACEMENT OF UNSUITABLE MATERIAL (ALLOWANCE) Basis of Measurement: cubic yard of material removed and replaced. Basis of Payment includes: excavation, shoring, protecting adjacent utilities, hauling, disposal, and backfilling with suitable material. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section IV Article 204. Pay Item 105 EROSION & SEDIMENTATION CONTROL INCL. SILT FENCE & INLET PROTECTION Basis of Measurement: percent based on the amount earned of the total contract as percentage. Basis of Payment includes: materials, installation, and maintenance of all proposed erosion and sedimentation control devices. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section IV Article 207. Pay Item 106 FLOATING TURBIDITY BARRIER Basis of Measurement: percent based on the amount earned of the total contract as percentage. Basis of Payment includes: materials, installation, and maintenance of proposed Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Basis of Measurement and Payment 13- 0043 -EN 4a 01 22 00 Basis of Payment 20161001a.docx 0122 00 - 3 13- 0043 -EN (STS -05) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 1 October 2016 Clearwater, Florida Turbidity Barriers. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Standard Drawing 609. Pay Item 107 TREE BARRICADES Basis of Measurement: percent based on the amount earned of the total contract as percentage. Basis of Payment includes: materials, installation, and maintenance of proposed Tree Barricades. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section IV Article 910. Pay Item 108 ROOT PRUNING Basis of Measurement: percent based on the amount earned of the total contract as percentage. Basis of Payment includes: root pruning equipment, clean up and surface restoration. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section IV Article 910. Pay Item 109 TREE REMOVAL (ALLOWANCE); 8 "< DIA. 5 12" Pay Item 110 TREE REMOVAL (ALLOWANCE); 12" < DIA. 5 24" Pay Item 111 TREE REMOVAL (ALLOWANCE); 24" < DIA. <_ 36" Pay Item 112 PALM TREE REMOVAL (ALLOWANCE) Basis of Measurement: per each tree removed for given diameter. Basis of Payment includes: tree pruning, stump removal, stump grinding, and surface restoration. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section 31 13 13 Tree Removal. Pay Item 113 14" ROADWAY BASE Basis of Measurement: by square yard of base or stabilized subgrade. Basis of Payment includes: material, excavation, compaction, grading, and surface maintenance. Reference(s): Section IV Article 702. Pay Item 114 REMOVE & REPLACE MODIFIED CURB (CITY INDEX NO. 101) Pay Item 115 REMOVE & REPLACE STRAIGHT CURB (CITY INDEX NO. 101) Pay Item 116 REMOVE & REPLACE TYPE 1 CURB (CITY INDEX NO. 101) Pay Item 117 REMOVE & REPLACE VALLEY CURB (CITY INDEX NO. 101) Basis of Measurement: linear foot of curb measure along face. Basis of Payment includes: excavation, forming, concrete, curing, and finishing. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Sections IV Article 706 and 03 24 00 Fiber Mesh Reinforcing. Pay Item 118 4" CONCRETE SIDEWALK (INCLUDES CURB RAMPS) Basis of Measurement: square foot. Basis of Payment includes: excavation, forming, concrete, curing, curb, curb ramps (excluding detectable warning), and finishing. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Sections IV Article 707 and 03 24 00 Fiber Mesh Reinforcing. Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Basis of Measurement and Payment 13- 0043 -EN 4a 0122 00 Basis of Payment 20161001a.docx 0122 00 - 4 13- 0043 -EN (STS -05) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 1 October 2016 Clearwater, Florida Pay Item 119 DETECTABLE WARNING STRIP Basis of Measurement: per each installed. Basis of Payment includes: materials, installation, and surface restoration. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with FDOT SSRBC 527. Pay Item 120 CONCRETE DRIVEWAY RESTORATION Pay Item 121 ASPHALT DRIVEWAY RESTORATION Basis of Measurement: square yard of completely restored driveways. Basis of Payment includes: demolition, excavation, grading, forming, asphalt or concrete, curing, and finishing. If existing driveway is a paver or brick driveway, demolition includes removal by hand, palletizing at location provided by City, and coordination with driveway owner regarding replacement of brick or paver driveway. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Sections IV Article 701 and 03 24 00 Fiber Mesh Reinforcing. Pay Item 122 SODDING Basis of Measurement: percent based on the amount earned of the total contract as percentage. Basis of Payment includes: sod, installation, water, and maintenance during construction. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section IV Article 903. Pay Item 201 F &I 10" PVC SDR35 Pay Item 202 F &I 12" CMP Pay Item 203 F &I 12" PVC Pay Item 204 F &I 15" RCP CL3 Pay Item 205 F &I 18" RCP CL3 Pay Item 206 F &I 24" RCP CL3 Pay Item 207 F &I 30" RCP CL3 Pay Item 208 F &I 36" RCP CL3 Pay Item 209 F &I 38" x 24" ERCP Basis of Measurement: linear foot installed and accepted. Basis of Payment includes: pipe, dewatering, trenching, excavation, shoring, protecting adjacent utilities, stone bedding, wrap, gaskets, backfilling and commissioning. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section IV Articles 403 or 603. Pay Item 210 F &I 42" DIA MH (FDOT 200) Pay Item 211 F &I 48" DIA MH (FDOT 200) Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Basis of Measurement and Payment 13- 0043 -EN 4a 0122 00 Basis of Payment 20161001a.docx 01 22 00 - 5 13- 0043 -EN (STS -05) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 1 October 2016 Clearwater, Florida Pay Item 212 F &I 48 "x48" JUNCTION BOX (FDOT 200) Pay Item 213 F &I 60" DIA MH (FDOT 200) Pay Item 214 F &I 60 "x60" JUNCTION BOX (FDOT 200) Pay Item 215 F &I 72" DIA MH (FDOT 200) Pay Item 216 F &I FDOT 221 TYPE V Pay Item 217 F &I FDOT 232 TYPE E (MODIFIED) (FDOT 200 ALT A, 72" DIA) Pay Item 218 F &I TYPE A WING INLET - LT Pay Item 219 F &I TYPE A WING INLET - RT Pay Item 220 F &I TYPE C WING INLET - DBL Pay Item 221 F &I TYPE C WING INLET - DBL (FDOT 200 ALT A, 48" DIA TYPE P) Pay Item 222 F &I TYPE C WING INLET - DBL (FDOT 200 ALT A, 72" DIA TYPE J) Pay Item 223 F &I TYPE C WING INLET - LT Pay Item 224 F &I TYPE C WING INLET - LT (FDOT 200 ALT A, 48" DIA TYPE P) Pay Item 225 F &I TYPE C WING INLET - LT (FDOT 200 ALT A, 60" DIA TYPE J) Pay Item 226 F &I TYPE C WING INLET - RT Pay Item 227 F &I TYPE C WING INLET - RT (FDOT 200 ALT A, 48" DIA TYPE P) Pay Item 228 F &I TYPE C WING INLET - RT (FDOT 200 ALT A, 60" DIA TYPE J) Pay Item 229 F &I TYPE C WING INLET - RT (FDOT 200 ALT A, 72" DIA TYPE J) Pay Item 230 F &I TYPE C WING INLET - RT (FDOT 200 ALT B, 42 "x42" TYPE P) Pay Item 231 F &I TYPE C WING INLET - RT (FDOT 200 ALT B, 48 "x48" TYPE P) Pay Item 232 F &I TYPE F WING INLET - LT Pay Item 233 F &I TYPE F WING INLET - DBL Pay Item 234 F &I TYPE C WING INLET - LT (5' -4" DBL BOX) Pay Item 235 F &I TYPE C WING INLET - RT (5' -4" DBL BOX) Pay Item 236 F &I U -TYPE ENDWALL (FDOT 264) Basis of Measurement: per each installed and accepted. Basis of Payment includes: structure (concrete, reinforcing), dewatering, trenching, excavation, shoring, protecting adjacent utilities, grout, stone bedding, backfilling and commissioning. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section IV Article 604. Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Basis of Measurement and Payment 13- 0043 -EN 4a 0122 00 Basis of Payment 20161001a.docx 01 22 00 - 6 13- 0043 -EN (STS -05) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 1 October 2016 Clearwater, Florida Pay Item 237 F &I BAFFLE BOX (SUNTREE NSBB -5- 10.5 -101) Pay Item 238 F &I BAFFLE BOX (SUNTREE NSBB- 6- 12 -87) Pay Item 239 F &I BAFFLE BOX (SUNTREE NSBB- 6- 12 -89) Pay Item 240 F &I BAFFLE BOX (SUNTREE NSBB- 6- 12 -92) Pay Item 241 F &I BAFFLE BOX (SUNTREE NSBB- 8- 14 -97) Basis of Measurement: per each installed and accepted. Basis of Payment includes: nutrient separating baffle box, dewatering, excavation, shoring, protecting adjacent utilities, grout, stone bedding, backfilling, commissioning, and surface restoration (if located in grass). Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section 33 4419.13 Baffle Box. Pay Item 242 CONNECT PROPOSED STORM TO EXISTING (ALLOWANCE) Basis of Measurement: per each constructed and accepted. Basis of Payment includes: materials (pipes, joints, junctions, structures), modifications to proposed structures, equipment, dewatering, excavation, shoring, backfill, and commissioning. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section IV Article 402. Pay Item 243 CUT OUTFALLS INTO CONC. EMBANKMENTS, CONNECT PIPE, & REPAIR OPENINGS Basis of Measurement: per each constructed and accepted. Basis of Payment includes: excavation, dewatering, backfill, material, equipment, shoring, grout, and reinforcing. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section IV Article 603. Pay Item 244 DEMO & DISPOSE EXISTING STORM PIPE: DIA 512" Pay Item 245 DEMO & DISPOSE EXISTING STORM PIPE: 12" <DIA 518" Pay Item 246 DEMO & DISPOSE EXISTING STORM PIPE: 18" <DIA 530" Basis of Measurement: linear foot removed and disposed. Basis of Payment includes: dewatering, excavation, shoring, removal, proper disposal, backfill, and surface restoration. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section(s) 02 4100 Demolition. Pay Item 247 DEMO & DISPOSE EXISTING STORM STRUCTURES Basis of Measurement: per each removed and disposed. Basis of Payment includes: dewatering, excavation, shoring, removal, proper disposal, backfill, and surface restoration. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section 02 4100 Demolition. Pay Item 248 FLOWABLE FILL Basis of Measurement: cubic yard of fill placed inside structures or pipes. Basis of Payment includes: material, equipment, grout, plugging at existing structures. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section 3123 23.33 Flowable Fill. Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Basis of Measurement and Payment 13- 0043 -EN 4a 01 22 00 Basis of Payment 20161001a.docx 0122 00 - 7 13- 0043 -EN (STS -05) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 1 October 2016 Clearwater, Florida Pay Item 249 DRAINAGE DIVERSION, TEMPORARY Basis of Measurement: percent based on the amount earned of the total contract as percentage. Basis of Payment includes: materials, equipment (including pumping, power generation), fixtures, temporary pipes and structures. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section IV Article 604. Pay Item 301 F &I 6" DIP WM, RJ; INCLUDING POLY WRAP, FITTINGS, & BENDS Pay Item 302 F &I 16" DIP WM, RJ; INCLUDING POLY WRAP, FITTINGS, COUPLES & BENDS Pay Item 303 F &I 20" DIP WM, RJ; INCLUDING POLY WRAP, FITTINGS, COUPLES & BENDS Basis of Measurement: linear foot installed and accepted. Basis of Payment includes: excavation, pipe, dewatering, shoring, protection of adjacent utilities, bends, joints (including tees), tapping, disinfection (including pigging), gate valve installation, material, backfill, joint restraint, mechanical joint restraint, poly wrap, and commissioning. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Sections IV Article 500, 02 82 13.33 Asbestos Abatement for Utilities, 33 01 10.01 Hydrostatic Tests for Transmission Main, and 33 01 10.61 Line Stop. Pay Item 304 F &I 16" RESTRAINTS; EXISTING PIPE ONLY Pay Item 305 F &I 20" RESTRAINTS; EXISTING PIPE ONLY Basis of Measurement: linear foot installed and accepted. Basis of Payment includes: excavation, backfill, restraint, poly wrap, dewatering, shoring, and surface restoration. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section IV Article 500. Pay Item 306 F &I 4" WM OFFSET /DEFLECTION (INCLUDES EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, LINE STOPS, PIPE, POLY WRAP, RESTRAINTS, INSTALLATION, FITTINGS, RESTRAINT OF EXISTING PIPE) Pay Item 307 F &I 6" WM OFFSET /DEFLECTION (INCLUDES EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, LINE STOPS, PIPE, POLY WRAP, RESTRAINTS, INSTALLATION, FITTINGS, RESTRAINT OF EXISTING PIPE) Basis of Measurement: per each installed and accepted. Basis of Payment includes: excavation, restraint of existing pipe, joints, bends, gate valves (as directed by City, paid separately), line stops, pipe, restraint of proposed pipe, dewatering, shoring, protection of adjacent utilities, backfill, and surface restoration. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section IV Article 500. Pay Item 308 F &I 6" GV W/ BOX (CITY 402) (ALLOWANCE) (AS DIRECTED BY CITY) Pay Item 309 F &I 8" GV W/ BOX (CITY 402) (ALLOWANCE) (AS DIRECTED BY CITY) Pay Item 310 F &I 12" GV W/ BOX (CITY 402) (ALLOWANCE) (AS DIRECTED BY CITY) Pay Item 311 F &I 20" GV w/ BOX (CITY 402) Basis of Measurement: per each installed and accepted. Basis of Payment includes: excavation, dewatering, shoring, protection of adjacent utilities, line stop (if necessary), valve, installation, Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Basis of Measurement and Payment 13- 0043 -EN 4a 01 22 00 Basis of Payment 20161001a.docx 01 22 00 - 8 13- 0043 -EN (STS -05) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 1 October 2016 Clearwater, Florida backfill, and surface restoration. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section IV Article 500. Pay Item 312 F &I TEMP 6" BLOW -OFF AND SAMPLE TAP; INCLUDING APPURETENANCES, FITTINGS, BENDS, & REMOVAL Pay Item 313 F &I TEMP 8" DIP WM, RJ (SUPPLY); INCLUDING APPURETENANCES, FITTINGS, BENDS, & REMOVAL Basis of Measurement: percent based on the amount earned of the potable water section as percentage. Basis of Payment includes: dewatering, excavation, trenching, shoring, protection of adjacent utilities, tapping sleeve, tapping equipment, temporary thrust restraint, fittings, joints, poly wrap, valves, pipe, casing, disinfection and surface restoration. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section IV Article 500. Pay Item 314 F &I 16" LINE STOP (ALLOWANCE) Pay Item 315 F &I 20" LINE STOP Basis of Measurement: per each installed, properly removed, and capped. Basis of Payment includes: dewatering, excavation, shoring, protection of adjacent utilities, tapping equipment, tapping sleeve, valves, fittings, disinfection, plugs, and surface restoration. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Sections IV Article 500 and 33 01 10.61 Line Stop and 02 82 13.33 Asbestos Abatement for Utilities. Pay Item 316 F &I 2" AIR VALVE (VAL -MATIC VMC- 38VC), INCLUDING APPURETENANCES, FITTINGS, BENDS, & CONC. PAD. Basis of Measurement: per each installed and accepted. Basis of Payment includes: valve (VAL- MATIC VMC -38C), tapping sleeve, pipe, valves, dewatering, excavation, shoring, trenching, backfill, concrete, restraints, disinfection, commissioning, and surface restoration. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Standard Drawing 402, Section IV Article 500. Pay Item 317 F &I 5 X" HYDRANT (CITY 402) Basis of Measurement: per each installed and accepted. Basis of Payment includes: fire hydrant, pipe, valves, dewatering, excavation, shoring, trenching, backfill, concrete, restraints, disinfection, commissioning, and surface restoration. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Standard Drawing 402 and Section IV Article 500. Pay Item 318 F &I BLOW OFF (CITY 404) Basis of Measurement: per each installed and accepted. Basis of Payment includes: valve, tapping sleeve, box (CITY 402), pipe, valves, dewatering, excavation, shoring, trenching, backfill, concrete, restraints, disinfection, commissioning, and surface restoration. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Standard Drawing 402, Section IV Article 500. Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Basis of Measurement and Payment 13- 0043 -EN 4a 01 22 00 Basis of Payment 20161001a.docx 01 22 00 - 9 13- 0043 -EN (STS -05) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 1 October 2016 Clearwater, Florida Pay Item 319 F &I TEMP B.O. / S. TAP (CITY 408); INCLUDING APPURETENANCES, FITTINGS, BENDS, & REMOVAL Pay Item 320 F &I TEMP CLz TAP (CITY 408); INCLUDING APPURETENANCES, FITTINGS, BENDS, & REMOVAL Basis of Measurement: per each installed, accepted, and removed. Basis of Payment includes: dewatering, excavation, trenching, shoring, protection of adjacent utilities, tapping sleeve, tapping equipment, temporary thrust restraint, fittings, joints, poly wrap, valves, pipe, casing, disinfection and surface restoration. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Standard Drawing 408 and Section IV Article 500. Pay Item 321 DEMO & DISPOSE EXISTING WM; OTHER THAN A -C WM Pay Item 322 DEMO & DISPOSE EXISTING 20" A -C WM Basis of Measurement: linear foot removed and disposed. Basis of Payment includes: dewatering, excavation, shoring, removal, proper disposal, backfill, and surface restoration. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section(s) 02 4100 Demolition and 02 8213.33 Asbestos Abatement for Utilities. Pay Item 323 REMOVE & REPLACE POTABLE WATER SERVICE CONNECTION (ALLOWANCE) Basis of Measurement: per each removed, installed, and accepted. Basis of Payment includes: dewatering, excavation, trenching, shoring, protection of adjacent utilities, tapping sleeve, tapping equipment, corporation stop, valves, pipe, casing, disinfection and surface restoration. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section IV Article 500. Pay Item 324 RELOCATE EXISTING METER (ALLOWANCE) (BY CITY ONLY) Basis of Measurement: per each relocated and accepted. Basis of Payment includes: dewatering, excavation, shoring, protection of adjacent utilities, meter, meter box, valves, disinfection, and surface restoration. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section IV Article 500. Pay Item 325 FLOWABLE FILL (ABANDONED FEATURES) Basis of Measurement: cubic yard of fill placed inside structures or pipes. Basis of Payment includes: material, equipment, grout, plugging at existing structures. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section 3123 23.33 Flowable Fill. Pay Item 326 CONST. THRUST COLLAR Basis of Measurement: per each installed and accepted. Basis of Payment includes: dewatering, excavation, trenching, shoring, protection of adjacent utilities, thrust restraint, concrete, backfill, and surface restoration. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Standard Drawing 408 and Section IV Article 500. Pay Item 401 F &I 8" PVC SDR 35 Pay Item 402 F &I 8" PVC SDR 26 Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Basis of Measurement and Payment 13- 0043 -EN 4a 01 22 00 Basis of Payment 20161001a.docx 01 22 00 -10 13- 0043 -EN (STS -05) 1October 2016 East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements Clearwater, Florida Basis of Measurement: linear foot installed and accepted. Basis of Payment includes: pipe, dewatering, trenching, excavation, shoring, protecting adjacent utilities, stone bedding, wrap, gaskets, stone bedding, backfilling and commissioning. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section IV Article 403. Pay Item 403 F &I 48" DIA MH Pay Item 404 F &I 48" DIA MH w/ OUTSIDE DROP Basis of Measurement: per each installed and accepted. Basis of Payment includes: structure (concrete, reinforcing), dewatering, trenching, excavation, shoring, protecting adjacent utilities, grout, outside drop (CITY 302), stone bedding, backfilling and commissioning. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section IV Article 403 and Standard Drawing 302. Pay Item 405 DEMO & DISPOSE EXISTING SANITARY PIPE Pay Item 406 DEMO & DISPOSE EXISTING SANITARY STRUCTURES Basis of Measurement: per each removed and disposed. Basis of Payment includes: dewatering, excavation, shoring, removal, proper disposal, backfill, and surface restoration. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section 02 4100 Demolition. Pay Item 407 FLOWABLE FILL FOR ABANDONED SANITARY SEWER PIPES Basis of Measurement: cubic yard of fill placed inside structures or pipes. Basis of Payment includes: material, equipment, grout, plugging at existing structures. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section 3123 23.33 Flowable Fill. Pay Item 408 SANITARY SEWER BYPASS Basis of Measurement: percent based on the amount earned of the total contract as percentage. Basis of Payment includes: dewatering, excavation, pipe, temporary structures, pumps, temporary power generation, monitoring, contaminated soil restoration, fines associated with spills, backfill, and surface restoration. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section 01 51 39 Sewer Bypass Pumping. Pay Item 409 REMOVE & REPLACE SANITARY LATERALS (CITY 305) Pay Item 410 REMOVE & REPLACE SANITARY LATERALS (CITY 305) (ALLOWANCE) Basis of Measurement: per each removed, replaced, and accepted. Basis of Payment includes: dewatering, excavation, shoring, trenching, protection of adjacent utilities, pipe, cleanout, grouting (if necessary), connections, stone bedding, backfill and surface restoration. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Standard Drawing 305, Sections IV Article 403 and 02 4100 Demolition. Pay Item 411 CONFLICT STRUCTURE (ALLOWANCE) Basis of Measurement: per each installed or modified and accepted. Basis of Payment includes: dewatering, excavation, trenching, modifications to existing/proposed structures, pipe, casing, shoring, pipe wrap, protection of adjacent utilities, stone bedding, backfill, and surface Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Basis of Measurement and Payment 13- 0043 -EN 4a 01 22 00 Basis of Payment 20161001a.docx 01 22 00 -11 13- 0043 -EN (STS -05) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 1 October 2016 Clearwater, Florida restoration. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Sections IV Articles 403 and 603. Pay Item 412 MODIFY EXISTING MANHOLE (ALLOWANCE) Pay Item 413 MODIFY EXISTING MANHOLE INCLUDING OUTSIDE DROP (ALLOWANCE) Basis of Measurement: per each modified and accepted. Basis of Payment includes: materials (pipes, joints, junctions, structures), modifications to proposed structures, equipment, protection of adjacent utilities, dewatering, excavation, shoring, backfill, and commissioning. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section IV Article 400. Pay Item 414 CONC. ENCASE EX. 24" PVC (AS DIRECTED BY CITY) Basis of Measurement: linear foot installed and accepted. Basis of Payment includes: dewatering, trenching, excavation, shoring, protecting adjacent utilities, concrete, fiber reinforcement, backfilling and commissioning. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section IV Article 403 and 03 24 00 Fiber Mesh Reinforcing. Pay Item 501 F &I 6" RCWM OFFSET /DEFLECTION (INCLUDES EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, PIPE, POLY WRAP, RESTRAINTS, INSTALLATION, FITTINGS, RESTRAINT OF EXISTING PIPE) Pay Item 502 F &I 16" RCWM OFFSET /DEFLECTION (INCLUDES EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, PIPE, POLY WRAP, RESTRAINTS, INSTALLATION, FITTINGS, RESTRAINT OF EXISTING PIPE) Pay Item 503 F &I 20" RCWM OFFSET /DEFLECTION (INCLUDES EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, PIPE, POLY WRAP, RESTRAINTS, INSTALLATION, FITTINGS, RESTRAINT OF EXISTING PIPE) Basis of Measurement: per each install and accepted. Basis of Payment includes: excavation, pipe, dewatering, shoring, protection of adjacent utilities, bends, tapping, disinfection (including pigging), gate valves, material, backfill, joint restraint (existing and proposed pipes), mechanical joint restraint, poly wrap, and commissioning. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Sections IV Article 500, 02 82 13.33 Asbestos Abatement for Utilities, 33 01 10.01 Hydrostatic Tests for Transmission Main, 33 01 10.61 Line Stop, and 33 11 13.01 Potable Water Main and Appurtenances. Pay Item 504 16" GATE VALVES FOR OFFSETS (ALLOWANCE) (AS DIRECTED BY CITY) Pay Item 505 20" GATE VALVES FOR OFFSETS (ALLOWANCE) (AS DIRECTED BY CITY) Basis of Measurement: per each installed. Basis of Payment includes: excavation, backfill, restraint, gate valve, valve box, stem extension (if necessary), poly wrap, dewatering, shoring, and surface restoration. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section IV Article 500. Pay Item 506 DEMO & DISPOSE EXISTING RCWM; 16"< DIA. 5 20" Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Basis of Measurement and Payment 13- 0043 -EN 4a 0122 00 Basis of Payment 20161001a.docx 01 22 00 -12 13- 0043 -EN (STS -05) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 1 October 2016 Clearwater, Florida Basis of Measurement: linear foot removed and disposed. Basis of Payment includes: dewatering, excavation, shoring, removal, proper disposal, backfill, and surface restoration. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section(s) 02 4100 Demolition. Pay Item 507 REMOVE & REPLACE RECLAIM SERVICE CONNECTION (ALLOWANCE) Basis of Measurement: per each removed, installed, and accepted. Basis of Payment includes: dewatering, excavation, trenching, shoring, protection of adjacent utilities, tapping sleeve, tapping equipment, corporation stop, valves, pipe, casing, disinfection and surface restoration. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section IV Article 500. Pay Item 508 RELOCATE EXISTING RECLAIM METER (ALLOWANCE) Basis of Measurement: per each relocated and accepted. Basis of Payment includes: dewatering, excavation, shoring, protection of adjacent utilities, meter, meter box, valves, disinfection, and surface restoration. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section IV Article 500. Pay Item 601 2" ASPHALTIC CONCRETE STRUCTURAL COURSE TYPE SP -9.5 Basis of Measurement: per ton installed and accepted. Basis of Payment includes: excavation, asphaltic concrete, compaction, and marking (if necessary). Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section IV Article 703. Pay Item 602 MILLING EXIST ASPH PAVT, 2" AVG DEPTH Basis of Measurement: square yard milled and restored. Basis of Payment includes: milling, and disposal of debris. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section IV Article 708. Pay Item 603 RESTORATION OF IRRIGATION SYSTEMS (WITHIN RIGHT -OF -WAY) (ALLOWANCE) Basis of Measurement: percent based on the amount earned of the total contract as percentage. Basis of Payment includes: excavation, pipe, bends, joints, sprinklers, compaction, and any disturbed object (if necessary). Pay Item 604 RESTORATION OF FDOT RIGHT -OF -WAY @ HILLCREST & COURT (MEETING FDOT STANDARDS) Basis of Measurement: percent based upon acceptance by the Florida Department of Transportation. Basis of Payment includes: excavation, asphaltic concrete, compaction, flowable fill, full depth asphalt road, curb, curb ramps, sidewalk, sodding, markings, and restoration of all disturbed objects. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with all applicable Florida Department of Transportation Design Standards including: 300, 303, 304, 310, 600, 17346. PART 2 PRODUCTS — NOT USED Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Basis of Measurement and Payment 13- 0043 -EN 4a 0122 00 Basis of Payment 20161001a.docx 01 22 00 - 13 13- 0043 -EN (STS -05) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 1 October 2016 Clearwater, Florida PART 3 EXECUTION — NOT USED END OF SECTION Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Basis of Measurement and Payment 13- 0043 -EN 4a 0122 00 Basis of Payment 20161001a.docx 01 22 00 - 14 13- 0043 -EN (STS -06) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10 July 2016 Clearwater, Florida SECTION 01 51 39 Sewer Bypass Pumping PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals required to maintain continuous and reliable wastewater service in all wastewater lines during construction. 2. During various phases of the Work, it will be necessary to construct and maintain temporary bypass sewers to maintain continuous and reliable wastewater flow in all pipes, including individual service connections. Various phases of the Work that shall require the implementation of temporary bypass sewers include, but are not limited to, connections of new sewers to existing sewers, trenchless rehabilitation of existing sewers, and pipeline inspection. 3. Portions of the Work require that upstream pump stations be placed out of service for prolonged periods. In these instances, the Contractor shall construct a temporary bypass sewer that shall discharge into either the original piping downstream of the affected area, or into a neighboring gravity sewer. 4. Contractor shall construct and maintain all temporary bypass sewers and be responsible for all bypass pumping of sewage that may be required to prevent backing up of sewage and allow appropriate conditions for proper inspection, rehabilitation, testing or drainage during force main rehabilitation, replacement or reconnections to existing sewers. The Contractor shall immediately remove and dispose of all offensive matter spilled during the bypass pumping at his own expense. The Contractor shall also be responsible for paying any fines imposed as a result of spills or overflows that occur as a result of the bypass pumping operations. 5. Contractor shall provide a redundant bypass pump, intake and discharge conduit, and other equipment necessary to provide continuous wastewater flow and prevent the backing up of sewage in the case of emergencies at all times. 6. Where no alternate sanitary sewer route is available or when twenty -four hours of storage is not feasible, redundant bypass pumping shall be installed. 7. Primary bypass pumps shall be critically silenced when used in residential settings or areas where excessive noise levels would create a disturbance. Redundant bypass pumping does not have to be critically silenced. 8. All unmanned bypass pumping operations shall be fitted with an auto - dialer feature to monitor the operation of the pump and notify the Contractor and the Engineer in the event of a pump failure or overflow situation. Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Sewer Bypass Pumping 13- 0043 -EN 4a 01 5139 Sewer Bypass Pumping 20160710 01 51 39 -1 13- 0043 -EN (STS -06) 10 July 2016 1.2 SUBMITTALS East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements Clearwater, Florida A. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a schedule to complete the Work. It will include the sequencing and coordination of connections to existing sewers, pipeline inspection, trenchless rehabilitation and testing of existing sewers, and the handling of wastewater flow during construction. The schedule of work shall also be reviewed and approved by the Operator in Responsible Charge (ORC). B. The design, installation, and operation of the temporary pumping system shall be the Contractor's responsibility. The Contractor shall either demonstrate, or employ the services of a subcontractor who can demonstrate, to the Engineer and ORC that he specializes in the design and operation of temporary bypass pumping systems. C. The Contractor shall prepare a specific, detailed description of the proposed pumping system (Bypass Pumping Plan). The Bypass Pumping Plan shall be submitted and approved prior to the mobilization of any of the equipment included in the Bypass Pumping Plan. The Bypass Pumping Plan shall outline all provisions and precautions to be taken by the Contractor regarding handling of existing wastewater flows. This Bypass Pumping Plan must be specific and complete, including such items as schedules, locations, elevations, capacities of equipment, materials, and all other incidental items necessary and /or required to ensure proper protection of the facilities, including protection of the access and bypass pumping locations for damage due to the discharge flows, and compliance with the requirements and permit conditions specified herein. No Construction shall begin until all provisions and requirements have been reviewed and accepted by the Engineer and ORC. The plan shall include but not limited to the following details: 1. Staging areas for pumps. 2. Sewer plugging method and types of plugs. 3. Size and location of manholes or access points for suction and discharge hose or piping. 4. Size of pipeline or conveyance system to be bypassed. 5. Number, size, material, location and method of installation of suction piping. 6. Number, size, material, location and method of installation of discharge piping. 7. Bypass pump sizes, capacities, and number of each size to be provided on- site including all primary, secondary, and spare pumping units. 8. Calculations of static lift, friction losses, and flow velocity (pump curves showing pump, operating range shall be submitted). 9. Downstream discharge plan. 10. Method of protecting discharge manholes or structures from erosion and damage. Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Sewer Bypass Pumping 13- 0043 -EN 4a 01 51 39 Sewer Bypass Pumping 20160710 01 51 39 - 2 13- 0043 -EN (STS -06) 10 July 2016 11. East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements Clearwater, Florida Thrust and restraint block sizes and locations. Provide the details necessary to demonstrate the integrity of all suction and discharge piping including piping and fittings associated with all primary and secondary pumping units. 12. Sections showing suction and discharge pipe depth, embedment, select fill and special backfill. 13. Method of noise control for each pump and any additional equipment that is included in the Bypass Pumping Plan. 14. Any temporary pipe supports and anchoring requirements. 15. Access plans to all bypass pumping locations indicated on the drawings. 16. Calculations for selection of bypass pumping pipe size. 17. Schedule for installation of and maintenance of bypass pumping lines. 18. Plan indicating location of bypass pumping pipe locations. 19. Emergency plan for adverse weather and flooding for various phases of the Work. 20. Contractors plan for providing continuous monitoring of the bypass pumping operation as well as the monitoring persons' qualifications. PART 2 PRODUCTS —NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 BYPASS PUMPING OF FLOW IN EXISTING SEWERS A. The Contractor shall supply pumps, conduits, power, and other equipment to divert the flow of sewage around the section in which Work is to be performed. The bypass system shall be of sufficient capacity to handle the wastewater flows in the table located at the end of this section. It is the intent of these Specifications to require the Contractor to establish adequate bypass pumping as required regardless of the flow condition. B. All bypass pumping piping shall conform to City Specifications Section IV Article 403 for sanitary sewer force main materials, or shall be HDPE and conform to the following requirements. 1. All polyethylene (HDPE) pipes shall meet the requirements of ASTM F714. DR rating of the pipe shall be sufficient to withstand the pressure and leakage test outlined below. 2. HDPE Pipe shall be furnished in standard laying lengths not exceeding 50 feet. 3. Joining system: The HDPE pipe shall be joined with butt, heat fusion joints. All joints shall be made in strict compliance with the manufacturer's recommendations and ASTM D2657. Where required, flange connections, mechanical joint connections and butt connections using bolted mechanical Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Sewer Bypass Pumping 13- 0043 -EN 4a 01 51 39 Sewer Bypass Pumping 20160710 01 5139 - 3 13- 0043 -EN (STS -06) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10 July 2016 Clearwater, Florida couplers shall be provided from a pipe stub with a polyethylene and steel stiffener. Flanged connections shall be provided from a pipe stub and a steel back -up flange. Back flanges shall be primed and painted in corrosion protected paint. Quick connect couplings will not be permitted on HDPE bypass piping. 4. HDPE fittings shall be fully pressure rated to match the pipe DR pressure rating. All fittings shall be molded or fabricated by the same manufacturer as the pipe. HDPE fittings shall be joined using butt, heat fusion and /or electro- fusion. Adhesives and solvent cements shall not be permitted. C. The Contractor shall perform leakage and pressure tests of the bypass pumping discharge piping using clean water prior to the actual operation. The pressure and leakage test shall be conducted at one - and -a -half times the maximum pressure the system will experience based on the approved Bypass Pumping Plan for a period of two hours. No leakage is permitted during this test. The Engineer will be given 24 hours notice prior to testing. In addition, the Contractor shall demonstrate that the pumping system is in good working order and is sufficiently sized to successfully handle flows by performing a test run for a period of 24 hours prior to beginning the Work. D. Each bypass pumping operation shall include the components and systems to accomplish the bypass in accordance with these Specifications and the Special Project Conditions. E. The Contractor shall provide on -site manual oversight of all bypass pumping operations 24 hours per day, 7 days per week when the bypass pumping system is in operation. F. Flows from private, commercial, and industrial users shall be handled by the Contractor during the Work without interruption. G. The Contractor shall be required to repair, at his own expense, any damage to public or private property caused by his operations. H. Should damage of any kind occur to the existing sewers, the Contractor shall, at his own expense make repairs to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the ORC. J. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Authority should a sanitary sewer overflow (SSO) occur and take the necessary action to clean up and disinfect the spillage to the satisfaction of the Authority and /or other governmental agency. If sewage is spilled onto public or private property, the Contractor shall wash down, clean up, and disinfect the spillage to the satisfaction of the property owner, Authority, and /or other governmental agency. K. The Contractor shall not be permitted to overflow, bypass, pump or by any other means convey sewage to any land, street, storm drain or water course. L. The Contractor shall cease bypass pumping operations and return flows to the new and /or existing sewer when directed by the Engineer. During bypassing, no wastewater shall be leaked, dumped, or spilled in or onto any area outside the existing wastewater Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Sewer Bypass Pumping 13- 0043 -EN 4a 01 51 39 Sewer Bypass Pumping 20160710 01 51 39 - 4 13- 0043 -EN (STS -06) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10 July 2016 Clearwater, Florida system. When bypass operations are complete, all bypass piping shall be flushed with fresh water and drained into the wastewater system prior to disassembly. M. Contractor must take care to prevent damage to existing structures. Discharge piping to gravity sewer systems shall be designed in such a manner as to prevent discharge from contacting manhole walls or benching and full discharge shall go into downstream pipe with as minimal turbulence as possible. Contractor is responsible for any damage to manholes. It may be necessary to remove the manhole cone to provide sufficient space for the bypass piping. If this is required, the Contractor shall be responsible for any damage to existing manhole components. N. The Contractor shall establish adequate bypass pumping adherent to the conditions above and anticipate severe weather conditions and increases in peak flows during rain events. Available flow and capacity data for Contractor's use in sizing equipment is as follows: Pipe Name (Pipe Size) Average Daily Flow (mgd) Maximum Flow (mgd) 24" 5.74 11.49 8" 0.1 0.6 O. The 24 -hour monitoring person shall be properly trained, experienced, and mechanically qualified such that they can quickly and effectively address any potential emergency and non - emergency situations associated with the pumps and bypass pumping system that must remain in operation for an extended period. END OF SECTION Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Sewer Bypass Pumping 13- 0043 -EN 4a 01 51 39 Sewer Bypass Pumping 20160710 0151 39 - 5 13- 0043 -EN (STS -07) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10 July 2016 Clearwater, Florida SECTION 0155 26 Supplemental Maintenance of Traffic PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Description: This item will consist of providing, installing, moving, replacing, maintaining, cleaning and removal upon completion of Work, all signs, barricades, pavement markings, barriers, cones, lights, signals and other devices necessary for the safe movement of all vehicular and pedestrian traffic through and within the Project (Maintenance of Traffic, MOT). B. Section Includes: 1. Supplemental Maintenance of Traffic 2. Special Access To St. Cecelia Interparochial Catholic School 3. Use of Steel Plate to Bridge Excavations C. Related Requirements Technical Specifications III, Article 6 Contractor Responsibilities Technical Specifications IV, Article 107 Work Zone Traffic Control 01 12 16.01 Transmission Main Work Sequence Note: This is only a partial listing of related sections. The Contractor shall be responsible to review the entire contract documents. 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES Payment for this Item will be included in the cost of MOT and no separate payment will be made for Supplemental MOT. 1.3 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards 1. Florida Department of Transportation; FDOT FDOT Design Standards, FY 2016 -17 FDOT Standard Specifications for Road & Bridge Construction, 2016 2. Federal Highway Administration; FHWA FHWA Construction Noise Handbook, 2006 FHWA Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD), 2009 Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Supplemental Maintenance of Traffic 13- 0043 -EN 4a 0155 26 Supplemental MOT 2016071013- 0043 -EN 4a 01 55 26 Supplemental MOT 20160710 01 55 26 - 1 13- 0043 -EN (STS -07) 10 July 2016 East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements Clearwater, Florida 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. The contractor will obtain approval from the city, county or state agency having jurisdiction over the road or highway for any road crossings and detours required. B. Maintenance of traffic (MOT) plans, if provided in the contract drawings, are considered a minimum requirement and it is the contractor's responsibility to provide a safe traffic, pedestrian and working environment in accordance with the governing regulations. Contractor will adjust the mot plan as necessary to meet the field conditions at no additional cost to the City. C. If MOT plans are not provided in the contract drawings, a detailed traffic control plan and MOT plan will be developed and submitted by the contractor to such agencies having jurisdiction over the road for their approval, and said approval will be obtained prior to commencing construction. D. Any deviations from the contract drawings, or MOT plans specifically developed by the contractor, will be submitted to the applicable permitting entity for approval, and said approval will be obtained, prior to commencement of construction. If the alternative MOT plan is deemed incomplete or unacceptable the contractor will be required to submit a revised plan. This process will repeat itself until the revised plan is accepted by all parties. Contractor will not be granted or approved any costs or delay resulting from the review process or field adjustments. E. All traffic control plans will be prepared by a Florida Registered Professional Engineer or Florida certified traffic planner. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 INSTALLATION STANDARDS All signs, barricades, pavement markings, traffic signals and channelizing devices used to handle traffic will be provided for and erected in accordance with the FDOT Design Standards (latest edition) and to the details indicated in the above referenced standards. Traffic signs will be high - intensity flat - surface reflective sheeting. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. The Contractor will arrange his work so that there will be as little disruption of traffic as possible. B. The Contractor will have a Certified Worksite Traffic Supervisor in accordance with the General Conditions. 3.2 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC LANE & ROAD CLOSURES Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Supplemental Maintenance of Traffic 13- 0043 -EN 4a 0155 26 Supplemental MOT 2016071013 - 0043 -EN 4a 0155 26 Supplemental MOT 20160710 01 55 26 - 2 13- 0043 -EN (STS -07) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10 July 2016 Clearwater, Florida A. The Contractor will be approved by the City, County or State Agency having jurisdiction over the road or highway for any road crossings and detours required. A detailed traffic control plan will be submitted by the Contractor to such Agencies having jurisdiction over the road for their approval at least three weeks prior to commencingconstruction. B. In the event that a road closure is approved by the permitting Agency, the Contractor will be responsible for any rerouting of traffic occasioned by the closure and will provide all necessary barricades, signs, guards, lights, etc. in accordance with the Agency's approval of such closure. 3.3 ACCESS TO PROPERTIES A. When construction activities necessitate the closing of a street to through traffic, the Contractor will notify all affected emergency services entities of the closed road. If no other means of access is available, the Contractor will maintain, at all times, a 10 -foot- wide lane adjacent to the work area, free of construction equipment and obstructions, for the use of emergency vehicles. B. The Contractor will provide continuous access to properties adjacent to work areas. 3.4 LOCAL TRAFFIC The roads will be kept open to two -way traffic during construction, except one lane traffic will be permitted provided experienced flag personnel are used. Necessary barricades, safety vests and flags will be used. No residences or places of business will be isolated. Suitable access will be provided whenever construction interferes with the existing means of access. 3.5 PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC A. The Contractor will take precautions to ensure the safety of pedestrians passing near work areas. This may entail the erection of a temporary fence on the construction side of pedestrian passageways to delineate out -of- bounds areas. The pedestrian passageways will remain open and clean of dirt and debris at all times unless pedestrian safety cannot be assured, then the Contractor may close off the sidewalk(s) with signs and fences and will direct pedestrians to use other suitable routes. Pedestrian passageways will be cleared and swept in the vicinity of construction. B. The Contractor will pay close attention to the issue of pedestrian safety. The Contractor will institute measures, including, but not limited to, temporary surfaces and channeling devices, to ensure the safe passage of pedestrians. 3.6 BUS STOPS The Contractor will take care to minimize disruption to existing bus stops. If a bus stop cannot be preserved, then the Contractor will make provisions for its relocation. The Contractor will be responsible for all coordination regarding the temporary relocation of bus stops 3.7 SPECIAL ACCESS TO ST. CECELIA INTERPAROCHIAL CATHOLIC SCHOOL Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Supplemental Maintenance of Traffic 13- 0043 -EN 4a 0155 26 Supplemental MOT 2016071013 - 0043 -EN 4a 0155 26 Supplemental MOT 20160710 0155 26 - 3 13- 0043 -EN (STS -07) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10 July 2016 Clearwater, Florida The vehicle access to St. Cecelia Interparochial Catholic School from Hillcrest Avenue will be maintained and only one drive may be closed at any one time. Such closures are limited to one (1) work day after which the drive will be maintained by Steel Plate. 3.8 STEEL PLATE Excavations and /or trenches which cannot be properly restored, including the placement of the final surface course of asphalt, prior to opening to traffic by the end of the work period, will be bridged to provide for unobstructed traffic flow. Steel Plates used to bridge excavations or trenches will be subject to the following and subject to the approval of the City Engineer or designee: A. Contractor will submit a plan designed, signed and sealed by a Professional Structural Engineer licensed to practice in the State of Florida. B. Steel plates will have a minimum thickness of one (1) inch, extend a minimum of 16 inches but not more than 30 inches beyond the edges of excavation or as directed by the Professional Structural Engineer. In all situations, the longitudinal edges of the steel plates will not be in the wheel path. C. Steel plates will be "pinned" to the existing roadway. Pins will be of a sufficient size to restrict the plate from movement. D. All edges of the steel plate will be sloped with asphalt to minimize abrupt changes in grade. Sloping will be a minimum of 1:4 E. Steel plates may be installed in a "flush placement" method. Flush placement will require the work area to be milled to a depth and size equal to the thickness and dimensions of the plate. F. All steel plates will be installed with a non -skid surface treatment to the entire surface area. G. Steel plates will be installed with temporary reflective pavement tape for night visibility. Tape will be 6 inches in width and encompass the entire perimeter of the steel plate. H. Trench or excavation walls will have proper shoring to prevent cave -ins and to adequately support the steel plates and traffic loads and will be included as part of the Structural Engineers design. Contractor will install "Steel Plate Ahead" signs in advance of work area. These signs will be maintained for the entire duration. J. The use of steel plates will not exceed 14 days maximum duration. K. Contractor will notify the Engineering Department prior to the placement of a steel plate and provide emergency contacts in the event of a steel plate failure. Once the contractor is notified of such a failure, the contractor must respond within four hours to repair the failure. Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Supplemental Maintenance of Traffic 13- 0043 -EN 4a 0155 26 Supplemental MOT 2016071013 - 0043 -EN 4a 0155 26 Supplemental MOT 20160710 0155 26 - 4 13- 0043 -EN (STS -07) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10 July 2016 Clearwater, Florida END OF SECTION Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Supplemental Maintenance of Traffic 13- 0043 -EN 4a 0155 26 Supplemental MOT 2016071013 - 0043 -EN 4a 0155 26 Supplemental MOT 20160710 0155 26 - 5 13- 0043 -EN (STS -08) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10 July 2016 Clearwater, Florida SECTION 0171 13 Mobilization PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Description: Perform preparatory work and operations in mobilizing for beginning work on the Project, including, but not limited to, those operations necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment, supplies, and incidentals to the Project Site and for the establishment of temporary offices, buildings, safety equipment and first aid supplies, and sanitary and other facilities. Includes the costs of bonds and any required insurance and any other preconstruction expense necessary for the start of the work, excluding the cost of construction materials. Includes all costs to remove equipment and restore Project Site. B. Section Includes: 1. Mobilizing and demobilizing personnel, equipment, supplies, and incidentals to the Project Site 2. Establishment of construction support facilities, such as but not limited to, temporary offices, safety equipment, first aid supplies, sanitary, and other related equipment 3. Project Site preparation activities, such as but not limited to, temporary equipment for: maintaining drainage, sanitary, water (potable and reclaimed) services, Project Site Security, Pre - Construction Video Recording of Project Site 4. Coordination with Utility Owners 5. Notice to adjacent affected properties 6. All required permits, such as but not limited to, Notice of Intent and NPDES permits 7. All costs for bonds, insurance, and permits 8. All necessary restoration activities, such as but not limited to, removal of temporary facilities, removal of equipment, removal of security equipment, removal of safety equipment 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Allowance for Mobilization includes: 1. Basis of Measurement: By Lump Sum based on Contract Unit Price Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Mobilization 13- 0043 -EN 4a 01 71 13 Mobilization 20160710 01 71 13 -1 13- 0043 -EN (STS -08) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10 July 2016 Clearwater, Florida 2. Basis of Payment: Partial payments will be allowed as outline below. Contract Amount Earned (Percent of Original Contract Price) Allowable Partial Payment (Percent of Bid Unit Price) 5 25 10 50 25 75 100 100 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Hurricane Preparation Plan B. Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan in accordance with City Specification Section IV Article 207 C. Pre - Construction Video in accordance with City Specification Section IV Article 105 D. Notices to affected properties.in accordance with City Specification Section III Article 22 E. Maintenance of Traffic Plan in accordance with City Specification Section IV Article 107 F. Sanitary Sewer Bypass Plan in accordance with Specification 01 51 39 Sewer Bypass Pumping PART 2 PRODUCTS — NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION — NOT USED END OF SECTION Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. 13- 0043 -EN 4a 0171 13 Mobilization 20160710 Mobilization 017113 -2 13- 0043 -EN (STS -09) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10 July 2016 Clearwater, Florida SECTION 02 4100 Demolition PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Description: Removal of existing features and proper disposal of materials, including but not limited to, removal of sanitary sewer pipes and structures, storm sewer pipes and structures, water pipes, water fittings, water valves, concrete sidewalk, asphaltic concrete, and minor structures. B. Includes all equipment for removing features and restoring project site. All permits are included in Section 01 71 13 Mobilization. C. Section Includes: 1. Removal of existing sanitary sewer pipes and structures 2. Removal of existing storm sewer pipes and structures 3. Reconnection of existing connected minor drainage systems, that is underdrains and roof drains. 4. Removal of existing water pipes, fittings, valves 5. Removal of existing concrete, including curb and gutter 6. Restoration of demolition area through backfill, grading, and surface restoration. 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Allowance for Removal of Sanitary, Storm, and Water Pipes: 1. Basis of Measurement: By linear foot of pipe removed 2. Basis of Payment: Payments only after pipe is removed, properly disposed, and grade is restored. Final surface restoration paid separately. B. Allowance for Removal of Sanitary and Storm Structures: 1. Basis of Measurement: By each structure removed 2. Basis of Payment: Removal of existing drainage structure includes: drainage structure removal, proper disposal, reconnection of minor drainage systems (underdrains and roof drains), materials associated with reconnection of minor drainage systems, and grade restoration. Removal of existing sanitary structures includes: sanitary structure removal, proper disposal, and grade restoration. PART 2 PRODUCTS — NOT USED Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. 13- 0043 -EN 4a 02 4100 Demolition 20160710 Demolition 024100 -1 13- 0043 -EN (STS -09) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10 July 2016 Clearwater, Florida PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 DEMOLITION A. Remove surface existing surface above or adjacent to feature to be removed. If vegetated, stockpile topsoil for use during restoration. B. Excavation to remove feature should be as narrow as possible. Maximum excavation width should be no more than 5 feet wider than the feature to be removed, unless approved by the Owner's Representative. C. Intersecting utilities not to be removed must be protected in- place. If an intersecting utility cannot be protected in- place, coordination with Utility Owner and Owner's Representative for proper shutdown and temporary service, during feature removal. D. Excavate to feature to be removed, stockpile material for use during restoration. E. Remove completely and properly dispose of feature. Feature should be lifted with due caution. F. For Drainage Structures, reconnect minor drainage systems, for example underdrains and roof drains, to nearest proposed drainage structure. G. Backfill with excavated material and additional material as necessary to restore grade to existing elevation prior to demolition. 1. Backfill below existing or proposed roads: Backfill in 6" lifts to 98% maximum dry density to bottom of existing base. Backfill and compact base, based on existing base material and dimensions, as per Florida Department of Transportation (FOOT) Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction Section 285. 2. Backfill for all other areas: Backfill in 12" lifts to 95% maximum dry density. END OF SECTION Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. 13- 0043 -EN 4a 02 4100 Demolition 20160710 Demolition 024100 -2 13- 0043 -EN (STS -10) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10 July 2016 Clearwater, Florida SECTION 02 82 13.33 Asbestos Abatement for Utilities PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Removal of (A—C) Pipe and ACM - contaminated pipeline coatings. 2. Cutting of (A —C) Pipe and pipelines coated with ACM. 3. Abandoning A -C Pipes. 4. A -C Pipe Alteration 5. Monitoring of Work area during cutting and cleaning operations. B. Related Requirements: Technical Specifications 111, Article 6.11.2 As -Built Drawings Technical Specifications 111, Article 17.1 Submittal and Document Forms 02 4100 Demolition 3123 23.33 Flowable Fill 33 11 13.01 Supplemental Potable Water Mains, Fittings and Appurtenances Note: This is only a partial listing of related sections. The Contractor shall be responsible to review the entire contract documents. 1.2 DEFINITIONS ACM: Asbestos - containing material. Asbestos — Cement (A —C, AC) Pipe: A water main material made from a mixture of cement and asbestos fibers. Competent Person: Someone who it capable of identifying existing asbestos hazards at the work place, determine if a Negative Exposure Assessment (NEA) exists, is qualified to train other workers, and has the authority to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate a hazardous exposure and who has successfully completed a training course which meets the criteria of EPA's Model Accreditation Plan (40 CFR 763) for supervisor. 1.3 UNIT PRICE - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. SECTION 0122 00 - Basis of Measurement and Payment B. Removal of A -C Pipe: Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Asbestos Abatement for Utilities 13- 0043 -EN 4a 02 82 13.33 Asbestos Abatement for Utilities 20160710 02 82 13.33 - 1 13- 0043 -EN (STS -10) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10 July 2016 Clearwater, Florida 1. Basis of Measurement: By linear foot (LF), measured along piping and including fittings and appurtenances. 2. Basis of Payment: Unit Cost will include, irrespective of depth, the cost of removing and disposing all pipe material, pipe bend sections, jointing material, restraints, stainless steel stiffeners, all appurtenances, handling, hauling, dewatering, trenching, sheeting, excavating and backfilling, necessary permits, and all material or work necessary to remove and dispose of the pipe as specified in the Contract Documents and be in accordance with all applicable federal, state and local regulations and requirements. C. Removal of Piping with ACM - Contaminated Coatings: 1. Basis of Measurement: By linear foot (LF), measured along piping and including fittings and appurtenances. 2. Basis of Payment: Unit Cost will include, irrespective of depth, the cost of cleaning, cutting, packaging, handling, hauling, dewatering, trenching, sheeting, excavating and backfilling, necessary permits, and all material or work necessary to remove and dispose of the pipe as specified in the Contract Documents and be in accordance with all applicable federal, state and local regulations and requirements. D. A -C Pipe abandonment with flowable fill: Payment for A -C Pipe abandonment with flowable fill will be made in accordance with SECTION 3123 23.33 Flowable Fill, no separate payment will be made for abandoning A- C Pipes with flowable fill. E. Pipe Alteration, Modification: All type of alteration to asbestos - cement pipe, irrespective of depth, shall be considered incidental to the project and no additional payment will be made under this section. 1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Water Works Association AWWA: AWWA C402 Asbestos — Cement Transmission Pipe, 18 In. Through 42 In. (450 mm Through 1,050 mm), for Water Supply Service (WITHDRAWN) AWWA C403 The Selection of Asbestos — Cement Transmission Pipe, Sizes 18 In. Through 42 In. (450 mm Through 1,050 mm) for Water Supply Service (WITHDRAWN) AWWA M3 Safety Management for Utilities, seventh edition AWWA C603 -05 Installation of Asbestos - Cement Pressure Pipe (WITHDRAWN) AWWA. 2010. The Water Dictionary. AWWA: Denver, Colorado AWWA. 1995. Work Practices for Asbestos — Cement Pipe. AWWA: Denver, Colorado Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Asbestos Abatement for Utilities 13- 0043 -EN 4a 02 82 13.33 Asbestos Abatement for Utilities 20160710 02 82 13.33 - 2 13- 0043 -EN (STS -10) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10 July 2016 Clearwater, Florida B. Florida Admin Code (F.A.C.): F.A.C. CHAPTER 62- 204.800 Federal Regulations Adopted by Reference F.A.C. CHAPTER 62 -257 Asbestos Program C. Florida Statutes (F.S.): F.S. CHAPTER 469 Asbestos Abatement D. F.S. CHAPTER 376.60 Asbestos Removal Program Inspection and Notification Fee E. National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH): NIOSH Manual of Analytical Methods (NMAM), Fourth Edition F. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA): 29 CFR Part 1926 - Safety and Health Regulations for Construction. 40 CFR Part 763, Subpart E, Appendix E, Section 1- Polarized Light Microscopy. 42 CFR Part 84, Subpart K - Non - Powered Air - Purifying Particulate Respirators. G. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency: National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAPs). 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Technical Specifications 111, Article 17.1 Submittal and Document Forms B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer information on respirators and air monitor. C. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. D. Field Quality - Control Submittals: Indicate results of Contractor - furnished tests and inspections. E. Qualifications Statements: 1. Submit qualifications for contractor, on -Site representative, and disposal firm. 2. Submit qualifications for testing laboratory. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE Perform Work according to NESHAPs, OSHA, and Work Practices for Asbestos—Cement Pipe. Maintain three (3) copies of each standard affecting Work of this Section on Site. 1.7 QUALIFICATIONS A. Contractor or Subcontractor: Company licensed under F.S. CHAPTER 469 Asbestos Abatement and specializing in repairing, modifying, cleaning, or removing A -C Pipe or Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Asbestos Abatement for Utilities 13- 0043 -EN 4a 02 82 13.33 Asbestos Abatement for Utilities 20160710 02 82 13.33 - 3 13- 0043 -EN (STS -10) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10 July 2016 Clearwater, Florida ACM - coated pipe as specified in this Section with minimum three (3) years documented experience. B. On -Site Representative: Person trained in performing Work of this Section with minimum three (3) years documented experience meeting the requirements of a Competent Person and possessing the following minimum qualifications and training: 1. Satisfactory completion of an Asbestos Abatement Project Supervisor course 2. Medical examination for respirator use 3. Fit test for respirator type 4. Training in the maintenance, repair and removal of A -C Pipe and ACM - coated pipe. C. Workers: Any direct contact with AC pipe will be performed by qualified workers possessing the following minimum qualifications and training: 1. Satisfactory completion of an OSHA Class II Worker course. 2. Medical examination for respirator use 3. Fit test for respirator type 4. Training in the maintenance, repair and removal of AC pipe D. Disposal Firm: Company specializing in packaging and hauling ACM to disposal site. E. Active Waste Disposal Site: Solid waste disposal site permitted to accept ACM waste. F. Testing Laboratory: Company participating in National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program for asbestos, administered by National Institutes of Standards and Technology. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Inspection: Accept materials on Site in manufacturer's original packaging and inspect for damage. Store materials according to manufacturer instructions. B. Respirators Not in Use: Store in a sanitary location that protects respirators from dust, sunlight, heat, extreme cold, excessive moisture, and potentially damaging chemicals. Place in plastic bags or closed containers. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE) A. PPE for each worker will include hard hat, steel toed shoes, disposable protective clothing, respiratory protection and high visibility reflective vests. Respirators shall be fitted with a P -100 filtering cassette. (The use of disposable protective clothing, and respiratory protection will be determined by the establishment of a Negative Exposure Assessment and continual personnel air monitoring). Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Asbestos Abatement for Utilities 13- 0043 -EN 4a 02 82 13.33 Asbestos Abatement for Utilities 20160710 02 82 13.33 - 4 13- 0043 -EN (STS -10) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10 July 2016 Clearwater, Florida B. Respirators 1. Manufacturers: Furnish materials according to NIOSH standards. 2. Description: Comply with 42 CFR Part 84, Subpart K. 3. Type: Half -face mask; reusable after washing. 4. Maintenance: Replaceable filters and cartridges only, single -use respirators are not acceptable. 5. Filters: Top air inlet, P100 type. 6. Performance and Design Criteria: a. Application: Asbestos abatement for concentrations up to 10 times permissible exposure limit (PEL). b. Design: Low profile. C. Personal Air Monitor: Equipment must meet 29 -CFR 1926.1101 App A. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 CONTROLLING GOVERNMENT REGULATION: A. OSHA's Construction Industry Standard for Occupational Exposure to Asbestos Subpart Z, 29 CFR 1926.1101 Asbestos. B. Work -Task Assumptions /Requirements of the Employer at Project Work -Site: 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prior to commencing the demolition and removal of the A -C pipe, the contractor has: 1. Determined by thorough inspection the existence and the extent of any ACM. 2. Given written notice to appropriate governmental agency at the beginning of abatement activity. 3. Conducted an Initial Exposure Assessment (IEA) test plan or baseline report, which complies with the criteria in Paragraph (f)(2)(iii) of the above referenced controlling government regulations (section), and which demonstrates that the employees' exposure to airborne asbestos fibers during removal of the Asbestos - Cement (A -C) pipe is expected to be consistently below the Permissible Exposure Levels (PELs) i.e... exposure must be Tess than 0.1 fiber /cubic centimeter (cc) of air for an eight (8) hour time - weighted average limit (TWA), and less than 1.0 fiber /cc of air as averaged over a sampling period of thirty (30) minutes, all as determined by the method prescribed in Appendix A to the referenced section, or by an equivalent method, and therefore, the employer intends to do the A -C pipe removal through the use of Negative Exposure Assessments (NEAs). Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Asbestos Abatement for Utilities 13- 0043 -EN 4a 02 82 13.33 Asbestos Abatement for Utilities 20160710 02 82 13.33 - 5 13- 0043 -EN (STS -10) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10 July 2016 Clearwater, Florida B. Procedures for Removal of Asbestos - Cements (A -C) Pipe, Also Commonly Referred to as Transite Pipe This work activity is identified as a Class II asbestos removal activity by OSHA's Subpart Z, 29 CFR 1926.1101, with the A -C pipe removal is being done utilizing a valid Negative Exposure Assessment (NEA). C. Prior to commencing work a ten day NESHAP notification (DEP Form 62- 257.900(1)) must be submitted the Florida Department of Environmental Protection (FDEP) office located at the following address: Pinellas County Air Quality Division 509 East Ave South Suite 138 Clearwater, Florida 33756 Phone: 727 - 464 -4422 The form can be accessed online at: http: / /www.dep.state.fl.us/ air /rules/ forms /asbestos /dep62_257_900(1).pdf 3.3 EXCAVATION: A. Machine excavate to expose A -C pipe. B. Hand excavate areas under pipe where cuts /breaks are planned. C. Excavation operations should be carefully executed so that pipe damage does not occur prior to removal. 3.4 ABANDONMENT OF A -C PIPES A. The procedure for abandonment of pipes in place includes filling the section of pipe with Flowable Fill. The location of the pipes will be recorded on the AS -BUILT drawings. B. At no time will bursting, crushing, grinding or pulverizing of the A -C Pipe be conducted. 3.5 A -C PIPE REMOVAL: A. All pipe cutting or breaking operations require adequate wetting with potable water to prevent A -C materials from being crumbled by hand pressure and to keep the asbestos fibers from becoming air -borne (friable). B. Plan pipe cuts /breaks as necessary to accommodate the size /weight of pipe being removed. C. Use a hammer or wheel -type pipe cutter (or equivalent tool) to make the initial cut and drain the pipe of residual liquids. If gas powered cutters are to be used they should be connected to a HEPA filtered vacuum and used in a manner that will not create elevated airborne fibers. If a gas powered cutter is utilized that is not connected to a HEPA filtration system, the work area should be contained to prevent the release of airborne fibers. In addition, a sufficient supply of water shall be applied to the cut point to further prohibit the release of asbestos fibers. A layer of 6 mil polyethylene should be placed beneath the cut point to contain the debris that will be generated. The debris shall be collected and treated as asbestos - containing waste. Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Asbestos Abatement for Utilities 13- 0043 -EN 4a 02 82 13.33 Asbestos Abatement for Utilities 20160710 02 82 13.33 - 6 13- 0043 -EN (STS -10) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10 July 2016 Clearwater, Florida D. Remove pipe sections at joint collars by breaking them with a sledgehammer, or cutting them with a wheel -type pipe cutter (soil -pipe cutter). E. Where pipe re- connection is required, trim pipe ends in a manner that will not cause asbestos fibers to become airborne. Any debris that is generated shall be collected and treated as asbestos - containing waste. F. When applicable, remove pipe sections from trench in an "intact" condition. Wet and containerize waste materials as you go. Using lifting straps and methods that do not damage the pipe remove the material from the trench. 3.6 A -C PIPE ALTERATION A. Alteration and cutting existing A -C Pipe should be avoided when possible. B. When cutting and alternation is necessary all work will be completed in conformance with Installation of Asbestos - Cement Pressure Pipe, Work Practices for Asbestos — Cement Pipe, and NESHAPs. 3.7 WASTE PIPES A. Apply water to each section of pipe and place in a leak tight waste container or wrap with two layers of 6 mil polyethylene. water should be B. Identify A -C materials, stock -pile the waste in a designated load -out area with the following label warnings: DANGER Contains Asbestos Fibers -Avoid Creating Dust Cancer and Lung Disease Hazard The label must also identify the generator of the A -C Pipe waste. 3.8 TRANSPORTATION OF ASBESTOS WASTE A. All asbestos - containing waste shall be transported to a class I landfill in leak tight containers. Each shipment must be properly marked with the following notation: DANGER Contains Asbestos Fibers Avoid Creating Dust Cancer and Lung Disease Hazard B. All waste must be disposed of within a 5 day period from the time of removal. C. A waste shipment record must be provided for each shipment. 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 3.10 SAMPLE TESTING: A. Test pipe or pipe coating for asbestos prior to repairing, modifying, or removing pipelines. B. Remove samples of pipe or coating along entire length of piping to be removed and have testing laboratory determine quantity of asbestos that may be present. Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Asbestos Abatement for Utilities 13- 0043 -EN 4a 02 82 13.33 Asbestos Abatement for Utilities 20160710 02 82 13.33 - 7 13- 0043 -EN (STS -10) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10 July 2016 Clearwater, Florida END OF SECTION Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Asbestos Abatement for Utilities 13- 0043 -EN 4a 02 8213.33 Asbestos Abatement for Utilities 20160710 02 82 13.33 - 8 13- 0043 -EN (STS -11) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10 July 2016 Clearwater, Florida SECTION 03 24 00 Fiber Mesh Reinforcing PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Polypropylene fibers used as concrete secondary reinforcement 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. The cost of Fiber Mesh Reinforcing is included in the cost of Concrete in accordance with City Specification Section IV Article 301. B. Payment will be full compensation for furnishing materials, proper mixing, labor, equipment, and all incidental necessary to complete the work. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data, including application rate and mixing instructions. B. Shop Drawings: Submit Shop Drawings for Propex Fibermesh® 150 polypropylene fibers for review or equal C. Samples: Submit manufacturer's sample of synthetic fiber reinforcement. D. Manufacturer's Certificate: 1. Submit manufacturer's certification that synthetic fiber reinforcement complies with specified requirements. 2. Submit evidence of manufacturer's ISO 9001:2000 certification. 3. Submit evidence of satisfactory performance history of synthetic fiber reinforcement. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Standards: Perform Work in accordance with Perform Work in accordance with Manufacturer's standards, Florida Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction and City of Clearwater Specifications as appropriate. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturer: 1. Propex Operating Company, Propex Fibermesh® 150 polypropylene fibers. Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Fiber Mesh Reinforcing 13- 0043 -EN 4a 03 24 00 Fiber Mesh Reinforcing 20160710 03 24 00 -1 13- 0043 -EN (STS -11) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10 July 2016 Clearwater, Florida 2. Substitutions permitted. B. Synthetic Fiber Reinforcement: Fibermesh 150 1. Material: 100 percent virgin homopolymer polypropylene multifilament fibers, containing no reprocessed olefin materials. 2. Conformance: ASTM C 1116, Type III. 3. Fire Classifications: a. UL Report File No. R8534 -11. b. Southwest Certification Services (SWCS), Omega Point Laboratories No. 8662 -1. 4. Fiber Length: Graded 5. Alkali Resistance: Alkali proof. 6. Absorption: Nil. 7. Specific Gravity: 0.91. 8. Melt Point: 324 degrees F (162 degrees C). 9. Mixing Time and Speed: Conform with ASTM C 94 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 Examination A. Concrete shall be as specified in City Specification Section IV Article 301. B. Verify Propex Fibermesh® 150 polypropylene fibers before acceptance of delivery. 3.2 Execution A. Add synthetic fiber reinforcement to concrete mixture in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Add synthetic fiber reinforcement into concrete mixer before, during, or after batching other concrete materials. C. Application Rate: Add synthetic fiber reinforcement at standard application rate of 1.5 pounds per cubic yard (0.90 kg /m3) of concrete. D. Mix synthetic fiber reinforcement in concrete mixer in accordance with mixing time and speed of ASTM C 94 to ensure uniform distribution and random orientation of fibers throughout concrete. END OF SECTION Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Fiber Mesh Reinforcing 13- 0043 -EN 4a 03 24 00 Fiber Mesh Reinforcing 20160710 03 24 00- 2 13- 0043 -EN (STS -12) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10 July 2016 Clearwater, Florida SECTION 31 13 13 Tree Removal PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Removal of tree limbs over structures and vehicles. 2. Grinding of tree stumps. 3. Disposal of tree limbs, stumps and grindings. 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Basis of Measurement: Each tree and stump removed as designated on the Construction Plans as TO BE REMOVED or REMOVE. B. Basis of Payment: Unit Price per Diameter at Breast Height per each tree removed. Includes all necessary hauling, furnishing equipment, equipment operation, furnishing any areas required for disposal of debris, leveling of terrain and the landscaping work of trimming. III1.3 REFERENCES A. American National Standard for Arboricultural Operations — Safety Requirements (ANSI Z133- 2012), International Society of Arboriculture, 2012 (or latest edition) PART 2 PRODUCTS — NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Notice adjacent property owner(s) prior to beginning work. B. Notice all above ground utilities owners. Coordinate with utility owners for safe operation around above ground utilities. C. Trim tree limbs and branches to tree trunk. 1. Lower limbs safely to the ground to avoid damage to property below. Any limb that cannot be appropriately controlled while being cut off shall have a safety rope or ropes attached. 2. Grind limbs into mulch or cut all limbs into sections with no dimensions larger than 3 feet. D. Cut tree trunk into sections with no dimension larger than 3 feet. Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. 13- 0043 -EN 4a 31 13 13 Tree Removal 20160710 Tree Removal 311313 -1 13- 0043 -EN (STS -12) 10 July 2016 3.2 DEMOLITION East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements Clearwater, Florida A. Remove all roots protruding through or appearing on the surface to a depth of at least 6 inches below the surface. B. Completely grind stump to 6 inches below land surface. C. Dispose of timber, stumps, brush, roots, rubbish, and other objectionable material resulting from tree removal in areas and by methods meeting the applicable requirements of all Local, State and Federal regulations. 3.3 RESTORATION A. Restore all lawn damage created as a result of tree removal with topsoil and grass seed. B. Backfill and compact, see Clearwater Technical Specification Section IV Article 902- 1.3.2.2. END OF SECTION Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. 13- 0043 -EN 4a 31 13 13 Tree Removal 20160710 Tree Removal 311313 -2 13- 0043 -EN (STS -13) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10 July 2016 Clearwater, Florida SECTION 3123 23.33 Flowable Fill PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. INTRODUCTION: 1. Flowable fill refers to a cementitious slurry consisting of a mixture of fine aggregate or filler, water, and cementitious material(s), which is used as a fill or backfill in lieu of compacted earth. This mixture is capable of filling all voids in irregular excavations and hard to reach places (such as under undercuts of existing slabs), is self - leveling, and hardens in a matter of a few hours without the need for compaction in layers. Flowable fill is sometimes referred to as Controlled Density Fill (CDF), Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM), Lean Concrete Slurry, and Unshrinkable Fill. 2 . Flowable fill materials will be used as void fill in pipes and structures labeled Abandon in Place or Abandon. B. DESCRIPTION: 1. Furnish and place flowable fill in a fluid condition that sets within the required time and, after curing obtains the desired strength properties as evidenced by the laboratory testing of the specific mix design, at locations shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer, verbally or in writing. This section specifies flowable fill for use as structural fill to remain excavatable using hand tools. 1.2 RELATED WORK: A. MATERIALS TESTING AND INSPECTION DURING CONSTRUCTION. B. EARTHWORK, EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL AND COMPACTION REQUIREMENTS. 1.3 DEFINITIONS: Flowable Fill - ready -mix controlled low strength material used as in closures for tanks and pipes, and is also known as controlled density fill, and several other names, some of which are trademark names of material suppliers. Flowable fill (controlled low strength material) differs from portland cement concrete as it contains a low cementitious content to reduce strength development for possible future removal. Unless specifically approved otherwise, by the Engineer, flowable fill shall be designed as a permanent material, not designed for future removal. Design strength for this permanent type flowable fill shall have a minimum compressive strength set forth in Table 1.3 Flowable Fill. Chemical admixtures may also be used in flowable fill to modify performance properties of strength, flow, set, acidity /alkalinity, corrosion resistance, and permeability. Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. 13- 0043 -EN 4a 3123 23.33 Flowable Fill 20160710 Flowable Fill 312323.33 -1 13- 0043 -EN (STS -13) 10 July 2016 Flowable Fill East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements Clearwater, Florida 1.4 SUBMITTALS: A. DOCUMENTATION: Submit shop drawings, product data, and samples. B. FLOWABLE FILL MIX DESIGN: 1. Provide flowable fill mix design containing cement and water. At the contractor's option, it may also contain fly ash, aggregate, or chemical admixtures in any proportions such that the final product meets the strength and flow consistency, and shrinkage requirements included in this specifications. 2. Provide documentation that the admixture supplier has experience of at least one year, with the products being provided and any equipment required to obtain desired performance of the product. C. MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATES: Provide the Engineer with a certification that the materials incorporated in the flowable fill, following achievement of the required strength, do not represent a threat to groundwater quality. 1.5 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS: A. AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM): 1. Standard Test Method for Preparation and Testing of Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM) Test Cylinders (D4832 -02). 2. Standard Specifications for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for use as Mineral Admixture in Concrete. (Use Fly Ash conforming to the chemical and physical requirements for mineral admixture, Class F listed, Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. 13- 0043 -EN 4a 3123 23.33 Flowable Fill 20160710 Flowable Fill 3123 23.33 - 2 Excavatable Cellular Concrete Cement 75 -100 lb/yd3 Min 150 Ib/yd3 Pozzolans or Slag None Optional Water * * Air ** 5 -35% * * ** 28 Day Compressive Strength ** Maximum 100 psi Minimum 80 psi Unit Weight ** 90 -110 Ib /ft3 20 -80 Ib /ft3 Fine Aggregate * ** Optional *Mix designs shall produce a consistency that will result in a flowable self - leveling product at time of placement. * *The requirements for percent air, compressive strength and unit weight are for laboratory designs only and are not intended for jobsite acceptance requirements. ** *Fine Aggregate shall be proportioned to yield 1 yd3. * * * *In cellular concrete, preformed foam shall be proportioned at the job site to yield 1 yd3 in accordance with the design requirements. 1.4 SUBMITTALS: A. DOCUMENTATION: Submit shop drawings, product data, and samples. B. FLOWABLE FILL MIX DESIGN: 1. Provide flowable fill mix design containing cement and water. At the contractor's option, it may also contain fly ash, aggregate, or chemical admixtures in any proportions such that the final product meets the strength and flow consistency, and shrinkage requirements included in this specifications. 2. Provide documentation that the admixture supplier has experience of at least one year, with the products being provided and any equipment required to obtain desired performance of the product. C. MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATES: Provide the Engineer with a certification that the materials incorporated in the flowable fill, following achievement of the required strength, do not represent a threat to groundwater quality. 1.5 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS: A. AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM): 1. Standard Test Method for Preparation and Testing of Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM) Test Cylinders (D4832 -02). 2. Standard Specifications for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for use as Mineral Admixture in Concrete. (Use Fly Ash conforming to the chemical and physical requirements for mineral admixture, Class F listed, Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. 13- 0043 -EN 4a 3123 23.33 Flowable Fill 20160710 Flowable Fill 3123 23.33 - 2 13- 0043 -EN (STS -13) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10 July 2016 Clearwater, Florida including Table 2 (except for Footnote A). Waive the loss on ignition requirement.) (C618 -03) 3. Standard Test Method for Time of Setting of Concrete Mixtures by Penetration Resistance. (C403/C403M -05) 4. Standard Specification for Portland Cement (C150 -99 Rev.A -04) 5. Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates (C33 -03) 6. Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete (C494/C494M -04) 7. Standard Specification for Expansion and Bleeding of Freshly Mixed Grouts for Preplaced — Aggregate Concrete in the Laboratory (C940 RevA -98) B. AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE (ACI): 1. Controlled Low - Strength Materials (SP- 150 -94) 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. MANUFACTURER: Flowable fill shall be manufactured by a ready -mix concrete producer with a minimum of 1 year experience in the production of similar products. B. MATERIALS: For each type of material required for the work of this section, provide primary materials that are the products of one manufacturer. If not otherwise specified here, materials shall comply with recommendations of ACI 229, "Controlled Low Strength Materials." 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: Deliver and handle all products and equipment required, in strict compliance with manufacturer's recommendations. Protect from damage due to weather, excessive temperatures, and construction operations. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS: Perform installation of flowable fill only when approved by the Engineer, and when existing and forecasted weather conditions are within the limits established by the manufacturer of the materials and products used. 1.9 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT: Contract, payment will be made at the Contract unit price per cubic yard. Such price and payment will include all cost of the mixture, in place and accepted, determined as specified above. No measurement and payment will be made for material placed lnterflow Engineering, L.L.C. 13- 0043 -EN 4a 3123 23.33 Flowable Fill 20160710 Flowable Fill 3123 23.33 - 3 13- 0043 -EN (STS -13) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10 July 2016 Clearwater, Florida outside the neat line limits or outside the adjusted limits, or for unused or wasted material. B. BASIS OF PAYMENT: Payments only after Flowable Fill is accepted and installed; all temporary structures, dikes, plugs, and formwork have been removed; all excess flowable fill has been properly disposed of and grade is restored. Final surface restoration paid separately. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS: Provide flowable fill containing, at a minimum, cementitious materials and water. Cementitious materials shall be portland cement, pozzolanic materials, or other self- cementing materials, or combinations thereof, at the contractor's option, and following approval by the Engineer. The flowable fill mix design may also contain, fine aggregate or filler, and /or chemical admixtures in any proportions such that the final product meets the strength, flow consistency and shrinkage requirements included in this specification, as approved by the Engineer. A. PORTLAND CEMENT: ASTM C150, Type 2. Meeting FDOT standards. B. MIXING WATER: Fresh, clean, and potable. FDOT standards for use as mix -water for cast -in -place concrete. C. AIR - ENTRAINING ADMIXTURE: ASTM C260. D. CHEMICAL ADMIXTURES: ASTM C494. E. AGGREGATE: ASTM C33. 2.2 FLOWABLE FILL MIXTURE: A. MIX DESIGN: 1. Shall produce a consistency that will result in a flowable product at the time of placement which does not require manual means to move it into place. 2. Shall have a minimum strength and unit weight as specified in Table 1.3 Flowable Fill. Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. 13- 0043 -EN 4a 3123 23.33 Flowable Fill 20160710 Flowable Fill 3123 23.33 - 4 13- 0043 -EN (STS -13) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10 July 2016 Clearwater, Florida 3. Shall have minimal subsidence and bleed water shrinkage. Evaporation of bleed water shall not result in shrinkage of more than 10.4 mm per m (1/8 inch per foot) of flowable fill depth (for mixes containing high fly ash content). Measurement of a Final Bleeding shall be as measured in Section 10 of ASTM C 940 "Standard Test Method for Expansion and Bleeding of Freshly Mixed Grouts for Preplaced- Aggregate Concrete in the Laboratory." 4. Flowable fill shall have an in -place yield of at least 98% of design yield and a maximum of 110% of design yield at 1 year. B. EQUIPTMENT: Provide equipment as recommended by the Manufacturer and comply with manufacturer's recommendations for the addition of additives, whether at the production plant or prior to placement at the site. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION: Examine conditions of substrates, structures, piping, and other conditions under which work is to be performed and notify the Engineer, in writing, of circumstances detrimental to the proper completion of the work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 APPLICATION OF FLOWABLE FILL: Inspect pipes, structures and other members to be filled with flowable fill by video. Insure there are no cross connected pipes, structures, conduits, or other items that will be blocked or in contact with the flowable fill after placement. If so, replace with non - metallic materials or apply manufacturers recommended coating to protect metallic objects before placing the flowable fill. Replacement or protection of metallic objects is subject to the approval of the Engineer. 3.3 PROTECTION AND CURING: A. PROTECTION: 1. Protect exposed surfaces of flowable fill from premature drying, wash by rain or running water, wind, mechanical injury, and excessively hot or cold temperature. 2. Protect flowable fill from freezing for a period of 36 hours after placement. B. PLACEMENT: 1. Place flowable fill to the designated fill line without vibration or other means of compaction. 2. Do not place flowable fill during inclement weather, e.g. rain or ambient temperatures below 40 52F. Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. 13- 0043 -EN 4a 3123 23.33 Flowable Fill 20160710 Flowable Fill 3123 23.33 - 5 13- 0043 -EN (STS -13) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10 July 2016 Clearwater, Florida 3. Take all necessary precautions to prevent any damages caused by the hydraulic pressure of the fill during placement prior to hardening. 4. Provide the means to confine the material within the designated space. END SECTION Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. 13- 0043 -EN 4a 3123 23.33 Flowable Fill 20160710 Flowable Fill 3123 23.33 - 6 • • 13- 0043 -EN (STS -14) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10 July 2016 Clearwater, Florida Section 33 01 10.01 Hydrostatic Testing for Transmission Mains PART 1 GENERAL SUMMARY A. Description: Test all piping, valves, and appurtenances relating to the twenty (20) inch Transmission Main and installed under this Contract. B. Section Includes: 1. Hydrostatic pressure tests for Transmission main, fittings, and appurtenances C. Related Requirements Technical Specifications III, Article 17.1 Submittal and Document Forms Technical Specifications IV, Article 201 Excavation for Underground Work Technical Specifications IV, Article 207 -7 Underground Utility Construction Technical Specifications IV, Article 500 Potable and Reclaimed Water Mains, Fire Lines and Appurtenances 0155 26 Supplemental Maintenance of Traffic 33 11 13.01 Supplemental Potable Water Mains, Fittings and Appurtenances 33 0110.61 Line Stop Note: This is only a partial listing of related sections. The Contractor shall be responsible to review the entire contract documents. 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES Payment for Hydrostatic Testing will be included in the cost of the work and no separate payment will be made. 1.3 SUBMITTALS Prepare and submit schedules and procedures to the City for testing of all parts of the water main installed in accordance with this Contract. Submit the schedule at least forty eight (48) hours prior to any testing. 1.4 DEFINITIONS Leakage: The volume of water that must be supplied into the newly laid pipeline to maintain pressure within ± 5 psi of the test pressure after it is filled and purged of air. Partially Backfilled: A Transmission or Water main backfilled and compacted with all bell ends, fittings, flanges, and appurtenances exposed for inspection during hydrostatic testing. Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Hydrostatic Testing for Transmission Mains 13- 0043 -EN 4a 33 01 10.01 Hydrostatic Tests for Transmission Main 20160710 33 01 10.01- 1 13- 0043 -EN (STS -14) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10 July 2016 Clearwater, Florida A. Reference Standards 1. American Water Works Association (AWWA): AWWA C600 -10 Installation of Ductile Iron Water Mains and Their Appurtenances AWWA M14 Backflow Prevention and Cross - Connection Control: Recommended Practices, fourth edition AWWA M28 Rehabilitation of Water Mains, third edition AWWA. 2010. The Water Dictionary. AWWA: Denver, Colorado 2. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry (MSS): MSS SP -96 -2011 Guidelines on Terminology for Valves and Fittings PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT A. Furnish the pump, pipe connections, and all necessary apparatus for the pressure and leakage tests including gauges and metering devices. The city reserves the option to furnish the gauges and metering devices for the tests. Excavate, backfill, and furnish all necessary assistance for conducting the tests. B. Pressure gauges used for testing shall have no greater than 5 psi increment markings or shall be as directed by the City for the satisfactory evaluation of the required testing. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Testing shall be performed concurrent with installation. Do not install more than one thousand (1000) feet of pipe without being tested, unless approved by the City. B. Perform hydrostatic pressure tests in accordance with AWWA C600, Section 5.2 - Hydrostatic Testing after the pipe or section of pipe has been laid, thrust blocking cured (min. 7 days), the trench is partially backfilled, and the pipes have been pigged and flushed. Testing will be performed fully isolated from the active distribution system. C. During construction and before hydrostatic testing Contractor may completely backfill the trench or partially backfill the trench and cover fittings, bells, and appurtenances with a steel plate (see: 0155 26 Supplemental MOT). However, if the contractor will be required to completely backfill the trench if the period between hydrostatic tests is longer than fourteen (14) days or as directed by the city if local traffic and safety conditions require. In either case it is the contractor's responsibility expose bell ends, fittings, flanges, and appurtenances for inspection during hydrostatic testing and repair or replace any defective work product without additional compensation. D. Perform the hydrostatic test at a pressure of no less than 150 psi but no more than the design rating of the pipe and appurtenances. Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Hydrostatic Testing for Transmission Mains 13- 0043 -EN 4a 33 01 10.01 Hydrostatic Tests for Transmission Main 20160710 33 01 10.01- 2 13- 0043 -EN (STS -14) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10 July 2016 Clearwater, Florida E. Valves shall not be operated in either direction at a differential pressure exceeding the rated valve working pressure. For tests exceeding the rated valve working pressure, the test setup should include a provision, independent of the valve, to reduce the line pressure to the rated valve working pressure on completion of the test. The valve can then be opened enough to equalize the trapped pressure with the line pressure, or the valve can be fully opened if desired. F. The test pressure shall not exceed the rated working pressure or differential pressure of the valves when the pressure boundary of the test section includes closed, resilient - seated gate valves or butterfly valves. G. Contractor shall attach a tapping sleeve and valve assembly to the main, and pressure test the assembly prior to making the tap. The required test pressure shall be determined in the same manner as for pipe. The test is acceptable if there is no pressure drop in 15 minutes at test pressure. 3.2 FILLING AND TESTING A. Slowly fill each segregated section of pipeline with water ensuring that all air is expelled. Extreme care must be taken to ensure that all air is expelled during the filling of pipe. The line shall stand full of water for at least twenty -four hours prior to testing to allow all air to escape. If necessary, tap the main at points of highest elevation to expel air as the pipe is filled. Remove the corporation stops and plug the taps after successfully filling the pipeline and expelling all air. B. The test will be conducted for at least two (2) hours at the required test pressure ± 5 psi. C. Conduct a leakage test concurrently with the pressure test. Measure the volume of water using a calibrated container or meter. Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Hydrostatic Testing for Transmission Mains 13- 0043 -EN 4a 33 01 10.01 Hydrostatic Tests for Transmission Main 20160710 33 01 10.01 - 3 13- 0043 -EN (STS -14) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10 July 2016 Clearwater, Florida D. No pipeline installation will be accepted by the city if the leakage is greater than that determined by the following formula: L 148,000 L = testing allowance (makeup water), in gallons per hour S = length of pipe tested, in feet D = nominal diameter of the pipe, in inches P = average test pressure during the hydrostatic test, in psi (gauge) E. If the pipeline under test contains sections of various diameters, the allowable leakage will be the sum of the computed leakage for each size. Should any test disclose damaged or defective materials or leakage greater than that permitted, the Contractor shall, at the Contractor's expense, locate and repair and /or replace the damaged or defective materials. Materials used for repair must be approved by the City and meet relevant specifications. Repeat the tests until leakage is within permitted allowance and is satisfactory to the City. SD/ END OF SECTION Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Hydrostatic Testing for Transmission Mains 13- 0043 -EN 4a 33 01 10.01 Hydrostatic Tests for Transmission Main 20160710 33 01 10.01- 4 13- 0043 -EN (STS -15) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10 July 2016 SECTION 33 0110.61 Line Stop Clearwater, Florida PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Installing and maintaining a line stop for potable water main. 2. Removal and closure of line stop. 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Line Stop: 1. Basis of Measurement: each line stop 2. Basis of Payment: each line stop performed. Includes closure, backfill, and restoration of existing ground cover. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: submit shop drawings for each line stop. PART 2 PRODUCTS — NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify line stop equipment are functional and undamaged condition prior to beginning line stop. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Dewater excavation area, if necessary, see Clearwater Technical Specification Section IV Article 203 B. Excavate to expose pipe, see Clearwater Technical Specification Section IV Article 201 C. Restrain pipe prior to installing tapping saddle, tapping valve, tap, or line stop, see Clearwater Technical Specification Section IV Article 500 D. Clean pipe exterior, remove debris and inspect for corrosion. If pipe is corroded move location away from work to uncorroded pipe. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Apply tapping saddle using manufacture's installation instructions B. Attach tapping valve using manufacture's installation instructions Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. 13- 0043 -EN 4a 33 01 10.61 Line Stop 20160710 Line Stop 330110.61 -1 13- 0043 -EN (STS -15) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10 July 2016 Clearwater, Florida C. Attach tap and tap pipe using manufacture's tapping instructions D. Retract tap and remove pipe coupon E. Close tap valve F. Remove tap G. Attach stop plug 3.4 RESTORATION A. Attach gasket and blind flange to tapping valve B. Backfill and compact, see Clearwater Technical Specification Section IV Article 304 C. Restore surface END OF SECTION Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. 13- 0043 -EN 4a 33 01 10.61 Line Stop 20160710 Line Stop 33 0110.61- 2 13- 0043 -EN (STS -16) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10 July 2016 Clearwater, Florida SECTION 33 4419.13 Baffle Box PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Nutrient Separating Baffle Boxes (NSBB), Skimboss, and HydroSlideTM 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Nutrient Separating Baffle Box: 1. Basis of Measurement: each furnished and installed 2. Basis of Payment: each furnished and installed per type. Includes: baffle box, skimboss, hydroslide, delivery, excavation (excluding excavation of unsuitable material), installation, compaction, bedding, surface restoration (if in grassed area), connection to storm sewer, and backfill. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Florida Department of Transportation (FDOT) Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction (SSRBC) 2016 or latest edition. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit Shop Drawings for each NSBB for review. B. Manufacturer's Certificate: 1. Submit verified test data from either one these nationally recognized organizations, NJCAT or TAPE, at time of submittals for the basis for verifying comparable removal efficiencies. C. Delegated Design Submittal: Submit signed and sealed shop drawings with design calculations and assumptions for NSBBs based on location and size. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Standards: Perform Work in accordance with Manufacturer's standards, Florida Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction and City of Clearwater standards as appropriate. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Product List: Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. 13- 0043 -EN 4a 33 44 19 13 Baffle Box 20160710 Baffle Box 33 4419.13 -1 13- 0043 -EN (STS -16) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10 July 2016 Clearwater, Florida 1. Suntree Technologies, Inc. NSBB -5- 10.5 -101 2. Suntree Technologies, Inc. NSBB- 6 -12 -87 3. Suntree Technologies, Inc. NSBB- 6 -12 -89 4. Suntree Technologies, Inc. NSBB- 6 -12 -92 5. Suntree Technologies, Inc. NSBB- 8 -14 -97 6. No substitutions permitted. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Suntree Technologies, Floating Skimmer (SKIMBOSS) B. Suntree Technologies, Maintenance Equipment (HydroSlide) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify NSBB components are in sound and functioning order prior to accepting delivery. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Excavate for NSBB 1. If any proposed structure is to be founded in the clayey soils of stratum 3, the clayey soils should be over excavated to a minimum depth 2 feet below the bottom of foundation elevation and then backfilled to re- establish the required footing elevation. The backfilling should be done with crushed stone or clean sand. (FDOT SSRBC 901, No. 57 Stone). 2. Foundation excavations should be observed by the geotechnical engineer or a representative to explore the extent of any loose, soft, or otherwise undesirable materials. If the foundation excavations appear suitable as Toad bearing materials, the bottom of the foundation excavations should be compacted to meet the requirements of the FDOT SSRBC (or latest edition). 3. Backfill soils placed adjacent to footings or walls should be carefully compacted with a light rubber -tired roller or vibratory plate compactor to avoid damaging the footings or walls. Approved sand fills to provide foundation embedment constraint should be placed in loose lifts not exceeding 6 inches and should be compacted to a minimum density of 98% of the modified proctor maximum dry density. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install NSBB 1. Locate NSBB as indicated on construction plans. Install chambers and accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. 13- 0043 -EN 4a 33 44 19 13 Baffle Box 20160710 Baffle Box 334419.13 -2 13- 0043 -EN (STS -16) 10 July 2016 3.4 MAINTENANCE A. See Operations and Maintenance Manual for servicing frequency and instructions. END OF SECTION East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements Clearwater, Florida Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. 13- 0043 -EN 4a 33 44 19 13 Baffle Box 20160710 Baffle Box 33 4419.13 - 3 • • An Equal Opportunity Employer January 06, 2016 k# 4' r 4,1 , 2379 Broad Street, Brooksville, Florida 34604 -6899 Water Management District (352) 796 -7211 or 1-800-423-1476 (FL only) SUNCOM 628 -4150 TDD only 1- 800 - 231 -6103 (FL only) On the Internet at: WaterMatters.org Bartow Service Office 170 Century Boulevard Bartow, Florida 33830 -7700 (863) 534 -1448 or 1- 800 - 492 -7862 (FL only) City of Clearwater Florida Attn: Michael Quillen, P.E. 100 South Myrtle Avenue, Room 220 Clearwater, FL 33756 Sarasota Service Office 6750 Fruitville Road Sarasota, Florida 34240 -9711 (941) 377 -3722 or 1- 800 - 320 -3503 (FL only) Subject: Notice of Intended Agency Action - Approval Environmental Resource General Permit Project Name: East Gateway Stormwater Improvement Area App ID /Permit No: 722261 / 47026545.003 County: PINELLAS Expiration Date: December 18, 2020 Sec/Twp /Rge: S14/T29S /R15E, S15/T29S/R15E Dear Permittee(s): Tampa Service Office 7601 Highway 301 North Tampa, Florida 33637 -6759 (813) 985 -7481 or 1- 800 - 836 -0797 (FL only) The Southwest Florida Water Management District (District) has completed its review of the application for Environmental Resource Permit. Based upon a review of the information you have submitted, the District hereby gives notice of its intended approval of the application. The File of Record associated with this application can be viewed at http: / /wwwl8.swfwmd.state.fl.us /erp /erp /search /ERPSearch.aspx and is also available for inspection Monday through Friday, except for District holidays, from 8:00 a.m. through 5:00 p.m. at the District's Tampa Service Office, 7601 U.S. Highway 301 North, Tampa, Florida 33637. If you have any questions or concerns regarding the application or any other information, please contact the Environmental Resource Permit Bureau in the Tampa Service Office. Sincerely, Michelle K. Hopkins, P.E. Bureau Chief Environmental Resource Permit Bureau Regulation Division cc: Colin T. Miller, P.E., Interflow Engineering, LLC An Equal Opportunity Employer I T 4, 2379 Broad Street, Brooksville, Florida 34604 -6899 (352) 796 -7211 or 1- 800 -423 -1476 (FL only) • Water Management District SUNCOM 628 -4150 TDD only 1- 800 - 231 -6103 (FL only) On the Internet at: WaterMatters.org Bartow Service Office 170 Century Boulevard Bartow, Florida 33830 -7700 (863) 534 -1448 or 1- 800 -492 -7862 (FL only) January 06, 2016 City of Clearwater Florida Attn: Michael Quillen, P.E. 100 South Myrtle Avenue, Room 220 Clearwater, FL 33756 Sarasota Service Office 6750 Fruitville Road Sarasota, Florida 34240 -9711 (941) 377 -3722 or 1- 800 - 320 -3503 (FL only) Subject: Notice of Agency Action - Approval Environmental Resource General Permit Project Name: East Gateway Stormwater Improvement Area App ID /Permit No: 722261 / 47026545.003 County: PINELLAS Expiration Date: December 18, 2020 Sec/Twp /Rge: S14/T29S/R15E, S15/T29S/R15E Tampa Service Office 7601 Highway 301 North Tampa, Florida 33637 -6759 (813) 985 -7481 or 1- 800 - 836 -0797 (FL only) Dear Permittee(s): The Southwest Florida Water Management District (District) is in receipt of your application for the Environmental Resource Permit. Based upon a review of the information you submitted, the application is approved. Please refer to the attached Notice of Rights to determine any legal rights you may have concerning the District's agency action on the permit application described in this letter. If approved construction plans are part of the permit, construction must be in accordance with these plans. These drawings are available for viewing or downloading through the District's Application and Permit Search Tools located at www.WaterMatters.orq /permits. The District's action in this matter only becomes closed to future legal challenges from members of the public if such persons have been properly notified of the District's action and no person objects to the District's action within the prescribed period of time following the notification. The District does not publish notices of agency action. If you wish to limit the time within which a person who does not receive actual written notice from the District may request an administrative hearing regarding this action, you are strongly encouraged to publish, at your own expense, a notice of agency action in the legal advertisement section of a newspaper of general circulation in the county or counties where the activity will occur. Publishing notice of agency action will close the window for filing a petition for hearing. Legal requirements and instructions for publishing notices of agency action, as well as a noticing form that can be used, are available from the District's website at www.WaterMatters.ora /permits /noticinq. If you publish notice of agency action, a copy of the affidavit of publication provided by the newspaper should be sent to the District's Tampa Service Office for retention in this permit's File of Record. • • App ID /Permit No:722261 / 47026545.003 Page 2 January 06, 2016 • If you have any questions or concerns regarding your permit or any other information, please contact the Environmental Resource Permit Bureau in the Tampa Service Office. Sincerely, Michelle K. Hopkins, P.E. Bureau Chief Environmental Resource Permit Bureau Regulation Division Enclosures: Rule 62- 330.451, F.A.C. Exhibit A Notice of Authorization to Commence Construction Notice of Rights cc: Colin T. Miller, P.E., Interflow Engineering, LLC • • Specific Condition(s): Rule 62- 330.451, F.A.C. 1. (1) A general permit is granted to counties, municipalities, state agencies and water management districts to construct, operate and maintain stormwater retrofit activities as authorized below for improving existing surface water and stormwater systems. This general permit may be used in conjunction with exempt activities. 2. (2) Types of stormwater retrofit activities authorized under this general permit are: (a) Construction or alteration that will add additional treatment or attenuation capacity and capability to an existing stormwater management system; (b) The modification, reconstruction, or relocation of an existing stormwater management system or stormwater discharge facility; (c) Stabilization of eroding banks, and installation of structures such as gabions to limit sidebank erosion; or (d) Excavation or dredging to remove sediments or other pollutants that have accumulated in existing surface waters as a result of stormwater runoff and stormwater discharges, provided the material removed is not deposited in existing wetlands or other surface waters. 3. (3) Stormwater retrofit activities shall not: (a) Be proposed or implemented for the purpose of providing the water quality treatment or flood control needed to serve new development or redevelopment; or (b) Include a dam that has more than 50 acre -feet of storage capacity if the dam is more than five feet high, nor a dam having a height of ten or more feet, regardless of storage capacity. Height is measured from the top of the dam to the natural bed of the stream or watercourse at the downward toe of the dam, or from the lowest elevation of the outside limit of the dam to the maximum elevation of the dam. 4. (4) There is no limit to the acreage of stormwater retrofit activities in artificial waters. Work in wetlands and non - artificial surface waters shall be limited to no more than 0.5 acre. 5. (5) A stormwater quality retrofit activity must result in at least one of the following: (a) Addition of treatment capacity to an existing stormwater management system such that it reduces stormwater pollutant loadings to receiving waters; (b) Addition of treatment or attenuation capability to an existing developed area when either the existing stormwater management system or the developed area has substandard stormwater treatment or attenuation capabilities, compared to what would be required for a new system requiring a permit under Part IV of Chapter 373, F.S.; or (c) Removal of pollutants generated by, or resulting from, previous stormwater discharges. 6. (6) A water quantity retrofit project proposed to reduce existing flooding problems must be designed in such a way that the project does not: • • • • • (a) Result in a net reduction in water quality treatment provided by the existing stormwater management system; (b) Increase discharges of untreated stormwater entering receiving waters; 7. (7) The project must be designed, constructed, and implemented so that it will be implemented as a complete, stand -alone project within the construction phase duration of a general permit, and such that it will not at any time during its construction or operation: (a) Cause or contribute to any water quality violations; (b) Contribute to any existing violation if it discharges pollutants into waters where existing ambient water quality does not meet water quality standards for those pollutants. In such a case, the project must include measures that will cause a net improvement in the receiving waters for those pollutants in accordance with Section 373.414(1)(b)3., F.S.; (c) Adversely affect the value of functions provided to fish and wildlife by wetlands or other surface waters; (d) Adversely affect the hydroperiod of wetlands on adjacent lands or the hydroperiod of other wetlands upstream, downstream, or adjoining to the work area under subsection (4), above; (e) Cause or contribute to increased flooding of adjacent lands or cause new adverse water quantity impacts to receiving waters; (f) Add or increase any chemical treatment; (g) Be operated by pumps or other mechanical or adjustable features; (h) Adversely impact the maintenance of surface or ground water levels or surface water flows established pursuant to Section 373.042, F.S. 8. (8) The entity conducting this general permit must conduct at least one pre- notice meeting with Agency staff having responsibility for the review of the proposed activities. The notice required in Rule 62- 330.402, F.A.C., shall include materials reflecting the recommendations of the Agency discussed during that meeting, and demonstrating compliance with the above, including a certification by a registered professional that the proposed activity will meet the criteria specified above. Such certification shall include appropriate design analyses, pollutant loading analyses, modeling and other engineering calculations, drawings, specifications and other information to support, describe, verify, and document the registered professional's certification. 9. (9) Nothing in this general permit will preclude a county or municipality from obtaining and implementing a Basin Management Action Plan with water quality credits for activities performed under this authorization. 10. (10) Within 30 days after completion of construction, a registered professional shall submit certification that construction was completed in substantial conformance with the plans and calculations that were submitted in the notice to use this general permit. • Rulemaking Authority 373.026(7), 373.043, 373.118(1), 373.118(6), 373.406(5), 373.4131, 373.414(9), 373.418, 403.805(1) FS. Law Implemented 373.118(1), (6), 373.406(5), 373.413, 373.4131, 373.414(9), 373.416, 373.418 FS. History—New 10 -1 -13. EXHIBIT A GENERAL CONDITIONS: The following general permit conditions are binding upon the permittee and are enforceable under Part IV of Chapter 373, F.S. These conditions do not apply to the general permit in Section 403.814(12), F.S. 1. The general permit is valid only for the specific activity indicated. Any deviation from the specified activity and the conditions for undertaking that activity shall constitute a violation of the permit. A violation of the permit is a violation of Part IV of Chapter 373, F.S., and may result in suspension or revocation of the permittee's right to conduct such activity under the general permit. The Agency also may begin legal proceedings seeking penalties or other remedies as provided by law for any violation of these conditions. 2. This general permit does not eliminate the necessity to obtain any required federal, state, local and special district authorizations prior to the start of any construction, alteration, operation, maintenance, removal or abandonment authorized by this permit. 3. This general permit does not convey to the permittee or create in the permittee any property right, or any interest in real property, nor does it authorize any entrance upon or activities on property which is not owned or controlled by the permittee, or convey any rights or privileges other than those specified in the general permit. 4. The general permit does not relieve the permittee from liability and penalties when the permitted activity causes harm or injury to: human health or welfare; animal, plant or aquatic life; or property. It does not allow the permittee to cause pollution that violates state water quality standards. 5. Section 253.77, F.S., provides that a person may not commence any excavation, construction, or other activity involving the use of state -owned or other lands of the state, the title to which is vested in the Board of Trustees of the Internal Improvement Trust Fund without obtaining the required consent, lease, easement, or other form of authorization authorizing the proposed use. Therefore, the permittee is responsible for obtaining any necessary authorizations from the Board of Trustees prior to commencing activity on state -owned lands. 6. The authorization to conduct activities under a general permit may be modified, suspended or revoked in accordance with Chapter 120, F.S., and Section 373.429, F.S. 7. This permit shall not be transferred to a third party except pursuant to Rule 62- 330.340, F.A.C. The permittee transferring the general permit shall remain liable for any corrective actions that may be required as a result of any permit violations prior to sale, conveyance, or other transfer of ownership or control of the permitted project, activity, or the real property at which the permitted project or activity is located. 8. Upon reasonable notice to the permittee, Agency staff with proper identification shall have permission to enter, inspect, sample and test the permitted activity to ensure conformity with the plans and specifications approved by the permit. 9. The permittee shall maintain any permitted project or activity in accordance with the plans submitted to the Agency and authorized in this general permit. 10. A permitee's right to conduct a specific activity under this general permit is authorized for a duration of five years. 11. Activities shall be conducted in a manner that does not cause or contribute to violations of state water quality standards. Performance -based erosion and sediment control best management practices shall be implemented and maintained immediately prior to, during, and after construction as needed to stabilize all disturbed areas, including other measures specified in the permit to prevent adverse impacts to the water resources and adjacent lands. Erosion and sediment control measures shall be installed and maintained in accordance with the State of Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Designer and Reviewer Manual (Florida Department of Environmental Protection and Florida Department of Transportation June 2007), available at www.dep. state. fl. us / water / wetlands / docs /erp /FLErosionSedimentManual 6 07.pdf, and the Florida Stormwater 3 • • Erosion and Sedimentation Control Inspector's Manual (Florida Department of Environmental Protection, Nonpoint Source Management Section, Tallahassee, Florida, July 2008), available at www.dep.state.fl.us/ water /nonpoint/docs/ erosion /erosion- inspectors- manual.pdf which are both incorporated by reference in subparagraph 62- 330.050(8)(b)5., F.A.C. 12. Unless otherwise specified in the general permit, temporary vehicular access within wetlands during construction shall be performed using vehicles generating minimum ground pressure to minimize rutting and other environmental impacts. Within forested wetlands, the permittee shall choose alignments that minimize the destruction of mature wetland trees to the greatest extent practicable. When needed to prevent rutting or soil compaction, access vehicles shall be operated on wooden, composite, metal, or other non - earthen construction mats. In all cases, access in wetlands shall comply with the following: a. Access within forested wetlands shall not include the cutting or clearing of any native wetland tree having a diameter 4 inches or greater at breast height; b. The maximum width of the construction access area shall be limited to 15 feet; c. All mats shall be removed within 72 hours after the work commences; and d. Areas disturbed for access shall be restored to natural grades immediately after the maintenance or repair is completed. 13. Barges or other work vessels used to conduct in -water activities shall be operated in a manner that prevents unauthorized dredging, water quality violations, and damage to submerged aquatic communities. 14. The construction, alteration, or use of the authorized project shall not adversely impede navigation or create a navigational hazard in the water body. Except where specifically authorized in a general permit, activities must not: *5 a. Impound or obstruct existing water flow, cause adverse impacts to existing surface water storage and conveyance capabilities, or otherwise cause adverse water quantity or flooding impacts to receiving water and adjacent lands; b. Cause an adverse impact to the maintenance of surface or ground water levels or surface water flows established pursuant to Section 373.042, F.S., or a Works of the District established pursuant to Section 373.086, F.S.; or 16. If any prehistoric or historic artifacts, such as pottery or ceramics, stone tools or metal implements, dugout canoes, or any other physical remains that could be associated with Native American cultures, or early colonial or American settlement are encountered at any time within the project site area, work involving subsurface disturbance in the immediate vicinity of such discoveries shall cease. The permittee or other designee shall contact the Florida Department of State, Division of Historical Resources, Compliance and Review Section, at (850) 245 -6333 or (800) 847 -7278, as well as the appropriate permitting agency office. Such subsurface work shall not resume without verbal or written authorization from the Division of Historical Resources. If unmarked human remains are encountered, all work shall stop immediately and notification shall be provided in accordance with Section 872.05, F.S. 17. The activity must be capable, based on generally accepted engineering and scientific principles, of being performed and of functioning as proposed, and must comply with any applicable District special basin and geographic area criteria. 18. The permittee shall comply with the following when performing work within waters accessible to federally- or state - listed aquatic species, such as manatees, marine turtles, smalltooth sawfish, and Gulf sturgeon: • a. All vessels associated with the project shall operate at "Idle Speed /No Wake" at all times while in the work area and where the draft of the vessels provides less than a four -foot clearance from the bottom. All vessels will follow routes of deep water whenever possible. b. All deployed siltation or turbidity barriers shall be properly secured, monitored, and maintained to prevent entanglement or entrapment of listed species. c. All in -water activities, including vessel operation, must be shutdown if a listed species comes within 50 feet of the work area. Activities shall not resume until the animal(s) has moved beyond a 50 -foot radius of the in -water work, or until 30 minutes elapses since the last sighting within 50 feet. Animals must not be herded away or harassed into leaving. All on -site project personnel are responsible for observing water - related activities for the presence of listed species. d. Any listed species that is killed or injured by work associated with activities performed shall be reported immediately to the Florida Fish and Wildlife Conservation Commission (FWC) Hotline at 1- 888 - 404 -3922 and ImperiledSpecies @myFWC.com. 19. The permittee shall hold and save the Agency harmless from any and all damages, claims, or liabilities which may arise by reason of the construction, alteration, operation, maintenance, removal, abandonment or use of any activity authorized by the general permit. 20. The permittee shall immediately notify the Agency in writing of any submitted information that is discovered to be inaccurate. 5 • • • SOUTHWEST FLORIDA WATER MANAGEMENT DISTRICT NOTICE OF AUTHORIZATION TO COMMENCE CONSTRUCTION East Gateway Stormwater Improvement Area PROJECT NAME Government PROJECT TYPE PINELLAS COUNTY S14/T29S/R15E, S15/T29S/R15E SEC(S)/TWP(S) /RGE(S) City of Clearwater Florida PERMITTEE APPLICATION ID /PERMIT NO: 722261 /47026545.003 DATE ISSUED: January 06, 2016 Michelle K. Hopkins, P.E. Issuing Authority THIS NOTICE SHOULD BE CONSPICUOUSLY DISPLAYED AT THE SITE OF THE WORK Notice of Rights ADMINISTRATIVE HEARING • 1. You or any person whose substantial interests are or may be affected by the District's intended or proposed action may request an administrative hearing on that action by filing a written petition in accordance with Sections 120.569 and 120.57, Florida Statutes (F.S.), Uniform Rules of Procedure Chapter 28 -106, Florida Administrative Code (F.A.C.) and District Rule 40D- 1.1010, F.A.C. Unless otherwise provided by law, a petition for administrative hearing must be filed with (received by) the District within 21 days of receipt of written notice of agency action. "Written notice" means either actual written notice, or newspaper publication of notice, that the District has taken or intends to take agency action. "Receipt of written notice" is deemed to be the fifth day after the date on which actual notice is deposited in the United States mail, if notice is mailed to you, or the date that actual notice is issued, if sent to you by electronic mail or delivered to you, or the date that notice is published in a newspaper, for those persons to whom the District does not provide actual notice. 2. Pursuant to Subsection 373.427(2)(c), F.S., for notices of intended or proposed agency action on a consolidated application for an environmental resource permit and use of state -owned submerged lands concurrently reviewed by the District, a petition for administrative hearing must be filed with (received by) the District within 14 days of receipt of written notice. 3. Pursuant to Rule 62- 532.430, F.A.C., for notices of intent to deny a well construction permit, a petition for administrative hearing must be filed with (received by) the District within 30 days of receipt of written notice of intent to deny. 4. Any person who receives written notice of an agency decision and who fails to file a written request for a hearing within 21 days of receipt or other period as required by law waives the right to request a hearing on such matters. 5. Mediation pursuant to Section 120.573, F.S., to settle an administrative dispute regarding District intended or proposed action is not available prior to the filing of a petition for hearing. 6. A request or petition for administrative hearing must comply with the requirements set forth in Chapter 28 -106, F.A.C. A request or petition for a hearing must: (1) explain how the substantial interests of each person requesting the hearing will be affected by the District's intended action or proposed action, (2) state all material facts disputed by the person requesting the hearing or state that there are no material facts in dispute, and (3) otherwise comply with Rules 28- 106.201 and 28- 106.301, F.A.C. Chapter 28 -106, F.A.C. can be viewed at www.flrules.org or at the District's website at www.WaterMatters.oro /permits /rules. 7. A petition for administrative hearing is deemed filed upon receipt of the complete petition by the District Agency Clerk at the District's Tampa Service Office during normal business hours, which are 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding District holidays. Filings with the District Agency Clerk may be made by mail, hand - delivery or facsimile transfer (fax). The District does not accept petitions for administrative hearing by electronic mail. Mailed filings must be addressed to, and hand - delivered filings must be delivered to, the Agency Clerk, Southwest Florida Water Management District, 7601 Highway 301 North,Tampa,FL 33637 -6759. Faxed filings must be transmitted to the District Agency Clerk at (813) 367 -9776. Any petition not received during normal business hours shall be filed as of 8:00 a.m. on the next business day. The District's acceptance of faxed petitions for filing is subject to certain conditions set forth in the District's Statement of Agency Organization and Operation, available for viewing at www.WaterMatters.org /about. 7 JUDICIAL REVIEW 1. Pursuant to Sections 120.60(3) and 120.68, F.S., a party who is adversely affected by District action may seek judicial review of the Districts action. Judicial review shall be sought in the Fifth District Court of Appeal or in the appellate district where a party resides or as otherwise provided by law. 2. All proceedings shall be instituted by filing an original notice of appeal with the District Agency Clerk within 30 days after the rendition of the order being appealed, and a copy of the notice of appeal, accompanied by any filing fees prescribed by law, with the clerk of the court, in accordance with Rules 9.110 and 9.190 of the Florida Rules of Appellate Procedure (Fla. R. App. P.). Pursuant to Fla. R. App. P. 9.020(h), an order is rendered when a signed written order is filed with the clerk of the lower tribunal. • • 8 • • August 8, 2016 Florida Department of Environmental Protection Southwest District Office 13051 North Telecom Parkway Temple Terrace, FL 33637 -0926 PERMITTEE: Robert Fahey, P.E., Engineering Manager City of Clearwater 100 S. Myrtle Avenue, Room 220 Clearwater, FL 33756 -5520 robert.faheyAmyclearwater.com PERMIT NUMBER: ISSUE DATE: EXPIRATION DATE: COUNTY: PROJECT NAME: WWTF NAME: FACILITY ID: CS52- 0032571 - 117- DWC /CG August 8, 2016 August 7, 2021 Pinellas East Gateway Stormwater and Sanitary Improvements Marshall Street WRF FL0021857 Rick Scott Governor Carlos Lopez - Cantera Lt. Governor Jonathan P. Steverson Secretary NOTIFICATION OF ACCEPTANCE OF USE OF A GENERAL PERMIT Dear Mr. Fahey: This letter acknowledges receipt of your Notification/Application for Constructing a Domestic Wastewater Collection/Transmission System for the subject project. Our Office received the Notice on August 4, 2016. This is to advise you that the Department does not object to your use of this general permit for the following: eight -inch diameter gravity pipe and 64 manholes. Please note the attached requirements apply to your use of this general permit for constructing the proposed domestic wastewater collection/transmission system. You are further advised that the construction activity must conform to the description contained in your Notification/Application for Constructing a Domestic Wastewater Collection/Transmission System and that any deviation may subject the permittee to enforcement action and possible penalties. www.dep.state.f/.us Mr. Fahey Page 2 August 8, 2016 • If you have any questions, please contact Larisa Orekhova at (813) 470 -5929 or via email at Larisa.Orekhova(adep. state. fl.us. Sincerely, —cr Pamal. Vazquez Program Administrator Permitting & Waste Cleanup Program Southwest District cc: Colin Miller, P.E., Intel-flow Engineering, LLC, cmiller(interfloweng.com Jennifer Shannon, P.E., City of Clearwater, Jennifer .Shannon(cr�myclearwater.com • • 2 • • • PROJECT NAME: East Gateway Stormwater and Sanitary Improvements PERMIT NUMBER: CS52- 0032571- 117- DWC /CG REQUIREMENTS FOR USE OF THE GENERAL PERMIT FOR DOMESTIC WASTEWATER COLLECTION/TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS: 1. This general permit is subject to the general permit conditions of Rule 62- 4.540, F.A.C., as applicable. This rule is available at the Department's Internet site at: http: / /www.dep.state.fl.us /water /rulesprog.htm#ww [62- 4.540] 2. This general permit does not relieve the permittee of the responsibility for obtaining a dredge and fill permit where it is required. [62- 604.600(6)(b)1] 3. This general permit cannot be revised, except to transfer the permit. [62- 604.600(6)(b)2] 4. This general permit will expire five years from the date of issuance. If the project has been started and not completed by that time, a new permit must be obtained before the expiration date in order to continue work on the project. [62- 4.030] 5. Upon completion of construction of the collection/transmission system project, and before placing the facilities into operation for any purpose other than testing for leaks or testing equipment operation, the permittee shall submit to the Department's Southwest District Office Form 62- 604.300(8)(b), Request for Approval to Place a Domestic Wastewater Collection/Transmission System into Operation. This form is available at the Department's Internet site at: http: / /www.dep.state.fl.us /water /wastewater /forms.htm [62- 604.700(2)] 6. The new or modified collection/transmission facilities shall not be placed into service until the Department clears the project for use. [62- 604.700(3)] 7. Abnormal events shall be reported to the Department's Southwest District Office in accordance with Rule 62- 604.550, F.A.C. For unauthorized spills of wastewater in excess of 1000 gallons per incident, or where information indicates that public health or the environment may be endangered, oral reports shall be provided to the STATE WATCH OFFICE TOLL FREE NUMBER (800) 320 -0519 as soon as practical, but no later than 24 hours from the time the permittee or other designee becomes aware of the circumstances. Unauthorized releases or spills less than 1000 gallons per incident are to be reported orally to the Department's Southwest District Office within 24 hours from the time the permittee, or other designee becomes aware of the circumstances. [62- 604.550] LOCATION OF PUBLIC WATER SYSTEM MAINS IN ACCORDANCE WITH F.A.C. RULE 62- 555.314 Other Pipe Horizontal Separation Crossings (1) Joint Spacing Crossings (Full Joint Centered) Storm Sewer, Stormwater Force Main, Reclaimed Water (2) Alternate 3 ft. minimum Water Main Water Main 12 inches is the minimum. except for staon sewer, then 6 inches is the minimum and 12 arches is preened 3 R minimum ■ Water Main . 1 Vacuum Sanitary Sewer Alternate 3 R... – Wad Main Water Main I 1111 Water Main 12 inches preferred 6 inches minimum 10 ft. preferred 3 ft. minimum Gravity or Pressure Sanitary Sewer, Sanitary Sewer Force Main, Reclaimed Water (4) Alternate 6 ft. minimum Water Main Water Main 12 inches is the minimum, except for panty sewer. then 6 inches is the minimum and 12 inches is preened 10 R. preferred 6 ft. minimum (3) Water Main On -Site Sewage Treatment & Disposal System 10 ft. minimum — — • (1) Water main should cross above other pipe_ When water main must be below other pipe. the minimum separation is 12 inches. (2) Reclaimed water regulated under Part m of Chapta 62 -610. F.A.C. (3) 3 ft for gravity sanitary sewer where the bottom of the water main is bid at least 6 inches above the top of the gravity sanitary s ewer. (4) Reclaimed water not regulated tether Part III of Chapter 62 -610, F.A.C. Dis i. w TVs ereeeswt is paniaa far war animism L_ air. Please maw to FAC. ldie 42456314 far widitisail nmmitrncliw svginmsts. 4 • • • • Florida Department of Environmental Protection Southwest District Office 13051 North Telecom Parkway Temple Terrace, Florida 33637 -0926 Rick Scott Governor Carlos Lopez - Cantera Lt. Governor Jonathan P. Steverson Secretary Notification of Acceptance of Use of a General Permit PERMITTEE: Mr. Robert S. Fahey, P.E., Engineering Manager City of Clearwater 100 S Myrtle Avenue, Room 220 Clearwater, Florida 33756 -5520 Robert. FaheyAmyclearwater.com Dear Mr. Fahey: Permit Number: 125966- 364 - DSGP /02 Issue Date: August 11, 2016 Expiration Date: August 10, 2021 County: Pinellas Project Name: East Gateway Stormwater and Sanitary Improvements Water Supplier: City of Clearwater PWS ID: 652 -0336 On August 10, 2016, the Florida Department of Environmental Protection received a "Notice of Intent to Use the General Permit for Construction of Water Main Extensions for PWSs" [DEP Form No. 62- 555.900(7)], under the provisions of Rule 62 -4.530 and Chapter 62 -555, Florida Administrative Code (F.A.C.). The proposed project includes the replacing the existing water main with a new 20 -inch diameter water main along Hillcrest Avenue. Based upon the submitted Notice and accompanying documentation, this correspondence is being sent to advise that the Department does not object to the use of such general permit at this time. Please be advised that the permittee is required to abide by Rule 62- 555.405, F.A.C., all applicable rules in Chapters 62 -4, 62 -550, 62 -555, F.A.C., and the General Conditions for All General Drinking Water Permits (found in 62- 4.540, F.A.C.). The permittee shall comply with all sampling requirements specific to this project. These requirements are attached for review and implementation. Pursuant to Rule 62- 555.345, F.A.C., the permittee shall submit a certification of construction completion [DEP Form No. 62- 555.900(9)] to the Department and obtain approval, or clearance, from the Department before placing any water main extension constructed under this general permit into operation for any purpose other than disinfection or testing for leaks. Within 30 days after the sale or legal transfer of ownership of the permitted project that has not been cleared for service in total by the Department, both the permittee and the proposed permittee shall sign and submit an application for transfer of the permit using Form 62- 555.900(8), F.A.C., with the appropriate fee. The permitted construction is not authorized past the 30 -day period unless the permit has been transferred. www. dep.state. fi. us Permittee: Mr. Robert Fahey, Engineering Manager Page 2 DEP File No.: 125966- 364 - DSGP /02 This permit will expire five years from the date of issuance. If the project has been started and not completed by that time, a new permit must be obtained before the expiration date in order to continue work on the project, per Rule 62- 4.030, F.A.C. STATE OF FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION for Pamala Vazquez Program Administrator Permitting & Waste Cleanup Program Southwest District Enclosures: Clearance Requirements /Utilities Separation Requirements cc: Colin Miller, P.E., Interflow Engineering, LLC, cmiller @interfloweng.com Raji Ravindran, FDEP SWD, raji.ravindran@dep.state.fl.us • • • • • • Permittee: Mr. Robert Fahey, Engineering Manager Page 3 DEP File No.: 125966- 364 - DSGP /02 A Civil Penalty May Be Incurred if this project is placed into operation before obtaining a clearance from this office. Requirements for clearance upon completion of projects are as follows: 1) Clearance Form Submission of a fully completed Department of Environmental Protection (DEP) Form 62- 555.900(9) Certification of Construction Completion and Request for Clearance to Place Permitted PWS Components into Operation. 2) Record Drawings, if deviations were made Submission of the portion of record drawings showing deviations from the DEP construction permit, including preliminary design report or drawings and specifications, if there are any deviations from said permit (Note that it is necessary to submit a copy of only the portion of record drawings showing deviations and not a complete set of record drawings.). 3) Bacteriological Results Copies of satisfactory bacteriological analysis (a.k.a. Main Clearance), taken within sixty (60) days of completion of construction, from locations within the distribution system or water main extension to be cleared, in accordance with Rules 62- 555.315(6), 62- 555.340, and 62- 555.330, F.A.C. and American Water Works Association (AWWA) Standard C 651 -92, as follows: • Connection to an existing system • The end point of the proposed addition • Any water lines branching off a main extension • Every 1,200 feet on straight runs of pipe Each location shall be sampled on two consecutive days, at least 6 hours apart, with sample points and chlorine residual readings clearly indicated on the report. A sketch or description of all bacteriological sampling locations must also be provided. LOCATION OF PUBLIC WATER SYSTEM MAINS IN ACCORDANCE WITH F.A.C. RULE 62- 555.314 Other Pipe Horizontal Separation Crossings (1) Joint Spacing Crossings (Full Joint Centered) Steam Sewer, Stormwater Force Main, Reclaimed Water (2) Alternate 3 ft. minimum Water Main Water Main 12 inches is the minimum. except for storm sewer, then 6 inches is the minimum and 12 inches is preferred 3 ft_ minimum ■ Water Main 1 Vacuum Sanitary Sewer Alternate 3 ft... is Water Main IWater Main I I ■ Water Main ■ 12 inches preferred 6 inches minimum 10 ft. preferred 3 R. mom Gravity or Pressure Sanitary Sewer, Sanitary Sewer Force Main, Reclaimed Water (1) Alternate 6 ft minimum Water Main Water Maier 12 inches is the minimum. except for gravity sewer, then 6 inches is the minimum and 12 inches is preferred 10 ft preferred 6 ft. (3) i Rater Maier ■ ■ On -Site Sewage Treatment & Disposal System 10 ft. minimum — — (1) Water main should cross above other pipe. When water main most be below other pipe, the minimtmn separation is 12 inches. (2) Reclaimed water regulated under Part III of Chapter 62 -610. F A.0 (3) 3 ft. for gravity sanitary sewer where the bottom of the water main is laid at least 6 inches above the top of the gravity sanitary sewer. (4) Reclaimed water not regulated under Part III of Chapter 62 -610, F .A.C. 06d eis- Serai amntispwiiei fir your ...,winowii►. fln at rigor toFAC. Ries f1-6b63Uitaiifi6ndewctrairaruquireeisam • • • REPORT OF GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING SERVICES PROPOSED EAST GATEWAY STORM IMPROVEMENTS SANTA ROSA STREET, FRANKLIN STREET & PIERCE STREET CLEARWATER, PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA PROJECT NO.: 01.3032.15 Prepared for: INTERFLOW ENGINEERING, LLC 14499 NORTH DALE MABRY HIGHWAY SUITE 290 TAMPA, FLORIDA 33618 Prepared by: ANTICUSP` E NGINEERING P.O. Box 921 Riverview, Florida 33568 Florida Certificate of Authorization No. 30846 ANTICUSb ENGINEERINGIO� Time Honored Experience. Progressive Ingenuity. Interflow Engineering, LLC 14499 North Dale Mabry Highway Suite 290 Tampa, Florida 33618 Attention: Colin Miller, P.E. Subject: Report of Geotechnical Engineering Services Proposed Baffle Boxes Santa Rosa Street, Franklin Street and Pierce Street Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida Anticus Project No: 01.3032.15 Dear Mr. Miller: August 5, 2015 Anticus Engineering, LLC (Anticus) has completed a geotechnical exploration for the above referenced project, and we are submitting our findings in this report. We conducted this project in general accordance with our Proposal No. 01.3032.15, dated July 13, 2015. This proposal was authorized through the execution of the Interflow Engineering, LLC Agreement for Sub - Consultant Services. This report explains our understanding of the project, provides a description of the site and subsurface conditions encountered, and presents our recommendations regarding the site preparation and foundation recommendations. Anticus appreciates the opportunity to be of service to you. We look forward to helping you through project completion. Please contact us if you have any questions. Respectfully submitted, Anticus Engineering, LLC P.O. B M Flill9)ew, Florida 33568 Celi a t,EXuVasehtjpn No. 30846 7 bIi gaNQ: #11:%. O R IpP .`. Cor_yyr 1111111 .., 11 0) Electronic (PDF) Copy MO MO Date: 8/5/15 X37 t_tow :liras /it ♦♦ ♦♦ ENE A:, e� `1 / .pert • i•'t:ic rise o. Of9 1 ♦` ,,`S /ONAL�`�,,� P.O. Box 921 Riverview, Florida 33568 — Main Office /Facsimilie 813 642 3965 • TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 INTRODUCTION 1 1.1 GENERAL DISCUSSION 1 1.2 REPORT SUMMARY 1 2.0 PROJECT INFORMATION 2 2.1 EXISTING SITE 2 2.2 PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION 2 3.0 SITE INFORMATION 2 3.1 SOIL SURVEY INFORMATION 2 4.0 EXPLORATION AND TESTING METHODS 3 4.1 FIELD EXPLORATION AND TESTING 3 5.0 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS 4 5.1 GENERAL SOIL PROFILE 4 5.2 GROUNDWATER 4 6.0 CONCLUSIONS 4 7.0 RECOMMENDATIONS 5 7.1 SITE PREPARATION 5 7.1.1 Site Stripping 5 7.1.2 Subgrade Preparation and Fill Placement 5 7.2 STRUCTURAL FILL 6 7.2.1 Structural Fill Definition 6 7.2.2 Structural Fill Availability 6 7.2.3 Structural Fill Placement and Compaction 6 7.3 SITE DEGRADATION DURING CONSTRUCTION 7 7.4 FOUNDATIONS AND BAFFLE BOX SUPPORT 7 7.5 PIPE TRENCHES 8 7.6 SSRBC EXERPTS 8 7.7 GROUNDWATER CONTROL 10 7.8 EXCAVATIONS 10 7.9 SHEET PILING 11 7.10 PROTECTING EXISTING STRUCTURES 12 8.0 FOLLOW -UP SERVICES 12 9.0 LIMITATIONS OF REPORT 12 Sheet 1 Sheet 2 APPENDIX Field Test Location Plan Soil Profile REPORT OF SUBSURFACE EXPLORATION SANTA ROSA STREET, FRANKLIN STREET AND PIERCE STREET CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ANTICUS PROJECT NO. 01.3032.15 1.0 INTRODUCTION 1.1 GENERAL DISCUSSION Anticus conducted a subsurface exploration for the proposed storm structure improvements in Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida. We provided our services in general accordance with our Proposal No. 01.3032.15, dated July 13, 2015. The purpose of the exploration was to evaluate subsurface conditions for the proposed construction and to provide geotechnical engineering recommendations regarding site preparation, earthwork procedures and foundation recommendations at the locations of the proposed baffle boxes. This report presents a brief discussion of our understanding of the project, the exploration procedures and results, and our conclusions and recommendations regarding the above considerations. 1.2 REPORT SUMMARY Five (5) Standard Penetration Test (SPT) borings were performed to evaluate the subsurface soils and groundwater conditions with respect to the proposed construction. The following is an overview of the exploration findings and our geotechnical recommendations. This summary should not be used for planning and design without reading the entire report, which contains more detailed information and the assumptions made in developing the recommendations. 1. Groundwater was encountered in the SPT borings at depths ranging from approximately 5 to 7.5 feet below existing grade during the field testing. Based on the Soil Survey of Pinellas County, Florida, prepared by the U.S. Department of Agriculture Natural Resource Conservation Service (NRCS), the historic SHGWT is approximately 0.5 to 1.5 feet below natural ground surface. 2. The five (5) proposed baffle box structures can be supported by properly prepared subgrade and compacted fill materials. Associated structure foundations should be designed for a maximum soil bearing pressure of 2,000 psf after proper subgrade preparation. Based on the loading and the site preparation recommendations contained in this report the total settlement should be less than 1/2 inch with differential settlement less than 1/4 of an inch. 3. The preferred soil used for structural fill is fine sand free of organics and debris and containing Tess than 12 percent material by weight that is finer than a number 200 sieve (fines) (materials conforming to SP and SP -SM in the Unified Soil Classification System [USCS] and materials conforming to A -3 in the American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials Soil Classification System [AASHTO]. SP and SP -SM (A -3) sand is generally present from the existing ground surface to approximately 10 feet and may be used as a source of structural fill. Pipe backfill may consist of material of higher 1 • Report of Geotechnical Engineering Services August 5, 2015 East Gateway Storm Improvements - Clearwater, Florida Anticus Project No. 01.3032.15 fines content than structural fill as discussed below, the pipe backfill may include the Silty SAND (SM) (A -2 -4) material as encountered within the upper 6 feet in boring B -3. Additionally, higher fine content material such as SM /A -2-4 material may be mixed with cleaner SP /A -3 material to meet the specifications for structural fill. 4. Based on a review of the provided plans, it appears the baffle boxes will bear on soils ranging from approximately 10 to 13.5 feet below existing grade. 2.0 PROJECT INFORMATION 2.1 EXISTING SITE The subject property proposed for construction is located north of Court Street (State Road 60) and south of Court Street within close proximity of Stephenson Creek in Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida. The site is generally flat and level and of similar elevation as surrounding sites. 2.2 PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION We understand that five (5) proposed baffle box structures are proposed at the locations shown on the Field Test Location Plan, Sheet 1 of the Appendix. Based on a review of the provided plans, we understand that the baffle boxes will bear approximately 10 to 13.5 feet below grade. Structural loading has not been provided at the time of this proposal. However, as we understand it, based on the provided drawings, the baffle boxes will be of precast construction with 8 inch thick walls, top and base. 3.0 SITE INFORMATION 3.1 SOIL SURVEY INFORMATION According to the Soil Survey of Pinellas County, Florida, prepared by the U.S. Department of Agriculture Natural Resource Conservation Service (NRCS, formerly the Soil Conservation Service), the subject property is primarily underlain by two soil types: Matlacha and St. Augustine soils and Urban land (Unit 16), and Myakka soils and Urban land (Unit 17). The general soil descriptions as described in the Soil Survey are presented in the following table. SUMMARY OF, USDA SOIL SURVEY PINELLAS COUNTY" FLORIDA x1 „ a. y th4 x'x a3Y�t+S i`+a,Y�pyx.;� ✓° , "" "� ' USDA M Symbol and Nameil Dep (in) Soil Classification . H Sensor The USCS AASHTO , Permeability' {inlhr) Depth, ; (feet) Months Uncoated Steel (16) Matlacha and St. Augustine 0-42 SP, SP -SM A -3 2.0 - 6.0 6.1 -8.4 2.0 - 3.0 1.5 - 3.0 June - Oct June - Oct Low High Low Low 42 -80 0 -8 SP, SP -SM SP -SM, SP A -3 A -3 6.0 - 20.0 6.0 - 20.0 6.1 -8.4 6.1 -8.4 8 -33 SP -SM A -2-4 2.0 - 20.0 6.1 -8.4 33 -48 SP, SP -SM A -3 6.0 - 20.0 6.1 -8.4 48 -63 SM, SP -SM A -2-4 2.0 - 20.0 6.1 -8.4 63 -80 SP -SM, SP A -3 6.0 - 20.0 6.1 -8.4 2 Report of Geotechnical Engineering Services East Gateway Storm Improvements - Clearwater, Florida August 5, 2015 Anticus Protect No. 01.3032.15 4.0 EXPLORATION AND TESTING METHODS Five (5) Standard Penetration Test (SPT) borings were drilled with a track - mounted drilling rig - at the locations shown on the attached Field Test Location Plan. The SPT borings were performed and split - barrel soil samples obtained at intervals of 2 feet to a depth of 10 feet and intervals of 5 feet thereafter. A hand auger was utilized in the upper 4 feet of SPT boring B -3 to avoid possible utility conflicts. Conventional rotary drilling procedures were utilized along with a bentonite drilling fluid to stabilize the boreholes. The following is a brief description of this field test procedure. The exploratory borings were performed in accordance with ASTM D 1586, entitled "Standard Method for Penetration Test and Split - Barrel Sampling of Soils." After drilling to the required depth and cleaning the bore hole, the sampler (2" O.D.) was driven 18 or 24 inches into the undisturbed soil by a 140 -pound drop- hammer falling 30 inches. The number of blows required to drive the sampler the second and third 6 -inch increments is known as the Standard Penetration Resistance (N). The various soils encountered in the borings were visually classified in the field and representative soil samples obtained for further examination by a geotechnical engineer. The soils encountered in the borings were classified utilizing the USCS. At the completion of the drilling operations, the boreholes were abandoned in accordance with Southwest Florida Water Management District guidelines. The observed procedures used for field sampling and testing were performed in general accordance with ASTM procedures and established engineering practice. 4.1 FIELD EXPLORATION AND TESTING Five (5) SPT borings were advanced to approximate depths 20 feet below the existing ground surface. For locations of the SPT borings refer to the attached Field Test Location Plan, Sheet 1. The drillers advanced the borings using wet rotary methods and collected soil samples using a split - barrel sampler driven by a cathead, rope and safety hammer system in general accordance with ASTM D1586. The SPT boring locations were located by using a handheld GPS unit. Therefore, the boring locations shown on the. attached Field Test Location Plan should be considered as approximate. The Soil Profile, Sheet 2 of the attachments, represents our interpretation of the conditions encountered at each boring location. The stratification lines indicated on the Soil Profile 3 SUMMARY OF USDA 8011 SURVEY AINELW COUNTY Fi.ORIDA ': � nd t T✓A�. �rtP^ n r" Y "4v"d e�#�Y yP+ t11taF,Nf (In/hr� p Sea:x*11 111 water. , ofitib e `,at � Risk01Gorosiotr Q'e}�ji±.S � azM�4"w�'#'4'Z",^ A ,«~Pe Depth Mdnthsd Uncoated StI Concrete (17) Myakka 0-4 SP, SP -SM A -3 6.0 - 20.0 3.5 -6.5 0.5 - 1.5 June - Nov High High 4 -22 SP, SP -SM A -3 6.0 - 20.0 3.5 -6.5 22 -36 SM, SP -SM A -2-4, A -3 2.0 - 20.0 3.5 -6.5 36 -80 SP, SP -SM A -3 6.0 - 20.0 3.5 -6.5 4.0 EXPLORATION AND TESTING METHODS Five (5) Standard Penetration Test (SPT) borings were drilled with a track - mounted drilling rig - at the locations shown on the attached Field Test Location Plan. The SPT borings were performed and split - barrel soil samples obtained at intervals of 2 feet to a depth of 10 feet and intervals of 5 feet thereafter. A hand auger was utilized in the upper 4 feet of SPT boring B -3 to avoid possible utility conflicts. Conventional rotary drilling procedures were utilized along with a bentonite drilling fluid to stabilize the boreholes. The following is a brief description of this field test procedure. The exploratory borings were performed in accordance with ASTM D 1586, entitled "Standard Method for Penetration Test and Split - Barrel Sampling of Soils." After drilling to the required depth and cleaning the bore hole, the sampler (2" O.D.) was driven 18 or 24 inches into the undisturbed soil by a 140 -pound drop- hammer falling 30 inches. The number of blows required to drive the sampler the second and third 6 -inch increments is known as the Standard Penetration Resistance (N). The various soils encountered in the borings were visually classified in the field and representative soil samples obtained for further examination by a geotechnical engineer. The soils encountered in the borings were classified utilizing the USCS. At the completion of the drilling operations, the boreholes were abandoned in accordance with Southwest Florida Water Management District guidelines. The observed procedures used for field sampling and testing were performed in general accordance with ASTM procedures and established engineering practice. 4.1 FIELD EXPLORATION AND TESTING Five (5) SPT borings were advanced to approximate depths 20 feet below the existing ground surface. For locations of the SPT borings refer to the attached Field Test Location Plan, Sheet 1. The drillers advanced the borings using wet rotary methods and collected soil samples using a split - barrel sampler driven by a cathead, rope and safety hammer system in general accordance with ASTM D1586. The SPT boring locations were located by using a handheld GPS unit. Therefore, the boring locations shown on the. attached Field Test Location Plan should be considered as approximate. The Soil Profile, Sheet 2 of the attachments, represents our interpretation of the conditions encountered at each boring location. The stratification lines indicated on the Soil Profile 3 • Report of Geotechnical Engineering Services August 5, 2015 East Gateway Storm Improvements — Clearwater, Florida Anticus Project No. 01.3032.15 represent the approximate boundaries between soil types; however these transitions may be more gradual than indicated. 5.0 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS 5.1 GENERAL SOIL PROFILE SPT borings B -1, B -2, B-4 and B -5 generally encountered very loose to dense SAND to SAND With Silt (SP /SP -SM) [A- 3/A -2 -4] to approximately 10 to 20 feet; sometimes underlain by firm to very stiff CLAY to Sandy CLAY (CUCH) [A- 6/A -7] to the approximate boring termination depths of 20 feet. Boring B -3 encountered SHELL fragments to approximately 2 feet, underlain by SAND to SAND With Silt (SP /SP -SM) [A- 3/A -2-4] to approximately 4 feet; underlain by very loose Silty SAND (SM) [A -2 -4] to approximately 6 feet; underlain by medium dense to dense SAND With Silt (SP /SP -SM) [A- 3/A -2-4] to approximately 15 feet; underlain by stiff CLAY to Sandy CLAY (CUCH) [A- 6 /A -7] to the boring termination depth of approximately 20 feet. Loss of drilling fluid circulation was not encountered to the boring termination depths. The above discussion provides only a brief and general description of subsurface conditions encountered in the borings. Detailed descriptions are presented on the attached soil profile. When reviewing the soil profile, the indicated boundaries between soil strata are approximate and the transitions between strata are typically more gradual. Also, variations in subsurface conditions from those encountered may exist between the boring locations. • 5.2 GROUNDWATER The groundwater level was encountered in the SPT borings at approximate depths ranging from 5 to 7.5 feet at the time of field exploration. Groundwater levels fluctuate with time due to seasonal moisture changes, and locally heavy precipitation events. Therefore, future ground water levels may be encountered at depths different from those identified in our borings. 6.0 CONCLUSIONS We base the following conclusions in part on the preceding project information and the results of the subsurface exploration. The following describes our conclusions concerning geotechnical issues associated with the project: The proposed baffle box structures can be supported by properly prepared subgrade and compacted fill materials. Associated structure foundations should be designed for a maximum soil bearing pressure of 2,000 psf after proper subgrade preparation. Based on the loading and the site preparation recommendations contained in this report the total settlement should be less than 1/2 inch with differential settlement less than 1/4 of an inch. Groundwater was encountered in our borings at depths ranging from approximately 5 to 7.5 feet. Based on the Soil Survey of Pinellas County, Florida, prepared by the U.S. Department of Agriculture Natural Resource Conservation Service (NRCS), the historic SHGWT is approximately 0.5 to 1.5 feet below natural ground surface. • Report of Geotechnical Engineering Services August 5, 2015 East Gateway Storm Improvements — Clearwater, Florida Anticus Project No. 01.3032.15 The preferred soil used for structural fill is fine sand free of organics and debris and containing less than 12 percent material by weight that is finer than a number 200 sieve (fines) (materials conforming to SP and SP -SM in the USCS). SP and SP -SM sand is present from the existing ground surface to approximately 10 feet and may be used as a source of structural fill. Pipe backfill may consist of material of higher fines content than structural fill as discussed below, the pipe backfill may include the Silty SAND (SM) [A -2 -4] material as encountered within the upper 6 feet in boring B -3. Additionally, higher fine content material such as SM /A -2 -4 material may be mixed with cleaner SP /A -3 material to meet the specifications for structural fill. All fill must be approved by the Engineer prior to use. 7.0 RECOMMENDATIONS 7.1 SITE PREPARATION 7.1.1 Site Stripping To prepare the site for construction, all existing construction debris including asphalt or concrete sidewalks, vegetation and large root systems should be removed. All existing utilities (including septic tanks and lines, if any) should be abandoned properly. After stripping, any pockets of organic debris /deleterious materials should be undercut. Clean sand may be stockpiled for reuse and deleterious material, where encountered, may be used in the green space on site, with approval of the geotechnical engineer. Deleterious materials could be present intermediate of our borings. Such deleterious material should be removed to the satisfaction of Anticus as the site is prepared and /or as the excavations expose them, and therefore, we recommend setting aside a contingency fund to cover the removal and replacement of deleterious materials. Any cavities formed should be replaced with compacted structural fill. At a minimum, it is recommended that the stripped operations extend at least two (2) feet beyond the proposed pipe alignment and at least five (5) feet beyond the proposed baffle box perimeters, where possible. 7.1.2 Subgrade Preparation and Fill Placement Following the stripping operations, including the removal of construction remnants, the exposed subgrade should be evaluated and proofrolled as directed by representatives of Anticus to evaluate the subgrade soils for any weak or yielding subgrade areas. If soft pockets are encountered in the pipe, baffle box or footing excavations, the unsuitable materials should be removed and the proposed footing elevation may be re- established by backfilling after the undesirable material has been removed. This backfilling may be done with a very lean concrete or with a well- compacted, suitable fill such as clean sand, gravel, or crushed FDOT No. 57 or FDOT No. 67 stone. Sand backfill should be compacted to a minimum density of 95 percent of the modified Proctor maximum dry density (ASTM D1557). The excavations may encounter clayey material (CL /CH) [A- 6/A -7]; this material should be overexcavated and replaced with cleaner material and /or mixed with gravel /stone to meet the compaction requirements noted above. Approved sand fill should be placed in loose lifts not exceeding 12 inches in thickness and should be compacted to a minimum density of 95 percent of the modified Proctor maximum dry 5 • • Report of Geotechnical Engineering Services August 5, 2015 East Gateway Storm Improvements — Clearwater, Florida Anticus Project No. 01.3032.15 density. Density tests to confirm compaction should be performed in each fill lift before the next lift is placed. Prior to beginning compaction, soil moisture contents may need to be controlled in order to facilitate proper compaction. If additional moisture is necessary to achieve compaction objectives, then water should be applied in such a way that it will not cause erosion or removal of the subgrade soils. Moisture content within the percentage range needed to achieve compaction is recommended prior to compaction of the natural ground and fill. After compaction and proofrolling, the pipe, baffle box and any foundation excavations can begin. Excavations should be observed by the geotechnical engineer or a representative to explore the extent of any loose, soft, or otherwise undesirable materials. If the excavations appear suitable as load bearing materials, the bottom of the excavations should be compacted to a minimum density of 95 percent of the modified Proctor maximum dry density for a minimum depth of one (1) foot below the bottom of the pipe, baffle box or footing depth, as determined by field density compaction tests. 7.2 STRUCTURAL FILL 7.2.1 Structural Fill Definition The preferred soil used for structural fill is fine sand free of organics and debris and containing less than 12 percent material by weight that is finer than a number 200 sieve (fines) (materials conforming to SP and SP -SM in the USCS and A- 3/A -2-4 in AASHTO). All fill should be approved by the Engineer before placement. 7.2.2 Structural Fill Availability SP and SP -SM (A- 3/A -2 -4) sand are present from the existing ground surface to depths of approximately 10 feet and may be used as a source of structural fill. Material from strata 2, 3 or 4 (CL/CH) [A- 6/A -7] .or (SM) [A -2-4] may be used for backfill above the structure in green spaces as specified in the Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction (SSRBC) as specified below, however this material should not be used as structural fill for any associated structure foundations. These materials may be difficult to dry and compact and achieve density requirements and are therefore not recommended as backfill material. 7.2.3 Structural Fill Placement and Compaction Structural fill with less than 12 percent fines should be placed in lifts not to exceed one foot thick. The fill material should be compacted to at least 95 percent of its modified Proctor maximum dry density (ASTM D- 1557). We recommend the upper 1 -foot below the baffle box bottom elevation and any associated structure slab be compacted to at least 95 percent of modified Proctor maximum dry density. Density tests should be performed in each fill lift to confirm compaction before the next lift is placed. Report of Geotechnical Engineering Services August 5, 2015 East Gateway Storm Improvements - Clearwater, Florida Anticus Project No. 01.3032.15 7.3 SITE DEGRADATION DURING CONSTRUCTION It has been our experience that prior to construction, subgrade soils can be significantly disrupted by construction equipment, utility construction, and inclement weather. The soils exposed at the subgrade will consist primarily of sands. These materials are particularly susceptible to disturbance. Placement of the baffle box structures upon these areas must occur promptly, or these areas will need re- compaction and re- testing. 7.4 FOUNDATIONS AND BAFFLE BOX SUPPORT Based on the information revealed by our exploration, the baffle box structures can be supported by properly prepared subgrade and compacted fill materials. Associated structure foundations bearing on densified residual soil may be supported using a maximum allowable net soil bearing pressure of 2,000 psf supported by properly prepared and compacted fill materials. Total settlement is anticipated to be Tess than '/z inch with differential settlement less than % inch. All baffle boxes and associated foundations should bear on compacted sandy soils or properly placed and compacted cohesionless (sand) structural fill to a minimum density of 95 percent of the modified Proctor dry density to a depth of one (1) foot below the foundation or baffle box bottom elevation. As an alternative, the baffle box and foundation excavations can be over - excavated to a depth of one (1) foot below the proposed bottom of baffle box elevation and /or foundation and slab elevations and backfilled with crushed stone (FDOT No. 57 or No. 67 stone). The crushed stone should be seated to provide a relatively firm and unyielding surface. Foundation excavation will produce a thin veneer of disturbed soil at the foundation subgrade. Hand guided vibrating plates can be used. The compaction should be performed and checked prior to placement of the baffle box. Perform all excavation to foundation materials, satisfactory to Anticus, regardless of the elevation shown in the Plans. Remove rock, boulders or other hard lumpy or unyielding material to a depth of 12 inches below the bottom of pipes and baffle box elevations. Remove muck or other soft material to the depth determined satisfactory by an Anticus representative. Take special care to avoid disturbing the bottom of the excavation, and do not remove the final foundation material to grade until just before placing the masonry or baffle boxes. If the foundation material is soft or mucky, the Anticus representative may require excavation to a greater depth and to backfill to grade with approved material. For the baffle boxes and pipe alignment over which pavement is to be constructed, compact around the structure to an elevation not Tess than 12 inches above the top of the structure, using rapid- striking mechanical tampers. Compact in other limited areas using mechanical tampers or approved hand tampers, until the cover over the structure is at least 12 inches thick. When hand tampers are used, deposit the materials in layers not more than 4 inches thick using hand tampers suitable for this purpose with a face area of not more than 100 square inches. Take special precautions to prevent any wedging action against the masonry. 7 • Report of Geotechnical Engineering Services East Gateway Storm Improvements — Clearwater, Florida August 5, 2015 Anticus Project No. 01.3032.15 7.5 PIPE TRENCHES Excavate trenches for pipes to the elevation of the bottom of the pipe and to a width sufficient to provide adequate working room. Remove soil not meeting the classification specified as suitable backfill material as specified in the current version of the SSRBC Section 125 - 8.3.2.2 (as incorporated herein), to a depth of 4 inches below the bottom of the pipe elevation. Where the soils permit, ensure that the trench sides are vertical up to at least the mid -point of the pipe. 7.6 SSRBC EXERPTS Please refer to the current version of the SSRBC, which includes the following Sections: SSRBC Section 125 -8.1.4 Use of A -7 Material In the backfilling of trenches, A -7 material may be used from a point 12 inches above the top of the pipe up to the elevation shown in the Design Standards as the elevation for undercutting of A -7 material. SSRBC Section 125 -8.1.5 Time of Placinq Backfill Do not place backfill against any masonry or concrete abutment, wingwall, or culvert until the Engineer has given permission to do so, and in no case until the masonry or concrete has been in place seven days or until the specified 28 day compressive strength occurs. • SSRBC Section 125 -8.1.6 Placement and Compaction Place the material in horizontal layers not exceeding 6 inches compacted thickness, in depth above water level, behind abutments, wingwalls and end bents or end rest piers, under the haunches of the pipes and around box culverts and all structures including pipe culverts. When the backfill material is deposited in water, compact as specified in 125 -8.2.5 and 125 - 8.3.4. SSRBC Section 125 -8.2.5 Compaction Under Wet Conditions Where wet conditions do not permit the use of mechanical tampers, compact using hand tampers. Use only A -3 material for the hand tamped portions of the backfill. When the backfill has reached an elevation and condition such as to make the use of the mechanical tampers practical, perform mechanical tamping in such manner and to such extent as to transfer the compaction force into the sections previously tamped by hand. SSRBC Section 125 -8.3 Additional Requirements for Pipe 15 Inches Inside Diameter or Greater SSRBC Section 125 -8.3.1 General: Trenches for pipe may have up to four zones that must be backfilled. • Lowest Zone: The lowest zone is backfilled for deep undercuts up to within 4 inches of the bottom of the pipe. Bedding Zone: The zone above the lowest zone is the bedding zone. Usually it will be the backfill which is the 4 inches of soil below the bottom of the pipe. When rock or other hard material has been removed to place the pipe, the bedding zone will be the 12 inches of soil below the bottom of the pipe. Report of Geotechnical Engineering Services August 5, 2015 East Gateway Storm Improvements — Clearwater, Florida Anticus Project No. 01.3032.15 Cover Zone: The next zone is backfill that is placed after the pipe has been laid and will be called the cover zone. This zone extends to 12 inches above the top of the pipe. The cover zone and the bedding zone are considered the Soil Envelope for the pipe. Top Zone: The top zone extends from 12 inches above the top of the pipe to the base or final grade. SSRBC Section 125 -8.3.2 Material SSRBC Section 125 - 8.3.2.1 Lowest Zone: Backfill areas undercut below the bedding zone of a pipe with coarse sand, or other suitable granular material, obtained from the grading operations on the project, or a commercial material if no suitable material is available. SSRBC Section 125 - 8.3.2.2 Soil Envelope In both the bedding zone and the cover zone of the pipe, backfill with materials classified as A- 1, A -2, or A -3. Material classified as A -4 may be used if the pipe is concrete pipe. SSRBC Section 125 - 8.3.2.3 Top Zone: Backfill the area of the trench above the soil envelope of the pipe with materials allowed on Design Standards, Index No. 505. SSRBC Section 125 -8.3.3 Compaction SSRBC Section 125 - 8.3.3.1 Lowest Zone: Compact the soil in the lowest zone to approximately match the density of the soil in which the trench was cut. SSRBC Section 125 - 8.3.3.2 Bedding Zone: If the trench was not undercut below the bottom of the pipe, loosen the soil in the bottom of the trench immediately below the approximate middle third of the outside diameter of the pipe. If the trench was undercut, place the bedding material and leave it in a loose condition below the middle third of the outside diameter of the pipe. Compact the outer portions to meet the density requirements of the acceptance criteria. Place the material in lifts no greater than 6 inches (compacted thickness). SSRBC Section 125 - 8.3.3.3 Cover Zone: Before placing the cover zone material, lay pipe according to Section 430. Excavate for pipe bells before laying pipe. Place the material in 6 inch layers (compacted thickness), evenly deposited on both sides of the pipe, and compact with mechanical tampers suitable for this purpose. Hand tamp material below the pipe haunch that cannot be reached by mechanical tampers. Meet the requirements of in SSRBC Section 125- 9.2. Place the material in layers not to exceed 12 inches in compacted thickness. Meet the requirements of the density acceptance criteria. SSRBC Section 125 -8.3.4 Backfill Under Wet Conditions Where wet conditions are such that dewatering by normal pumping methods would not be effective, the procedure outlined below may be used when specifically authorized by the Engineer in writing. Granular material below the elevation at which mechanical tampers would be effective may be used, but only material classified as A -3. Place and compact the material using timbers or hand tampers until the backfill reaches an elevation such that its moisture content will permit the use of mechanical tampers. When the backfill has reached such elevation, use normally acceptable backfill material. Compact the material using mechanical 9 • Report of Geotechnical Engineering Services August 5, 2015 East Gateway Storm Improvements — Clearwater, Florida Anticus Protect No. 01.3032.15 tampers in such manner and to such extent as to transfer the compacting force into the material previously tamped by hand. Coarse aggregate below the elevation at which mechanical tampers would be effective may be used. Use coarse aggregate as specified in SSRBC Section 901 for Aggregate Size Number 89, 8, 78, 7, 68, 6, or 57. Place the coarse aggregate such that it will be stable and firm. Fully wrap the aggregate with a layer of Type D -4 filter fabric, as specified on Design Standards, Index No. 199. Do not place coarse aggregate within 4 feet of the ends of the trench or ditch. Use normally accepted backfill material at the ends. 7.7 GROUNDWATER CONTROL The groundwater levels presented in this report are the levels that were measured at the time of our field activities. Fluctuation should be anticipated. We recommend that the Contractor determine the actual groundwater levels at the time of the construction to determine groundwater impact on this construction procedure. Groundwater control may be necessary for the construction of the proposed structure foundations. Groundwater can normally be controlled in shallow excavations or rim ditches with a sump pump, with well - points being utilized for deeper excavations, if necessary. During subgrade soil preparation, any soils below design grade could become disturbed by construction activities. If this becomes the case, the contractor may be directed by the owner's representative to remove the disturbed or pumping • soils to a depth of 12 to 18 inches below design grade and backfill the area with structural fill. Water should not be allowed to collect in the foundation excavation, on the floor slab areas, or on prepared subgrades of the construction either during or after construction. Undercut or excavated areas should be sloped toward one corner to facilitate removal of any collected rainwater, groundwater, or surface runoff. Positive site drainage should be provided to reduce infiltration of surface water around the perimeter of the building and beneath the floor slabs. The grades should be sloped away from the building and surface drainage should be collected and discharged such that water is not permitted to infiltrate the backfill and floor slab areas of the building. 7.8 EXCAVATIONS For baffle box and pipe trenches utilizing trench boxes, ensure that the trench box used is of sufficient width to permit thorough tamping of bedding material under and around the pipes as specified in SSRBC Section 125 -8.1.6 (as incorporated herein). Do not disturb the installed baffle box and pipe and its embedment when moving trench boxes. Move the trench box carefully to avoid excavated wall displacement or damage. As the trench box is moved, fill any voids left by the trench box and continuously place and compact the backfill material adjacent to and all along the side of the trench box walls to fill any voids created by the trench box. Backfill in the dry whenever normal dewatering equipment and methods can accomplish the needed dewatering. Provide normal dewatering equipment including, but not limited to, surface pumps, sump pumps, wellpoints and header pipe and trenching /digging machinery. Provide normal dewatering methods including, but not limited to, constructing shallow surface drainage 10 Report of Geotechnical Engineering Services August 5, 2015 East Gateway Storm Improvements — Clearwater, Florida Anticus Protect No. 01.3032.15 trenches /ditches, using sand blankets, perforated pipe drains, sumps and siphons. Do not allow heavy construction equipment to cross over baffle boxes or pipe alignments until placing and compacting backfill material to the finished earthwork grade or to an elevation at least 4 feet above the crown of the pipe. The Contractor may elect to place material in thicker lifts of no more than 12 inches compacted thickness above the Soil Envelope if he can demonstrate with a successful test section that density can be achieved. The Contractor may elect to place material in 6 inches compacted thickness at any time. Backfill around baffle boxes and pipes on both sides simultaneously to approximately the same elevation. In general, structural fill should consist of fine sands (SP /SP -SM), which can be moved and used for grading purposes, site leveling, general engineering fill, structural fill and backfill in other areas, provided the fill is free of organic materials, clay, debris or any other material deemed unsuitable for construction. All fill should be placed in accordance with the recommendations provided in this report. In Federal Register, Volume 54, No. 209 (October 1989), the United States Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) amended its "Construction Standards for Excavations, 29 CFR, Part 1926, Subpart P ". This document was issued to better insure the safety of workmen entering trenches or excavations. It is mandated by this federal regulation that excavations, whether they be utility trenches, basement excavations or foundation excavations, be constructed in accordance with the new OSHA guidelines. It is our understanding that these regulations are being strictly enforced and if they are not closely followed, the owner and the contractor could be liable for substantial penalties. The contractor is solely responsible for designing and constructing stable, temporary excavations and should shore, slope, or bench the sides of the excavations as required to maintain stability of both the excavation sides and bottom. The contractors "responsible persons ", as defined in 29 CFR Part 1926, should evaluate the soil exposed in the excavations as part of the contractor's safety procedures. In no case should slope height, slope inclination, or excavation depth, including utility trench excavation depth, exceed those specified in all local, state, and federal safety regulations. We are providing this information solely as a service to our client. Anticus does not assume responsibility for construction site safety or the contractor's or other party's compliance with local, state, and federal safety or other regulations. 7.9 SHEET PILING Temporary sheet piling may be utilized during excavation activities associated with construction of the baffle box structures. Sheet pile design shall be the responsibility of the Contractor, if utilized. Ground vibration levels should be monitored during the installation and extraction of sheet piling to verify protection of nearby existing structures. Anticus recommends addressing the protection of existing structures within the plans by stating that it is the responsibility of the Contractor to take all necessary precautions to protect existing structures and that it is the Contactor's responsibility to repair any damage caused at his expense. 11 Report of Geotechnical Engineering Services August 5, 2015 East Gateway Storm Improvements - Clearwater Florida Anticus Project No. 01.3032.15 7.10 PROTECTING EXISTING STRUCTURES Based on a review of current aerial imagery, it appears structures are within 50 feet of baffle boxes B -1 and B -4; and within 100 feet of baffle box B -3. We recommend addressing the protection of existing structures within the plans by stating that it is the responsibility of the Contractor to take all necessary precautions to protect existing structures and that it is the Contactor's responsibility to repair any damage caused at his expense. We would recommend the use of a structure condition survey and vibration monitoring at critical locations as determined during the structure condition survey. 8.0 FOLLOW -UP SERVICES Our services do not end with the submission of this geotechnical report. Anticus should be kept involved throughout the design and construction process to maintain continuity and to verify that our recommendations are properly interpreted and implemented. To achieve this, we should review project plans and specifications with the designers to see that our recommendations are fully incorporated. We also should be retained to monitor and test the site preparation and foundation construction. Anticus's familiarity with the site and with the foundation recommendations make us a valuable part of your construction quality assurance team. Anticus recommends that we be retained by the owner to observe earthwork and foundation construction. Our personnel are uniquely qualified to recognize unanticipated ground conditions and can offer responsive remedial recommendations should these unanticipated conditions occur. 9.0 LIMITATIONS OF REPORT This report has been prepared for the exclusive use of Interflow Engineering, LLC and their designers for specific application to the project previously discussed. Our conclusions and recommendations have been prepared using generally accepted standards of geotechnical engineering and engineering geology practice in the State of Florida. No other warranty is expressed or implied. Our conclusions and recommendations are based on the design information furnished to us, the data obtained from the previously described exploration and our experience. They do not necessarily reflect variations in the subsurface conditions, which are likely to exist intermediate of our borings and in unexplored areas of the site due to the inherent variability of the subsurface conditions in this geologic region as well as past land use. Should such variations become apparent during construction, it will be necessary to re- evaluate our conclusions and recommendations based upon on -site observation of the conditions. If changes are made in the overall design or location of the building and grading scheme, then the recommendations presented in this report may no longer be valid. In such cases, our firm should review the proposed changes to evaluate whether our recommendations need to be modified. The results of this review should be provided in writing. We also request the opportunity to review the foundation plan, grading plan and applicable portions of the project specifications when the design is finalized. This review will allow us to check whether these documents are consistent with the intent of our recommendations. 12 Report of Geotechnical Engineering Services August 5, 2015 East Gateway Storm Improvements — Clearwater, Florida Anticus Protect No. 01.3032.15 Sampling and testing of the soil, rock, ground water, surface water and air for the presence of environmental contamination was beyond the scope of this exploration. We will be glad to provide these services at your request. The site is underlain by limestone bedrock that is susceptible to dissolution and the subsequent development of karst features such as voids and sinkholes in the natural soil overburden. Construction in a sinkhole prone area is therefore accompanied by some risk that internal soil erosion and ground subsidence could affect new structures in the future. It is not possible to investigate or design to completely eliminate the possibility of future sinkhole related problems. In any event, the Owner must understand and accept this risk. 13 0 Z W W J FIELD TEST LOCATION PLAN D_ Z N O W a 0 O 00 ce 8 0 a0 am �m ANT ICUSkik ENGINE ERIN*, Post Office Box 921 Phone /Fax (813) 642 -3965 Riverview. FL 33568 Certificate of Authorization No. 30846 Engineer of Record Jeanne A. Berg, PE License No. 50699 East Gateway Storm Improvements Clearwater, FL Project 01.3032.15 Date August 5, 2015 Scale As Shown Sheet 1 DEPTH IN FEET 0 5 B -1 SOIL PROFILE BB =2 BB =3 B=4 BB =5 — 5 W 6 HA — 14 O g19 (1) g 3 - 27 28 v 15 10 11 i 34 20 15 20 LEGEND Light Gray to Dark Gray to Light Brown to Brown to 1 Grayish Brown SAND to SAND With Silt (SP /SP -SM) (A- 3/A -2-4) Light Greenish Gray to Yellowish Brown CLAY to / Sandy CLAY (CUCH) [A -6/A -7] Q ! SHELL Fragments ® I Y t Dark Gray to Black Silty SAND (SM) [A -2-4] SPT Boring N -Value (Blow /Foot) Granular Materials Silts and Clays Relative Density Safety Hammer SPT N -Value (Blow /Foot) Consistency Safety Hammer SPT N -Value (Blow /Foot) Very Loose Less than 4 Very Soft Less than 2 Loose 4 - 10 Soft 2 - 4 Medium Dense 10 - 30 Firm 4 - 8 Dense 30 - 50 Stiff 8 - 15 Very Dense Greater than 50 Very Stiff 15 - 30 Hard Greater than 30 A with shell fragments B with silt lenses C with sand 0 5 10 15 20 DEPTH IN FEET SP Unified Soil Classification System (ASTM D 2488) Group Symbol As Determined By Visual Review Groundwater Level HA Hand Augered To Avoid Utility Conflicts N SPT N -Value In Blows/Foot For 12 Inches Of Penetration (unless otherwise noted) Soil Profile Notes: 1. The profiles depicted are of a generalized nature to highlight the major subsurface stratification features and material characteristics. The soil profiles include soil description, stratifications and penetration resistances. The stratifications shown on the boring profiles represent the conditions only at the actual boring location. Variations may occur and should be expected between boring locations. The stratifications represent the approximate boundary between subsurface materials and the actual transition may be gradual. 2. Groundwater levels generally fluctuate during periods of prolonged drought and extended rainfall and may be affected by man -made influences. In addition, a seasonal effect will also occur in which higher groundwater levels or temporary perched conditions are normally recorded in rainy seasons. 3. SPT borings performed utilizing a safety hammer. ANTICUS/II' E N G I N E L R I N G Post Moe Box 921 Phone/Fax (813) 642 -3965 Riverview, FL 33568 Certificate of Authorisation No. 30846 Engineer of Record Jeanne A. Berg, PE License No. 50699 East Gateway Storm Improvements Clearwater, FL Project 01.3032.15 Date August 5, 2015 Scab Not To Scale Sheet 2 • George F. Young, Inc. Turning Vision Into Reality 299 Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. Street North Saint Petersburg, Florida 33701 (727) 822 -4317 Fax (727) 551 -9395 Since 1919 ARCHITECTURE • ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL • LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE • PLANNING • SURVEYING • UTILITIES Surveyor's Report No. 15008200SU East Gateway Drainage - Tasks 1 & 2 1. Specific Purpose Survey to record test hole information on specific subsurface utilities along Pierce Street, Park Street, Franklin Street, Santa Rosa Street, South Hillcrest Avenue, and Waverly Way in Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida. 2. Survey date: June 15 to June 19, 2015. 3. Prepared for the exclusive benefit of: Interflow Engineering LLC. 4. Horizontal and vertical location of these test holes is not provided. Test hole information collected includes: Type of utility, measure down (measurement from ground surface to the top of utility), size of utility and utility material composition. 5. Copies of field notes have been provided as a part of this submittal and must be utilized in conjunction with this report. George F. Young and the signing surveyor take no responsibility for utility line designation and VVH information surveyed by others. Field notes depicting the general orientation of subsurface utility designation and VVH information can be used to help verify the work of those surveying this information. 6. This report contains subsurface utilities physically exposed by vacuum excavation. Electronically designated lines, as marked in the field, may deviate from the actual utility location and should be considered approximate. 7. Subsurface storm drain and gravity sanitary sewer structures and their associated piping are specifically excluded from this survey. 8. Measure downs (depth of cover) are valid at the date of this survey only, as surface grade conditions may change over time. 9. Subsurface Utilities were located by utilizing the Vacmaster System for vacuum excavation with the benefit of electronic designation and ground penetrating radar (GPR). 10. Utilization of the above equipment and methods is the industry recognized procedure for finding and locating underground utilities. Although effective and reliable, there is the possibility that all utilities may not be detected due to environmental conditions, soil conditions, water table, excessive depth, and/or feature makeup. 11. Utility size reflects the approximate outside diameter unless otherwise specified. 12. Utility size and material composition were collected by field observation under adverse conditions and should be considered approximate. 13. Utility owners names used in this report reflect information obtained from field observations, field meetings and utility research. 14. Additions or deletions to survey maps or reports by other than the signing party or parties are prohibited without the written consent of the signing party or parties. 15. Not valid without the signature and the original raised seal of a Florida Licensed Surveyor and Mapper. George F. Young, Inc., LB021 Michael J. Curley, PSM Florida Professional Surveyor and Mapper License No. LS6361 Page 1 of 4 SERVING FLORIDA AND THE CARIBBEAN BASIN Since 1919 George F. Young, Inc. Turning Vision Into Reality 299 Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. Street North Saint Petersburg, Florida 33701 (727) 822 -4317 Fax (727) 551 -9395 • ARCHITECTURE • ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL • LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE • PLANNING • SURVEYING • UTILITIES # Number A Arc or Area A/C Air Conditioner ACP Asbestos Cement Pipe (Transite) APPROX Approximate ASPH Asphalt ATMS Automated Traffic Monitoring System BCATV Buried Cable Television BE Buried Electric BFP Backflow Preventor BIP Black Iron Pipe BLDG Building BOB Bottom Of Bank BOC Back of Curb BT Buried Telephone Cable C Chord CALC Calculated CATV Television Cable CDS Continuous Deflective Separation Unit CFP Corrugated Flex Pipe CIP Cast Iron Pipe CL Center Line CLF Chain Link Fence COMM Communication or Committee CONC Concrete CORR Corrugated CORS Continuously Operating Reference Station COSP City of St. Petersburg CPVC Chlorinated PVC CSH Core Sample Hole CSL Concrete Slab CUE Calculated Utility Elevation DBC Direct Buried Cable DIA Diameter DIP Ductile Iron Pipe DIR Direction DIST Distance or District DWY Driveway E.D. Electronic Depth EDO Electronic Depth Only ELEC Electric ELEV Elevation EOD End of Designation EOP Edge Of Pavement ERCP Elliptical Reinforced Concrete Pipe ESMT Easement EXP Exposed FBK Field Book FBL Fiber Light FCM Found Concrete Monument FCP Fiber Conduit Pipe FDOT Horida Department of Transportation FGT Honda Gas Transmission HP Found Iron Pin FIR Found Iron Rod FM Force Main FND Found or Found Nail & Disk FOC Fiber Optic Cable FOP Found Open Pipe FPC Florida Power Corporation SERVING FLORIDA AND THE CARIBBEAN BASIN ABBREVIATION LEGEND FPID FPL FPP FRD FS FTV GALV GAS GPR GPS GRVL GSP GSS GYA HCAA HDPE ID INV IRR L3 LB LP LS LT M MD MEAS MES MH MHWL MISC MOT MULTI MW N/A NAD NAVD NFV NGS NGVD No. NPW NTS NUF O/S OCC OHL P PC PCC PCCP PCP PE PED PET PG PI PID PK PK &D Financial Project Identification Florida Power and Light Inc. Found Pinched Iron Pipe Found Rivet & Disk Florida Statute Failed to Verify Galvanized Gas Line Ground Penetrating Radar Global Positioning System Gravel Galvanized Steel Pipe Gravity Sanitary Sewer Guy Anchor Hillsborough County Aviation Authority High Density Poly- Ethylene Inside Diameter or Identification Invert Elevation Irrigation System Level 3 Communications Licensed Business Light Pole Land Surveyor Left Meters Measure Down Measured Mitered End Section Manhole Cover Mean High Water Line Miscellaneous Maintenance of Traffic Multiple Water Meter Not Available or Not Applicable North American Datum North American Vertical Datum Not Field Verified National Geodetic Survey National Geodetic Vertical Datum Number Non - Potable Water Not To Scale No Utility Found Offset Occupation Overhead Line Point or Platted Data Point Of Curvature Point Of Compound Curvature Precast Concrete Pipe Permanent Control Point Progress Energy Pedestrian or Pedestal Petroleum Pipeline Page Point of Intersection Permanent Identifier Parker -Kalon Nail PK Nail and Disk PLS POLY POSS PP PRC PRCP PRM PSM PVC R R/W RAD RCP RCW RNG ROW RT RTK SAN SCM SEC SEW SHP SIR SND SOP SR SRD ST STA STMD STORM SUE SWK TBM TECO TEL TEMP TOB TOP TP TRAFF TRANS. TRNF TV TW TWP UAO UNK VCP VCW VRZ VVH WDL WF WL WM WPP Professional Land Surveyor Polyethylene Possible Power Pole Point Of Reverse Curvature Pressurized Reinforced Concrete Pipe Permanent Reference Monument Professional Surveyor and Mapper Polyvinyl Chloride Record or Radius Right of Way Radius or Radian Reinforced Concrete Pipe Reclaimed Water Main Range Right of Way Right Real Time Kinematic Sanitary Set Concrete Monument Section Sewer Shared Pole Set Iron Rod Set Nail Disk Shot On Pipe State Road Set Rivet and Disk Street Station Stamped Disk Storm Drainage Subsurface Utility Engineering Sidewalk Temporary Bench Mark Tampa Electric Company Telephone Temporary Top Of Bank Top of Utility Elevation Traverse Point or Turning Point Traffic Signalization Line Transmission Transformer Television Time Warner Township Utility Agency Owner Unknown Vitrified Clay Pipe Valve Cover Water Verizon Telephone Verified Vertical and Horizontal Location Woods Line Wood Fence Water Line Water Main Wooden Power Pole Page 2 of 4 Since 1919 Client: Address: City / State: Requested By: Phone: George F. Young, Inc. Turning Vision Into Reality 299 Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. Street North Saint Petersburg, Florida 33701 (727) 822 -4317 Fax (727) 551 -9395 • ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL • LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE • PLANNING • SURVEYING • UTILITIES TEST HOLE SUMMARY REPORT East Gateway Drainage - Tasks 1 2 Interflow Engineering LLC 14499 Dale Mabry Highway, Suite 290 Tampa, FL 33618 Daniel Parsons, P.E. 813- 322 -3876 GFY Project No.: 15008200SU Project Name: East Gateway Drainage - Tasks 1 2 Project Location: Franklin, Pierce, Park, and Santa Rosa, Clearwater, FL Project Type: Subsurface Utility Excavation and Location Field Book Number: SUE#: 405, 594 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 12029 12029 12030 12030 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 12005 12004 12001 12002 12002 12028 12027 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 12007 12007 12006 12003 12008 12008 12009 141 142 143 144 12012 2.76' 12011 12025 12025 12024 12023 12031 12022 2.20' 4.02' 2.70' 2.17' 3.28' 12020 12016 12015 12017 12017 12014 1.95' 1.95' 1.15' 2.30' 3.01' 2.61' 1.77' 12014 12040 12013 12021 12019 12019 12039 12038 12038 1.55' 2.20' 10.0' 2.44' 7.22' 12037 12010 12010 1.25' 1.52' 2.32' 6" PVC Water Main (White) 2" Polyethylene Gas Main (Yellow) 6" Cast -Iron Water Main 1.95' 2.95' 2.55' 2.50' 3.42' 1.94' 1.90' 6" PVC Water Main (Blue) 6" Cast -Iron Water Main 2" Polyethylene Gas Main (Yellow) 6" Cast -Iron Water Main 2.73' 2.95' 2.43' 2.64' 2.35' 1.95' 2.00' 6" PVC Water Main (White) 2" Cast -Iron Water 2" PVC Water Main 6" PVC Water Main 6" Cast -Iron Water Main 2" Steel Unknown 6" PVC Water Main (White) 2" Polyethylene Gas Main (Yellow) 2.70' 1.94' 1.95' 2.00' 2.15' 3.00' 3.15' Electronic Depth Only - Gas 2" Polyethylene Gas Main (Yellow) 2" Polyethylene Gas Main (Yellow) 2" Polyethylene Gas Main (Yellow) 2" Cast -Iron Water 2" Polyethylene Gas Main (Yellow) 2.55' 2.45' 6" Cast -Iron Water Main 6" PVC Water Main 2" Polyethylene Gas Main (Yellow) 6" PVC Water Main 2" Polyethylene Gas Main (Yellow) 4" Cast -Iron Water Main 4" Cast -Iron Water Main 6" Cast -Iron Water Main 2" Polyethylene Gas Main (Yellow) 1.25" Direct Buried Telephone Reclaimed Water on Joint (Size /Material NFV) 2" Polyethylene Telephone 10" Cast -Iron Water Main 6" Cast -Iron Water Main City of Clearwater Clearwater Gas 6" PVC Water Main 2" Polyethylene Gas Main 2" Steel Unknown Ductile Iron Water Main on Joint (Size NFV) 2" Polyethylene Gas Main 20" Cast -Iron Water Main 20" Ductile Iron Water Main 6" Cast -Iron Water Main 2" Polyethylene Gas Main City of Clearwater City of Clearwater City of Clearwater Clearwater Gas City of Clearwater City of Clearwater City of Clearwater City of Clearwater City of Clearwater City of Clearwater Unknown City of Clearwater Clearwater Gas Clearwater Gas Clearwater Gas Clearwater Gas Clearwater Gas City of Clearwater Clearwater Gas City of Clearwater City of Clearwater Clearwater Gas City of Clearwater Clearwater Gas City of Clearwater City of Clearwater City of Clearwater Clearwater Gas Verizon City of Clearwater Verizon City of Clearwater City of Clearwater City of Clearwater Clearwater Gas Unknown City of Clearwater Clearwater Gas City of Clearwater City of Clearwater City of Clearwater Clearwater Gas NFV Due to ground conditions. NFV Due to ground conditions. BRADENTON • GAINESVILLE • PALM BEACH GARDENS • SARASOTA • ST. PETERSBURG • TAMPA • ORLANDO Page 3 of 4 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 12036 12035 12033 12033 12034 12032 12018 2.65' 2.65' 2.51' 0.50' 3.02' 20" Ductile Iron Water Main 8" Ductile Iron Water Main Ductile Iron Water Main (Size NFV) 4" PVC Unknown 8" Cast -Iron Water Main 2.73' 2.00' 8" Cast -Iron Water Main 6" Cast -Iron Water Main City of Clearwater City of Clearwater City of Clearwater Unknown City of Clearwater City of Clearwater City of Clearwater BRADENTON • GAINESVILLE • PALM BEACH GARDENS • SARASOTA • ST. PETERSBURG • TAMPA • ORLANDO Page 4 of 4 • • • (o.-IS -1, h 1105 15cr' TfAx.k sKN PCB , 101 LocAlotw. h;C laoag Jo') `2029 103 120? tool /?030 105 12005 106 .i2opli 1o7 0001 tom,_ .12co2., 'r :2c //U 1107T 11 / /2022 f�2 �(cvl /1.3 IZo° I/S 110a 11 1., f2c tc-1 Tz Itg 11°"I 11°I IZ(Dbil !1' It olS 122 10/5 23 '2021/ i-4' t/d0 3 25 ►2451 1 IL 1 2022 "1 110° ICv MA 2x, 1, 7c 2,, 7 1.9S: 1•1S 1 OS 2.3° SS fp IId' 7,22 115 1.50 1,15 '-So._._ 3,0 91-i loP co .L P.,N AP IC P_.._ . 1, 2 Gg iv? Gf ,c ►� Grp 6 G2 /07 4P /o1 CGS /j C,! 'ti GI // 1'1 CAF 1 t J 6e' C? /c )t6 ;rr X17 Cie ,1I G , c, GF 0C) G(( 12► C 112 a2 G CoNt. Cie (Dv F0C . L- '\ _ (oRtI n CP< o F ('fray LYEtt,o -' C1eArcLOT -64 ( C t P urn c of Cl (Ita tlrrOK 11 1 c_ CLE,1 E -.1-1As t't' CA) y Qfi-- GLt:1&e) .1EA_ t• 1 ON Q C Ie CCE_q�ttJ r C Y n scZ ©c7/ _Sy1 _ - [rn c_i_gy `? d t `5 s'11 Lit nS002 >S/ ctk ti, ,phi )7741 con (DZ/ e.'°' 721 (zie, k Lc )31, th !hi .2c0ii. ON OZ 49: 2, Q2 I 0 j ) ,(39 jil1c);3 11 1 r. 111, ME LIMEh mmumm, mom= m . mom= 11111111111 INEMINEEI 11111 II INIMUMU 11111011EMEMINIEM IMINIMMI Immanimmpig 1110 1111111111111111 1111111110 fil NM •M I IMMINIE INN MINI IN IIII I IMEMINTERSIMINEINVI IMMINNEMEN all IME I INUMOMME Ed 11111 I IhLH EH --inn' ,- t 111111111111111 HHIH NIIIIIMM Lral CI nil 1111111111 I Emonnimmi 1 mommommu 1 miminonma 1 En mum 1 1 INIMILIMI 1pin . '....ii immE .......4............. 111111110 MINEMIN INIENINNIM 11111111 INIMMEMENNIMMI IMMIMMINIE MINEMENINI 111101114111 nnumunno mr apl mom pm 0 rii mom (,?,:,;1•11it We; 1111111 MI INIEHMIM 111 nimminno ANINIMMIMMI 11110111MINEMI 111 MUM 1 EMMEMINIME MI I HEIM IMMINIMMEM IMINIMMEMIIIMEMINEE=MM uiuuiiiiunniiniiiniuinniiiiiniuiuii I MINIMMOIMMIUMMINIMMI HIMMIEMENIMEININEMEN IIIIIMMENUOUNIENIMEMEMMENI ruifiniffilli NM unninniiiiuii IMMINIMINI 1111111111111111r muminam mmonommensm moommommennummumm n IMMIMMEMMENNIELM IHIIIHHHHI ! ninnnnmii HUM= • i T 11.[L7, 11. i7f3 11-r"ffn :0;19 0 rein": I MI NW= Ilii mifilli MIN 11111 REIMMNIMME iii luHhlui 11111141111b EO II6 " E i' n f : 1 : MINIMMILIMPli"Flf 111111111MEHME' " MEM Mailifiti ■ ulliHhlil IMMO MEP" ININEMI HP mn mu mummiNNIE 11111iIEME iFinimmiiinno mri ENIFEN arz----- .11....w=t-ffirmari--- ---- Iniii ler hi- m g glif Wil I MN HI 1 Iilil I I IN II Ii HUME 111 11111 I =MN= INIMUSIN 111111MIMI 111111111111111111111111111111111111111111 IMMINEMINUMMailaillENIMME 111111111111111111MMMEMEMIENEIMM IMMEMIMMIUMMINENIMEINEMI IMMEMNIMEMENIMEMOUTI 1111 111111111111111 111 ! MEM III 1111111111111111011 !HI MEM MI I 1111 111111111111 ! I ! MEM MI 111111111111111 1111111111111111111 111111111MINE 11111111111111111111111111MEMEIMI 111111111111111111111HEMINEHMUMMINNI 011111111111111111 I 1111111MEMEENINI IIIIIHIIIIIIIIII MEMMUMINOMMIN EINNINIMMINIMMOMMINIMMINUI 11111111155113lififfilloriefillffillall 1111111111111111MENIMMIIMEMEIN MININUMMENNEMEN IHIHH INNUMENHE MON 11111111111611110 INIMEMIN 11111 111111MMINUIMEMEMINM MEM IMIMMINIENNIMMEININ Haummo 111111NOMMINNEMINEMEMMINIUM IMINUMMUNIMEMINEMMINEIMNI .1111111101iiiiMMEMENEEMEM IPMEEMERMIMMENIMEMBEI &411101,2716, ,L N ZUHUBEI Min kb. 'II h _ , "1", ..°,1( N•NE ME moreinwm IIIHIHH 1wm11Mm oMai4 .f . Im1IIM11M10 IPS LM MEM= EMOMH1E111E1H= MN e 11,mm vnmom HoommEnr mnum i mum IMUMMEMNFEWE.M.MEO 1111 INMEIMMINEMORIIIIMION iniiiimaimmodurrounmom muimmumminasimmunsom mommoniemmiminu tommumminnirm pummum Immtm minn- buimmintrim iimommul NINIMININP MIME MIMI monommuniumposmonmin nuosommaimmininiimm iinnummummannumonioniii maul Huniiiimmumnim mom me Mt ERNE huh MUM I III NM 11 MIME MIK MI MEM N rum ihh MEM L p u2iiT 60014 L{oS "Wye k 131 IS 2©oSU F)1E \/ Li 30 15 k tfo5 /50o I 2oc, Sv /v.4(11?)* L 2” wziojsettgl ivr iS ) 7111.15 l ye _ Je11)11 Q3c:V,d idnr 6r Sr Li\ - )Sze 0 ©1/ /IVO 'S ZOO SU GATE L)A`l Pt UATCgS T. PANk1.i s- re07?'N_ • SECTION V CONTRACT DOC JMENTS Table of Contents: PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND 1 CONTRACT 3 CONSENT OF SURETY TO FINAL PAYMENT 9 PROPOSAL/BID BOND 10 AFFIDAVIT 11 NON COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT 12 PROPOSAL 13 CITY OF CLEARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET 16 BIDDER'S PROPOSAL 17 SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM 18 SECTION V i Updated 6/3/2016 • • • SECTION V — Contract Documents Bond No.: 106645089 PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND (I) This bond is given to comply with § 255.05, Florida Statutes, and any action instituted by a claimant under this bond for payment must be in accordance with the notice and time limitation provisions in subsections (2) and (10). Pursuant to § 255.05(1)(b), Florida Statutes, "Before commencing the work or before recommencing the work after a default or abandonment, the contractor shall provide to the public entity a certified copy of the recorded bond. Notwithstanding the terms of the contract or any other law governing prompt payment for construction services, the public entity may not make a payment to the contractor until the contractor has complied with this paragraph." CONTRACTOR David Nelson Construction Co. [name] 3483 Alternate US 19 Palm Harbor, FL 34683 [principal business address] (727) 784-7624 [phone number] SURETY Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America [name] One Tower Square Hartford, CT 06183 [principal business address] (860) 277 -0111 [phone number] OWNER City of Clearwater [Engineering Dept] 100 S. Myrtle Avenue Clearwater, FL 33756 (727) 562- [4750] PROJECT NAME: East Gateway Stormwater and Sanitary Improvements PROJECT NO.: 13- 0043 -EN PROJECT DESCRIPTION: [ The work consists of replacement of 10,000 linear feet of stonnwater pipe, 11,000 linear feet of sanitary sewer, 1,400 linear feet of water main, the installation of 5 nutrient separating baffle boxes and roadway resurfacing in the East Gateway area. BY THIS BOND, We, David Nelson Construction Co. , as Contractor, and Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America , a corporation, as Surety, are bound to the City of Clearwater, Florida, herein called Owner, in the sum of $[11,409,143.9g, for payment of which we bind ourselves, our heirs, personal representatives, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally. THE CONDITION OF THIS BOND is that if Contractor: 1. Performs the contract dated , between Contractor and Owner for construction of [East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Sewer Improvements], the contract documents being made a part of this bond by reference (which include the Advertisement for Bids, Proposal, Contract, Surety Bond, Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions, Plans, Technical Specifications and Appendix, and such alterations as may be made in said Plans and Specifications as therein provided for), at the times and in the manner prescribed in the contract; and 2. Promptly makes payments to all claimants, as defined in Section 255.05(1), Florida Statutes, supplying Contractor with labor, materials, or supplies, used directly or indirectly by Contractor in the prosecution of the work provided for in the contract; and SECTION V Page 1 of 25 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • SECTION V— Contract Documents 3. Pays Owner all losses, damages, expenses, costs, and attorney's fees, including appellate proceedings, that Owner sustains because of a default by Contractor under the contract; and Bond No.: 106645089 PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND (2) 4. To the limits of § 725.06(2), Florida Statutes, shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, their officers and employees, from liabilities, damages, losses and costs, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorney's fees, to the extent caused by the negligence, recklessness, or intentional wrongful misconduct of Contractor and persons employed or utilized by Contractor in the performance of the construction contract; and 5. Performs the guarantee of all work and materials furnished under the contract for the time specified in the contract, then this bond is void; otherwise it remains in full force. 6. Any action instituted by a claimant under this bond for payment must be in accordance with the notice and time limitation provisions in Section 255.05(2), Florida Statutes. 7. Any changes in or under the contract documents and compliance or noncompliance with any formalities connected with the contract or the changes does not affect Surety's obligation under this bond, and Surety does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, witness the hands and seals of the parties hereto this of , 20 (If sole Ownership or Partnership, two (2) Witnesses required). (If Corporation, Secretary only will attest and affix seal). ,,WITNESS: r. ' (,) Corporate Secretary L �r Wss J h �� Print Name: t r L� (affix corporate seal) SECTION V By: Title: Prin Name: David Nelson onstruction C. day TNESS:.. Print Name: Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America (Corporate Sure) By: TO F '_IN_Fe(T & FL LICENSED AGENT Print Name: John R. Neu (affix corporate seal) Page 2 of 25 Updated 6/3/2016 TRAVELERS) WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER POWER OF ATTORNEY Farmington Casualty Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company Attorney -In Fact No. 230427 St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company Certificate No.0 0 6 919 7 6 4 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Farmington Casualty Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut, that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Iowa, and that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Wisconsin (herein collectively called the "Companies "), and that the Companies do hereby make, constitute and appoint Kevin Wojtowicz, John R. Neu, Laura Mosholder, Tracey C. Brown, David R. Turcios, and Jessica P. Reno of the City of St. Petersburg , State of Florida , their true and lawful Attorney(s) -in -Fact, each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above, to sign, execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, recognizances, conditional undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. N WITNESS WHEREOF, the Companies have caused this instrument to be signed and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed, this 2nd ay of August 2016 State of Connecticut City of Hartford ss. Farmington Casualty Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company 1:: topP 0 RA re. 1^' fZE 101 kt:ssAL;3= • By: Robert L. Raney, Senior Vice President On this the 2nd day of August 2016 , before me personally appeared Robert L. Raney, who acknowledged himself to be the Senior Vice President of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, and that he, as such, being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authorized officer. In Witness Whereof, I hereunto set my hand and official seal. 1y Commission expires the 30th day of June, 2021. 58440 -5 -16 Printed in U.S.A. V\.6tfti), C . . of Marie C. Tetreault, Notary Public WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THEREDBORDFR WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER This Power of Attorney is granted under and by the authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, which resolutions are now in full force and effect, reading as follows: RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Second Vic. President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary may appoint Attorneys -in -Fact and Agents to act for and on behalf of the Company and may give such appointee such authority as his or her certificate of authority may prescribe to sign with the Company's name and seal with the Company's seal bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking, and any of said officers or the Board of Directors at any time may remove any such appointee and revoke the power given him or her; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President may delegate all or any part of the foregoing authority to one or more officers or employees of this Company, provided that each such delegation is in writing and a copy thereof is filed in the office of the Secretary; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that any bond, recognizance, contract of indemnity, or writing obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking shall be valid and binding upon the Company when (a) signed by the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary and duly attested and sealed with the Company's seal by a Secretary or Assistant Secretary; or (b) duly executed (under seal, if required) by one or more Attorneys -in -Fact and Agents pursuant to the power prescribed in his or her certificate or their certificates of authority or by one or more Company officers pursuant to a written delegation of authority; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that the signature of each of the following officers: President, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, any Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Resident Vice Presidents, Resident Assistant Secretaries or Attorneys -in -Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding on the Company in the future with respect to any bond or understanding to which it is attached. I, Kevin E. Hughes, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary, of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies, which is in full force and effect and has not been revoked. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seals of said Companies this 164 day of be c e m be r ,201 e., n ilf _;mod;sEAL,i! Kevin E. Hughes, Assistant Sec tary To verify the authenticity of this Power of Attorney, call 1- 800 - 421 -3880 or contact us at www.travelersbond.com. Please refer to the Attorney -In -Fact number, the above -named individuals and the details of the bond to which the power is attached. WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER • • • SECTION V SECTION V — Contract Documents (Power of Attorney must be attached) Page 3 of 25 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION V — Contract Documents CONTRACT (1) •This CONTRACT made and entered into this q 4%1 day oft2,6}(vQn , 20 \I by and between the City of Clearwater, Florida, a municipal corporation, hereinafter designated as the "City ", and David Nelson Construction Co., of the City of _Palm Harbor County of Pinellas and State of Florida, hereinafter designated as the "Contractor ". • • [Or, if out of state:] This CONTRACT made and entered into this day of , 20 by and between the City of ,-. _.____t Florida, - municipal '' `'ration;: hereinafter ' designated as the "City ", and a.. (State) Corporation authorized to do State of Florida, of the City of County of and State of , hereinafter designated as the "Contractor ". business WITNESSETH: That the parties to this contract each in consideration of the undertakings, promises and agreements on the part of the other herein contained, do hereby undertake, promise and agree as follows: The Contractor, and his or its successors, assigns, executors or administrators, in consideration of the sums of money as herein after set forth to be paid by the City and to the Contractor, shall and will at their own cost and expense perform all labor, furnish all materials, tools and equipment for the following: PROJECT NAME: East Gateway Stormwater and Sanitary Improvements PROJECT NO.: 13- 0043 -EN in the amount of $ 11,409,143.90 In accordance with such proposal and technical supplemental specifications and such other special provisions and drawings, if any, which will be submitted by the City, together with any advertisement, instructions to bidders, general conditions, technical specifications, proposal and bond, which may be hereto attached, and any drawings if any, which may be herein referred to, are hereby made a part of this contract, and all of said work to be performed and completed by the contractor and its successors and assigns shall be fully completed in a good and workmanlike manner to the satisfaction of the City. If the Contractor should fail to comply with any of the terms, conditions, provisions or stipulations as contained herein within the time specified for completion of the work to be performed by the Contractor, then the City, may at its option, avail itself of any or all remedies provided on its behalf and shall have the right to proceed to complete such work as Contractor is obligated to perform in accordance with the provisions as contained herein. THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS OR ITS SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS DOES HEREBY AGREE TO ASSUME THE DEFENSE OF ANY LEGAL ACTION WHICH MAY BE BROUGHT AGAINST THE CITY AS A RESULT OF THE CONTRACTOR'S ACTIVITIES ARISING OUT OF THIS CONTRACT AND FURTHERMORE, IN CONSIDERATION OF THE TERMS, STIPULATIONS AND CONDITIONS AS CONTAINED HEREIN, AGREES TO SECTION V Page 4 of 25 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION V — Contract Documents HOLD THE CITY FREE AND HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES, COSTS OF SUITS, JUDGMENTS OR DECREES RESULTING FROM ANY CLAIMS MADE • UNDER THIS CONTRACT AGAINST THE CITY OR THE CONTRACTOR OR THE CONTRACTOR'S SUB CONTRACTORS, AGENTS, SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES RESULTING FROM ACTIVITIES BY THE AFOREMENTIONED CONTRACTOR, SUB CONTRACTOR, AGENT SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES, TO THE LIMITS OF § 725.06(2). • • SECTION V Page 5 of 25 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION V — Contract Documents CONTRACT (2) • In addition to the foregoing provisions, the Contractor agrees to conform to the following requirements: • • In connection with the performance of work under this contract, the Contractor agrees not to discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, sex, religion, color, or national origin. The aforesaid provision shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; lay off or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post hereafter in conspicuous places, available for employees or applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the contracting officer setting forth the provisions of the non discrimination clause. The Contractor further agrees to insert the foregoing provisions in all contracts hereunder, including contracts or agreements with labor unions and /or worker's representatives, except sub contractors for standard commercial supplies or raw materials. It is mutually agreed between the parties hereto that time is of the essence of this contract, and in the event that the work to be performed by the Contractor is not completed within the time stipulated herein, it is then further agreed that the City may deduct from such sums or compensation as may be due to the Contractor the sum of $1,000.00 per day for each day that the work to be performed by the Contractor remains incomplete beyond the time limit specified herein, which sum of $1,000.00 per day shall only and solely represent damages which the City has sustained by reason of the failure of the Contractor to complete the work within the time stipulated, it being further agreed that this sum is not to be construed as a penalty but is only to be construed as liquidated damages for failure of the Contractor to complete and perform all work within the time period as specified in this contract. It is further mutually agreed between the City and the Contractor that if, any time after the execution of this contract and the public construction bond which is attached hereto for the faithful performance of the terms and conditions as contained herein by the Contractor, that the City shall at any time deem the surety or sureties upon such public construction bond to be unsatisfactory or if, for any reason, the said bond ceases to be adequate in amount to cover the performance of the work the Contractor shall, at his or its own expense, within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from the City to do so, furnish an additional bond or bonds in such term and amounts and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the City. If such an event occurs, no further payment shall be made to the Contractor under the terms and provisions of this contract until such new or additional security bond guaranteeing the faithful performance of the work under the terms hereof shall be completed and furnished to the City in a form satisfactory to it. SECTION V Page 6 of 25 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION V — Contract Documents CONTRACT (3) • In addition to all other contract requirements as provided by law, the contractor executing this agreement • • agrees to comply with public records law. IF THE CONTRACTOR HAS QUESTIONS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF CHAPTER 119, FLORIDA STATUTES, THE CONTRACTORS DUTY TO PROVIDE PUBLIC RECORDS RELATING TO THIS CONTRACT. CONTACT THE CUTODIAN OF PUBLIC RECORDS AT 727 -562 -4092, Rosemarie.Call(it mvclearwater.co t, 112 S. Osceola Ave., Clearwater, FL 33756 The contractor's agreement to comply with public records law applies specifically to: a) Keep and maintain public records required by the City of Clearwater (hereinafter "public agency ") to perform the service being provided by the contractor hereunder. b) Upon request from the public agency's custodian of public records, provide the public agency with a copy of the requested records or allow the records to be inspected or copied within a reasonable time at a cost that does not exceed the cost provided for in Chapter 119, Florida Statutes, as may be amended from time to time, or as otherwise provided by law. c) Ensure that the public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements are not disclosed except as authorized by law for the duration of the contract term and following completion of the contract if the contractor does not transfer the records to the public agency. d) Upon completion of the contract , transfer, at no cost, to the public agency all public records in possession of the contractor or keep and maintain public records required by the public agency to perform the service. If the contractor transfers all public records to the public agency upon completion of the contract, the contractor shall destroy any duplicate public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements. If the contractor keeps and maintains public records upon completion of the contract, the contractor shall meet all applicable requirements for retaining public records. All records stored electronically must be provided to the public agency, upon request from the public agency's custodian of public records, in a format that is compatible with the information technology systems of the public agency. e) A request to inspect or copy public records relating to a public agency's contract for services must be made directly to the public agency. If the public agency does not possess the requested records, the public agency shall immediately notify the contractor of the request and the contractor must provide the records to the public agency or allow the records to be inspected or copied within a reasonable time. f) The contractor hereby acknowledges and agrees that if the contractor does not comply with the public agency's request for records, the public agency shall enforce the contract provisions in accordance with the contract. SECTION V Page 7 of 25 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • SECTION V — Contract Documents g) A contractor who fails to provide the public records to the public agency within a reasonable time may be subject to penalties under Section 119.10, Florida Statutes. h) If a civil action is filed against a contractor to compel production of public records relating to a public agency's contract for services, the court shall assess and award against the contractor the reasonable costs of enforcement, including reasonable attorney fees, if: 1. The court determines that the contractor unlawfully refused to comply with the public records request within a reasonable time; and 2. At least 8 business days before filing the action, the plaintiff provided written notice of the public records request, including a statement that the contractor has not complied with the request, to the public agency and to the contractor. i) A notice complies with subparagraph (h)2. if it is sent to the public agency's custodian of public records and to the contractor at the contractor's address listed on its contract with the public agency or to the contractor's registered agent. Such notices must be sent by common carrier delivery service or by registered, Global Express Guaranteed, or certified mail, with postage or shipping paid by the sender and with evidence of delivery, which may be in an electronic format. j) A contractor who complies with a public records request within 8 business days after the notice is sent is not liable for the reasonable costs of enforcement. SECTION V Page 8 of 25 Updated 6/3/2016 • • SECTION V — Contract Documents CONTRACT (4) IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to the agreement have hereunto set their hands and seals and have executed this Agreement, the day and year first above written. CITY OF CLEARWATER IN PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA By w .144 i> gaJ William B. Horne, II City Manager Countersigned: ,-6(60(te(\crAticoi By: George N. Cretekos, Mayor Contractor must Corporation Partnership Company or Individual indicate whether The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name, and his title; where the person is signing for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show his authority to bind the Corporation — provide Affidavit. Attest: t,/ 'flLt Rosemarie Call City Clerk Approved as to form: Matthew M. Smit Assistant City Attorney / tuStn) Csisfrui ap. (Contractor) By: Print Name: Title: V (SEAL) SECTION V Page 9 of 25 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION V — Contract Documents CONSENT OF SURETY TO FINAL PAYMENT TO City of Clearwater PROJECT NAME: East Gateway Stormwater and • OWNER: Sanitary Improvements [Engineering Dept] PROJECT NO 13- 0043 -EN 100 S. Myrtle Ave. CONTRACT DATE: [ ] Clearwater, FL 33756 BOND NO.: [ ], recorded in O.R. Book [ 1, Page [ ), of the Public Records of Pinellas County, Florida. CONTRACTOR: [David Nelson Construction Co.] Pursuant to § 255.05(11), Florida Statutes, and in accordance with the provisions of the Contract between the Owner and the Contractor as indicated above, the: [Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America] [One Tower Square] [Hartford, CT 06183] on bond of [David Nelson Construction Co.] 3483 Alternate US 19 Palm Harbor, FL 34683 ,SURETY, ,CONTRACTOR, • hereby approves of the final payment to the Contractor, and agrees that final payment to the Contractor shall not relieve Surety of any of its obligations to • City of Clearwater [Engineering Dept] 100 S. Myrtle Ave. Clearwater, FL 33756 as set forth in said Surety's bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Surety has hereunto set its hand this day of Attest: (Seal): SECTION V ,OWNER, (Surety) (Signature of authorized representative) (Printed name and title) Page 10 of 25 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • • SECTION V— Contract Documents PROPOSALBID BOND (Not to be filled out if a certified check is submitted) KNOWN ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, the undersigned, David Nelson Construction Co. as Contractor, and Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America as Surety, whose address is One Tower Square, Hartford, CT 06183 , are held and firmly bound unto the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the sum of Ten Percent of Amount Bid (10 %) Dollars ($ 10% ) (being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount) for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. The condition of the above obligation is such that if the attached Proposal of David Nelson Construction Co. as Contractor, and Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America as Surety, for work specified as: East Gateway Stormwater and Sanitary Improvements, Project No. 13- 0043 -EN all as stipulated in said Proposal, by doing all work incidental thereto, in accordance with the plans and specifications provided herefor, all within Pinellas County, is accepted and the contract awarded to the above named bidder, and the said bidder shall within ten days after notice of said award enter into a contract, in writing, and furnish the required Public Construction Bond with surety or sureties to be approved by the City Manager, this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall be in full force and virtue by law and the full amount of this Proposal /Bid Bond will be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated damages. Principal must indicate whether: X Corporation Partnership Company or Individual Signed this 1st day of The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name, and his title; where the person is signing for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show his authority to bind the Corporation — provide Affidavit. December , 20 16 • David Nelson Construction Co. Con ctor Pr' J -tire f /v'eN)t By: Pf --sr`" Title Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America etr Jo u ° ^ttemey -h — Fact & FL Licensed Agent SECTION V Page 11 of 25 Updated 6/3/2016 • • SECTION V — Contract Documents AFFIDAVIT (To be filled in and executed if the bidder is a corporation) STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF Pinellas ) Linda D. Shutt being duly sworn, deposes and says that he /she is tom, of Assistant Corporate Secretary of David Nelson Construction Co. a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Florida, and having its principal office at: 3483 Alternate 19 (Street & Number) Palm Harbor Pinellas FL (City) (County) (State) Affiant further says that he is familiar with the records, minute books and by -laws of David Nelson Construction Co. (Name of Corporation) Affiant further says that David L. Vekasi is Vice President (Officer's Name) (Title) of the corporation, is duly authorized to sign the Proposal for East Gateway Stormwater and Sanitary Improvements or said corporation by virtue of Florida (state whether a provisio j of by la or Resolution of Board of Directors. If by ' - s lution giv9/dat of doption). ) Ult.) S t -64 Sworn to before me this 9th day of December SECTION V it NOTARY PUBLIC 7 SATE Ori FLOR(04 DEBBIE CASE COMMISSION # FF76529. EXPIRES February 14, 2018 • BONDED THROUGH R1I INSURA,VCE COMPANY Linda D. Shutt, Asst. Corporate Secretary_ Affiant ,2016 '\---PhOLO j.„6-4---- otary Public Debbie Case Type /print/stamp name of Notary Notary Public Title orrank, and Serial No., if any Page 12 of 25 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION V — Contract Documents NON COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF Pinellas ) David L. Vekasi being, first duly sworn, deposes and says that he is Vice President of David Nelson Construction Co. the party making the foregoing Proposal or Bid; that such Bid is genuine and not collusive or sham: that said bidder is not financially interested in or otherwise affiliated in a business way with any other bidder on the same contract; that said bidder has not colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed, directly or indirectly, with any bidders or person, to put in a sham bid or that such other person shall refrain from bidding, and has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or ,collusion, or communication or conference, with any person, to fix the bid price or affiant or any otherbidder, or to fix any overhead, profit or cost element of said bid price, or that of any other bidder, t me yre_any advantage against the City of Clearwater, Florida, or any person or persons interest ier e pro' sed contract; and that all statements contained in said proposal or bid are true; and further; that jcWbidder has not directly or indirectly submitted this bid, or the contents thereof, or divulged.nfprmatn or data relative thereto to any association or to any member or age nil t er j. r /) Affiant David L. Vekasi, Vice President SSworn to and subscribed before me this 9th day of Dece -.er SECTION V ,2016 . Notary Public Debbie Case DEBBIE CASE COQ ✓ " ^!5 'ON t FF76529. EXP ;c; ub'uary 14, 2018 • :CLO IFROUGH . t1RANCL COMPANY Page 13 of 25 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • 1 SECTION V — Contract Documents PROPOSAL (1) TO THE CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, for East Gateway Stormwater and Sanitary Improvements (13- 0043 -EN) and doing such other work incidental thereto, all in accordance with the contract documents, marked East Gateway Stormwater and Sanitary Improvements (13- 0043 -EN) Every bidder must take notice of the fact that even though his proposal be accepted and the documents signed by the bidder to whom an award is made and by those officials authorized to do so on behalf of the City of Clearwater, Florida, that no such award or signing shall be considered a binding contract without a certificate from the Finance Director that funds are available to cover the cost of the work to be done, or without the approval of the City Attorney as to the form and legality of the contract and all the pertinent documents relating thereto having been approved by said City Attorney; and such bidder is hereby charged with this notice. The signer of the Proposal, as bidder, also declares that the only person, persons, company or parties interested in this Proposal, are named in this Proposal, that he has carefully examined the Advertisement, Instructions to Bidders, Contract Specifications, Plans, Supplemental Specifications, General Conditions, Special Provisions, and Public Construction Bond, that he or his representative has made such investigation as is necessary to determine the character and extent of the work and he proposes and agrees that if the Proposal be accepted, he will contract with the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the form of contract; hereto annexed, to provide the necessary labor, materials, machinery, equipment, tools or apparatus, do all the work required to complete the contract within the time mentioned in the General Conditions and according to the requirements of the City of Clearwater, Florida, as herein and hereinafter set forth, and furnish the required surety bonds for the following prices to wit: SECTION V Page 14 of 25 Updated 6/3/2016 • SECTION V — Contract Documents PROPOSAL (2) If the foregoing Proposal shall be accepted by the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the undersigned shall fail to execute a satisfactory contract as stated in the Advertisement herein attached, then the City may at its option determine that the undersigned has abandoned the contract, and thereupon this Proposal shall be null and void, and the certified check or bond accompanying this Proposal, shall be forfeited to become the property of the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the full amount of said check shall be retained by the City, or if the Proposal Bond be given, the full amount of such bond shall be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated damages; otherwise, the bond or certified check accompanying this Proposal, or the amount of said check, shall be returned to the undersigned as specified herein. Attached hereto is a bond or certified check on bid bond Bank, for the sum of 10% of amount bid ($ 10% of bid amount ) (being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount). The full names and residences of all persons and parties interested in the foregoing bid are as follows: (If corporation, give the names and addresses of the President and Secretary. If firm or partnership, the names and addresses of the members or partners. The Bidder shall list not only his name but also the name of any person with whom bidder has any type of agreement whereby such person's improvements, enrichment, employment or possible benefit, whether sub contractor, materialman, agent, supplier, or employer is contingent upon the award of the contract to the bidder). 410 NAMES: ADDRESSES: • Jeffrey D. Nelson - President, 1930 Florida Avenue, Palm Harbor FL 34683 Wendy S. Nelson - Secretary, 1132 E. Lake Drive, Tarpon Springs, FL 34688 SECTION V %�3 Signature of Bidder: vH David L. Vekasi, Vice Presiddnt Page 15 of 25 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • SECTION V — Contract Documents PROPOSAL (3) The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name and his title. Where the person signing for a corporation is other than the President or Vice President, he must, by affidavit, show his authority, to bind the corporation. Pry I1 /. A I__ A ".% ..;�; , R.,K -J'tt VIA Title: tit T . Company ga am6:149 ‘..19 NI/LrA C57-ilvtrl.p a. Doing 13' s ness As (if different than above): Business Address of Bidder: 3483 Alaternate 19 City and State: Palm Harbor, FL 34683 Zip Code Phone: (727)784 -7624 Email Address: dvekasi @nelson - construction.com Dated at 3483 Alt. 19, Palm Harbor, FL , this 9th day of December SECTION V , A.D., 2016. Page 16 of 25 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • SECTION V — Contract Documents CITY OF CLEARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET PROJECT: East Gateway Stormwater and Sanitary Improvements (13- 0043 -EN) Acknowledgment is hereby made of the following addenda received since issuance of Plans and Specifications. SECTION V Addendum No. 01 Date: 10/31/16 Addendum No. 02 Date: 11/16/16 Addendum No. 03 Date: 11/23/16 Addendum No. 04 Date: 11/29/16 Addendum No. 05 Date: 12/02/16 Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: David Nelson Construction (Signature of Officer) David L. Vekasi, Vice President (Title of Officer) December 9, 2016 (Date) Page 17 of 25 Updated 6/3/2016 • BIDDERS PROPOSAL PROJECT: East Gateway Stormwater and Sanitary Improvements (13- 0043 -EN) CONTRACTOR: DAVID NELSON CONSTRUCTION CO. BIDDERS GRAND TOTAL: $ :_11,409,1.28:86 1,41110 `' (Numbers) BIDDERS GRAND TOTAL: Eleven Million, Four Hundred and Nine Thousand, One Hundred Cents Mita i) iumrry (Words) For the purpose of the Estimated Quantities, the Contractor's attention is called to the fact that the estimate of quantities as shown on the Proposal is approximate and is given only as a basis of calculation upon which the award of the contract is to be made. The City does not assume any responsibility that the final quantities will remain in strict accordance with estimated quantities nor shall the Contractor plead misunderstandings or deception because of such estimate of quantities or of the character or location of the work or of other conditions or situations pertaining thereto. 13- 0043 -EN EAST GATEWAY STORMWATER & SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS (BID SET) BID ITEM QTY UNIT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT 100 I. GENERAL 101 MOBILIZATION 102 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC 103 CLEARING & GRUBBING 104 REMOVAL & REPLACEMENT OF UNSUITABLE MATERIAL (ALLOWANCE) 1 LS $ 515,000.00 $ 515,000.00 1 LS $ 1,223,000.00 $ 1,223,000.00 1 LS $ 130,000.00 $ 130,000.00 6,253 CY $ 25.00 $ 156,325.00 105 EROSION & SEDIMENTATION CONTROL INCL. SILT FENCE & INLET PROTECTION 1 LS $ 105,000.00 $ 105,000.00 106 FLOATING TURBIDITY BARRIER 107 TREE BARRICADES 108 ROOT PRUNING 109 TREE REMOVAL (ALLOWANCE); 4 "< DIA. <_ 12" 110 TREE REMOVAL (ALLOWANCE); 12" < DIA. 5 24" 111 TREE REMOVAL (ALLOWANCE); 24" < DIA. <_ 40" 112 PALM TREE REMOVAL (ALLOWANCE) 113 14" ROADWAY BASE 114 CONST MODIFIED CURB (CITY INDEX NO. 101) 115 CONST STRAIGHT CURB (CITY INDEX NO. 101) 116 CONST TYPE 1 CURB (CITY INDEX NO. 101) 117 CONST VALLEY CURB (CITY INDEX NO. 101) 118 4" CONCRETE SIDEWALK (INCLUDES CURB RAMPS) 119 DETECTABLE WARNING STRIP 120 CONCRETE DRIVEWAY RESTORATION 121 ASPHALT DRIVEWAY RESTORATION 122 SODDING Subtotal General 123 General Contingency 10% Total General 1 LS $ 7,500.00 $ 7,500.00 1 LS $ 30,000.00 $ 30,000.00 1 LS $ 20,000.00 $ 20,000.00 1 EA $ 300.00 $ 300.00 7 EA $ 1,000.00 $ 7,000.00 4 EA $ 4,000.00 $ 16,000.00 8 EA $ 250.00 $ 2,000.00 37,340 SY $ 36.00 $ 1,344,240.00 13,410 LF $ 22.00 $ 295,020.00 460 LF $ 22.00 $ 10,120.00 6,410 LF $ 24.00 $ 153,840.00 9,340 LF $ 22.00 $ 205,480.00 5,000 SF $ 10.00 $ 50,000.00 2 EA $ 350.00 $ 700.00 1,800 SY $ 65.00 $ 117,000.00 1,600 SY $ 45.00 $ 72,000.00 1 LS $ 50,000.00 $ 50,000.00 $ 4,510,525.00 1 LS $ 451,052.50 $ 4,961,577.50 200 II. STORMWATER 201 F &I 10" PVC SDR35 12 LF $ 57.00 $ 684.00 202 F &I 12" CMP 15 LF $ 67.00 $ 1,005.00 203 F &I 12" PVC 10 LF $ 60.00 $ 600.00 204 F &I 15" RCP CL3 3,800 LF $ 42.00 $ 159,600.00 205 F &I 18" RCP CL3 1,000 LF $ 46.00 $ 46,000.00 206 F &I 24" RCP CL3 3,600 LF $ 60.00 $ 216,000.00 207 F &I 30" RCP CL3 1,500 LF $ 88.00 $ 132,000.00 208 F &I 36" RCP CL3 1,000 LF $ 118.00 $ 118,000.00 209 F &I 38" x 24" ERCP 80 LF $ 100.00 $ 8,000.00 210 F &I 42" DIA MH (FDOT 200) 9 EA $ 2,500.00 $ 22,500.00 211 F &I 48" DIA MH (FDOT 200) 13 EA $ 2,500.00 $ 32,500.00 212 F &I 48 "x48" JUNCTION BOX (FDOT 200) 4 EA $ 3,800.00 $ 15,200.00 213 F &I 60" DIA MH (FDOT 200) 21 EA $ 4,100.00 $ 86,100.00 214 F &I 60 "x60" JUNCTION BOX (FDOT 200) 1 EA $ 3,850.00 $ 3,850.00 215 F &I 72" DIA MH (FDOT 200) 6 EA $ 4,550.00 $ 27,300.00 216 F &I FDOT 221 TYPE V 11 EA $ 3,500.00 $ 38,500.00 217 F &I FDOT 232 TYPE E (MODIFIED) (FDOT 200 ALT A, 72" DIA) 2 EA $ 5,300.00 $ 10,600.00 218 F &I WING INLET - LT (TYPE I CURB) 1 EA $ 4,000.00 $ 4,000.00 219 F &I WING INLET - RT (TYPE I CURB) 3 EA $ 4,000.00 $ 12,000.00 220 F &I WING INLET - DBL (VALLEY CURB) 3 EA $ 4,000.00 $ 12,000.00 221 F &I WING INLET - DBL (FDOT 200 ALT A, 48" DIA TYPE P) (VALLEY CURB) 2 EA $ 4,100.00 $ 8,200.00 222 F &I WING INLET - DBL (FDOT 200 ALT A, 72" DIA TYPE J) (VALLEY CURB) 1 EA $ 6,000.00 $ 6,000.00 13- 0043 -EN EAST GATEWAY STORMWATER & SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS (BID SET) BID ITEM QTY UNIT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT 223 F &I WING INLET - LT (VALLEY CURB) 32 EA $ 4,000.00 $ 128,000.00 •224 F &I WING INLET - LT (FDOT 200 ALT A, 48" DIA TYPE P) (VALLEY CURB) 1 EA $ 4,000.00 $ 4,000.00 225 F &I WING INLET - LT (FDOT 200 ALT A, 60" DIA TYPE J) (VALLEY CURB) 1 EA $ 5,300.00 $ 5,300.00 226 F &I WING INLET - RT (VALLEY CURB) 33 EA $ 4,000.00 $ 132,000.00 227 F &I WING INLET - RT (FDOT 200 ALT A, 48" DIA TYPE P) (VALLEY CURB) 4 EA $ 4,000.00 $ 16,000.00 228 F &I WING INLET - RT (FDOT 200 ALT A, 60" DIA TYPE J) (VALLEY CURB) 1 EA $ 5,300.00 $ 5,300.00 229 F &I WING INLET - RT (FDOT 200 ALT A, 72" DIA TYPE J) (VALLEY CURB) 1 EA $ 5,900.00 $ 5,900.00 230 F &I WING INLET - RT (FDOT 200 ALT B, 42 "x42" TYPE P) (VALLEY CURB) 2 EA $ 4,200.00 $ 8,400.00 231 F &I WING INLET - RT (FDOT 200 ALT B, 48 "x48" TYPE P) (VALLEY CURB) 1 EA $ 4,300.00 $ 4,300.00 232 F &I TYPE F WING INLET - LT 1 EA $ 4,000.00 $ 4,000.00 233 F &I TYPE F WING INLET - DBL 1 EA $ 4,000.00 $ 4,000.00 234 F &I WING INLET - LT (5 -4" DBL BOX) (VALLEY CURB) 1 EA $ 5,900.00 $ 5,900.00 235 F &I WING INLET - RT (5 -4" DBL BOX) (VALLEY CURB) 1 EA $ 5,900.00 $ 5,900.00 236 F &I U -TYPE ENDWALL (FDOT 264) 1 EA $ 11,000.00 $ 11,000.00 237 F &I BAFFLE BOX (SUNTREE NSBB -5- 10.5 -101) 1 EA $ 68,000.00 $ 68,000.00 238 F &I BAFFLE BOX (SUNTREE NSBB- 6- 12 -87) 1 EA $ 86,000.00 $ 86,000.00 239 F &I BAFFLE BOX (SUNTREE NSBB- 6- 12 -89) 1 EA $ 82,000.00 $ 82,000.00 240 F &I BAFFLE BOX (SUNTREE NSBB- 6- 12 -92) 1 EA $ 95,000.00 $ 95,000.00 241 F &I BAFFLE BOX ( SUNTREE NSBB- 8- 14 -97) 1 EA $ 110,000.00 $ 110,000.00 242 CONNECT PROPOSED STORM TO EXISTING (ALLOWANCE) 30 EA $ 650.00 $ 19,500.00 • 243 CUT OUTFALLS INTO CONC. EMBANKMENTS, CONNECT PIPE, & REPAIR OPENINGS 1 LS $ 20,000.00 $ 20,000.00 244 DEMO & DISPOSE EXISTING STORM PIPE: DIA 5512" 245 DEMO & DISPOSE EXISTING STORM PIPE: 12" <DIA 5518" 246 DEMO & DISPOSE EXISTING STORM PIPE: 18" <DIA 5530" 247 DEMO & DISPOSE EXISTING STORM STRUCTURES 248 FLOWABLE FILL (ABANDONED FEATURES) 249 DRAINAGE DIVERSION, TEMPORARY Subtotal Stormwater 250 Stormwater Contingency 10% Total Stormwater 300 I11. POTABLE WATER 3,421 LF $ 15.00 $ 51,315.00 4,082 LF $ 18.00 $ 73,476.00 553 LF $ 24.00 $ 13,272.00 90 EA $ 300.00 $ 27,000.00 30 CY $ 320.00 $ 9,600.00 1 LS $ 30,000.00 $ 30,000.00 $ 1,985,802.00 1 LS $ 198,580.20 $ 2,184,382.20 301 F &I 6" DIP WM, RJ; INCLUDING POLY WRAP, FITTINGS, & BENDS 302 F &I 16" DIP WM, RJ; INCLUDING POLY WRAP, FITTINGS, COUPLES & BENDS 303 F &I 20" DIP WM, RJ; INCLUDING POLY WRAP, FITTINGS, COUPLES & BENDS 304 F &I 16" RESTRAINTS; EXISTING PIPE ONLY 305 F &I 20" RESTRAINTS; EXISTING PIPE ONLY 306 F &I 4" WM OFFSET /DEFLECTION (INCLUDES EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, LINE STOPS, PIPE, POLY WRAP, RESTRAINTS, INSTALLATION, FITTINGS, RESTRAINT OF EXISTING PIPE) 300 LF $ 45.00 $ 13,500.00 40 LF $ 150.00 $ 6,000.00 1,500 LF $ 125.00 $ 187,500.00 250 LF $ 63.00 $ 15,750.00 300 LF $ 85.00 $ 25,500.00 2 EA $ 8,000.00 $ 16,000.00 F &I 6" WM OFFSET /DEFLECTION (INCLUDES EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, LINE STOPS, PIPE, 307 POLY WRAP, RESTRAINTS, INSTALLATION, FITTINGS, RESTRAINT OF EXISTING PIPE) 18 EA $ 15,000.00 $ 270,000.00 308 F &I 6" GV W/ BOX (CITY 402) (ALLOWANCE) (AS DIRECTED BY CITY) 309 F &I 8" GV W/ BOX (CITY 402) (ALLOWANCE) (AS DIRECTED BY CITY) 310 F &I 12" GV W/ BOX (CITY 402) (ALLOWANCE) (AS DIRECTED BY CITY) 311 F &I 20" GV w/ BOX (CITY 402) 312 F &I TEMP 6" BLOW -OFF AND SAMPLE TAP; INCLUDING APPURTENANCES, FITTINGS, BENDS, & REMOVAL 9 EA $ 1,500.00 $ 13,500.00 2 EA $ 1,900.00 $ 3,800.00 2 EA $ 2,750.00 $ 5,500.00 3 EA $ 15,000.00 $ 45,000.00 1 LS $ 5,000.00 $ 5,000.00 313 F &I TEMP 8" DIP WM, RJ (SUPPLY); INCLUDING APPURTENANCES, FITTINGS, BENDS, & REMOVAL 1 LS $ 8,000.00 $ 8,000.00 314 F &I 16" LINE STOP (ALLOWANCE) 315 F &I 20" LINE STOP 1 EA $ 15,000.00 $ 15,000.00 2 EA $ 22,000.00 $ 44,000.00 F &I 2" AIR VALVE (VAL -MATIC VMC- 38VC), INCLUDING APPURTENANCES, FITTINGS, 316 BENDS, & CONC. PAD. 317 F &I 5'/:' HYDRANT (CITY 402) 318 F &I BLOW OFF (CITY 404) 319 F &I TEMP B.O. / S. TAP (CITY 408); INCLUDING APPURTENANCES, FITTINGS, BENDS, & REMOVAL 2 EA $ 5,750.00 $ 11,500.00 2 EA $ 4,100.00 $ 8,200.00 1 EA $ 2,100.00 $ 2,100.00 3 EA $ 1,250.00 $ 3,750.00 13- 0043 -EN EAST GATEWAY STORMWATER & SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS (BID SET) BID ITEM QTY UNIT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT 320 F &I TEMP CL2 TAP (CITY 408); INCLUDING APPURTENANCES, FITTINGS, BENDS, & • REMOVAL 3 EA $ 450.00 $ 1,350.00 321 DEMO & DISPOSE EXISTING WM; OTHER THAN A -C WM 748 LF $ 322 DEMO & DISPOSE EXISTING 20" A -C WM (INCLUDES FDEP ASBESTOS REMOVAL PERMIT) 845 LF $ 12.00 $ 8,976.00 � 37.00 $ I h 55V -9c) 323 REMOVE & REPLACE POTABLE WATER SERVICE CONNECTION (ALLOWANCE) 324 RELOCATE EXISTING METER (ALLOWANCE) (BY CITY ONLY) 325 FLOWABLE FILL (ABANDONED FEATURES) 326 CONST. THRUST COLLAR Subtotal Potable Water 327 Potable Water Contingency 10% Total Potable Water 400 IV. SANITARY SEWER 401 F &I 8" PVC SDR 35 402 F &I 8" PVC SDR 26 403 F &I 48" DIA MH 404 F &I 48" DIA MH w/ OUTSIDE DROP 405 DEMO & DISPOSE EXISTING SANITARY PIPE 406 DEMO & DISPOSE EXISTING SANITARY STRUCTURES 407 FLOWABLE FILL FOR ABANDONED SANITARY SEWER PIPES 408 SANITARY SEWER BYPASS 409 REMOVE & REPLACE SANITARY LATERALS (CITY 305) 410 REMOVE & REPLACE SANITARY LATERALS (CITY 305) (ALLOWANCE) 411 CONFLICT STRUCTURE (ALLOWANCE) 412 MODIFY EXISTING MANHOLE (ALLOWANCE) 413 MODIFY EXISTING MANHOLE INCLUDING OUTSIDE DROP (ALLOWANCE) 414 CONC. ENCASE EX. 24" PVC (AS DIRECTED BY CITY) Subtotal Sanitary Sewer • 415 Sanitary Sewer Contingency 10% Total Sanitary Sewer 500 V. RECLAIMED WATER 244 EA $ 550.00 30 EA $ 275.00 80 CY $ 270.00 1 LS $ 7,000.00 911.7244 �o0 11003 W•16 ei $ 134,200.00 $ 8,250.00 $ 21,600.00 $ 7,000.00 $ 05 Q19?2 228. $ $ 1,Oe3 450:861 11,631 LF $ 45.00 980 LF $ 56.00 67 EA $ 4,200.00 5 EA $ 7,000.00 12,611 LF $ 26.00 57 EA $ 650.00 25 CY $ 300.00 1 LS $ 300,000.00 50 EA $ 1,100.00 190 EA $ 1,000.00 7 EA $ 5,000.00 5 EA $ 1,250.00 3 EA $ 1,400.00 50 LF $ 300.00 1 LS $ 523,395.00 $ 54,880.00 $ 281,400.00 $ 35,000.00 $ 327,886.00 $ 37,050.00 $ 7,500.00 $ 300,000.00 $ 55,000.00 $ 190,000.00 $ 35,000.00 $ 6,250.00 $ 4,200.00 $ 15,000.00 $ 1,872,561.00 $ 187,256.10 $ 2,059,817.10 501 F &I 6" RCWM OFFSET /DEFLECTION (INCLUDES EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, PIPE, POLY WRAP, RESTRAINTS, INSTALLATION, FITTINGS, RESTRAINT OF EXISTING PIPE) 1 EA $ 2,850.00 $ 2,850.00 502 F &I 16" RCWM OFFSET /DEFLECTION (INCLUDES EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, PIPE, POLY WRAP, RESTRAINTS, INSTALLATION, FITTINGS, RESTRAINT OF EXISTING PIPE) 4 EA $ 20,000.00 $ 80,000.00 503 F &I 20" RCWM OFFSET /DEFLECTION (INCLUDES EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, PIPE, POLY WRAP, RESTRAINTS, INSTALLATION, FITTINGS, RESTRAINT OF EXISTING PIPE) 1 EA $ 23,000.00 $ 23,000.00 504 16" GATE VALVES FOR OFFSETS (ALLOWANCE) (AS DIRECTED BY CITY) 505 20" GATE VALVES FOR OFFSETS (ALLOWANCE) (AS DIRECTED BY CITY) 506 DEMO & DISPOSE EXISTING RCWM; 16 "< DIA. <_ 20" 507 REMOVE & REPLACE RECLAIM SERVICE CONNECTION (ALLOWANCE) 508 RELOCATE EXISTING RECLAIM METER (ALLOWANCE) (BY CITY ONLY) Subtotal Reclaimed Water 509 Reclaimed Water Contingency 10% Total Reclaimed Water 600 V. SURFACE RESTORATION 2 1 220 60 30 EA EA LF EA EA $ 5,500.00 $ 11,700.00 $ 21.00 $ 550.00 $ 275.00 1 LS $ 11,000.00 $ 11,700.00 $ 4,620.00 $ 33,000.00 $ 8,250.00 $ 174,420.00 $ 17,442.00 $ 191,862.00 601 2" ASPHALTIC CONCRETE STRUCTURAL COURSE TYPE SP -9.5 602 MILLING EXIST ASPH PAVT, 2" AVG DEPTH 603 RESTORATION OF IRRIGATION SYSTEMS (WITHIN RIGHT -OF -WAY) (ALLOWANCE) RESTORATION OF FDOT RIGHT -OF -WAY @ HILLCREST & COURT (MEETING FDOT 604 STANDARDS) Subtotal Surface Restoration 605 Surface Restoration Contingency 10% • Total Surface Restoration 5,800 TN 1 LS 1 LS 1 LS $ 118.00 $ 170,000.00 $ 12,000.00 $ 50,000.00 1 LS $ 684,400.00 $ 170,000.00 $ 12,000.00 $ 50,000.00 $ 916,400.00 $ 91,640.00 $ 1,008,040.00 '1a� 't" • • • 13- 0043 -EN EAST GATEWAY STORMWATER & SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS (BID SET) BID ITEM QTY UNIT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT THE BIDDERS'S GRAND TOTAL ABOVE IS HIS TOTAL BID BASED ON HIS UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICES AND THE ESTIMATED QUANTITIES REQUIRED FOR EACH SECTION. THIS FIGURE IS FOR INFORMATION ONLY AT THE TIME OF OPENING BIDS, THE CITY WILL MAKE THE TABULATIN FROM THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE BID. IF TEHRE IS AN ERROR IN THE TOTAL BY THE BIDDER, IT SHALL BE CHANGED AS ONLY THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE SHALL GOVERN. FOR YOUR CONVENIENCE, THE BID TABULATION FOR THIS PROJECT HAS BEEN PROVIDED IN PDF AND EXCEL FORMAT (WITH HIDDEN AUTOMATIC FORMULAS). YOU MAY SUBMIT EITHER FORM BUT IT MUST BE PRINTED AND INCLUDED IN YOUR FORMAL BID TO THE CITY OF CLEARWATER. EMAILED BID TABULATIONS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. • • This page is intentionally left blank Section V Page 22 of 25 • 0 This page is intentionally left blank Section V Page 23 of 25 • • • This page is intentionally left blank Section V Page 24 of 25 • • SECTION V — Contract Documents SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM PER SECTION HI, ITEM 25, IF YOUR BID IS $1,000,000 OR MORE, THIS FORM MUST BE COMPLETED AND SUBMITTED WITH THE BID PROPOSAL. FAILURE TO SUBMIT THIS FORM AS REQUIRED, MAY DEEM YOUR SUBMITTAL NONRESPONSIVE. The affiant, by virtue of the signature below, certifies that: I. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is aware of the requirements of section 287.135, Florida Statutes, regarding companies on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, or engaging in business operations in Cuba and Syria; and 2. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is eligible to participate in this solicitation and is not listed on either the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Sector List, or engaged in business operations in Cuba and Syria; and 3. Business Operations means, for purposes specifically related to Cuba or Syria, engaging in commerce in any form in Cuba or Syria, including, but not limited to, acquiring, developing, maintaining, owning, selling, possessing, leasing or operating equipment, facilities, personnel, products, services, personal property, real property, military equipment, or any other apparatus of business or commerce; and 4. If awarded the Contract (or Agreement), the vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner will immediately notify the City of Clearwater in writing, no later than five (5) calendar days after any of its principals are placed on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activiti 'n the n Petroleur Seector List „or hgages in business operations in Cuba and Syria. • STATE OF Florida COUNTY OF Pinellas The foregoing instrument by David L. Vekasi the Vice President (title) of David Nelson Construction Co. personally known to me as described herein XX , or produced a (type of identification) as identification, and who did /did not take an Authorized Signature David L. Vekasi Printed Name Vice President Title David Nelson Construction Co. Name of Entity /Corporation was acknowledged before me on this 9th day of December 20 16 (name of person whose signature is being notarized) as (name of corporation /entity), n/a NO TA c PUBLIC j STATE OFI DEBBIE CASE COMMISSION # FF76529 EXPIRES February 14, 2018 BONDCDTHROUGH RU INSURANCE COMPANY • My Commission Expires: NOTARY SEAL ABOVE SECTION V Ndtary Public Debbie Case, Notary Public Printed Name Page 25 of 25 Updated 6/3/2016 • • DRUG -FREE WORKPLACE FORM The undersigned vendor in accordance with Florida Statute 287.087 hereby certifies that David Nelson Construction Co. does: (Name of Business) 1. Publish a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the workplace and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such prohibition. 2. Inform employees about the dangers of drug abuse in the workplace, the business's policy of maintaining a drug -free workplace, any available drug counseling, rehabilitation, and employee assistance programs, and the penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations. 3. Give each employee engaged in providing the commodities or contractual services that are under bid a copy of the statement specified in subsection (1). 4. In the statement specified in subsection (1), notify the employees that, as a condition of working on the commodities or contractual services that are under bid, the employee will abide by the terms of the statement and will notify the employer of any conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, any violation of Chapter 893 or of any controlled substance law of the United States or any state, for a violation occurring in the workplace no later than five (5) days after such conviction. 5. Impose a sanction on, or require the satisfactory participation in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program if such is available in the employee's community, by any employee who is so convicted. 6. Make a good faith effort to continue to maintain a drug -free workplace through implementation of this section. As the person authorized to sign the stateme I ce .fy that this firm f omplies, fully with the above requirements. Drug -Free Form Bidder's Signature David L. Vekasi, Vice President Name and Title December 9, 2016 Date DAVI N E L -01 BWARNER ACOROt CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE �'� DATE(MM / 12/14/22016 016Y) THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. PORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on � . s certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER ASSOCIATES AGENCY, INC. 11470 N 53rd St Temple Terrace, FL 33617 P CONTACT NAME: PHONE FAX (A/C, No, Ext): (813) 988 -1234 (A/c, No):(813) 988 -0989 E -MAIL certS associatesins.com ADDRESS: INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # INSURERA:National Trust Ins. Co. 20141 INSURED David Nelson Construction Co. 3483 Alternate 19 Palm Harbor, FL 34683 INSURER B : FCCI INSURANCE CO. 10178 INSURER C : Certain Underwriters at Lloyds 05/01/2017 INSURER D : $ 1,000,000 INSURER E : INSURER F : X COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLIC ES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL INSD SUBR WVD POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF (MM /DD/YYYYI POLICY EXP (MM /DD/YYYYI LIMITS A X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY GL 001029807 05/01/2016 05/01/2017 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 CLAIMS -MADE X OCCUR DAMAGE TO RENTED PREMISES (Ea occurrence) 100,000 $ X Contractual Liab. MED EXP (Any one person) 5,000 $ PERSONAL & ADV INJURY S 1,000,000 GE 'L AGGREGATE POLICY OTHER. X LIMIT APPLIES jECT PER: LOC GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 PRODUCTS - COMP /OP AGG $ 2,000,000 EMPLOYEE BENEFI $ 1,000,000 A AUTOMOBILE X X LIABILITY ANY AUTO OWNED AUTOS ONLY , X AUTOS ONLY I— SCHEDULED AUTOS NON-OWNED CA 0015954 -07 05/01/2016 05/01/2017 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT (Ea accident) 1,000,000 $ BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ (Per accident) DAMAGE $ PIP $ 10,000 A X UMBRELLA LIAB EXCESS LIAB X OCCUR CLAIMS -MADE UMB0010683 -07 05/01/2016 05/01/2017 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 10,000,000 AGGREGATE $ 10,000,000 DED X RETENTION $ 1 0,000 $ B WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY ANY PROPRIETOR /PARTNER/EXECUTIVE OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? (Mandatory in NH) If yes, describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below Y/N N / A 001 -WC17A -65778 01/01/2017 01/01/2018 X PER STATUTE OTH- ER E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ 500,000 E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $ 500,000 E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT 500,000 $ C Pollution /Profession CPP- 0000015 -01 05/01/2016 05/01/2017 Occ $2,000,000 Agg 2,000,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached if more space is required) Greenlea -Often Neighborhood Traffic Calming, Roadway & Stormwater Improvements Project No 10 -0003 -EN and East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Sewer Improvements Project # 13 -0043 -EN City of Clearwater Engineering Department is an additional insured with regard to the general liability where required by written contract. A waiver of subrogation applies in favor of the additional insured with regard to the general liability and workers compensation where required by written contract. The General liability is primary and non contributory. A 30 day notice of cancellation applies with 10 days for non payment in regard to the general liability , auto liability, and workers compensation. CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION i of Clearwater Engineering Department tY 9 9 100 S. Myrtle Ave Clearwater, FL 33756 CI SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE ACORD 25 (2016/03) © 1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD STATE OF FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONAL REGULATION CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY LICENSING BOARD 1940 NORTH MONROE STREET • TALLAHASSEE FL 32399 -0783 VEKASI, DAVID L DAVID NELSON CONST CO 3483 ALTERNATE 19 PALM HARBOR FL 34683 Congratulations! With this license you become one of the nearly one million Floridians licensed by the Department of Business and Professional Regulation. Our professionals and businesses range from architects to yacht brokers, from boxers to barbeque restaurants, and they keep Florida's economy strong. Every day we work to improve the way we do business in order to serve you better. For information about our services, please lo onto www.myfloridalicense.com. There you can find more ation about our divisions and the regulations that impact subscribe to department newsletters and learn more about the Department's initiatives. Our mission at the Department is: License Efficiently, Regulate Fairly. We constantly strive to serve you better so that you can serve your customers. Thank you for doing business in Florida, and congratulations on your new license! RICK SCOTT, GOVERNOR LICENSE NUMBER (850) 487 -1395 STATE OF FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS AND PROFESS' a$>; REGULATION CGC012229 U 06/19/2016 CERTIFIED G VEKASI, DAVID: DAVID NELSON IS CERTIFIED under the provisions of Ch 489 FS. Expiration date AUG 31, 2018 L1606190001311 DETACH HERE KEN LAWSON, SECRETARY STATE OF FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONAL REGULATION CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY LICENSING BOARD The GENERAL CONTRACTOR Named below IS CERTIFIED Under the provisions of Chapter 489 FS. Expiration date. AUG 31, 2018 VEKASI, DAVID L DAVID NELSON CONSTTC 3483 ALTERNATE 19 PALM HARBOR FL-34683 !CC nc;anr -,naa nicni nv Ac ocni Gino, ov i Alf,/ ccn,o, , =nnc�an ('.naaa1 STATE OF FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONAL REGULATION CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY LICENSING BOARD 1940 NORTH MONROE STREET TALLAHASSEE FL 32399 -0783 VEKASI, DAVID L DAVID NELSON CONSTRUCTION CO 3483 ALTERNATE 19 PALM HARBOR FL 34683 Congratulations! With this license you become one of the nearly one million Floridians licensed by the Department of Business and Professional Regulation. Our professionals and businesses range from architects to yacht brokers, from boxers to barbeque restaurants, and they keep Florida's economy strong. Every day we work to improve the way we do business in order to serve you better. For information about our services, please to onto www.myfloridalicense.com. There you can find more mation about our divisions and the regulations that impact subscribe to department newsletters and learn more about the Department's initiatives. Our mission at the Department is: License Efficiently, Regulate Fairly. We constantly strive to serve you better so that you can serve your customers. Thank you for doing business in Florida, and congratulations on your new license! RICK SCOTT, GOVERNOR LICENSE NUMBER (850) 487 -1395 STATE OF FLORIDA DEPARTM''OF BUSINESS AND PROFE LATION CUC045007 ° „ h '"06/19/2016 CERT UNDER t ', TR VEKASI, DAVI DAVID NELSON CO IS CERTIFIED under the provisions of Ch 489 FS. Expiration date AUG 31 2018 L1606190001485 DETACH HERE KEN LAWSON, SECRETARY STATE OF FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONAL REGULATION CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY LICENSING BOARD The UNDERGROUND UTILITY & EXCAVATION Named below IS CERTIFIED Under the provisions of Chapter 489 FS. Expiration date: AUG 31, 2018 •VEKASI, DAVID L DAVID NELSON .CON 3483 ALTERNATE 19 PALM HARBOR tcci tr r nn,iar'snir. nicDi AV Ac DI ('I IIDr n DV I AIM ccr t s art . nnnro ate • • • RICK SCOT I' GOVERNOR FDOT Florida Department of Transportation 605 Suwannee Street Tallahassee, 1:1 .32399-0450 NELSON, DAVID, CONSTRUCTION CO. 3483 ALTERNATE 19 PALM HARBOR, FL 34683 Dear Sir /Madam: The Department work indicated Certificate of application is April 28, 2016 RE: CERTIFICATE OF QUALIFICATION JIM BOXOLD SECRETARY of Transportation has qualified your company for the type of below. Unless your company is notified otherwise, this Qualification will expire 6/30/2017. However, the new due 4/30/2017. In accordance with S.337.14 (1) F.S. your next application must be filed within (4) months of the ending date of the applicant's audited annual financial statements. If your company's maximum capacity has been revised, you can access it by logging into the Contractor Prequalification Application System via the following link: https: / /www3. dot. state. fl .us /ContractorPreQualification / Once logged in, select "View" for the most recently approved application, and then click the "Manage" and "Application Summary" tabs. FDOT APPROVED WORK CLASSES: DRAINAGE, FENCING, FLEXIBLE PAVING, GRADING, GRASSING, SEEDING AND SODDING, HOT PLANT -MIXED BITUM. COURSES, INTERMEDIATE BRIDGES, MAJOR BRIDGE - MULTI- LEVEL ROADWAYS, MAJOR BRIDGE - STEEL TRUSS CONSTRUCTION, MINOR BRIDGES, PAVEMENT MARKING, PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE ROADWAY PAVING, ROADWAY SIGNING, UTILITY CONSTRUCTION, BRICK PAVERS, SIDEWALKS, PRESSURE GROUTING, CONCRETE CURBS & SEPARATORS, CONCRETE SLOPE & DITCH BOTTOM PAVING, CONCRETE RETAINING & BARRIER WALLS, STRUCTURAL CONCRETE FORM WORK, PLACEMENT AND FINISHING FOR RETAINING WALLS, SIDEWALKS AND MINOR ASPHALT FOR TRAILS. You may apply for a Revised Certificate of Qualification at any time prior to the expiration date of this certificate according to Section 14- 22.0041(3), Florida Administrative Code (F.A.C.), by accessing your most recently approved application as shown above and choosing "Update" instead of "View." If certification in additional classes of work is desired, documentation is needed to show that your company has done such work with your own forces and equipment or that experience was gained with another contractor and that you have the necessary equipment for each additional class of work requested. (1 )1 Iate • • • NELSON, DAVID, CONSTRUCTION CO. April 28, 2016 Page Two All prequalified contractors are required by Section 14- 22.006(3), F.A.C., to certify their work underway monthly in order to adjust maximum bidding capacity to available bidding capacity. You can find the link to this report at the website shown above. AA:cj Sincerely, Digitally signed by Alan D Autry DN: c =US, o= ldenTrust ACES Business iness Representative, Alan D A u t ry a 1 1 TRANSPORTATION, o O 79200300.00.11. A01097C0000014DE2B739 Date: 2016.04.29 10:51:32 - 04'00' Alan Autry, Manager Contracts Administration Office 1 •2 ADDENDUM NO. 1 3 for 4 EAST GATEWAY STORMWATER AND SANITARY IMPROVEMENTS 5 CLEARWATER, FLORIDA 6 Project Number 13- 0043 -EN 7 8 9 DATE: October 31, 2016 10 11 SUBJECT: Addendum No. 1 12 13 TO: Prospective Bidders and Others Concerned 14 15 16 Bidders on this project are hereby notified that Addendum No. 1 shall be attached to and made part of the 17 above -named Bid Documents, dated October, 2016. 18 19 The following items are issued to add to, modify, and clarify the Bid Documents. These items shall have 20 full force and effect as the Bid Documents, and the cost involved shall be included in the various prices 21 bid. Bids, to be submitted on the specified bid date, shall conform to the 19 additions and revisions listed 22 herein. 23 24 SECTION IVa TABLE OF CONTENTS, pace TOC -1 25 •26 1. DELETE "STS -05 through STS -18 includes additional conditions that supplement or supersede 27 conditions found in Section IV Technical Specifications" 28 29 ADD "STS -05 through STS -16 includes additional conditions that supplement or supersede 30 conditions found in Section IV Technical Specifications" 31 32 2. MODIFY STS -06 through STS -18 to read STS -05 through STS -16 33 34 ITEMS FOR ADDENDUM #1 PRESENTED AT THE PRE BID MEETING ON 10/27/16 35 36 1. Question: "Who is responsible for the construction stakeout and survey for this project ?" 37 38 Answer: The response is "General note number 17 on the plans states, "Contractor responsible 39 for all stake -out, and for maintaining an accurate set of marked -up drawings (as- built) at the 40 construction site." 41 42 2. Interflow Engineering presented revised construction plan sheets for items changed after the 43 ISSUED FOR BID submittal. These include revisions to the 20" DIP water main for plan sheets 44 58, 60, 61, 62, 63, 72, 76, 77, 78, 79, 96, 97, 98, 150, 153, 159 & 160. 45 46 END OF ADDENDUM #1 Page 1 of 1 • • • SECTION IVa TABLE OF CONTENTS City of Clearwater Project No. 13-0043-EN EAST GATEWAY STORMWATER AND SANITARY IMPROVEMENTS Supplemental Technical Specifications (STS) These Supplemental Conditions amend or supplement the General Conditions Section III and Technical Specifications Section IV of the Constitution Contract and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. All provisions that are not so amended or supplemented remain in full force and effect. The terms used In these Supplemental Conditions will have the meaning indicated in the General Conditions. Additional terms used in these Supplemental Conditions have the meaning indicated below, which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof. STS-01 includes amendments to the referenced conditions found in Section 111 General Conditions STS -01 REVISIONS TO ARTICLE 23 — PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS STS -02 through STS-04 includes amendments to the referenced conditions found in Section IV Technical Specifications STS-02 REVISIONS TO ARTICLE 204 - UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL STS -03 REVISIONS TO ARTICLE 603 - STORM SEWERS STS-04 REVISIONS TO ARTICLE 500 - POTABLE WATERMAINS, RECLAIMED WATERMAINS AND APPURTENANCES STS-05 through STS-18 indudes additional conditions that supplement or supersede conditions found in Section IV Technical Specifications STS-06 0122 00 BASIS OF PAYMENT STS-07 01 51 39 SEWER BYPASS PUMPING STS-08 0155 26 SUPPLEMENTAL MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC STS-09 01 71 13 MOBILIZATION STS -10 02 4100 DEMOLITION STS-11 02 8213.33 ASBESTOS ABATEMENT FOR UTILITIES STS -12 03 24 00 FIBER MESH REINFORCEMENT STS-13 31 13 13 TREE REMOVAL STS -14 3123 23.33 FLOWABLE FILL STS -15 33 01 10.01 HYDROSTATIC TESTING FOR TRANSMISSION MAINS STS -16 33 0110.61 LINE STOP STS -18 33 4419.13 BAFFLE BOX Section IVa TOC -1 • • • Section IVa — Supplemental Technical Specifications Not valid unless stamped or embossed with Engineer's Seal, signed and dated in contrasting color ink. The following specifications, see below, have been prepared under the responsible charge of Colin Miller, P.E., and is based on the professional engineer's knowledge, experience, and belief, in accordance with commonly accepted procedures consistent with applicable standards of practice. Specifications List: 1. STS-02 REVISIONS TO ARTICLE 204 - UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL 2. STS-03 REVISIONS TO ARTICLE 603 - STORM SEWERS 3. STS-04 REVISIONS TO ARTICLE 500 - POTABLE 4. STS -05 0122 00 BASIS OF PAYMENT 5. STS-06 01 51 39 SEWER BYPASS PUMPING 6. STS-07 0155 26 SUPPLEMENTAL MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC 7. STS-08 01 71 13 MOBILIZATION 8. STS-09 02 4100 DEMOLITION 9. STS -10 02 8213.33 ASBESTOS ABATEMENT FOR UTILITIES 10. STS -11 03 24 00 FIBER MESH REINFORCEMENT 11. STS-12 31 13 13 TREE REMOVAL 12. STS-13 3123 23.33 FLOWABLE FILL 13. STS-14 33 0110.01 HYDROSTATIC TESTING FOR TRANSMISSION MAINS 14. STS-15 33 0110.61 LINE STOP 15. STS -16 33 4419.13 BAFFLE BOX Interflow Engineering, LLC. 14499 N. Dale Mabry Hwy Suite 290 Tampa, FL 33618 P: (813) 963 -6469 W: www.interfloweng.com Certificate of Authorization No. 26901 , �: ••' ,.• . ' . t� .J " A . t ../...1111 Colin IGlillir,f.L.O.E.61775 /1/.9 ii, ,. Date Section Iva East Gateway • • • Section IVa — Supplemental Technical Specifications STS-01 Revisions to Section 111 Article 23 - Project Information Signs A. Add the following to the end of Article 23.2 A reference on the sign shall be made that the project is cooperatively funded with the Southwest Florida Water Management District. STS-02 Revisions to Section IV Article 204 — Unsuitable Material A. Add the following to the end of Article 204: Unsuitable Material Removal & Replacement Should unsuitable material, as specified in Article 204 of the City of Clearwater specifications, be encountered at the project site, it shall be excavated in accordance with Article 204 and removed from the project site. Measurement of this item will be the actual volume in cubic yards of unsuitable materials removed, and acceptable soils replaced, compacted and accepted by the Engineer. Payment will be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard for the work. The payment will be full compensation for all labor, equipment and materials to complete all work, which includes hauling of any material from the project site, obtaining replacement backfill, compaction and testing. STS-03 Revisions to Section IV Article 603 — Storm Sewers A. Revise Article 603 As follows: Contractor shall perform density tests on pipe foundation materials in accordance with Geotechnical Engineer's recommendations (Refer to Appendix). Loose soils within the foundation shall be properly compacted to Geotechnical Engineer's specifications; unsuitable materials shall be removed and replaced with clean compacted backfill. B. Revise Article 603 -2 Basis of Payment as follows: Payment shall be the unit price per lineal foot for storm sewer pipe in place and accepted, measured along the centerline of the storm sewer pipe to the inside face of exterior walls of storm manholes or drainage structures and to the outside face of endwalls. Said unit price includes all work required to install the pipe (Le. all materials, equipment, filter fabric wrap, labor, tree root pruning, excavation, sheeting for trenching and installation of the main storm sewer line, removal of unsuitable material, and incidentals, etc.). Additional root pruning required to install storm sewer pipe other than within the main storm sewer trench shall be paid for separately. Payment shall be per lineal foot of root pruning along proposed Section Iva East Gateway • • • Section IVa —Supplemental Technical Specifications lateral structures and storm pipelines in conflict with tree root zones. STS-04 Revisions to Section IV Article 500 - Potable Watermains, Reclaimed Watermains And Appurtenances A. Revise Article 502 -2.1 Ductile Iron Pipe as follows: Ductile Iron Pipe shall be in accordance with ANSI /AWWA C151/A21.51 latest revision. Pipe thickness class, wall thickness and working pressure shall conform to the following table: Size Class Thickness (In.) Rated Water Working Pressure (PSI) 4" 51 0.26 350 6" 50 0.25 350 8" 50 0.27 350 12" 50 0.31 350 16" 50 0.34 350 20" 51 0.39 350 24" 52 0.44 350 The trench laying condition shall be Type 4; Pipe bedded in sand, gravel, or crushed stone to depth of, to depth of 1/8 pipe diameter, 4 -inch minimum. Backfill compacted to top of pipe to a minimum of 8096 Standard Proctor. Pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSI /AWWA C151/A21.51 latest revision. Pipe shall be asphalt coated on the outside and standard cement lined and sealed coated with approved bituminous seal coat in accordance with ANSI /AWWA C104/A21.4 latest revision. Ductile iron pipe shall be used for all hydrant installations and for fire line installations from the main to the backflow preventer. B. Revise Article 506 -1 General as follows: Bids must indude all sections and items as specified herein and as listed on the Bid Form. Payment for the work of constructing the project will be made at the unit price or lump sum payment for the items of work as set forth in the Bid, which payment will constitute full compensation for all labor, equipment, and materials required to complete the work. No separate payment will be made for the following items and the cost of such work shall be included in the applicable pay items of work: • Advance dig up and verification of water main elevations, • Coordination of shutdown with City of Clearwater utility officials, • Excavation, including necessary pavement removal Section Iva East Gateway • • • Section IVa — Supplemental Technical Specifications • Shoring and /or dewatering • Structural fill • Backfill • Grading • Tracer wire • Refill materials • Joints materials • Testing, sampling, and sterilization • Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable system. Section Iva East Gateway 13-0043 -EN (STS -06) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10July 2016 Clearwater, Florida • SECTION 015139 Sewer Bypass Pumping PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals required to maintain continuous and reliable wastewater service in all wastewater lines during construction. 2. During various phases of the Work, it will be necessary to construct and maintain temporary bypass sewers to maintain continuous and reliable wastewater flow in all pipes, including individual service connections. Various phases of the Work that shall require the implementation of temporary bypass sewers include, but are not limited to, connections of new sewers to existing sewers, trenchless rehabilitation of existing sewers, and pipeline inspection. 3. Portions of the Work require that upstream pump stations be placed out of service for prolonged periods. In these instances, the Contractor shall construct a temporary bypass sewer that shall discharge into either the original piping downstream of the affected area, or into a neighboring gravity sewer. 4. Contractor shall construct and maintain all temporary bypass sewers and be responsible for all bypass pumping of sewage that may be required to prevent backing up of sewage and allow appropriate conditions for proper inspection, rehabilitation, testing or drainage during force main rehabilitation, replacement or reconnections to existing sewers. The Contractor shall immediately remove and dispose of all offensive matter spilled during the bypass pumping at his own expense. The Contractor shall also be responsible for paying any fines imposed as a result of spills or overflows that occur as a result of the bypass pumping operations. 5. Contractor shall provide a redundant bypass pump, intake and discharge conduit, and other equipment necessary to provide continuous wastewater flow and prevent the backing up of sewage in the case of emergencies at all times. 6. Where no alternate sanitary sewer route is available or when twenty -four hours of storage is not feasible, redundant bypass pumping shall be installed. 7. Primary bypass pumps shall be critically silenced when used in residential settings or areas where excessive noise levels would create a disturbance. Redundant bypass pumping does not have to be critically silenced. 8. All unmanned bypass pumping operations shall be fitted with an auto - dialer feature to monitor the operation of the pump and notify the Contractor and the Engineer in the event of a pump failure or overflow situation. Interfiow Engineering, LLC. Sewer Bypass Pumping 13-0043 -EN 4a 01 51 39 Sewer Bypass Pumping 20160710.docx 01 51 39 - 1 13- 0043 -EN (STS -06) 10 July 2016 1.2 SUBMITTALS East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements Clearwater, Florida A. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a schedule to complete the Work. it will indude the sequencing and coordination of connections to existing sewers, pipeline inspection, trenchless rehabilitation and testing of existing sewers, and the handling of wastewater flow during construction. The schedule of work shall also be reviewed and approved by the Operator in Responsible Charge (ORC). B. The design, installation, and operation of the temporary pumping system shall be the Contractor's responsibility. The Contractor shall either demonstrate, or employ the services of a subcontractor who can demonstrate, to the Engineer and ORC that he specializes in the design and operation of temporary bypass pumping systems. C. The Contractor shall prepare a specific, detailed description of the proposed pumping system (Bypass Pumping Plan). The Bypass Pumping Plan shall be submitted and approved prior to the mobilization of any of the equipment included in the Bypass Pumping Plan. The Bypass Pumping Plan shall outline all provisions and precautions to be taken by the Contractor regarding handling of existing wastewater flows. This Bypass Pumping Plan must be specific and complete, including such items as schedules, locations, elevations, capacities of equipment, materials, and all other incidental items necessary and /or required to ensure proper protection of the facilities, including protection of the access and bypass pumping locations for damage due to the discharge flows, and compliance with the requirements and permit conditions specified herein. No Construction shall begin until all provisions and requirements have been reviewed and accepted by the Engineer and ORC. The plan shall indude but not limited to the following details: 1. Staging areas for pumps. 2. Sewer plugging method and types of plugs. 3. Size and location of manholes or access points for suction and discharge hose or piping. 4. Size of pipeline or conveyance system to be bypassed. 5. Number, size, material, location and method of installation of suction piping. 6. Number, size, material, location and method of installation of discharge piping. 7. Bypass pump sizes, capacities, and number of each size to be provided an- site including all primary, secondary, and spare pumping units. 8. Calculations of static lift, friction losses, and flow velocity (pump curves showing pump, operating range shall be submitted). 9. Downstream discharge plan. 10. Method of protecting discharge manholes or structures from erosion and damage. Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Sewer Bypass Pumping 13- 0043 -EN 4a 01 5139 Sewer Bypass Pumping 20160710.docx 01 51 39 - 2 13- 0043 -EN (STS -06) 10 July 2016 11. East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements Clearwater, Florida Thrust and restraint block sizes and locations. Provide the details necessary to demonstrate the integrity of all suction and discharge piping including piping and fittings associated with all primary and secondary pumping units. 12. Sections showing suction and discharge pipe depth, embedment, select fill and special backfill. 13. Method of noise control for each pump and any additional equipment that is induded in the Bypass Pumping Plan. 14. Any temporary pipe supports and anchoring requirements. 15. Access plans to all bypass pumping locations indicated on the drawings. 16. Calculations for selection of bypass pumping pipe size. 17. Schedule for installation of and maintenance of bypass pumping lines. 18. Plan indicating location of bypass pumping pipe locations. 19. Emergency plan for adverse weather and flooding for various phases of the Work. 20. Contractors plan for providing continuous monitoring of the bypass pumping operation as well as the monitoring persons' qualifications. PART2 PRODUCTS —NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 BYPASS PUMPING OF FLOW IN EXISTING SEWERS A. The Contractor shall supply pumps, conduits, power, and other equipment to divert the flow of sewage around the section in which Work is to be performed. The bypass system shall be of sufficient capacity to handle the wastewater flows in the table located at the end of this section. It is the intent of these Specifications to require the Contractor to establish adequate bypass pumping as required regardless of the flow condition. B. All bypass pumping piping shall conform to City Specifications Section IV Article 403 for sanitary sewer force main materials, or shall be HDPE and conform to the following requirements. 1. All polyethylene (HDPE) pipes shall meet the requirements of ASTM F714. DR rating of the pipe shall be sufficient to withstand the pressure and leakage test outlined below. 2. HDPE Pipe shall be furnished in standard laying lengths not exceeding 50 feet. 3. Joining system: The HDPE pipe shall be joined with butt, heat fusion joints. All joints shall be made in strict compliance with the manufacturer's recommendations and ASTM D2657. Where required, flange connections, mechanical joint connections and butt connections using bolted mechanical Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Sewer Bypass Pumping 13- 0043 -EN 4a 01 51 39 Sewer Bypass Pumping 20160710.docx 01 51 39 - 3 13-0043 -EN (STS -06) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10 July 2016 Clearwater, Florida couplers shall be provided from a pipe stub with a polyethylene and steel stiffener. Flanged connections shall be provided from a pipe stub and a steel back -up flange. Back flanges shall be primed and painted in corrosion protected paint. Quick connect couplings will not be permitted on HDPE bypass piping. 4. HDPE fittings shall be fully pressure rated to match the pipe DR pressure rating. All fittings shall be molded or fabricated by the same manufacturer as the pipe. HDPE fittings shall be joined using butt, heat fusion and /or electro- fusion. Adhesives and solvent cements shall not be permitted. C. The Contractor shall perform leakage and pressure tests of the bypass pumping discharge piping using dean water prior to the actual operation. The pressure and leakage test shall be conducted at one - and -a -half times the maximum pressure the system will experience based on the approved Bypass Pumping Plan fora period of two hours. No leakage is permitted during this test. The Engineer will be given 24 hours notice prior to testing. In addition, the Contractor shall demonstrate that the pumping system is in good working order and is sufficiently sized to successfully handle flows by performing a test run for a period of 24 hours prior to beginning the Work. D. Each bypass pumping operation shall include the components and systems to accomplish the bypass in accordance with these Specifications and the Special Project Conditions. • E. The Contractor shall provide on -site manual oversight of all bypass pumping operations 24 hours per day, 7 days per week when the bypass pumping system is in operation. F. Flows from private, commercial, and industrial users shall be handled by the Contractor during the Work without interruption. G. The Contractor shall be required to repair, at his own expense, any damage to public or private property caused by his operations. H. Should damage of any kind occur to the existing sewers, the Contractor shall, at his own expense make repairs to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the ORC. J. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Authority should a sanitary sewer overflow (SSO) occur and take the necessary action to clean up and disinfect the spillage to the satisfaction of the Authority and /or other governmental agency. If sewage is spilled onto public or private property, the Contractor shall wash down, clean up, and disinfect the spillage to the satisfaction of the property owner, Authority, and /or other governmental agency. K. The Contractor shall not be permitted to overflow, bypass, pump or by any other means convey sewage to any land, street, storm drain or water course. L The Contractor shall cease bypass pumping operations and return fbws to the new and /or existing sewer when directed by the Engineer. During bypassing, no wastewater shall be leaked, dumped, or spilled in or onto any area outside the existing wastewater Interflow Engineering, LLC. Sewer Bypass Pumping 13- 0043 -EN 4a 01 51 39 Sewer Bypass Pumping 20160710.docx 01 51 39 - 4 13- 0043 -EN (STS-06) East Gateway 5tormwater & Sanitary Improvements Clearwater, Florida 10 July 2016 system. When bypass operations are complete, all bypass piping shall be flushed with fresh water and drained into the wastewater system prior to disassembly. M. Contractor must take care to prevent damage to existing structures. Discharge piping to gravity sewer systems shall be designed in such a manner as to prevent discharge from contacting manhole walls or benching and full discharge shall go into downstream pipe with as minimal turbulence as possible. Contractor is responsible for any damage to manholes. It may be necessary to remove the manhole cone to provide sufficient space for the bypass piping. If this is required, the Contractor shall be responsible for any damage to existing manhole components. N. The Contractor shall establish adequate bypass pumping adherent to the conditions above and anticipate severe weather conditions and increases in peak flows during rain events. Available flow and capacity data for Contractor's use in sizing equipment is as follows: Pipe Name (Pipe Size) Average Daily Flow (mgd) Maximum Flow (mgd) 24" 5.74 11.49 8" 0.1 0.6 O. The 24 -hour monitoring person shall be properly trained, experienced, and mechanically qualified such that they can quickly and effectively address any potential emergency and non - emergency situations associated with the pumps and bypass pumping system that must remain in operation for an extended period. END OF SECTION Interflow Engineering, LLC. Sewer Bypass Pumping 13- 0043 -EN 4a 01 51 39 Sewer Bypass Pumping 20160710.docx 01 51 39 - 5 • • 13-0043 -EN (STS -07) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10 July 2016 Clearwater, Florida SECTION 0155 26 Supplemental Maintenance of Traffic PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Description: This item will consist of providing, installing, moving, replacing, maintaining, cleaning and removal upon completion of Work, all signs, barricades, pavement markings, barriers, cones, lights, signals and other devices necessary for the safe movement of all vehicular and pedestrian traffic through and within the Project (Maintenance of Traffic, MOT). B. Section Includes: 1. Supplemental Maintenance of Traffic 2. Special Access To St. Cecelia Interparochial Catholic School 3. Use of Steel Plate to Bridge Excavations C. Related Requirements Technical Specifications III, Article 6 Contractor Responsibilities Technical Specifications IV, Article 107 Work Zone Traffic Control 01 12 16.01 Transmission Main Work Sequence Note: This is only a partial listing of related sections. The Contractor shall be responsible to review the entire contract documents. 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES Payment for this Item will be included in the cost of MOT and no separate payment will be made for Supplemental MOT. 1.3 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards 1. Florida Department of Transportation; FDOT FDOT Design Standards, FY 2016 -17 FDOT Standard Specifications for Road & Bridge Construction, 2016 2. Federal Highway Administration; FHWA FHWA Construction Noise Handbook, 2006 FHWA Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD), 2009 Interflow Engineering, LLC. Supplemental Maintenance of Traffic 13- 0043 -EN 4a 0155 26 Supplemental MOT 20160710.docxl3-0043 -EN 4a 0155 26 Supplemental MOT 20160710.docx 0155 26 -1 • • 13- 0043 -EN (STS -07) 10 July 2016 1.4 SUBMITTALS East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements Clearwater, Florida A. The contractor will obtain approval from the city, county or state agency having jurisdiction over the road or highway for any road crossings and detours required. B. Maintenance of traffic (MOT) plans, if provided in the contract drawings, are considered a minimum requirement and it is the contractor's responsibility to provide a safe traffic, pedestrian and working environment in accordance with the governing regulations. Contractor will adjust the mot plan as necessary to meet the field conditions at no additional cost to the City. C. If MOT plans are not provided in the contract drawings, a detailed traffic control plan and MOT plan will be developed and submitted by the contractor to such agencies having jurisdiction over the road for their approval, and said approval will be obtained prior to commencing construction. D. Any deviations from the contract drawings, or MOT plans specifically developed by the contractor, will be submitted to the applicable permitting entity for approval, and said approval will be obtained, prior to commencement of construction. If the alternative MOT plan is deemed incomplete or unacceptable the contractor will be required to submit a revised plan. This process will repeat itself until the revised plan is accepted by all parties. Contractor will not be granted or approved any costs or delay resulting from the review process or field adjustments. E. All traffic control plans will be prepared by a Florida Registered Professional Engineer or Florida certified traffic planner. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 INSTALLATION STANDARDS All signs, barricades, pavement markings, traffic signals and channelizing devices used to handle traffic will be provided for and erected in accordance with the FOOT Design Standards (latest edition) and to the details indicated in the above referenced standards. Traffic signs will be high - intensity flat - surface reflective sheeting. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. The Contractor will arrange his work so that there will be as little disruption of traffic as possible. B. The Contractor will have a Certified Worksite Traffic Supervisor in accordance with the General Conditions. 3.2 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC LANE & ROAD CLOSURES • Interfow Engineering, LL.C. Supplemental Maintenance of Traffic 13- 0043 -EN 4a 0155 26 Supplemental MOT 20160710.docxl3- 0043 -EN 4a 0155 26 Supplemental MOT 20160710.docx 0155 26 - 2 • • 13- 0043 -EN (STS -07) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10 July 2016 Clearwater, Florida A. The Contractor will be approved by the City, County or State Agency having jurisdiction over the road or highway for any road crossings and detours required. A detailed traffic control plan will be submitted by the Contractor to such Agencies having jurisdiction over the road for their approval at least three weeks prior to commencingconstruction. B. In the event that a road closure is approved by the permitting Agency, the Contractor will be responsible for any rerouting of traffic occasioned by the closure and will provide all necessary barricades, signs, guards, lights, etc. in accordance with the Agency's approval of such closure. 3.3 ACCESS TO PROPERTIES A. When construction activities necessitate the closing of a street to through traffic, the Contractor will notify all affected emergency services entities of the dosed road. If no other means of access is available, the Contractor will maintain, at all times, a 10 -foot- wide lane adjacent to the work area, free of construction equipment and obstructions, for the use of emergency vehicles. B. The Contractor will provide continuous access to properties adjacent to work areas. 3.4 LOCAL TRAFFIC The roads will be kept open to two -way traffic during construction, except one lane traffic will be permitted provided experienced flag personnel are used. Necessary barricades, safety vests and flags will be used. No residences or places of business will be isolated. Suitable access will be provided whenever construction interferes with the existing means of access. 3.5 PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC A. The Contractor will take precautions to ensure the safety of pedestrians passing near work areas. This may entail the erection of a temporary fence on the construction side of pedestrian passageways to delineate out -of- bounds areas. The pedestrian passageways will remain open and dean of dirt and debris at all times unless pedestrian safety cannot be assured, then the Contractor may close off the sidewalk(s) with signs and fences and will direct pedestrians to use other suitable routes. Pedestrian passageways will be cleared and swept in the vicinity of construction. B. The Contractor will pay dose attention to the issue of pedestrian safety. The Contractor will institute measures, including, but not limited to, temporary surfaces and channeling devices, to ensure the safe passage of pedestrians. 3.6 BUS STOPS The Contractor will take care to minimize disruption to existing bus stops. If a bus stop cannot be preserved, then the Contractor will make provisions for its relocation. The Contractor will be responsible for all coordination regarding the temporary relocation of bus stops 3.7 SPECIAL ACCESS TO ST. CECELIA INTERPAROCHIAL CATHOLIC SCHOOL interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Supplemental Maintenance of Traffic 13- 0043 -EN 4a 0155 26 Supplemental MOT 20160710.docxl3- 0043 -EN 4a 0155 26 Supplemental MOT 20160710.docx 0155 26 - 3 • • 13- 0043 -EN (STS -07) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10 July 2016 Clearwater, Florida The vehicle access to St. Cecelia Interparochial Catholic School from Hillcrest Avenue will be maintained and only one drive may be dosed at any one time.. Such closures are limited to one (1) work day after which the drive will be maintained by Steel Plate. 3.8 STEEL PLATE Excavations and /or trenches which cannot be properly restored, including the placement of the final surface course of asphalt, prior to opening to traffic by the end of the work period, will be bridged to provide for unobstructed traffic flow. Steel Plates used to bridge excavations or trenches will be subject to the following and subject to the approval of the City Engineer or designee: A. Contractor will submit a plan designed, signed and sealed by a Professional Structural Engineer licensed to practice in the State of Florida. B. Steel plates will have a minimum thickness of one (1) inch, extend a minimum of 16 inches but not more than 30 inches beyond the edges of excavation or as directed by the Professional Structural Engineer. In all situations, the longitudinal edges of the steel plates will not be in the wheel path. C. Steel plates will be "pinned" to the existing roadway. Pins will be of a sufficient size to restrict the plate from movement. D. All edges of the steel plate will be sloped with asphalt to minimize abrupt changes in grade. Sloping will be a minimum of 1:4 E. Steel plates may be installed in a "flush placement" method. Flush placement will require the work area to be milled to a depth and size equal to the thickness and dimensions of the plate. F. All steel plates will be installed with a non -skid surface treatment to the entire surface area. G. Steel plates will be installed with temporary reflective pavement tape for night visibility. Tape will be 6 inches in width and encompass the entire perimeter of the steel plate. H. Trench or excavation walls will have proper shoring to prevent cave -ins and to adequately support the steel plates and traffic loads and will be included as part of the Structural Engineers design. 1. Contractor will install "Steel Plate Ahead" signs in advance of work area. These signs will be maintained for the entire duration. J. The use of steel plates will not exceed 14 days maximum duration. K. Contractor will notify the Engineering Department prior to the placement of a steel plate and provide emergency contacts in the event of a steel plate failure. Once the contractor is notified of such a failure, the contractor must respond within four hours to repair the failure. • Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Supplemental Maintenance of Traffic 13- 0043 -EN 4a 0155 26 Supplemental MOT 20160710.docxl3- 0043 -EN 4a 0155 26 Supplemental MOT 20160710.docx 0155 26 - 4 13- 0043 -EN (STS -07) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10 July 2016 Clearwater, Florida END OF SECTION Interflow Engineering, L.LC. Supplemental Maintenance of Traffic 13-0043 -EN 4a 0155 26 Supplemental MOT 20160710.docxl3- 0043 -EN 4a 0155 26 Supplemental MOT 20160710.dacx 0155 26 - 5 13-0043 -EN (STS -10) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10 July 2016 Clearwater, Florida • SECTION 02 8213.33 Asbestos Abatement for Utilities PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Removal of (A—C) Pipe and ACM - contaminated pipeline coatings. 2. Cutting of (A-C) Pipe and pipelines coated with ACM. 3. Abandoning A-C Pipes. 4. A-C Pipe Alteration 5. Monitoring of Work area during cutting and cleaning operations. B. Related Requirements: Technical Specifications 111, Article 6.11.2 As -Built Drawings Technical Specifications 111, Article 17.1 Submittal and Document Forms 02 4100 Demolition 3123 23.33 Flowable Fill 33 11 13.01 Supplemental Potable Water Mains, Fittings and Appurtenances Note: This is only a partial listing of related sections. The Contractor shall be responsible to review the entire contract documents. 1.2 DEFINITIONS ACM: Asbestos- containing material. Asbestos— Cement (A—CAC) Pipe: A water main material made from a mixture of cement and asbestos fibers. Competent Person: Someone who it capable of identifying existing asbestos hazards at the work place, determine if a Negative Exposure Assessment (NEA) exists, is qualified to train other workers, and has the authority to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate a hazardous exposure and who has successfully completed a training course which meets the criteria of EPA's Model Accreditation Plan (40 CFR 763) for supervisor. 1.3 UNIT PRICE - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. SECTION 0122 00 - Basis of Measurement and Payment B. Removal of A-C Pipe: Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Asbestos Abatement for Utilities 13- 0043 -EN 4a 02 8213.33 Asbestos Abatement for Utilities 20160710.docx 02 8213.33 -1 13- 0043 -EN (STS -10) 10 July 2016 East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements Clearwater, Florida 1. Basis of Measurement: By linear foot (LF), measured along piping and including fittings and appurtenances. 2. Basis of Payment: Unit Cost will include, irrespective of depth, the cost of removing and disposing all pipe material, pipe bend sections, jointing material, restraints, stainless steel stiffeners, all appurtenances, handling, hauling, dewatering, trenching, sheeting, excavating and backfilling, necessary permits, and all material or work necessary to remove and dispose of the pipe as specified in the Contract Documents and be in accordance with all applicable federal, state and local regulations and requirements. C. Removal of Piping with ACM - Contaminated Coatings: 1. Basis of Measurement: By linear foot (LF), measured along piping and including fittings and appurtenances. 2. Basis of Payment: Unit Cost will include, irrespective of depth, the cost of cleaning, cutting, packaging, handling, hauling, dewatering, trenching, sheeting, excavating and backfilling, necessary permits, and all material or work necessary to remove and dispose of the pipe as spedfied in the Contract Documents and be in accordance with all applicable federal, state and local regulations and requirements. D. A-C Pipe abandonment with flowable fill: Payment for A -C Pipe abandonment with flowable fill will be made in accordance with SECTION 3123 23.33 Flowable Fill, no separate payment will be made for abandoning A- C Pipes with flowable fill. E. Pipe Alteration, Modification: All type of alteration to asbestos - cement pipe, irrespective of depth, shall be considered incidental to the project and no additional payment will be made under this section. 1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Water Works Association AWWA: AWWA C402 Asbestos— Cement Transmission Pipe, 18 In. Through 42 In. (450 mm Through 1,050 mm), for Water Supply Service (WITHDRAWN) AWWA C403 The Selection of Asbestos— Cement Transmission Pipe, Sizes 18 In. Through 42 In. (450 mm Through 1,050 mm) for Water Supply Service (WITHDRAWN) AWWA M3 Safety Management for Utilities, seventh edition AWWA C603-05 Installation of Asbestos- Cement Pressure Pipe (WITHDRAWN) AWWA. 2010. The Water Dictionary. AWWA: Denver, Colorado AWWA. 1995. Work Practices for Asbestos— Cement Pipe. AWWA: Deaver, Colorado InterfbW Engineering, L.L.C. Asbestos Abatement for Utilities 13- 0043 -EN 4a 02 82 13.33 Asbestos Abatement for Utilities 20160710.docx 02 82 13.33 - 2 13- 0043 -EN (STS -10) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary improvements 10 July 2016 Clearwater, Florida • B. Florida Admin Code (F.A.C.): F.A.0 CHAPTER 62- 204.800 Federal Regulations Adopted by Reference F.A.0 CHAPTER 62 -257 Asbestos Program C. Florida Statutes (F.S.): F.S. CHAPTER 469 Asbestos Abatement D. F.S. CHAPTER 376.60 Asbestos Removal Program Inspection and Notification Fee E. National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH): NIOSH Manual of Analytical Methods (NMAM), Fourth Edition F. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA): 29 CFR Part 1926 - Safety and Health Regulations for Construction. 40 CFR Part 763, Subpart E, Appendix E, Section 1- Polarized Light Microscopy. 42 CFR Part 84, Subpart K - Non - Powered Air - Purifying Particulate Respirators. G. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency: National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAPs). • 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Technical Specifications 111, Article 17.1 Submittal and Document Forms B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer information on respirators and air monitor. C. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. D. Field Quality - Control Submittals: Indicate results of Contractor - furnished tests and inspections. E. Qualifications Statements: 1. Submit qualifications for contractor, on -Site representative, and disposal firm. 2. Submit qualifications for testing laboratory. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE Perform Work according to NESHAPs, OSHA, and Work Practices for Asbestos—Cement Pipe. Maintain three (3) copies of each standard affecting Work of this Section on Site. 1.7 QUALIFICATIONS A. Contractor or Subcontractor: Company licensed under F.S. CHAPTER 469 Asbestos Abatement and specializing in repairing, modifying, cleaning, or removing A-C Pipe or Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Asbestos Abatement for Utilities 13- 0043 -EN 4a 02 8213.33 Asbestos Abatement for Utilities 20160710.docx 02 8213.33 - 3 13- 0043 -EN (STS -10) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10 July 2016 Clearwater, Florida ACM - coated pipe as specified in this Section with minimum three (3) years documented experience. B. On -Site Representative: Person trained in performing Work of this Section with minimum three (3) years documented experience meeting the requirements of a Competent Person and possessing the following minimum qualifications and training: 1. Satisfactory completion of an Asbestos Abatement Project Supervisor course 2. Medical examination for respirator use 3. Fit test for respirator type 4. Training in the maintenance, repair and removal of A-C Pipe and ACM - coated pipe. C. Workers: Any direct contact with AC pipe will be performed by qualified workers possessing the following minimum qualifications and training: 1. Satisfactory completion of an OSHA Class II Worker course. 2. Medical examination for respirator use 3. Fit test for respirator type 4. Training in the maintenance, repair and removal of AC pipe D. Disposal Firm: Company specializing in packaging and hauling ACM to disposal site. E. Active Waste Disposal Site: Solid waste disposal site permitted to accept ACM waste. F. Testing Laboratory: Company participating in National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program for asbestos, administered by National Institutes of Standards and Technology. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Inspection: Accept materials on Site in manufacturer's original packaging and inspect for damage. Store materials according to manufacturer instructions. B. Respirators Not in Use: Store in a sanitary location that protects respirators from dust, sunlight, heat, extreme cold, excessive moisture, and potentially damaging chemicals. Place in plastic bags or closed containers. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE) A. PPE for each worker will include hard hat, steel toed shoes, disposable protective clothing, respiratory protection and high visibility reflective vests. Respirators shall be fitted with a P -100 filtering cassette. (The use of disposable protective dothing, and respiratory protection will be determined by the establishment of a Negative Exposure Assessment and continual personnel air monitoring). Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Asbestos Abatement for Utilities 13- 0043 -EN 4a 02 8213.33 Asbestos Abatement for Utilities 20160710.docx 02 8213.33 - 4 13- 0043 -EN (STS -10) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10 July 2016 Clearwater, Florida IIB. Respirators 1. Manufacturers: Furnish materials according to NIOSH standards. 2. Description: Comply with 42 CFR Part 84, Subpart K. 3. Type: Half -face mask; reusable after washing. 4. Maintenance: Replaceable filters and cartridges only, single -use respirators are not acceptable. 5. Filters: Top air inlet, P100 type. 6. Performance and Design Criteria: a. Application: Asbestos abatement for concentrations up to 10 times permissible exposure limit (PEL). b. Design: Low profile. C. Personal Air Monitor: Equipment must meet 29 -CFR 1926.1101 App A. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 CONTROLLING GOVERNMENT REGULATION: A. OSHA's Construction Industry Standard for Occupational Exposure to Asbestos Subpart Z, 29 CFR 1926.1101 Asbestos. B. Work -Task Assumptions /Requirements of the Employer at Project Work -Site: 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prior to commencing the demolition and removal of the A -C pipe, the contractor has: 1. Determined by thorough inspection the existence and the extent of any ACM. 2. Given written notice to appropriate governmental agency at the beginning of abatement activity. 3. Conducted an Initial Exposure Assessment (IEA) test plan or baseline report, which complies with the criteria in Paragraph (f)(2)(iii) of the above referenced controlling government regulations (section), and which demonstrates that the employees' exposure to airborne asbestos fibers during removal of the Asbestos - Cement (A-C) pipe is expected to be consistently below the Permissible Exposure Levels (PELs) i.e... exposure must be Tess than 0.1 fiber /cubic centimeter (cc) of air for an eight (8) hour time- weighted average limit (TWA), and less than 1.0 fiber /cc of air as averaged over a sampling period of thirty (30) minutes, all as determined by the method prescribed in Appendix A to the referenced section, or by an equivalent method, and therefore, the employer intends to do the A-C pipe removal through the use of Negative Exposure Assessments (NEAs). Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Asbestos Abatement for Utilities 13- 0043 -EN 4a 02 82 13.33 Asbestos Abatement for Utilities 20160710.docx 02 82 13.33 - 5 13- 0043 -EN (STS -10) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10 July 2016 Clearwater, Florida B. Procedures for Removal of Asbestos- Cements (A-C) Pipe, Also Commonly Referred to as Transite Pipe This work activity is identified as a Class 11 asbestos removal activity by OSHA's Subpart Z, 29 CFR 1926.1101, with the A -C pipe removal is being done utilizing a valid Negative Exposure Assessment (NEA). C. Prior to commencing work a ten day NESHAP notification (DEP Form 62- 257.900(1)) must be submitted the Florida Department of Environmental Protection (FDEP) office located at the following address: Pinellas County Air Quality Division 509 East Ave South Suite 138 Clearwater, Florida 33756 Phone: 727 - 464 -4422 The form can be accessed online at: http: / /www.dep. state. fl. us / air /rules /forms /asbestos /dep62 257 900(1).pdf 3.3 EXCAVATION: A. Machine excavate to expose A-C pipe. B. Hand excavate areas under pipe where cuts /breaks are planned. C. Excavation operations should be carefully executed so that pipe damage does not occur prior to removal. 3.4 ABANDONMENT OF A -C PIPES A. The procedure for abandonment of pipes in place includes filling the section of pipe with Flowable Fill. The location of the pipes will be recorded on the AS -BUILT drawings. B. At no time will bursting, crushing, grinding or pulverizing of the A-C Pipe be conducted. 3.5 A-C PIPE REMOVAL: A. All pipe cutting or breaking operations require adequate wetting with potable water to prevent A -C materials from being crumbled by hand pressure and to keep the asbestos fibers from becoming air -borne (friable). B. Plan pipe cuts /breaks as necessary to accommodate the size /weight of pipe being removed. C. Use a hammer or wheel -type pipe cutter (or equivalent tool) to make the initial cut and drain the pipe of residual liquids. If gas powered cutters are to be used they should be connected to a HEPA filtered vacuum and used in a manner that will not create elevated airborne fibers. If a gas powered cutter is utilized that is not connected to a HEPA filtration system, the work area should be contained to prevent the release of airborne fibers. In addition, a sufficient supply of water shall be applied to the cut point to further prohibit the release of asbestos fibers. A layer of 6 mil polyethylene should be placed beneath the cut point to contain the debris that will be generated. The debris shall be collected and treated as asbestos- containing waste. Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Asbestos Abatement for Utilities 13- 0043 -EN 4a 02 8213.33 Asbestos Abatement for Utilities 20160710.docx 02 8213.33 - 6 13- 0043 -EN 05 -10j East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary improvements 10 July 2016 Clearwater, Florida • D. Remove pipe sections at joint collars by breaking them with a sledgehammer, or cutting them with a wheel -type pipe cutter (soil -pipe cutter). E. Where pipe re- connection is required, trim pipe ends in a manner that will not cause asbestos fibers to become airborne. Any debris that is generated shall be collected and treated as asbestos - containing waste. F. When applicable, remove pipe sections from trench in an "intact" condition. Wet and containerize waste materials as you go. Using lifting straps and methods that do not damage the pipe remove the material from the trench. • 3.6 A-C PIPE ALTERATION A. Alteration and cutting existing A -C Pipe should be avoided when possible. B. When cutting and alternation is necessary all work will be completed in conformance with Installation of Asbestos- Cement Pressure Pipe, Work Practices for Asbestos— Cement Pipe, and NESHAPs. 3.7 WASTE PIPES A. Apply water to each section of pipe and place in a leak tight waste container or wrap with two layers of 6 mil polyethylene. water should be B. Identify A-C materials, stock -pile the waste in a designated load -out area with the following label warnings: DANGER Contains Asbestos Fibers -Avoid Creating Dust Cancer and Lung Disease Hazard The label must also identify the generator of the A-C Pipe waste. 3.8 TRANSPORTATION OF ASBESTOS WASTE A. All asbestos - containing waste shall be transported to a class 1 landfill in leak tight containers. Each shipment must be properly marked with the following notation: DANGER Contains Asbestos Fibers Avoid Creating Dust Cancer and Lung Disease Hazard B. All waste must be disposed of within a 5 day period from the time of removal. C. A waste shipment record must be provided for each shipment. 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 3.10 SAMPLE TESTING: A. Test pipe or pipe coating for asbestos prior to repairing, modifying, or removing pipelines. B. Remove samples of pipe or coating along entire length of piping to be removed and have • testing laboratory determine quantity of asbestos that may be present. Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Asbestos Abatement for Utilities 13-0043 -EN 4a 02 82 13.33 Asbestos Abatement for Utilities 20160710.docx 02 82 13.33.7' 13-0043 -EN (STS -10) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10 July 2016 Clearwater, Florida END OF SECTION Interflow Engineering, L.LC. Asbestos Abatement for Utilities 13- 0043 -EN 4a 02 8213.33 Asbestos Abatement for Utilities 20160710.docx 02 8213.33 - 8 13- 0043 -EN (STS -11) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10 July 2016 Clearwater, Florida SECTION 03 24 00 Fiber Mesh Reinforcing PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Polypropylene fibers used as concrete secondary reinforcement 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. The cost of Fiber Mesh Reinforcing is included in the cost of Concrete in accordance with City Specification Section IV Article 301. B. Payment will be full compensation for furnishing materials, proper mixing, labor, equipment, and all incidental necessary to complete the work. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data, including application rate and mixing instructions. B. Shop Drawings: Submit Shop Drawings for Propex Fibermesh° 150 polypropylene fibers for review or equal C. Samples: Submit manufacturer's sample of synthetic fiber reinforcement. D. Manufacturer's Certificate: 1. Submit manufacturer's certification that synthetic fiber reinforcement complies with specified requirements. 2. Submit evidence of manufacturer's ISO 9001:2000 certification. 3. Submit evidence of satisfactory performance history of synthetic fiber reinforcement. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Standards: Perform Work in accordance with Perform Work in accordance with Manufacturer's standards, Florida Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction and City of Clearwater Specifications as appropriate. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturer: 1. Propex Operating Company, Propex Fibermesh ®150 polypropylene fibers. Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Fiber Mesh Reinforcing 13-0043 -EN 4a 03 24 00 Fiber Mesh Reinforcing 20160710.docx 03 24 00- 1 13- 0043 -EN (STS -11) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10 July 2016 Clearwater, Florida • 2. Substitutions permitted. 8. Synthetic Fiber Reinforcement: Fibermesh 150 1. Material: 100 percent virgin homopolymer polypropylene multifilament fibers, containing no reprocessed olefin materials. 2. Conformance: ASTM C 1116, Type III. 3. Fire Classifications: a. UL Report File No. R8534 -11. b. Southwest Certification Services (SWCS), Omega Point Laboratories No. 8662 -1. 4. Fiber Length: Graded 5. Alkali Resistance: Alkali proof. 6. Absorption: Nil. 7. Specific Gravity: 0.91. 8. Melt Point: 324 degrees F (162 degrees C). 9. Mixing Time and Speed: Conform with ASTM C 94 • PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 Examination A. Concrete shall be as specified in City Specification Section IV Article 301. B. Verify Propex Fibermesh• 150 polypropylene fibers before acceptance of delivery. 3.2 Execution A. Add synthetic fiber reinforcement to concrete mixture in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Add synthetic fiber reinforcement into concrete mixer before, during, or after hatching other concrete materials. C. Application Rate: Add synthetic fiber reinforcement at standard application rate of 1.5 pounds per cubic yard (0.90 kg/m3) of concrete. D. Mix synthetic fiber reinforcement in concrete mixer in accordance with mixing time and speed of ASTM C 94 to ensure uniform distribution and random orientation of fibers throughout concrete. END OF SECTION lnterflow Engineering, LLC. Fiber Mesh Reinforcing 13- 0043 -EN 4a 03 24 00 Fiber Mesh Reinforcing 20160710.docx 03 2400- 2 13- 0043 -EN (STS -12) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10 July 2016 Clearwater, Florida • SECTION 31 13 13 Tree Removal • PART 1 GENERAL 1:1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Removal of tree limbs over structures and vehicles. 2. Grinding of tree stumps. 3. Disposal of tree limbs, stumps and grindings. 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Basis of Measurement: Each tree and stump removed as designated on the Construction Plans as TO BE REMOVED or REMOVE. B. Basis of Payment: Unit Price per Diameter at Breast Height per each tree removed. Includes all necessary hauling, furnishing equipment, equipment operation, furnishing any areas required for disposal of debris, leveling of terrain and the landscaping work of trimming. 1.3 REFERENCES A. American National Standard for Arboricultural Operations —Safety Requirements (ANSI Z133- 2012), International Society of Arboriculture, 2012 (or latest edition) PART 2 PRODUCTS — NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Notice adjacent property owner(s) prior to beginning work. B. Notice all above ground utilities owners. Coordinate with utility owners for safe operation around above ground utilities. C. Trim tree limbs and branches to tree trunk. 1. Lower limbs safely to the ground to avoid damage to property below. Any limb that cannot be appropriately controlled while being cut off shall have a safety rope or ropes attached. 2. Grind limbs into mulch or cut all limbs into sections with no dimensions larger than 3 feet. D. Cut tree trunk into sections with no dimension larger than 3 feet. Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. 13- 0043 -EN 4a 31 13 13 Tree Removal 20160710.docx Tree Removal 311313 -1 13- 0043 -EN (STS -12) lO July 2016 3.2 DEMOLITION East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements Clearwater, Florida A. Remove all roots protruding through or appearing on the surface to a depth of at least 6 inches below the surface. B. Completely grind stump to 6 inches below land surface. C. Dispose of timber, stumps, brush, roots, rubbish, and other objectionable material resulting from tree removal in areas and by methods meeting the applicable requirements of all Local, State and Federal regulations. 3.3 RESTORATION A. Restore all lawn damage created as a result of tree removal with topsoil and grass seed. B. Backfill and compact, see Clearwater Technical Specification Section IV Article 902- 1.32.2. END OF SECTION Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. 13- 0043 -EN 4a 31 13 13 Tree Removal 20160710.docx Tree Removal 311313 -2 13- 0043 -EN (STS -13) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10 July 2016 Clearwater, Florida • SECTION 3123 23.33 Flowable Fill PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. INTRODUCTION: 1. Flowable fill refers to a cementitious slurry consisting of a mixture of fine aggregate or filler, water, and cementitious material(s), which is used as a fill or backfill in lieu of compacted earth. This mixture is capable of filling all voids in irregular excavations and hard to reach places (such as under undercuts of existing slabs), is self - leveling, and hardens in a matter of a few hours without the need for compaction in layers. Flowable fill is sometimes referred to as Controlled Density Fill (CDF), Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM), Lean Concrete Slurry, and Unshrinkable Fill. 2 . Flowable fill materials will be used as void fill in pipes and structures labeled Abandon in Place or Abandon. B. DESCRIPTION: 1. Furnish and place flowable fill in a fluid condition that sets within the required time and, after curing obtains the desired strength properties as evidenced by the laboratory testing of the specific mix design, at locations shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer, verbally or in writing. This section specifies flowable fill for use as structural fill to remain excavatable using hand tools. 1.2 RELATED WORK: A. MATERIALS TESTING AND INSPECTION DURING CONSTRUCTION. B. EARTHWORK, EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL AND COMPACTION REQUIREMENTS. 1.3 DEFINITIONS: Flowable Fill - ready -mix controlled low strength material used as in closures for tanks and pipes, and is also known as controlled density fill, and several other names, some of which are trademark names of material suppliers. Flowable fill (controlled low strength material) differs from portland cement concrete as it contains a low cementitious content to reduce strength development for possible future removal. Unless specifically approved otherwise, by the Engineer, flowable fill shall be designed as a permanent material, not designed for future removal. Design strength for this permanent type flowable fill shall have a minimum compressive strength set forth in Table 1.3 Flowable Fill. Chemical admixtures may also be used in flowable fill to modify performance properties of strength, flow, set, acidity /alkalinity, corrosion resistance, and permeability. Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. 13-0043 -EN 4a 3123 23.33 Flowable Fill 20160710.docx Flowable Fill 3123 23.33 -1 13- 0043 -EN (STS -13) 10 July 2016 Table 1.3 Flowable Fill East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements Clearwater, Florida 1.4 SUBMITTALS: A. DOCUMENTATION: Submit shop drawings, product data, and samples. B. FLOWABLE FILL MIX DESIGN: 1. Provide flowable fill mix design containing cement and water. At the contractor's option, it may also contain fly ash, aggregate, or chemical admixtures in any proportions such that the final product meets the strength and flow consistency, and shrinkage requirements included in this specifications. 2. Provide documentation that the admixture supplier has experience of at least one year, with the products being provided and any equipment required to obtain desired performance of the product. C. MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATES: Provide the Engineer with a certification that the materials incorporated in the flowable fill, following achievement of the required strength, do not represent a threat to groundwater quality. 1.5 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS: A. AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM): 1. Standard Test Method for Preparation and Testing of Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM) Test Cylinders (04832 -02). 2. Standard Specifications for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for use as Mineral Admixture in Concrete. (Use Fly Ash conforming to the chemical and physical requirements for mineral admixture, Class F listed, Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. 13- 0043 -EN 4a 3123 23.33 Flowable Fill 20160710.docx Flowable Fill 312323.33 -2 Excavatable Cellular Concrete Cement 75-100 lb/yd3 Min 150 lb/yd3 Pozzolans or Slag None Optional Water * Air ** 5 -35% * * ** 28 Day Compressive Strength ** Maximum 100 psi Minimum 80 psi Unit Weight ** 90-110 Ib/ft3 20-80 Ib/ft3 Fine Aggregate * ** Optional *Mix designs shall produce a consistency that will result in a flowable self - leveling product at time of placement * *The requirements for percent air, compressive strength and unit weight are for Laboratory designs only and are not intended For jobsite acceptance requirements. ** *Fine Aggregate shall be proportioned to yield 1 yd3. * * * *In cellular concrete, preformed foam shall be proportioned at the job site to yield 1 yd3 in accordance with the design requirements. 1.4 SUBMITTALS: A. DOCUMENTATION: Submit shop drawings, product data, and samples. B. FLOWABLE FILL MIX DESIGN: 1. Provide flowable fill mix design containing cement and water. At the contractor's option, it may also contain fly ash, aggregate, or chemical admixtures in any proportions such that the final product meets the strength and flow consistency, and shrinkage requirements included in this specifications. 2. Provide documentation that the admixture supplier has experience of at least one year, with the products being provided and any equipment required to obtain desired performance of the product. C. MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATES: Provide the Engineer with a certification that the materials incorporated in the flowable fill, following achievement of the required strength, do not represent a threat to groundwater quality. 1.5 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS: A. AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM): 1. Standard Test Method for Preparation and Testing of Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM) Test Cylinders (04832 -02). 2. Standard Specifications for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for use as Mineral Admixture in Concrete. (Use Fly Ash conforming to the chemical and physical requirements for mineral admixture, Class F listed, Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. 13- 0043 -EN 4a 3123 23.33 Flowable Fill 20160710.docx Flowable Fill 312323.33 -2 13- 0043 -EN (STS -13) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10July 2016 Clearwater, Florida • including Table 2 (except for Footnote A). Waive the loss on ignition • requirement) (C618 -03) 3. Standard Test Method for Time of Setting of Concrete Mixtures by Penetration Resistance. (C403/C403M -05) 4. Standard Specification for Portland Cement (C150 -99 Rev.A-04) 5. Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates (C33 -03) 6. Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete (C494/C494M-04) 7. Standard Specification for Expansion and Bleeding of Freshly Mixed Grouts for Preplaced — Aggregate Concrete in the Laboratory (C940 RevA -98) B. AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE (ACI): 1. Controlled Low - Strength Materials (SP- 150 -94) 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. MANUFACTURER: Flowable fill shall be manufactured by a ready -mix concrete producer with a minimum of 1 year experience in the production of similar products. B. MATERIALS: For each type of material required for the work of this section, provide primary materials that are the products of one manufacturer. If not otherwise specified here, materials shall comply with recommendations of AC1229, "Controlled Low Strength Materials." 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: Deliver and handle all products and equipment required, in strict compliance with manufacturer's recommendations. Protect from damage due to weather, excessive temperatures, and construction operations. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS: Perform installation of Fowable fill only when approved by the Engineer, and when existing and forecasted weather conditions are within the limits established by the manufacturer of the materials and products used. 1.9 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT: Contract, payment will be made at the Contract unit price per cubic yard. Such price and payment will include all cost of the mixture, in place and accepted, determined as specified above. No measurement and payment will be made for material placed Interflow Engineering, LL.C. 13-0043 -EN 4a 3123 23.33 Flowable Fill 20160710.docx Flowable Fill 3123 23.33 - 3 13- 0043 -EN (STS -13) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10 July 2016 Clearwater, Florida • outside the neat line limits or outside the adjusted limits, or for unused or wasted material. B. BASIS OF PAYMENT: Payments only after Flowable Fill is accepted and installed; all temporary structures, dikes, plugs, and formwork have been removed; all excess flowable fill has been properly disposed of and grade is restored. Final surface restoration paid separately. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS: Provide flowable fill containing, at a minimum, cementitious materials and water. Cementitious materials shall be portiand cement, pozzolanic materials, or other self- cementing materials, or combinations thereof, at the contractor's option, and following approval by the Engineer. The flowable fill mix design may also contain, fine aggregate or filler, and /or chemical admixtures in any proportions such that the final product meets the strength, flow consistency and shrinkage requirements included in this specification, as approved by the Engineer. A. PORTLAND CEMENT: ASTM C150, Type 2. Meeting FDOT standards. B. MIXING WATER: Fresh, clean, and potable. FDOT standards for use as mix -water for cast -in -place concrete. C. AIR- ENTRAINING ADMIXTURE: ASTM C260. D. CHEMICAL ADMIXTURES: ASTM C494. E. AGGREGATE: ASTM 03. 2.2 FLOWABLE FILL MIXTURE: A. MIX DESIGN: 1. Shall produce a consistency that will result in a flowable product at the time of placement which does not require manual means to move it into place. 2. Shall have a minimum strength and unit weight as specified in Table 1.3 Flowable Fill. Intel-flow Engineering, L.L.C. 13 -0043 -EN 4a 3123 23.33 Flowable Fill 20160710.docx Flowable Fill 3123 23.33 - 4 13-0043 -EN (STS -13) 10 Ju ly 2016 East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements Clearwater, Florida 3. Shall have minimal subsidence and bleed water shrinkage. Evaporation of bleed water shall not result in shrinkage of more than 10.4 mm per m (1/8 inch per foot) of flowable fill depth (for mixes containing high fly ash content). Measurement of a Final Bleeding shall be as measured in Section 10 of ASTM C 940 "Standard Test Method for Expansion and Bleeding of Freshly Mixed Grouts for Preplaced- Aggregate Concrete in the Laboratory." 4. Flowable fill shall have an in -place yield of at least 98% of design yield and a maximum of 110% of design yield at 1 year. B. EQUIPTMENT: Provide equipment as recommended by the Manufacturer and comply with manufacturer's recommendations for the addition of additives, whether at the production plant or prior to placement at the site. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION: Examine conditions of substrates, structures, piping, and other conditions under which work is to be performed and notify the Engineer, in writing, of circumstances detrimental to the proper completion of the work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 APPLICATION OF FLOWABLE FILL: Inspect pipes, structures and other members to be filled with flowable fill by video. Insure there are no cross connected pipes, structures, conduits, or other items that will be blocked or in contact with the flowable fill after placement. If so, replace with non - metallic materials or apply manufacturers recommended coating to protect metallic objects before placing the flowable fill. Replacement or protection of metallic objects is subject to the approval of the Engineer. 3.3 PROTECTION AND CURING: A. PROTECTION: B. 1. Protect exposed surfaces of flowable fill from premature drying, wash by rain or running water, wind, mechanical injury, and excessively hot or cold temperature. 2. Protect flowable fill from freezing for a period of 36 hours after placement. PLACEMENT: 1. Place flowable fill to the designated fill line without vibration or other means of compaction. 2. Do not place flowable fill during inclement weather, e.g. rain or ambient temperatures below 40=F. Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. 13- 0043 -EN 4a 3123 23.33 Flowable Fill 20160710.docx Flowable Fill 3123 23.33 - 5 13- 0043 -EN (STS -13) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10 July 2016 Clearwater, Florida • 3. Take all necessary precautions to prevent any damages caused by the hydraulic pressure of the fill during placement prior to hardening. 4. Provide the means to confine the material within the designated space. END SECTION Interflow Engineering, L.LC. 13- 0043 -EN 4a 3123 23.33 Flowable Fill 20160710.docx Flowable Fill 312323.33 -6 13-0043 -EN (STS -14) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10 July 2016 Clearwater, Florida Section 33 0110.01 Hydrostatic Testing for Transmission Mains PART 1 GENERAL SUMMARY A. Description: Test all piping, valves, and appurtenances relating to the twenty (20) inch Transmission Main and installed under this Contract. B. Section Includes: 1. Hydrostatic pressure tests for Transmission main, fittings, and appurtenances C. Related Requirements Technical Specifications 11I, Article 17.1 Submittal and Document Forms Technical Specifications IV, Article 201 Excavation for Underground Work Technical Specifications IV, Article 207 -7 Underground Utility Construction Technical Specifications IV, Article 500 Potable and Reclaimed Water Mains, Fire Lines and Appurtenances 0155 26 Supplemental Maintenance of Traffic 33 11 13.01 Supplemental Potable Water Mains, Fittings and Appurtenances 33 0110.61 Line Stop Note: This is only a partial listing of related sections. The Contractor shall be responsible to review the entire contract documents. 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES Payment for Hydrostatic Testing will be included in the cost of the work and no separate payment will be made. 1.3 SUBMITTALS Prepare and submit schedules and procedures to the City for testing of all parts of the water main installed in accordance with this Contract. Submit the schedule at least forty eight (48) hours prior to any testing. 1.4 DEFINITIONS Leakage: The volume of water that must be supplied into the newly laid pipeline to maintain pressure within ± 5 psi of the test pressure after it is filled and purged of air. Partially Backfilled: A Transmission or Water main backfilled and compacted with all bell ends, fittings, flanges, and appurtenances exposed for inspection during hydrostatic testing. Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Hydrostatic Testing for Transmission Mains 13- 0043 -EN 4a 33 0110.01 Hydrostatic Tests for Transmission Main 20160710.docx 33 0110.01 -1 13-0043 -EN (STS -14) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10 July 2016 Clearwater, Florida • A. Reference Standards 1. American Water Works Association (AWWA): AWWA C600 -10 Installation of Ductile Iron Water Mains and Their Appurtenances AWWA M14 Backflow Prevention and Cross - Connection Control: Recommended Practices, fourth edition AWWA M28 Rehabilitation of Water Mains, third edition AWWA. 2010. The Water Dictionary. AWWA: Denver, Colorado 2. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry (MSS): MSS SP -96 -2011 Guidelines on Terminology for Valves and Fittings PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT A. Furnish the pump, pipe connections, and all necessary apparatus for the pressure and leakage tests including gauges and metering devices. The city reserves the option to furnish the gauges and metering devices for the tests. Excavate, bacilli!, and furnish all necessary assistance for conducting the tests. B. Pressure gauges used for testing shall have no greater than 5 psi increment markings or shall be as directed by the City for the satisfactory evaluation of the required testing. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Testing shall be performed concurrent with installation. Do not install more than one thousand (1000) feet of pipe without being tested, unless approved by the City. B. Perform hydrostatic pressure tests in accordance with AWWA C600, Section 5.2 - Hydrostatic Testing after the pipe or section of pipe has been laid, thrust blocking cured (min. 7 days), the trench is partially backfilled, and the pipes have been pigged and flushed. Testing will be performed fully isolated from the active distribution system. C. During construction and before hydrostatic testing Contractor may completely backfill the trench or partially backfll the trench and cover fittings, bells, and appurtenances with a steel plate (see: 0155 26 Supplemental MOT). However, if the contractor will be required to completely ball the trench if the period between hydrostatic tests is longer than fourteen (14) days or as directed by the city if local traffic and safety conditions require. In either case it is the contractor's responsibility expose bell ends, fittings, flanges, and appurtenances for inspection during hydrostatic testing and repair or replace any defective work product without additional compensation. D. Perform the hydrostatic test at a pressure of no less than 150 psi but no more than the design rating of the pipe and appurtenances. Interflow Engineering, L.LC. Hydrostatic Testing for Transmission Mains 13- 0043 -EN 4a 33 01 10.01 Hydrostatic Tests for Transmission Main 20160710.docx 33 0110.01- 2 13- 0043 -EN (STS -14) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10 July 2016 Clearwater, Florida E. Valves shall not be operated in either direction at a differential pressure exceeding the rated valve working pressure. For tests exceeding the rated valve working pressure, the test setup should include a provision, independent of the valve, to reduce the line pressure to the rated valve working pressure on completion of the test. The valve can then be opened enough to equalize the trapped pressure with the line pressure, or the valve can be fully opened if desired. F. The test pressure shall not exceed the rated working pressure or differential pressure of the valves when the pressure boundary of the test section includes closed, resilient - seated gate valves or butterfly valves. G. Contractor shall attach a tapping sleeve and valve assembly to the main, and pressure test the assembly prior to making the tap. The required test pressure shall be determined in the same manner as for pipe. The test is acceptable if there is no pressure drop in 15 minutes at test pressure. 3.2 FIWNG AND TESTING A. Slowly fill each segregated section of pipeline with water ensuring that all air is expelled. Extreme care must be taken to ensure that all air is expelled during the filling of pipe. The line shall stand full of water for at least twenty -four hours prior to testing to allow all air to escape. If necessary, tap the main at points of highest elevation to expel air as the pipe is filled. Remove the corporation stops and plug the taps after successfully filling the pipeline and expelling all air. B. The test will be conducted for at least two (2) hours at the required test pressure ± 5 psi. C. Conduct a leakage test concurrently with the pressure test. Measure the volume of water using a calibrated container or meter. Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Hydrostatic Testing for Transmission Mains 13-0043 -EN 4a 33 0110.01 Hydrostatic Tests for Transmission Main 20160710.docx 33 0110.01- 3 13- 0043 -EN (STS -14) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10 July 2016 Clearwater, Florida • D. No pipeline installation will be accepted by the city if the leakage is greater than that determined by the following formula: SDI L _ 148,000 L = testing allowance (makeup water), in gallons per hour S = length of pipe tested, in feet D = nominal diameter of the pipe, in inches P = average test pressure during the hydrostatic test, in psi (gauge) E. If the pipeline under test contains sections of various diameters, the allowable leakage will be the sum of the computed leakage for each size. Should any test disclose damaged or defective materials or leakage greater than that permitted, the Contractor shall, at the Contractor's expense, locate and repair and /or replace the damaged or defective materials. Materials used for repair must be approved by the City and meet relevant specifications. Repeat the tests until leakage is within permitted allowance and is satisfactory to the City. END OF SECTION Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Hydrostatic Testing for Transmission Mains 13- 0043 -EN 4a 33 0110.01 Hydrostatic Tests for Transmission Main 20160710.docx 33 0110.01- 4 • 13- 0043 -EN (STS -15) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10 July 2016 SECTION 33 0110.61 Line Stop PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Installing and maintaining a line stop for potable water main. 2. Removal and closure of line stop. 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Line Stop: Clearwater, Florida 1. Basis of Measurement: each line stop 2. Basis of Payment: each line stop performed. Includes dosure, backfill, and restoration of existing ground cover. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: submit shop drawings for each line stop. • PART 2 PRODUCTS — NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify Tine stop equipment are functional and undamaged condition prior to beginning line stop. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Dewater excavation area, if necessary, see Clearwater Technical Specification Section IV Article 203 B. Excavate to expose pipe, see Clearwater Technical Specification Section IV Article 201 C. Restrain pipe prior to installing tapping saddle, tapping valve, tap, or line stop, see Clearwater Technical Specification Section IV Article .500 D. Clean pipe exterior, remove debris and inspect for corrosion. If pipe is corroded move location away from work to uncorroded pipe. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Apply tapping saddle using manufacture's installation instructions B. Attach tapping valve using manufacture's installation instructions Interflow Engineering, LLC. 13- 0043 -EN 4a 33 0110.61 Line Stop 20160710.docx Line Stop 33 0110.61 -1 13- 0043 -EN (STS -15) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10 July 2016 Clearwater, Florida C. Attach tap and tap pipe using manufacture's tapping instructions D. Retract tap and remove pipe coupon E. Close tap valve F. Remove tap G. Attach stop plug 3.4 RESTORATION A. Attach gasket and blind flange to tapping valve B. Backfill and compact, see Clearwater Technical Specification Section IV Article 304 C. Restore surface END OF SECTION Interflow Engineering, LL.C. 13- 0043 -EN 4a 33 0110.61 Line Stop 20160710.docx Line Stop 33 0110.61- 2 • 13- 0043 -EN (STS-16) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10 July 2016 Clearwater, Florida SECTION 33 4419.13 Baffle Box PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Nutrient Separating Baffle Boxes (NSBB), Skimboss, and HydroSlide' 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Nutrient Separating Baffle Box: L Basis of Measurement: each furnished and installed 2. Basis of Payment: each furnished and installed per type. Includes: baffle box, skimboss, hydroslide, delivery, excavation (excluding excavation of unsuitable material), installation, compaction, bedding, surface restoration (if in grassed area), connection to storm sewer, and backfill. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Florida Department of Transportation (FDOT) Standard Specifications for Road and • Bridge Construction (SSRBC) 2016 or latest edition. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit Shop Drawings for each NSBB for review. B. Manufacturer's Certificate: 1. Submit verified test data from either one these nationally recognized organizations, NJCAT or TAPE, at time of submittals for the basis for verifying comparable removal efficiencies. C. Delegated Design Submittal: Submit signed and sealed shop drawings with design calculations and assumptions for NSBBs based on location and size. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Standards: Perform Work in accordance with Manufacturer's standards, Florida Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction and City of Clearwater standards as appropriate. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Product List: Interfiow Engineering, LLC. 13- 0043 -EN 4a 33 44 19 13 Baffle Box 20160710.docx Baffle Box 33 4419.13 -1 13-0043 -EN (STS -16) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10 July 2016 Clearwater, Florida • 1. Suntree Technologies, Inc. NSBB -5 -10.5 -101 2. Suntree Technologies, Inc. NSBB- 6 -12 -87 3. Suntree Technologies, Inc. NSBB- 6 -12 -89 4. Suntree Technologies, Inc. NSBB- 6 -12 -92 5. Suntree Technologies, Inc. NSBB- 8 -14 -97 6. No substitutions permitted. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Suntree Technologies, Floating Skimmer (SKIMBOSS) B. Suntree Technologies, Maintenance Equipment (HydroSlide) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify NSBB components are in sound and functioning order prior to accepting delivery. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Excavate for NSBB 1. If any proposed structure is to be founded in the clayey soils of stratum 3, the clayey soils should be over excavated to a minimum depth 2 feet below the bottom of foundation elevation and then backfilled to re- establish the required footing elevation. The backfilling should be done with crushed stone or clean sand. (FDOT SSRBC 901, No. 57 Stone ). 2. Foundation excavations should be observed by the geotechnical engineer or a representative to explore the extent of any loose, soft, or otherwise undesirable materials. If the foundation excavations appear suitable as load bearing materials, the bottom of the foundation excavations should be compacted to meet the requirements of the FDOT SSRBC (or latest edition ). 3. Backfill soils placed adjacent to footings or walls should be carefully compacted with a light rubber -tired roller or vibratory plate compactor to avoid damaging the footings or walls. Approved sand fills to provide foundation embedment constraint should be placed in loose lifts not exceeding 6 inches and should be compacted to a minimum density of 98% of the modified proctor maximum dry density. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install NSBB 1. Locate NSBB as indicated on construction plans. Install chambers and accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. 13- 0043 -EN 4a 33 4419,13 Baffle Box 20160710.docx Baffle Box 33 4419.13 - 2 13- 0043 -EN (STS -16) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements 10July2016 Clearwater, Florida 3.4 MAINTENANCE A. See Operations and Maintenance Manual for servicing frequency and instructions. END OF SECTION Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. 13- 0043 -EN 4a 33 44 19 13 Baffle Box 20160710.docx Baffle Box 334419.13 -3 2 1 ADDENDUM NO.2 2 for 3 EAST GATEWAY STORMWATER AND SANITARY IMPROVEMENTS 4 CLEARWATER, FLORIDA 5 Project Number 13- 0043 -EN 6 7 8 DATE: November 16, 2016 9 10 SUBJECT: Addendum No. 2 11 12 TO: Prospective Bidders and Others Concerned 13 14 15 Bidders on this project are hereby notified that Addendum No. 2 shall be attached to and made part of the 16 above -named Bid Documents, dated July, 2016. 17 18 The following items are issued to add to, modify, and clarify the Bid Documents. These items shall have 19 full force and effect as the Bid Documents, and the cost involved shall be included in the various prices 20 bid. Bids, to be submitted on the specified bid date, shall conform to the additions and revisions 21 listed herein. 22 23 IN THE DRAWINGS 24 25 1. Clarification for TYPE A WING INLET and TYPE C WING INLET callouts on sheets 42 • 26 through 79. These inlet names have been superseded by detail CITY INDEX CITY 209, 27 WING INLETS FOR MODIFIED, TYPE I & VALLEY GUTTER CURB, as shown on sheet 28 138. 29 30 IN THE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - SECTION V 31 32 1. BIDDER'S PROPOSAL, page 20 33 34 Replace the names TYPE A WING INLET and TYPE C WING INLET with WING INLET 35 appending the BID ITEM descriptions as follows: 36 37 218 F &I WING INLET — LT (Type I Curb) 38 219 F &I WING INLET — RT (Type I Curb) 39 220 F &I WING INLET — DBL (Valley Curb) 40 221 F &I WING INLET - DBL (FDOT 200 ALT A, 48" DIA TYPE P) (Valley Curb) 41 222 F &I WING INLET - DBL (FDOT 200 ALT A, 72" DIA TYPE J) (Valley Curb) 42 223 F &I WING INLET — LT (Valley Curb) 43 224 F &I WING INLET - LT (FDOT 200 ALT A, 48" DIA TYPE P) (Valley Curb) 44 225 F &I WING INLET - LT (FDOT 200 ALT A, 60" DIA TYPE J) (Valley Curb) 45 226 F &I WING INLET — RT (Valley Curb) 46 227 F &I WING INLET - RT (FDOT 200 ALT A, 48" DIA TYPE P) (Valley Curb) 47 228 F &I WING INLET - RT (FDOT 200 ALT A, 60" DIA TYPE J) (Valley Curb) 48 229 F &I WING INLET - RT (FDOT 200 ALT A, 72" DIA TYPE J) (Valley Curb) 49 230 F &I WING INLET - RT (FDOT 200 ALT B, 42 "x42" TYPE P) (Valley Curb) lip 50 231 F &I WING INLET - RT (FDOT 200 ALT B, 48 "x48" TYPE P) (Valley Curb) Page 1 of 2 1 234 F &I WING INLET - LT (5' -4" DBL BOX) (Valley Curb) S2 235 F &I WING INLET - RT (5' -4" DBL BOX) (Valley Curb) 3 4 QUESTIONS PRESENTED BY CONTRACTOR — CRISDEL GROUP, INC. 5 6 1. What type of grates are required for the FDOT Type E and Type V Inlets? (Cast Iron or steel, 7 traffic or non - traffic rated) Do the grates need to be galvanized coated? 8 9 Response - Contractor to submit shop drawings, however both Type V and Type E inlet 10 grates shall be steel traffic rated H -20, galvanized 11 12 2. Is a field office for the engineer /owner required? 13 14 Response - Not required 15 16 3. How will the 4" DIP waterline offset at Pierce Street be paid? (See plan sheet 114) 17 18 Response - REFER TO SPECS Section IV, 500 Series 19 20 4. How will the 4" linestops be paid? (See plan sheet 114) 21 22 Response - REFER TO SPECS Section Iva, STS -16 23 24 5. How will the 16" DIP Waterline be paid? (See plan sheet 78) 25 Response - REFER TO SPECS Section IV, 500 Series • • Page 2 of 2 1 ADDENDUM NO.3 •2 for 3 EAST GATEWAY STORMWATER AND SANITARY IMPROVEMENTS 4 CLEARWATER, FLORIDA 5 Project Number 13- 0043 -EN 6 7 8 DATE: November 23, 2016 9 10 SUBJECT: Addendum No. 3 11 12 TO: Prospective Bidders and Others Concerned 13 14 Due to recent questions, Bidders shall be notified that the Bid Opening shall take place on Friday, 15 December 9, 2016 at 11:00 a.m. in Conference Room 342. 16 17 Bidders on this project are hereby notified that Addendum No. 3 shall be attached to and made part of the 18 above -named Bid Documents, dated July 2016. 19 20 The following items are issued to add to, modify, and clarify the Bid Documents. These items shall have 21 full force and effect as the Bid Documents, and the cost involved shall be included in the various prices 22 bid. Bids, to be submitted on the specified bid date, shall conform to the additions and revisions listed 23 herein. 24 25 CLARIFICATION OF SPECIFICATIONS - QUESTIONS BY CRISDEL S26 "Pay item 309, the 20" Watermain By Pass Item — I think that this is for a by pass at Hillcrest and Park 27 East since the new 20" waterline will run exactly where the existing is located ?" 28 Response: Item 309 is for the valve needed to control the 8" temporary supply in Pay Item 313. 29 Majority of the new 20" waterline will be constructed offset from the existing 20" main; there is 30 only a small portion required for transitioning back to the existing main with thrust restraints. 31 32 "Pay item 306, the 8" DIP waterline loop pay item. I see that it's mentioned in the Transmission Main 33 Sequence specification, but I don't see any 8" waterline other than the temporary supply." 34 Response: Item 306 is for the Phase 3 air release valve, not the Phase 1 8" temporary supply line. 35 36 "Also, I assume that we're restraining the existing pipe along Court Street, not installing new AC 37 waterline. See plan sheet 76, it calls for the placement of new 16" and 20" AC watermain along Court. 38 I'm thinking the notes should say "restrain ", not "install "." 39 Response: Clarification - Correct, only restraining the existing mains (20" east and 16" west) is the 40 intent. The note also states Install 16" & 20" RJ, with RJ meaning restrained joints onto the 41 existing pipe; not new pipe. 42 43 CLARIFICATION OF SPECIFICATION 708 -10. — OUESTION BY TAMPA PAVEMENT 44 CONTRACTORS 45 "What is the address for the location of where the millings for this job go? 46 Millings shall be surplus to be disposed of by the Contractor. 47 • Page 1of2 • • • 1 CLARIFICATION OF MATERIALS FOR STORMWATER PIPE — ADVANCED DRAINAGE 2 SYSTEMS 3 This project was designed exclusively for the use of Reinforced Concrete Pipe (RCP). Alternate materials 4 for the stormwater pipe will not be considered. 5 6 SPECIFICATION 206. CLEARING AND GRUBBING - CLARIFICATION BY CITY STAFF 7 Cast iron stormwater grates shall be retained by the City. Page 2 of 2 • • • 1 ADDENDUM NO. 4 2 for 3 EAST GATEWAY STORMWATER AND SANITARY IMPROVEMENTS 4 CLEARWATER, FLORIDA 5 Project Number 13- 0043 -EN 6 7 8 DATE: November 29, 2016 9 10 SUBJECT: Addendum No. 4 11 12 TO: Prospective Bidders and Others Concerned 13 14 Bidders on this project are hereby notified that Addendum No. 4 shall be attached to and made part of the 15 above -named Bid Documents, dated October 2016. 16 17 The following items are issued to add to, modify, and clarify the Bid Documents. These items shall have 18 full force and effect as the Bid Documents, and the cost involved shall be included in the various prices 19 bid. Bids, to be submitted on the specified bid date, shall conform to the additions and revisions listed 20 herein. 21 22 CLARIFICATION OF SPECIFICATIONS - QUESTIONS BY NELSON CONTRACTING CO. 23 24 The bid form calls for the potable and reclaimed to be paid for largely under the pipe item, the description 25 of is "F& I * *" ? ?? WM, RJ; INCLUDING POLY WRAP, FITTINGS, & BENDS" but the payment 26 section of the specifications indicates that fittings will be paid for by the ton. Please correct one or the 27 other as they conflict. 28 RESPONSE: Refer to Section IVa Technical Specifications, specifically STS-05 (Basis of 29 Measurement and Payment), which amend and supplement Section IV 30 Are the tees for the hydrants to be included in the hydrant pay item? It specifies the hydrant, pipe, thrust 31 anchorage, gate valve and valve box but makes no mention of the tee in the specifications. 32 RESPONSE: Refer to Section IVa Technical Specifications, STS -05. The tee is a fitting for the 33 hydrant per City Standard Drawing 402 and to be included and paid under the hydrant item. 34 The potable and reclaimed mains do not address which pay item is to include the restraints on the new 35 pipe. The pipe item stipulates poly wrap, fittings and bends but does not mention restraints whereas the 36 items that do mention restraints indicates that it is for existing pipe only. 37 RESPONSE: Refer to Section IVa Technical Specifications, STS -05; restraints are to be paid under 38 the pipe item 39 Can you please clarify what you mean by the term Allowance as used in the pay item description for 40 items 324 and 325. 41 RESPONSE: ALLOWANCE - in bidding, a contingency for unforeseen costs and where quantities 42 are uncertain 43 What fittings and/or bends are we to include in item 321? It seems unlikely that a thrust block would 44 require either so we are unclear as to what to include. Page 1 of 4 • • 1 RESPONSE: The only Thrust block device for this project is Item 326 Thrust Collar shown on 2 Sheet 150 of the construction drawings which includes restraining devices shown 3 Please clarify whether or not precast storm inlets will not be allowed. The specifications say no, but the 4 details in the plans (albeit for different inlets) say yes. The pay items reference FDOT index numbers for 5 the bottoms of the inlets. The referenced index (200) does not address the use of built in place brick 6 structures. Clearwater has historically allowed built in place brick structures, will they be allowed on this 7 project? 8 RESPONSE: The City of Clearwater and Engineer of Record will allow precast inlet bottoms in 9 lieu of brick structures for this project. Basis of payment is per Section IVa Technical 10 Specifications, STS -05. 11 We are a bit confused as to what you want for storm wing inlets type A, C and F. We do not see details 12 for these in the plans and they are not standard FDOT types. 13 RESPONSE: Refer to Addendum 3 14 STS -02 and STS -03 have an apparent conflict. Will unsuitable materials in pipe trenches be paid for 15 under item 104 REMOVAL & REPLACEMENT OF UNSUITABLE MATERIAL (ALLOWANCE) as 16 indicated in STS -02 or is it to be included in the storm pipe items as indicated in STS -03? 17 RESPONSE: STS -03 applies to storm sewer pipe trenches; all other unsuitable material (e.g., 18 excavations for structures, water main, etc.) shall be paid for under item 104. 19 Page 317 (adobe numbering) says it is the Geotechnical Sol Report but has no such report. Is page 331 20 (adobe numbering) the actual report or are there supposed to be two reports? 21 RESPONSE: There is only one soil report. 22 Please clarify what specific density tests you are referring to in STS -03 where you state "Contractor shall 23 perform density tests on pipe foundation materials in accordance with Geotechnical Engineer's 24 specifications;" The only place we see the Geotechnical report calling for density tests is at the baffle box 25 locations is that correct? It would be our reading that in lieu of compacting the native sands or placing and 26 compacting sands we could place #57 rock and not have to take a density test, is that a correct 27 interpretation of your intent? 28 RESPONSE: Density tests will not be required for pipe foundation material consisting of suitable 29 native sands. However, density tests are required on all backfill material, per Section W Technical 30 Specifications, 304 -2. 31 Sanitary Sewer Questions 32 On Plan Sheet 42 in the vicinity of MH 103, you have a note stating "CONST LATERAL TO 8" PVC 33 SAN WITH COUPLING ". Please clarify your intent, the existing 8" main is not aligned such that we 34 could connect it straight to the manhole and typically 8" bends in gravity sewer are not acceptable so we 35 are unsure what you want constructed. 36 RESPONSE: All existing sanitary lateral services found shall be re- connected to the proposed 8" 37 PVC SDR -35 SAN mainline, and not to proposed manholes, unless shown otherwise. The 38 contractor shall refer to City Sanitary Details 304 & 305 for sanitary cleanout and service lateral 39 connections. •40 On plan sheet 56, the sanitary sewer from 225 to 220 is listed as being 140 LF in the profile view and 145 41 LF in the plan view, which is correct? (We assume 145 is correct.) Page 2 of 4 1 RESPONSE: The correct distance sanitary sewer line 225 to 220 is 145 LF S2 On Plan Sheet 57 in the vicinity of MH 425, you have a note stating "CONST (2) LATERAL TO 8" PVC 3 SAN WITH COUPLING ". Please clarify your intent, the existing 8" main is not aligned such that we 4 could connect it straight to the manhole and typically 8" bends in gravity sewer are not acceptable so we 5 are unsure what you want constructed. If connected to the main instead of the manhole, at least one of the 6 lines would also have in excess of a 90 degree turn which is typically unacceptable outside of manholes 7 and discouraged even in manholes. See image below: 8 RESPONSE: All existing sanitary lateral services found shall be re- connected to the proposed 8" 9 PVC SDR -35 SAN mainline, and not to proposed manholes, unless shown otherwise. The 10 contractor shall refer to City Sanitary Details 304 & 305 for sanitary cleanout and service lateral 11 connections. • 12 On plans sheet 60, sanitary sewer manhole 465 is referenced as having an invert of 26.5 (RCP). Since 13 there is no such thing as 8" RCP, please correct the pipe material type. 14 RESPONSE: Correct reference from 8" RCP to 8" PVC for sanitary sewer lines 15 Plan sheet 66 has a stub out variously referred to as 3' and 5' depending on whether you look at the plan 16 view or the profile. Which is correct? We assumed 3' is correct. 17 RESPONSE: The correct distance for the stub out is 5 LF 18 On Plan Sheet 74 in the vicinity of MH 270, you have a note stating "CONST LATERAL TO NEW 8" 19 PVC, MATCH INV ". The same type of thing happens on sheet 75 near MH 295. Please clarify your 20 intent, the existing 8" main is not aligned such that we could connect it straight to the manhole and 21 typically 8" bends in gravity sewer are not acceptable so we are unsure what you want constructed. 22 RESPONSE: All existing sanitary lateral services found shall be re- connected to the proposed 8" 23 PVC SDR -35 SAN mainline, and not to proposed manholes, unless shown otherwise. The 24 contractor shall refer to City Sanitary Details 304 & 305 for sanitary cleanout and service lateral 25 connections. 26 Plan sheet 70 shows us connecting to existing manhole 117. Is there a detail for this connection 27 somewhere, similar to what you provide on plan sheet 146 for the tie ins to 177, 22 and 79? 28 RESPONSE: No detail is required to show connection to existing manhole 117. Connection to be at 29 existing invert elevation. 30 Plan sheet 71 depicts what appears to be a new manhole upstream and to the south of manhole 410. Is this 31 in fact to be a new manhole or is it existing? In either case, we need rim and invert information for it. 32 RESPONSE: Proposed manhole 413 (south of 410) was not labeled. Data for that structure is as 33 follows: 34 413 • 35 STA 181 +61, 18' R Page 3 of 4 • • 1 CONST SAN 48" DIA MH 2 RIM EL =19.91 3 INV EL = 14.70 (8" PVC N) 4 INV EL = 14.80 (8" PVC S) 5 6 Plan sheet 72 depicts a new lateral. What is it being connected to? It appears to be floating in space with 7 no connection to the new sanitary sewer. 8 RESPONSE: All existing sanitary lateral services found shall be re- connected to the proposed 8" 9 PVC SDR -35 SAN mainline, and not to proposed manholes, unless shown otherwise. The 10 contractor shall refer to City Sanitary Details 304 & 305 for sanitary cleanout and service lateral 11 connections. Note: The existing manhole at this lateral is to be removed. 12 13 MH 280 I called out on sheets 73 and 74, but neither sheet appears to call out it's rim elevation. Can you 14 provide it please? 15 RESPONSE: Manhole 280 data is as follows: 16 17 280 18 STA 280+17.8, 6.4'L 19 CONST SAN 48" DIA MH 20 RIM EL = 47.42 21 INV EL = 40.60 (8" PVC NE) 22 INV EL = 40.50 (8" PVC S) 23 24 What is the length of the sanitary sewer between manholes 265 and 255? We are having difficulty finding 25 it on the plans. 26 RESPONSE: The distance for sanitary sewer line between manholes 265 to 225 is 97 LF Page 4 of 4 • • • 1 ADDENDUM NO. 5 2 for 3 EAST GATEWAY STORMWATER AND SANITARY IMPROVEMENTS 4 CLEARWATER, FLORIDA 5 Project Number 13- 0043 -EN 6 7 8 DATE: December 5, 2016 9 10 SUBJECT: Addendum No. 5 11 12 TO: Prospective Bidders and Others Concerned 13 14 Bidders on this project are hereby notified that Addendum No. 5 shall be attached to and made part of the 15 above -named Bid Documents, dated October 2016. 16 17 Bidders on this project are hereby notified that the City of Clearwater will not consider any more 18 questions on this project. The original deadline for RFI's was November 3, 2016 and sufficient time has 19 passed. 20 21 The following items are issued to add to, modify, and clarify the Bid Documents. These items shall have 22 full force and effect as the Bid Documents, and the cost involved shall be included in the various prices 23 bid. Bids, to be submitted on the specified bid date, shall conform to the additions and revisions listed 24 herein. Included in Addendum No. 5 is a revised bid tab, the latest version of STS -05 01 22 00 Basis of 25 Measurement and Payment, and Bidders Proposal in Section V of The Technical Specifications. 26 27 QUESTIONS FROM PEPPER CONTRACTING 28 29 QUESTION: There are not Bid Items for any of the 16" Water Main pipe and fittings required per the 30 plans. What bid item would you like these included with? 31 32 RESPONSE: See Bidder's Proposal new Bid Items 302, 304, and 314 33 34 QUESTION: There is not a Bid Item for the 16" Bell Restraints for the existing A.C. pipe. What bid 35 item would you like these included with? 36 37 RESPONSE: See Bidder's Proposal Item 304 38 39 QUESTION: The plans say to restrain 300' (15) of existing 20" A.C. pipe but Bid Item #305 only calls 40 for 6 which will only restrain 120'. What is the correct quantity? 41 42 RESPONSE: The correct quantity is 300' of existing 20" A.C. pipe 43 44 QUESTION: Bid Item #306 states "F &I 8" DIP WM, RJ (LOOP); INCLUDING POLY WRAP, 45 FITTINGS, AND BENDS." Addenda #3 states "Item 306 is for the Phase 3 air release valve." This 46 answer doesn't seem to correspond with the bid form. Please clarify what is to be supplied for Bid Item 47 306. Additionally, please indicate the plan sheet that shows the 8" DIP WM LOOP. 48 Page 1 of 6 5 • • • 1 RESPONSE: Item 306 F &I 8" DIP WM, RJ (LOOP); INCLUDING POLY WRAP, FITTINGS, AND 2 BENDS is no longer applicable and was removed from the construction plans prior to bid submittal. 3 QUESTION: Bid Item #309 states "F &I TEMP 20" DIP WM, RJ (BYPASS)..." Addenda #3 states 4 "Item 309 is for the valve needed to control the 8" temporary supply in Pay Item 313." This answer 5 doesn't seem to correspond with the bid form. Please clarify what is to be supplied for Bid Item 309. 6 Additionally, please indicate the plan sheet that shows the 20" DIP WM BYPASS. 7 8 RESPONSE: Bid Item #309 "F &I TEMP 20" DIP WM, RJ (BYPASS) was deleted from the 9 construction drawings prior to bid submittal and is no longer applicable. 10 11 QUESTION: Plans show two 20" Gate Valves are required for this project but Bid Item #313 only calls 12 for one. What is the correct quantity? 13 14 RESPONSE: Three 20" gate valves are required; one near the intersection of Hillcrest Ave & Park St, 15 and two near the intersection of Hillcrest Ave & Court St. 16 17 ADDENDUM No. 3 CORRECTION 18 CLARIFICATION OF SPECIFICATIONS - QUESTIONS BY CRISDEL 19 20 QUESTION: "Pay item 309, the 20" Watermain By Pass Item — I think that this is for a bypass at 21 Hillcrest and Park East since the new 20" waterline will run exactly where the existing is located ?" 22 23 RESPONSE: Bid Item #309 "F &I TEMP 20" DIP WM, RJ (BYPASS) was deleted from the 24 construction drawings prior to bidding and is no longer applicable. 25 26 QUESTION: "Pay item 306, the 8" DIP waterline loop pay item. I see that it's mentioned in the 27 Transmission Main Sequence specification, but I don't see any 8" waterline other than the temporary 28 supply." 29 30 RESPONSE: 31 32 1. DELETE the wordinz: 33 Item 306 is for the Phase 3 air release valve, not the Phase 1 8" temporary supply line. Agreed, the 8" 34 DIP waterline loop does not exist in the construction drawings. 35 36 ADD the wording: 37 Item 306 F &I 8" DIP WM, RJ (LOOP); INCLUDING POLY WRAP, FITTINGS, AND BENDS is 38 no longer applicable and was removed from the construction plans prior to bid submittal. 39 40 ADDENDUM No. 4 CORRECTION 41 CLARIFICATION OF SPECIFICATIONS - QUESTIONS BY NELSON 42 CONTRACTING CO. 43 44 QUESTION: What fittings and/or bends are we to include in item 321? It seems unlikely that a thrust 45 block would require either so we are unclear as to what to include. Page 2 of 6 • • • 1 RESPONSE: The correct pay item is 326 CONST. THRUST COLLAR. For fittings and bends to 2 include, please reference Technical Specifications Section Iva for Pay Item 326. 3 4 IN THE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS — SECTION IVa 5 STS -05 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT SECTION 0122 00, PART 1 6 GENERAL, 1.7 PAY ITEMS 7 8 UPDATE: 9 10 Latest version to match Bidder's Proposal. 11 12 13 IN THE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - SECTION V 14 15 UPDATE: 16 17 Latest version to match STS -05 Basis of Measurement and Payment section 01 22 00, part 1 general, 1.7 18 pay items. 19 20 QUESTIONS FROM NELSON CONSTRUCTION 21 22 QUESTION: We do not believe the answers provided for questions 3, 4, & 5 of Addendum #2 answer 23 the questions being asked as we understand them. The questions ask what pay items the specific items of 24 work indicated are to be paid under but the specification sections referenced in the answer do not address 25 that. For example, plan sheet 78 depicts 16" DIP water main and fittings to be installed as part of this 26 project. However, there are no pay items currently provided on the bid form that correspond to this work. 27 The specifications do not tell us where to bid this 16" water main. Where (which pay items) is the cost of 28 the work associated with the 16" water main to be bid and subsequently paid for the project? Similarly, 29 the same problems exist for the 4" water main items asked about in Addendum #2. 30 31 RESPONSE: Refer to Pay Item 302 F &I 16" DIP WM, RJ; INCLUDING POLY WRAP, FITTINGS, 32 COUPLES & BENDS 33 QUESTION: On plan sheet 153, Phase #3 shows some 4" WM work (tap, pipe, valve & air release) 34 happening at the north end but this work is not reflected on plan sheet 78 and there does not appear to be 35 any bid items that address this work. Is this something temporary or permanent and where are we to bid 36 this work (which pay item(s))? 37 38 RESPONSE: There is a 4" supply line leading up to the air release valve, payable as Item 316 F &I 2" 39 AIR VALVE (VAL -MATIC VMC- 38VC), INCLUDING SUPPLY PIPE, APPURTENANCES, 40 FITTINGS, BENDS, & CONC. PAD. 41 QUESTION: In Addendum 3, there was a question regarding the intent of the work included as part of 42 Pay Item 309 F &I TEMP 20" DIP WM, RJ (BYPASS); INCLUDING APPURETENANCES, 43 FITTINGS, BENDS, & REMOVAL and the answer was that that Item 309 is for the valve needed to 44 control the 8" temporary supply in Pay Item 313. First, is the valve a 20" or 8" and is it the only item of 45 work included in this pay item or does it include anything further. The pay item description is somewhat 46 vague and we cannot find anything else that would fall under this item. Second, in the latest bid form we 47 were provided in Addendum #2, Item 313 is for a 20" Gate Valve & Box (City 402) not for the 8" Page 3 of 6 • • • 1 temporary supply. Was the answer incorrect with respect to the pay item referenced or do we not have 2 the most current bid form? 3 4 RESPONSE: Refer to lines 15 to 22, page 2 of this Addendum No. 5. for corrections to these items 5 6 QUESTION: In Addendum 3, there was a question regarding the intent of Pay Item 306 F &I 8" DIP 7 WM, RJ (LOOP); INCLUDING POLY WRAP, FITTINGS, & BENDS and the answer was that that Item 8 306 is for the Phase 3 air release valve, not the Phase I temporary supply line. Is the Air Release Valve 9 the only item of work included in this pay item or does it include anything further. The pay item 10 description is unclear as to what is included and we cannot find anything else that would fall under this 11 item. 12 13 RESPONSE: Item 306 F &I 8" DIP WM, RJ (LOOP); INCLUDING POLY WRAP, FITTINGS, AND 14 BENDS is no longer applicable and was removed from the construction plans prior to bid submittal. 15 16 QUESTION: Where are we to bid the Air Release Valve to be installed on the 20" WM as depicted on 17 Sheet 76 (which pay item)? There does not appear to be a bid item for this work and the measurement 18 and payment spec for the pipe does not appear to include air release valves. You state in an Addendum #3 19 response that Item 306 is for the Phase 3 air release valve. Is the ARV shown on sheet 76 the one you are 20 referring to in your answer? 21 22 RESPONSE: The corrected item per this Addendum No. 5 is Pay Item 316 F &I 2" AIR VALVE (VAL- 23 MATIC VMC- 38VC), INCLUDING APPURETENANCES, FITTINGS, BENDS, & CONC. PAD. 24 There are two to be included for the project. 25 26 QUESTION: Plan Sheet 78 says to restrain 300' of existing 20" A.C. pipe which would require 15 27 restrained joints but Bid Item #305 only calls for 6, which will only restrain 120'. 28 29 RESPONSE: The correct quantity is 300' of existing 20" A.C. pipe 30 31 QUESTION: Plan Sheet 78 says to restrain 250' of existing 16" A.C. pipe which would require 12 32 restrained joints but there is no Bid Item for the 16" Bell Restraints for the existing A.C. pipe 33 34 RESPONSE: Refer to Pay Item 304 F &I 16" RESTRAINTS; EXISTING PIPE ONLY 35 QUESTION: In Addendum 4, there was a question regarding the intent of the work included as part of 36 Pay Item 321 F &I TEMP CONC THRUST BLOCKS; INCLUDING APPURETENANCES, FITTINGS, 37 BENDS, & REMOVAL and the answer was that that the only thrust block device for the project is Item 38 326 Thrust Collar shown on Sheet 150 of the drawings. On the latest bid form we were provided in 39 Addendum #2, Item 326 is for Flowable Fill, not for thrust collars. Further there is no bid item period 40 with the item description Thrust Collar. Was the answer incorrect with respect to the pay item referenced 41 or do we not have the most current bid form? 42 RESPONSE: Please refer to Addendum No. 5, revised Bidders Proposal for Item 326 43 QUESTION: With relation to the utility (potable and reclaimed water) fittings and restraints is this a 44 "Buy American" project? Do these materials need to be manufactured domestically to be accepted on the 45 project? Page 4 of 6 • • 1 RESPONSE: As per Section V of the Contract, Contractors shall not engage in business with companies 2 on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in 3 the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, or engaging in business in Cuba and Syria. 4 QUESTION: There does not appear to be structure information (type, rim, inverts, etc.) for storm 5 structure 5102 as shown on plan sheet 56. Is this information provided on another plan sheet or, if not, 6 can this structure information be provided? 7 8 RESPONSE: 9 10 Data for Storm structure 5102 11 12 STA 95 +41.1, 16.4' R 13 CONST TYPE C WING INLET - DBL (FDOT 200 ALT A, 72" DIA TYPE P) RIM EL = 17.12 14 INV EL (E) = 11.50 (30" RCP) 15 INV EL (N) = 10.90 (30" RCP) 16 17 QUESTION: There does not appear to be a storm pipe callout (size & length) for the storm run between 18 structures 3272 and 3271 on sheet 70. Can this information be provided? 19 20 RESPONSE: Pipe between structures 3061 to 3062 Const. 13 LF 15" RCP CL3 @ 2.17% 21 22 QUESTION: On sheet 70, storm structure 3295 is called out as a SAN 48 "x48" JUNCTION BOX. 23 What is the SAN designation for? Is this structure functioning as a conflict structure for a sanitary sewer 24 main? Please advise. 25 26 RESPONSE: Correction, omit the word "SAN ", Structure 3295 is a 48 "x48" JUNCTION BOX, which 27 also has 16LF of 36" RCP pipe at 0.06 %. 28 29 QUESTION: On the original bid form Pay Item 218 was for (2) FDOT 232 TYPE E (MODIFIED) 30 (FDOT 200 ALT A, 72" DIA) storm structures. This pay item was removed from the revised bid form in 31 Addendum 2 but these two storm structures are still called out to be installed on the plans (structure 1123 32 on plan sheet 42 and structure 6051 on plan sheet 43). Since the pay item for these structures has been 33 removed from the bid form, under which pay item are we to bid these two structures or are they to be 34 considered incidental to the project? 35 36 RESPONSE: The original Bidders Proposal had a Bid/ Pay Item #217 F &I FDOT 232 TYPE E which 37 has been deleted from the construction drawings, and subsequently changed the bid numbers to shift up 38 by one. Bid Item 217 is now FDOT 232 TYPE E (MODIFIED) (FDOT 200 ALT A, 72" DIA 39 40 QUESTION: There appear to be quantity discrepancies for some of the wing inlets on the revised bid 41 form from Addendum 2. On the bid form Item 224 F &I WING INLET - LT (FDOT 200 ALT A, 48" 42 DIA TYPE P) (Valley Curb) has a quantity of 32, however we only found one such structure on the plans 43 (structure 2171 on sheet 56) and Item 227 F &I WING INLET - RT (FD OT 200 ALT A, 48" DIA TYPE Page 5 of 6 1 P) (Valley Curb) also has a quantity of 32 but we can only find three of these structures called out on the 0 2 plans (2021, 2173 & 3281). Further Items 223 F &I WING INLET — LT (Valley Curb) and Item 226 F &I 3 WING INLET — RT (Valley Curb) both have a quantity of 1 on the bid form but we have found in excess 4 of 30 of each of these two standard types of wing inlets. Are the quantities incorrect on the bid form or 5 are we to make the changes to the structure bottoms of the structures based on the pay item quantity on 6 the revised bid form? It looks as if when Item 218 was eliminated from the revised bid form and the other 7 items shifted up, the quantities didn't shift up to match the items. 8 9 RESPONSE: The original Bidders Proposal had a Bid/ Pay Item #217 F &I FDOT 232 TYPE E which 10 has been deleted from the construction drawings, and subsequently changed the bid numbers to shift up 11 by one. Bid Item 217 is now FDOT 232 TYPE E (MODIFIED) (FDOT 200 ALT A, 72" DIA 12 13 END OF ADDENDUM • • Page 6 of 6 13- 0043 -EN (STS -05) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements December 02 2016 Clearwater, Florida SECTION 0122 00 • Basis of Measurement and Payment • PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY The Contractor shall receive and accept the compensation as provided in the Bidder's Proposal and the Contract in full payment for furnishing all materials, labor, tools, equipment, and for performing all operations necessary to complete the work under the contract, and also in full payment for all loss or damages arising from the nature of the work, or in any discrepancy between the actual quantities of work and quantities herein estimated by the Engineer, or from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen difficulties which may be encountered during the prosecution of the work until the final acceptance by the City. Work not shown or called out in either the Drawings or the Specifications, but necessary in carrying out the intent of the Project or in the complete and proper execution of the Work, is required and shall be performed by the Contractor as though it were specifically delineated or described. No additional compensation will be considered for this associated and necessary work. The prices stated in the Bidder's Proposal include all costs and expenses for taxes, labor, equipment, materials, commissions, transportation charges and expenses, patent fees and royalties, labor for handling materials during inspection, together with any and all other costs and expenses for performing and completing the work as shown on the plans and specified herein. The Basis for Payment for an item at the unit price shown in the Bidder's Proposal shall be in accordance with the description of the item in this Section. The Contractor's attention is again called to the fact that the quotations for the various items of work are intended to establish a total price for completing the work in its entirety. Should the Contractor feel that the costs for any item of work has not been established by the Bidder's Proposal or Measurement and Payment, he shall include the costs for that work in some other applicable bid item, so that his proposal for the project does reflect his total price for completing the work in its entirety. 1.2 LUMP SUM QUANTITIES Contractor shall be solely responsible for determining the quantities of each lump sum pay item necessary to complete the Work as required by the Contract Documents. When lump sum items are broken into components, the sum of the components shall be the total Contract Price for the Work. The lump sum price stated on the Bidder's Proposal shall constitute full compensation for each lump sum pay item completed in accordance with the drawings and specifications. No other payments will be made to the Contractor except as specifically authorized by change order. The City reserves the right to request a schedule of values for all lump sum items. 1.3 UNIT PRICE QUANTITIES All estimated quantities stipulated in the Unit Price portion of the Bidder's Proposal or other Contract Documents are approximate and are to be used only (a) as a basis for estimating the probable cost of the Work and (b) for the purpose of comparing the bids submitted for the Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Basis of Measurement and Payment Addendum 5 Basis of Payment docx.docx 0122 00 -1 13- 0043 -EN (STS -05) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements December 02 2016 Clearwater, Florida Work. The actual amounts of work done and materials furnished under unit price items may differ from the estimated quantities. The basis of payment for unit price work and materials shall be the actual amount of work done and materials furnished. Contractor agrees that he shall make no claim for damages, anticipated profits, or otherwise on account of any difference between the amounts of work actually performed and materials actually furnished and the estimated amounts thereof. 1.4 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Payment for all work done in compliance with the Contract Documents, inclusive of furnishing all manpower, equipment, materials and performance of all operations relative to construction of this project, will be made under the pay items listed herein and in accordance with the accepted Bid. B. Methods of Measurement: 1. Units of Measurement shall be defined in general terms as follows: a. Lump Sum (LS) b. Linear Feet (LF) c. Cubic Yards (CY) d. Square Yards (SY) e. Each (EA) f. Square Foot (SF) g. Ton (TN) 1.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT Measurement and payment for each bid item shall include all labor, materials and equipment required to perform the work included for that respective item to provide a complete and operable installation whether specifically described, mentioned or implied. Payment for all sheeting, shoring, bracing, cofferdams, and other items necessary for a safe and workable excavation shall be included in those Items requiring same for a complete and operable installation whether specifically described, mentioned or implied. 1.6 ITEMS INCLUDED BUT NOT SPECIFIED The unit or lump sum prices designated in the proposal shall include all profit, taxes, labor, overhead, material, equipment, tools, survey staking, utility notification and coordination, resident notification (preparation and distribution of door hangers), towing of vehicles, clearing of right -of -way, supporting /protection of existing utilities, shoring and trench safety precautions, sheeting, removal of pavement, backfill, dewatering, extra backfill material as required (not including flowable fill), restoration of irrigation systems, transportation /trucking, stone bedding for storm structures, plugging of existing pipe and structures, excavation materials, replacement of storm piping, protection and resetting of decorative tree rings, Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Basis of Measurement and Payment Addendum 5 Basis of Payment docx.docx 0122 00 - 2 13- 0043 -EN (STS -05) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements December 02 2016 Clearwater, Florida removal and resetting of traffic control signs and devices in accordance with City requirements, removal and remounting of benches and garbage cans, concrete encasement, concrete thrust blocking, concrete slabs under new backflow devices, record drawing (or "As -Built Survey ") preparation and other work incidental thereto and specified in these specifications and on the Drawings, all as applicable to the item described unless designated otherwise in the Unit Price Bid Schedule and hereafter specified. 1.7 PAY ITEMS Pay Item 101 MOBILIZATION Basis of Measurement: amount earned as a percentage of the total contract price as described in Section 0171 13. Basis of Payment includes: mobilization as described in Section 01 17 13. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section 0171 13. Pay Item 102 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC Basis of Measurement: percent based on the amount earned of the total contract as percentage. Basis of Payment includes: preparation of maintenance traffic plan(s), installation and removal of traffic control devices, personnel and equipment for restricting traffic from the work area(s). Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Sections IV Article 107 and 0155 26 Supplemental Maintenance of Traffic. Pay Item 103 CLEARING & GRUBBING Basis of Measurement: percent based on the amount earned of the total contract as percentage. Basis of Payment includes: removal and disposal of all structures, appurtenances, asphalt, concrete, curbs, walls, vegetation, boulders, conduits, poles, posts, pipes, inlets, brush, stumps, debris and other obstructions resting on or protruding through the ground surface necessary to prepare the area for construction. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section IV Article 206. Pay Item 104 REMOVAL & REPLACEMENT OF UNSUITABLE MATERIAL (ALLOWANCE) Basis of Measurement: cubic yard of material removed and replaced. Basis of Payment includes: excavation, shoring, protecting adjacent utilities, hauling, disposal, and backfilling with suitable material. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section IV Article 204. Pay Item 105 EROSION & SEDIMENTATION CONTROL INCL. SILT FENCE & INLET PROTECTION Basis of Measurement: percent based on the amount earned of the total contract as percentage. Basis of Payment includes: materials, installation, and maintenance of all proposed erosion and sedimentation control devices. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section IV Article 207. Pay Item 106 FLOATING TURBIDITY BARRIER Basis of Measurement: percent based on the amount earned of the total contract as percentage. Basis of Payment includes: materials, installation, and maintenance of proposed Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Basis of Measurement and Payment Addendum 5 Basis of Payment docx.docx 0122 00 - 3 13- 0043 -EN (STS -05) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements December 02 2016 Clearwater, Florida Turbidity Barriers. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Standard Drawing 609. Pay Item 107 TREE BARRICADES Basis of Measurement: linear foot of tree barricades. Basis of Payment includes: materials, installation, and maintenance of proposed Tree Barricades. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section IV Article 910. Pay Item 108 ROOT PRUNING Basis of Measurement: linear foot of root pruning. Basis of Payment includes: root pruning equipment, clean up and surface restoration. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section IV Article 910. Pay Item 109 TREE REMOVAL (ALLOWANCE); 4 "< DIA. <_ 12" Pay Item 110 TREE REMOVAL (ALLOWANCE); 12" < DIA. <_ 24" Pay Item 111 TREE REMOVAL (ALLOWANCE); 24" < DIA. <_ 40" Pay Item 112 PALM TREE REMOVAL (ALLOWANCE) Basis of Measurement: per each tree removed for given diameter. Basis of Payment includes: tree pruning, stump removal, stump grinding, and surface restoration. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section 3113 13 Tree Removal. Pay Item 113 14" ROADWAY BASE Basis of Measurement: by square yard of base or stabilized subgrade. Basis of Payment includes: material, excavation, compaction, grading, and surface maintenance. Reference(s): Section IV Article 702. Pay Item 114 CONSTRUCT MODIFIED CURB (CITY INDEX NO. 101) Pay Item 115 CONSTRUCT STRAIGHT CURB (CITY INDEX NO. 101) Pay Item 116 CONSTRUCT TYPE 1 CURB (CITY INDEX NO. 101) Pay Item 117 REMOVE & REPLACE VALLEY CURB (CITY INDEX NO. 101) Basis of Measurement: linear foot of curb measure along face. Basis of Payment includes: excavation, forming, concrete, curing, and finishing. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Sections IV Article 706 and 03 24 00 Fiber Mesh Reinforcing. Pay Item 118 4" CONCRETE SIDEWALK (INCLUDES CURB RAMPS) Basis of Measurement: square foot. Basis of Payment includes: excavation, forming, concrete, curing, curb, curb ramps (excluding detectable warning), and finishing. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Sections IV Article 707 and 03 24 00 Fiber Mesh Reinforcing. Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Basis of Measurement and Payment Addendum 5 Basis of Payment docx.docx 0122 00 - 4 13- 0043 -EN (STS -05) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements December 02 2016 Clearwater, Florida Pay Item 119 DETECTABLE WARNING STRIP Basis of Measurement: per each installed. Basis of Payment includes: materials, installation, and surface restoration. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with FDOT SSRBC 527. Pay Item 120 CONCRETE DRIVEWAY RESTORATION Pay Item 121 ASPHALT DRIVEWAY RESTORATION Basis of Measurement: square yard of completely restored driveways. Basis of Payment includes: demolition, excavation, grading, forming, asphalt or concrete, curing, and finishing. If existing driveway is a paver or brick driveway, demolition includes removal by hand, palletizing at location provided by City, and coordination with driveway owner regarding replacement of brick or paver driveway. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Sections IV Article 701 and 03 24 00 Fiber Mesh Reinforcing. Pay Item 122 SODDING Basis of Measurement: percent based on the amount earned of the total contract as percentage. Basis of Payment includes: sod, installation, water, and maintenance during construction. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section IV Article 903. Pay Item 201 F &I 10" PVC SDR35 Pay Item 202 F &I 12" CMP Pay Item 203 F &I 12" PVC Pay Item 204 F &I 15" RCP CL3 Pay Item 205 F &I 18" RCP CL3 Pay Item 206 F &I 24" RCP CL3 Pay Item 207 F &I 30" RCP CL3 Pay Item 208 F &I 36" RCP CL3 Pay Item 209 F &I 38" x 24" ERCP Basis of Measurement: linear foot installed and accepted. Basis of Payment includes: pipe, dewatering, trenching, excavation, shoring, protecting adjacent utilities, bedding, wrap, gaskets, backfilling and commissioning. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section IV Articles 403 or 603. Pay Item 210 F &I 42" DIA MH (FDOT 200) Pay Item 211 F &I 48" DIA MH (FDOT 200) Pay Item 212 F &I 48 "x48" JUNCTION BOX (FDOT 200) Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Basis of Measurement and Payment Addendum 5 Basis of Payment docx.docx 0122 00 - 5 13- 0043 -EN (STS -05) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements December 02 2016 Clearwater, Florida Pay Item 213 F &I 60" DIA MH (FDOT 200) Pay Item 214 F &I 60 "x60" JUNCTION BOX (FDOT 200) Pay Item 215 F &I 72" DIA MH (FDOT 200) Pay Item 216 F &I FDOT 221 TYPE V Pay Item 217 F &I FDOT 232 TYPE E (MODIFIED) (FDOT 200 ALT A, 72" DIA) Pay Item 218 F &I WING INLET — LT (TYPE I Curb) Pay Item 219 F &I WING INLET — RT (Type I Curb) Pay Item 220 F &I WING INLET — DBL (Valley Curb) Pay Item 221 F &I WING INLET - DBL (FDOT 200 ALT A, 48" DIA TYPE P) (Valley Curb) Pay Item 222 F &I WING INLET - DBL (FDOT 200 ALT A, 72" DIA TYPE J) (Valley Curb) Pay Item 223 F &I WING INLET — LT (Valley Curb) Pay Item 224 F &I WING INLET - LT (FDOT 200 ALT A, 48" DIA TYPE P) (Valley Curb) Pay Item 225 F &I WING INLET - LT (FDOT 200 ALT A, 60" DIA TYPE J) (Valley Curb) Pay Item 226 F &I WING INLET — RT (Valley Curb) Pay Item 227 F &I WING INLET - RT (FDOT 200 ALT A, 48" DIA TYPE P) (Valley Curb) Pay Item 228 F &I WING INLET - RT (FDOT 200 ALT A, 60" DIA TYPE J) (Valley Curb) Pay Item 229 F &I WING INLET - RT (FDOT 200 ALT A, 72" DIA TYPE J) (Valley Curb) Pay Item 230 F &I WING INLET - RT (FDOT 200 ALT B, 42 "x42" TYPE P) (Valley Curb) Pay Item 231 F &I WING INLET - RT (FDOT 200 ALT B, 48 "x48" TYPE P) (Valley Curb) Pay Item 232 F &I TYPE F WING INLET — LT Pay Item 233 F &I TYPE F WING INLET - DBL Pay Item 234 F &I WING INLET - LT (5' -4" DBL BOX) (Valley Curb) Pay Item 235 F &I WING INLET - RT (5' -4" DBL BOX) (Valley Curb) Pay Item 236 F &I U -TYPE ENDWALL (FDOT 264) Basis of Mesurement: per each installed and accepted. Basis of Payment includes: structure (concrete, reinforcing), dewatering, trenching, excavation, shoring, protecting adjacent utilities, grout, bedding, backfilling and commissioning. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section IV Article 604. Pay Item 237 F &I BAFFLE BOX (SUNTREE NSBB -5- 10.5 -101) Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Basis of Measurement and Payment Addendum 5 Basis of Payment docx.docx 0122 00 - 6 13- 0043 -EN (STS -05) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements December 02 2016 Clearwater, Florida Pay Item 238 F &I BAFFLE BOX (SUNTREE NSBB- 6- 12 -87) Pay Item 239 F &I BAFFLE BOX (SUNTREE NSBB- 6- 12 -89) Pay Item 240 F &I BAFFLE BOX (SUNTREE NSBB- 6- 12 -92) Pay Item 241 F &I BAFFLE BOX (SUNTREE NSBB- 8- 14 -97) Basis of Measurement: per each installed and accepted. Basis of Payment includes: nutrient separating baffle box, dewatering, excavation, shoring, protecting adjacent utilities, grout, bedding, backfilling, commissioning, and surface restoration (if located in grass). Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section 33 4419.13 Baffle Box. Pay Item 242 CONNECT PROPOSED STORM TO EXISTING (ALLOWANCE) Basis of Measurement: per each constructed and accepted. Basis of Payment includes: materials (pipes, joints, junctions, structures), modifications to proposed structures, equipment, dewatering, excavation, shoring, backfill, and commissioning. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section IV Article 402. Pay Item 243 CUT OUTFALLS INTO CONC. EMBANKMENTS, CONNECT PIPE, & REPAIR OPENINGS Basis of Measurement: percent based on number of outfalls constructed and accepted. Basis of Payment includes: excavation, dewatering, backfill, material, equipment, shoring, grout, and reinforcing. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section IV Article 603. Pay Item 244 DEMO & DISPOSE EXISTING STORM PIPE: DIA 512" Pay Item 245 DEMO & DISPOSE EXISTING STORM PIPE: 12" <DIA 5518" Pay Item 246 DEMO & DISPOSE EXISTING STORM PIPE: 18" <DIA 5530" Basis of Measurement: linear foot removed and disposed. Basis of Payment includes: dewatering, excavation, shoring, removal, proper disposal, backfill, and surface restoration. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section(s) 02 4100 Demolition. Pay Item 247 DEMO & DISPOSE EXISTING STORM STRUCTURES Basis of Measurement: per each removed and disposed. Basis of Payment includes: dewatering, excavation, shoring, removal, proper disposal, backfill, and surface restoration. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section 02 4100 Demolition. Pay Item 248 FLOWABLE FILL Basis of Measurement: cubic yard of fill placed inside structures or pipes. Basis of Payment includes: material, equipment, grout, plugging at existing structures. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section 3123 23.33 Flowable Fill. Pay Item 249 DRAINAGE DIVERSION, TEMPORARY Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Basis of Measurement and Payment Addendum 5 Basis of Payment docx.docx 0122 00 - 7 13- 0043 -EN (STS -05) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements December 02 2016 Clearwater, Florida Basis of Measurement: percent based on the amount earned of the total contract as percentage. Basis of Payment includes: materials, equipment (including pumping, power generation), fixtures, temporary pipes and structures. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section IV Article 604. Pay Item 301 F &I 6" DIP WM, RJ; INCLUDING POLY WRAP, FITTINGS, & BENDS Pay Item 302 F &I 16" DIP WM, RJ; INCLUDING POLY WRAP, FITTINGS, COUPLES & BENDS Pay Item 303 F &I 20" DIP WM, RJ; INCLUDING POLY WRAP, FITTINGS, & BENDS Basis of Measurement: linear foot installed and accepted. Basis of Payment includes: excavation, pipe, dewatering, shoring, protection of adjacent utilities, bends, tapping, disinfection (including pigging), gate valves, material, backfill, joint restraint, mechanical joint restraint, poly wrap, and commissioning. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Sections IV Article 500, 02 8213.33 Asbestos Abatement for Utilities, 33 0110.01 Hydrostatic Tests for Transmission Main, 33 01 10.61 Line Stop, and 33 11 13.01 Potable Water Main and Appurtenances. Pay Item 304 F &I 16" RESTRAINTS; EXISTING PIPE ONLY Pay Item 305 F &I 20" RESTRAINTS; EXISTING PIPE ONLY Basis of Measurement: linear foot installed and accepted. Basis of Payment includes: excavation, pipe, dewatering, shoring, protection of adjacent utilities, bends, tapping, disinfection (including pigging), gate valves, material, backfill, joint restraint, mechanical joint restraint, poly wrap, and commissioning. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Sections IV Article 500, 02 82 13.33 Asbestos Abatement for Utilities, 33 01 10.01 Hydrostatic Tests for Transmission Main, 33 0110.61 Line Stop, and 33 1113.01 Potable Water Main and Appurtenances. Pay Item 306 F &14" WM OFFSET /DEFLECTION (INCLUDES EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, LINE STOPS, PIPE, POLY WRAP, RESTRAINTS, INSTALLATION, FITTINGS, RESTRAINT OF EXISTING PIPE) Pay Item 307 F &I 6" WM OFFSET /DEFLECTION (INCLUDES EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, LINE STOPS, PIPE, POLY WRAP, RESTRAINTS, INSTALLATION, FITTINGS, RESTRAINT OF EXISTING PIPE) Pay Item 308 Pay Item 309 F &I 6" GV W/ BOX (CITY 402) Pay Item 309 F &I 8" GV W/ BOX (CITY 402) (ALLOWANCE) (AS DIRECTED BY CITY) Pay Item 310 F &I 12" GV W/ BOX (CITY 402) (ALLOWANCE) (AS DIRECTED BY CITY) Pay Item 311 F &I 20" GV w/ BOX (CITY 402) Pay Item 312 F &I TEMP 6" BLOW -OFF AND SAMPLE TAP; INCLUDING APPURTENANCES, FITTINGS, BENDS, & REMOVAL Pay Item 313 F &1 TEMP 8" DIP WM, RJ (SUPPLY); INCLUDING APPURTENANCES, FITTINGS, BENDS, & REMOVAL Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Basis of Measurement and Payment Addendum 5 Basis of Payment docx.docx 0122 00 - 8 13- 0043 -EN (STS -05) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements December 02 2016 Clearwater, Florida Pay Item 314 F &l 16" LINE STOP (ALLOWANCE) Pay Item 315 F &I 20" LINE STOP Basis of Measurement: per each installed, properly removed, and capped. Basis of Payment includes: dewatering, excavation, shoring, protection of adjacent utilities, tapping equipment, tapping sleeve, valves, fittings, disinfection, plugs, and surface restoration. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Sections IV Article 500 and 33 0110.61 Line Stop and 02 82 13.33 Asbestos Abatement for Utilities. Pay Item 316 F &12" AIR VALVE (VAL -MATIC VMC- 38VC), INCLUDING APPURETENANCES, FITTINGS, BENDS, & CONC. PAD. Basis of Measurement: per each installed and accepted. Basis of Payment includes: valve, tapping sleeve, box (CITY 402), pipe, valves, dewatering, excavation, shoring, trenching, backfill, concrete, restraints, disinfection, commissioning, and surface restoration. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Standard Drawing 402, Section IV Article 500. Pay Item 317 F &I 5 %" HYDRANT (CITY 402) Basis of Measurement: per each installed and accepted. Basis of Payment includes: fire hydrant, pipe, valves, dewatering, excavation, shoring, trenching, backfill, concrete, restraints, disinfection, commissioning, and surface restoration. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Standard Drawing 402 and Section IV Article 500. Pay Item 318 F &I BLOW OFF (CITY 404) Basis of Measurement: per each installed and accepted. Basis of Payment includes: valve, tapping sleeve, box (CITY 402), pipe, valves, dewatering, excavation, shoring, trenching, backfill, concrete, restraints, disinfection, commissioning, and surface restoration. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Standard Drawing 402, Section IV Article 500. Pay Item 319 F &I TEMP B.O. / S. TAP (CITY 408); INCLUDING APPURTENANCES, FITTINGS, BENDS, & REMOVAL Pay Item 320 F &I TEMP CL2 TAP (CITY 408); INCLUDING APPURTENANCES, FITTINGS, BENDS, & REMOVAL Pay Item 321 DEMO & DISPOSE EXISTING WM; OTHER THAN A -C WM Pay Item 322 DEMO & DISPOSE EXISTING 20" A -C WM Basis of Measurement: linear foot removed and disposed. Basis of Payment includes: dewatering, excavation, shoring, removal, proper disposal, backfill, and surface restoration. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section(s) 02 4100 Demolition and 02 82 13.33 Asbestos Abatement for Utilities. Pay Item 323 REMOVE & REPLACE POTABLE WATER SERVICE CONNECTION (ALLOWANCE) Basis of Measurement: per each removed, installed, and accepted. Basis of Payment includes: dewatering, excavation, trenching, shoring, protection of adjacent utilities, tapping sleeve, Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Basis of Measurement and Payment Addendum 5 Basis of Payment docx.docx 0122 00 - 9 13- 0043 -EN (STS -05) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements December 02 2016 Clearwater, Florida tapping equipment, corporation stop, valves, pipe, casing, disinfection and surface restoration. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section IV Article 500. Pay Item 324 RELOCATE EXISTING METER (ALLOWANCE) (BY CITY ONLY) Basis of Measurement: per each relocated and accepted. Basis of Payment includes: dewatering, excavation, shoring, protection of adjacent utilities, meter, meter box, valves, disinfection, and surface restoration. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section IV Article 500. Pay Item 325 FLOWABLE FILL (ABANDONED FEATURES) Basis of Measurement: cubic yard of fill placed inside structures or pipes. Basis of Payment includes: material, equipment, grout, plugging at existing structures. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section 3123 23.33 Flowable Fill. Pay Item 326 CONST. THRUST COLLAR Basis of Payment includes: dewatering, excavation, trenching, shoring, protection of adjacent utilities, tapping sleeve, tapping equipment, fittings, joints, joint restraints, poly wrap, valves, pipe, casing, disinfection and surface restoration. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Standard Drawing 408 and Section IV Article 500. Pay Item 401 F &I 8" PVC SDR 35 Pay Item 402 F &I 8" PVC SDR 26 Basis of Measurement: linear foot installed and accepted. Basis of Payment includes: pipe, dewatering, trenching, excavation, shoring, protecting adjacent utilities, bedding, wrap, gaskets, bedding, backfilling and commissioning. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section IV Article 403. Pay Item 403 F &I 48" DIA MH Pay Item 404 F &I 48" DIA MH w/ OUTSIDE DROP Basis of Measurement: per each installed and accepted. Basis of Payment includes: structure (concrete, reinforcing), dewatering, trenching, excavation, shoring, protecting adjacent utilities, grout, outside drop (CITY 302), bedding, backfilling and commissioning. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section IV Article 403 and Standard Drawing 302. Pay Item 405 DEMO & DISPOSE EXISTING SANITARY PIPE Pay Item 406 DEMO & DISPOSE EXISTING SANITARY STRUCTURES Basis of Measurement: per each removed and disposed. Basis of Payment includes: dewatering, excavation, shoring, removal, proper disposal, backfill, and surface restoration. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section 02 4100 Demolition. Pay Item 407 FLOWABLE FILL FOR ABANDONED SANITARY SEWER PIPES Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Basis of Measurement and Payment Addendum 5 Basis of Payment docx.docx 01 22 00 -10 13- 0043 -EN (STS -05) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements December 02 2016 Clearwater, Florida Basis of Measurement: cubic yard of fill placed inside structures or pipes. Basis of Payment includes: material, equipment, grout, plugging at existing structures. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section 3123 23.33 Flowable Fill. Pay Item 408 SANITARY SEWER BYPASS Basis of Measurement: percent based on the amount earned of the total contract as percentage. Basis of Payment includes: dewatering, excavation, pipe, temporary structures, pumps, temporary power generation, monitoring, contaminated soil restoration, fines associated with spills, backfill, and surface restoration. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section 01 51 39 Sewer Bypass Pumping. Pay Item 409 REMOVE & REPLACE SANITARY LATERALS (CITY 305) Pay Item 410 REMOVE & REPLACE SANITARY LATERALS (CITY 305) (ALLOWANCE) Basis of Measurement: per each removed, replaced, and accepted. Basis of Payment includes: dewatering, excavation, shoring, trenching, protection of adjacent utilities, pipe, cleanout, grouting (if necessary), connections, bedding, backfill and surface restoration. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Standard Drawing 305, Sections IV Article 403 and 02 4100 Demolition. Pay Item 411 CONFLICT STRUCTURE (ALLOWANCE) Basis of Measurement: per each installed or modified and accepted. Basis of Payment includes: dewatering, excavation, trenching, modifications to existing /proposed structures, pipe, casing, shoring, pipe wrap, protection of adjacent utilities, bedding, backfill, and surface restoration. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Sections IV Articles 403 and 603. Pay Item 412 MODIFY EXISTING MANHOLE (ALLOWANCE) Pay Item 413 MODIFY EXISTING MANHOLE INCLUDING OUTSIDE DROP (ALLOWANCE) Pay Item 414 CONCRETE ENCASE EX. 24" PVC (AS DIRECTED BY CITY) Basis of Measurement: per each modified and accepted. Basis of Payment includes: materials (pipes, joints, junctions, structures), modifications to proposed structures, equipment, protection of adjacent utilities, dewatering, excavation, shoring, backfill, and commissioning. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section IV Article 400. Pay Item 501 F &I 6" RCWM OFFSET /DEFLECTION (INCLUDES EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, PIPE, POLY WRAP, RESTRAINTS, INSTALLATION, FITTINGS, RESTRAINT OF EXISTING PIPE) Pay Item 502 F &I 16" RCWM OFFSET /DEFLECTION (INCLUDES EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, PIPE, POLY WRAP, RESTRAINTS, INSTALLATION, FITTINGS, RESTRAINT OF EXISTING PIPE) Pay Item 503 F &I 20" RCWM OFFSET /DEFLECTION (INCLUDES EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, PIPE, POLY WRAP, RESTRAINTS, INSTALLATION, FITTINGS, RESTRAINT OF EXISTING PIPE) Basis of Measurement: linear foot installed and accepted. Basis of Payment includes: excavation, pipe, dewatering, shoring, protection of adjacent utilities, bends, tapping, disinfection (including Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Basis of Measurement and Payment Addendum 5 Basis of Payment docx.docx 01 22 00 -11 13- 0043 -EN (STS -05) East Gateway Stormwater & Sanitary Improvements December 02 2016 Clearwater, Florida pigging), gate valves, material, backfill, joint restraint, mechanical joint restraint, poly wrap, and commissioning. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Sections IV Article 500, 02 82 13.33 Asbestos Abatement for Utilities, 33 01 10.01 Hydrostatic Tests for Transmission Main, 33 01 10.61 Line Stop, and 33 11 13.01 Potable Water Main and Appurtenances. Pay Item 504 16" GATE VALVES FOR OFFSETS (ALLOWANCE) (AS DIRECTED BY CITY) Pay Item 505 20" GATE VALVES FOR OFFSETS (ALLOWANCE) (AS DIRECTED BY CITY) Pay Item 506 DEMO & DISPOSE EXISTING RCWM; 16 "< DIA. <_ 20" Basis of Measurement: linear foot removed and disposed. Basis of Payment includes: dewatering, excavation, shoring, removal, proper disposal, backfill, and surface restoration. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section(s) 02 4100 Demolition. Pay Item 507 REMOVE & REPLACE RECLAIM SERVICE CONNECTION (ALLOWANCE) Basis of Measurement: per each removed, installed, and accepted. Basis of Payment includes: dewatering, excavation, trenching, shoring, protection of adjacent utilities, tapping sleeve, tapping equipment, corporation stop, valves, pipe, casing, disinfection and surface restoration. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section IV Article 500. Pay Item 508 RELOCATE EXISTING RECLAIM METER (ALLOWANCE) (BY CITY ONLY) Basis of Measurement: per each relocated and accepted. Basis of Payment includes: dewatering, excavation, shoring, protection of adjacent utilities, meter, meter box, valves, disinfection, and surface restoration. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section IV Article 500. Pay Item 601 2" ASPHALTIC CONCRETE STRUCTURAL COURSE TYPE SP -9.5 Basis of Measurement: per ton installed and accepted. Basis of Payment includes: excavation, asphaltic concrete, compaction, and marking (if necessary). Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section IV Article 703. Pay Item 602 MILLING EXIST ASPH PAVT, 2" AVG DEPTH Basis of Measurement: square yard milled and restored. Basis of Payment includes: milling, and disposal of debris. Reference(s): all work must be performed in accordance with Section IV Article 708. PART 2 PRODUCTS — NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION — NOT USED END OF SECTION Interflow Engineering, L.L.C. Basis of Measurement and Payment Addendum 5 Basis of Payment docx.docx 01 22 00 -12 • SECTION V — Contract Documents BIDDER'S PROPOSAL PROJECT: East Gateway Stormwater and Sanitary Improvements (13- 0043 -EN) CONTRACTOR: BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL: $ (Numbers) BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL: (Words) For the purpose of the Estimated Quantities, the Contractor's attention is called to the fact that the estimate of quantities as shown on the Proposal is approximate and is given only as a basis of calculation upon which the award of the contract is to be made. The City does not assume any responsibility that the final quantities will remain in strict accordance with estimated quantities nor shall the Contractor plead misunderstandings or deception because of such estimate of quantities or of the character or location of the work or of other conditions or situations pertaining thereto. 13- 0043 -EN EAST GATEWAY STORMWATER & SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS (BID SET) BID ITEM QTY UNIT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT 100 I. GENERAL 101 MOBILIZATION 1 LS • 102 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC 1 LS 103 CLEARING & GRUBBING 1 LS • 104 REMOVAL & REPLACEMENT OF UNSUITABLE 6,253 CY MATERIAL (ALLOWANCE) EROSION & SEDIMENTATION CONTROL INCL. 105 1 LS SILT FENCE & INLET PROTECTION 106 FLOATING TURBIDITY BARRIER 1 LS 107 TREE BARRICADES 1 LS 108 ROOT PRUNING 1 LS 109 TREE REMOVAL (ALLOWANCE); 4 "< DIA. <_ 12" 1 EA 110 TREE REMOVAL (ALLOWANCE); 12" < DIA. <_ 7 EA 24 111 TREE REMOVAL (ALLOWANCE); 24" < DIA. s 4 EA 40" 112 PALM TREE REMOVAL (ALLOWANCE) 8 EA 113 14" ROADWAY BASE 37,340 SY 114 CONST MODIFIED CURB (CITY INDEX NO. 13,410 LF SECTION V Page 18 of 25 Updated 12/02/2016 • • • SECTION V — Contract Documents 13- 0043 -EN EAST GATEWAY STORMWATER & SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS (BID SET) BID ITEM QTY UNIT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT 101) 115 CONST STRAIGHT CURB (CITY INDEX NO. 101) 116 CONST TYPE 1 CURB (CITY INDEX NO. 101) 117 CONST VALLEY CURB (CITY INDEX NO. 101) 118 4" CONCRETE SIDEWALK (INCLUDES CURB RAMPS) 119 DETECTABLE WARNING STRIP 120 CONCRETE DRIVEWAY RESTORATION 121 ASPHALT DRIVEWAY RESTORATION 122 SODDING Subtotal General 123 General Contingency 10% Total General 200 II. STORMWATER 201 F &I 10" PVC SDR35 202 F &I 12" CMP 203 F &I 12" PVC 204 F &I 15" RCP CL3 205 F &I 18" RCP CL3 206 F &I 24" RCP CL3 207 F &I 30" RCP CL3 208 F &I 36" RCP CL3 209 F &I 38" x 24" ERCP 210 F &I 42" DIA MH (FDOT 200) 211 F &I 48" DIA MH (FDOT 200) 212 F &I 48 "x48" JUNCTION BOX (FDOT 200) 213 F &I 60" DIA MH (FDOT 200) SECTION V 460 LF 6,410 LF 9,340 LF 5,000 SF 2 EA 1,800 SY 1,600 SY 1 LS 1 LS 12 LF 15 LF 10 LF 3,800 LF 1,000 LF 3,600 LF 1,500 LF 1,000 LF 80 LF 9 EA 13 EA 4 EA 21 EA Page 19 of 25 Updated 12/02/2016 • SECTION V — Contract Documents 13- 0043 -EN EAST GATEWAY STORMWATER & SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS (BID SET) BID ITEM QTY UNIT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT 214 F &I 60 "x60" JUNCTION BOX (FDOT 200) 1 EA 215 F &I 72" DIA MH (FDOT 200) 6 EA 216 F &I FDOT 221 TYPE V 11 EA F &I FDOT 232 TYPE E (MODIFIED) (FDOT 200 217 ALT A, 72" DIA) 2 EA 218 F &I WING INLET— LT (TYPE I CURB) 1 EA 219 F &I WING INLET — RT (TYPE I CURB) 3 EA 220 F &I WING INLET — DBL (VALLEY CURB) 3 EA F &I WING INLET - DBL (FDOT 200 ALT A, 48" 221 DIA TYPE P) (VALLEY CURB) 2 EA F &I WING INLET - DBL (FDOT 200 ALT A, 72" 222 DIA TYPE J) (VALLEY CURB) 1 EA 223 F &I WING INLET — LT (VALLEY CURB) 32 EA F &I WING INLET - LT (FDOT 200 ALT A, 48" DIA 224 TYPE P) (VALLEY CURB) 1 EA F &I WING INLET - LT (FDOT 200 ALT A, 60" DIA 225 TYPE J) (VALLEY CURB) 1 EA • 226 F &I WING INLET — RT (VALLEY CURB) 33 EA F &I WING INLET - RT (FDOT 200 ALT A, 48" 227 DIA TYPE P) (VALLEY CURB) 4 EA F &I WING INLET - RT (FDOT 200 ALT A, 60" 228 DIA TYPE J) (VALLEY CURB) 1 EA F &I WING INLET - RT (FDOT 200 ALT A, 72" 229 DIA TYPE J) (VALLEY CURB) 1 EA F &I WING INLET - RT (FDOT 200 ALT B, 230 2 EA 42 "x42" TYPE P) (VALLEY CURB) F &I WING INLET - RT (FDOT 200 ALT B, 231 1 EA 48 "x48" TYPE P) (VALLEY CURB) 232 F &I TYPE F WING INLET - LT 1 EA 233 F &I TYPE F WING INLET - DBL 1 EA 234 F &I WING INLET - LT (5'-4" DBL BOX) (VALLEY 1 EA CURB) F &I WING INLET - RT (5' -4" DBL BOX) (VALLEY 235 CURB) 1 EA 236 F &I U -TYPE ENDWALL (FDOT 264) 1 EA • SECTION V Page 20 of 25 Updated 12/02/2016 • SECTION V — Contract Documents 13- 0043 -EN EAST GATEWAY STORMWATER & SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS (BID SET) BID ITEM QTY UNIT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT 237 F &I BAFFLE BOX (SUNTREE NSBB -5- 10.5 -101) 1 EA 238 F &I BAFFLE BOX (SUNTREE NSBB- 6- 12 -87) 1 EA 239 F &I BAFFLE BOX (SUNTREE NSBB- 6- 12 -89) 1 EA 240 F &I BAFFLE BOX (SUNTREE NSBB- 6- 12 -92) 1 EA 241 F &I BAFFLE BOX (SUNTREE NSBB- 8- 14 -97) 1 EA 242 CONNECT PROPOSED STORM TO EXISTING 30 EA (ALLOWANCE) CUT OUTFALLS INTO CONC. EMBANKMENTS, 243 1 LS CONNECT PIPE, & REPAIR OPENINGS 244 DEMO & DISPOSE EXISTING STORM PIPE: 3,421 LF DIA 5512" DEMO & DISPOSE EXISTING STORM PIPE: 245 12" <DIA 518" 4,082 LF DEMO & DISPOSE EXISTING STORM PIPE: 246 18" <DIA 5_30" 553 LF DEMO & DISPOSE EXISTING STORM 247 90 EA STRUCTURES • 248 FLOWABLE FILL (ABANDONED FEATURES) 30 CY 249 DRAINAGE DIVERSION, TEMPORARY 1 LS Subtotal Stormwater 250 Stormwater Contingency 10% 1 LS Total Stormwater • 300 III. POTABLE WATER 301 F &I 6" DIP WM, RJ; INCLUDING POLY WRAP, FITTINGS, & BENDS 302 F &I 16" DIP WM, RJ; INCLUDING POLY WRAP, FITTINGS, COUPLES & BENDS 303 F &I 20" DIP WM, RJ; INCLUDING POLY WRAP, FITTINGS, COUPLES & BENDS 304 F &I 16" RESTRAINTS; EXISTING PIPE ONLY 305 F &I 20" RESTRAINTS; EXISTING PIPE ONLY SECTION V 300 LF 40 LF 1500 LF 250 LF 300 LF Page 21 of 25 Updated 12/02/2016 • • • SECTION V — Contract Documents 13- 0043 -EN EAST GATEWAY STORMWATER & SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS (BID SET) BID ITEM QTY UNIT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT 306 307 F &I 4" WM OFFSET /DEFLECTION (INCLUDES EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, LINE STOPS, PIPE, POLY WRAP, RESTRAINTS, INSTALLATION, FITTINGS, RESTRAINT OF EXISTING PIPE) F &I 6" WM OFFSET /DEFLECTION (INCLUDES EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, LINE STOPS, PIPE, POLY WRAP, RESTRAINTS, INSTALLATION, FITTINGS, RESTRAINT OF EXISTING PIPE) F &I 6" GV W/ BOX (CITY 402) (ALLOWANCE) 308 (AS DIRECTED BY CITY) 9 EA F &I 8" GV W/ BOX (CITY 402) (ALLOWANCE) 309 (AS DIRECTED BY CITY) 2 EA F &I 12" GV W/ BOX (CITY 402) (ALLOWANCE) 310 (AS DIRECTED BY CITY) 2 EA 311 F &I 20" GV w/ BOX (CITY 402) 3 EA F &I TEMP 6" BLOW -OFF AND SAMPLE TAP; 312 INCLUDING APPURETENANCES, FITTINGS, 1 LS BENDS, & REMOVAL F &I TEMP 8" DIP WM, RJ (SUPPLY); 313 INCLUDING APPURETENANCES, FITTINGS, 1 LS BENDS, & REMOVAL 2 EA 18 EA 314 F &I 16" LINE STOP (ALLOWANCE) 1 EA 315 F &I 20" LINE STOP 2 EA F &I 2" AIR VALVE (VAL -MATIC VMC- 38VC), 316 INCLUDING APPURETENANCES, FITTINGS, 2 EA BENDS, & CONC. PAD. 317 F &I 5 1/4' HYDRANT (CITY 402) 2 EA 318 F &I BLOW OFF (CITY 404) 1 EA F &I TEMP B.O. / S. TAP (CITY 408); 319 INCLUDING APPURTENANCES, FITTINGS, 3 EA BENDS, & REMOVAL F &I TEMP CL2 TAP (CITY 408); INCLUDING 320 APPURTENANCES, FITTINGS, BENDS, & 3 EA REMOVAL DEMO & DISPOSE EXISTING WM; OTHER 321 THAN A -C WM 748 LF DEMO & DISPOSE EXISTING 20" A -C WM 322 (INCLUDES FDEP ASBESTOS REMOVAL 845 LF PERMIT) REMOVE & REPLACE POTABLE WATER 323 SERVICE CONNECTION (ALLOWANCE) (BY 244 EA SECTION V Page 22 of 25 Updated 12/02/2016 • SECTION V — Contract Documents 13- 0043 -EN EAST GATEWAY STORMWATER & SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS (BID SET) BID ITEM QTY UNIT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT CITY ONLY) 324 RELOCATE EXISTING METER (ALLOWANCE) (BY CITY ONLY) 325 FLOWABLE FILL (ABANDONED FEATURES) 326 CONST. THRUST COLLAR Subtotal Potable Water 327 Potable Water Contingency Total Potable Water 400 IV. SANITARY SEWER 401 F &I 8" PVC SDR 35 402 F &I 8" PVC SDR 26 403 F &I 48" DIA MH 404 F &I 48" DIA MH w/ OUTSIDE DROP • 405 DEMO & DISPOSE EXISTING SANITARY PIPE 406 DEMO & DISPOSE EXISTING SANITARY STRUCTURES 407 FLOWABLE FILL FOR ABANDONED SANITARY SEWER PIPES 408 SANITARY SEWER BYPASS 409 REMOVE & REPLACE SANITARY LATERALS (CITY 305) 410 REMOVE & REPLACE SANITARY LATERALS (CITY 305) (ALLOWANCE) 411 CONFLICT STRUCTURE (ALLOWANCE) 412 MODIFY EXISTING MANHOLE (ALLOWANCE) 413 MODIFY EXISTING MANHOLE INCLUDING OUTSIDE DROP (ALLOWANCE) 414 CONC. ENCASE EX. 24" PVC (AS DIRECTED BY CITY) Subtotal Sanitary Sewer 415 Sanitary Sewer Contingency 10% • 30 EA 80 CY 1 LS LS 11,631 LF 980 LF 67 EA 5 EA 12,611 LF 57 EA 25 CY 1 LS 50 EA 190 EA 7 EA 5 EA 3 EA 50 LF LS SECTION V Page 23 of 25 Updated 12/02/2016 • SECTION V — Contract Documents 13- 0043 -EN EAST GATEWAY STORMWATER & SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS (BID SET) BID ITEM QTY UNIT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT Total Sanitary Sewer 500 V. RECLAIMED WATER F &I 6" RCWM OFFSET /DEFLECTION 501 (INCLUDES EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, PIPE, POLY WRAP, RESTRAINTS, INSTALLATION, FITTINGS, RESTRAINT OF EXISTING PIPE) 502 503 504 505 • 506 507 508 F &I 16" RCWM OFFSET /DEFLECTION (INCLUDES EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, PIPE, POLY WRAP, RESTRAINTS, INSTALLATION, FITTINGS, RESTRAINT OF EXISTING PIPE) F &I 20" RCWM OFFSET /DEFLECTION (INCLUDES EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, PIPE, POLY WRAP, RESTRAINTS, INSTALLATION, FITTINGS, RESTRAINT OF EXISTING PIPE) 16" GATE VALVES FOR OFFSETS (ALLOWANCE) (AS DIRECTED BY CITY) 20" GATE VALVES FOR OFFSETS (ALLOWANCE) (AS DIRECTED BY CITY) DEMO & DISPOSE EXISTING RCWM; 16 "< DIA. < 20" REMOVE & REPLACE RECLAIM SERVICE CONNECTION (ALLOWANCE) RELOCATE EXISTING RECLAIM METER (ALLOWANCE) (BY CITY ONLY) Subtotal Reclaimed Water 509 Reclaimed Water Contingency 10% Total Reclaimed Water 1 EA 4 EA 1 EA 2 EA 1 EA 220 LF 60 EA 30 EA 600 V. SURFACE RESTORATION 601 2" ASPHALTIC CONCRETE STRUCTURAL COURSE TYPE SP -9.5 602 MILLING EXIST ASPH PAVT, 2" AVG DEPTH LS 5,800 TN 1 LS RESTORATION OF IRRIGATION SYSTEMS 603 (WITHIN RIGHT -OF -WAY) (ALLOWANCE) 1 LS RESTORATION OF FDOT RIGHT -OF -WAY @ 604 HILLCREST & COURT (MEETING FDOT STANDARDS) 1 LS SECTION V Page 24 of 25 Updated 12/02/2016 • • • SECTION V — Contract Documents 13- 0043 -EN EAST GATEWAY STORMWATER & SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS (BID SET) BID ITEM QTY UNIT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT Subtotal Surface Restoration 605 Surface Restoration Contingency 10% Total Surface Restoration LS THE BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL ABOVE IS HIS TOTAL BID BASED ON HIS UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICES AND THE ESTIMATED QUANTITIES REQUIRED FOR EACH SECTION. THIS FIGURE IS FOR INFORMATION ONLY AT THE TIME OF OPENING BIDS. THE CITY WILL MAKE THE TABULATION FROM THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE BID. IF THERE IS AN ERROR IN THE TOTAL BY THE BIDDER, IT SHALL BE CHANGED AS ONLY THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE SHALL GOVERN. For your convenience, the bid tabulation for this project has been provided in PDF and EXCEL format (with hidden automatic formulas). You may submit either form but it must be printed and included in your formal bid to the City of Clearwater. Emailed bid tabulations will not be accepted. SECTION V Page 25 of 25 Updated 12/02/2016